Home
User Manual - DC Copier Rental Welcomes You!
Contents
1. Bookiet Pagination CH BIREADY The Stamp Image Overlay Screen will be displayed 3 Touch to select the desired key in the Stamp area 07 04 05
2. CH BIREADY 11 38 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 Select the desired Repeat mode then touch OK Touch 2 4 or 8 to select the desired Repeat mode f you want the image upside down on the other side in 2 Repeat mode touch R Reverse or L Reverse 07704705 Touch OK on the Image Repeat Screen Do you want to cancel changes to the settings gt Touch Cancel Do you want to cancel the Image Repeat function gt Touch Off Touch OK to restore the Application Screen Touch Basic to restore the Basic Screen then select the desired mag nification and paper size
3. CA EREADY The Insert Image Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 11 19 11 Applications Use the control panel keypad to enter the page number me 07 04 05 ease Ee e age ode 10 22 p page De D eypad Application gt File Edit gt Insert Image CS EREADY For example if insertion locations are 2 2 6 scanned images will be inserted as follows The first scanned image will be inserted after page 2 The second scanned image will be inserted directly after the first scanned image insertion The third scanned image will be inserted after page 6 Touch Set after each entry to move to the nex
4. CH BIREADY The Stamp Image Overlay Screen will be displayed 3 Touch Image Overlay to highlight it 07704705 image Over lay S
5. READY The subsequent screen will be displayed to allow you to specify the se lected stamp type 11 70 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 When selecting Built in Stamp Specify the stamp type printing posi tion character size and print page 07704705 URGENT Touch Stamp Type then select the desired stamp type on the subsequent screen Touch OK to restore the previous screen TOP SECRET YOUR INFORMATION Touch the desired printing position in the printing position area If fine adjustment is needed touch Fine Adjustment to display the Fine Adjustment Screen See Printing Stamp Di
6. CA EIREADY The key will be highlighted Touch OK to restore the Application Screen Touch Basic to restore the Basic Screen The Separate Scan key on the Basic Screen appears highlighted to show that the Separate Scan mode is automatically selected Select the desired copy conditions 11 26 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 Position originals FACE UP in the document feeder or FACE DOWN on the original glass If the number of document feeder originals exceeds 100 divide them into blocks not exceeding 100 sheets and load them from the block with the first page 8 Press Start When scanning for the current JOB is competed the popup menu will be displayed in the Basic Screen 077
7. CA BIREADY 11 42 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 Touch to highlight the desired Booklet Pagination mode key y AR Cover Tray Selec When a cover sheet is required touch Cover Tray Select to select the cover sheet tray source Touch Left Bind or Right Bind if you want to change the output order Touch OK The Application Screen will be restored 2 Do you want to cancel changes to the settings gt Touch Cancel 2 Do you want to cancel the Booklet Pagination function gt Touch Off Touch Basic to restore the Basic Screen then select the tray in which you loaded copy paper in step 1 Auto Zoom is automatically selected To release Auto Zoom select the desired magnification then select paper si
8. Buyo d OK CA BIREADY The Bypass Setting key will appear on the menu bizhub PRO 920 9 17 Basic Job Settings 4 Touch Bypass Setting 07 04705 Ready to Cop emo PO on origina ace up e AD 00 000 Sriginsis Que rupe ca
9. j Default Both Sides Ad e READY M I OK 3 Touch OK on the Paper setting menu The Basic Screen will be restored Do you want to start copying immediately gt You don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position original s directly then press Start bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 4 Position original s then press Start Scanned image will be printed on the specified paper size in the mag nification ratio automatically selected See the table below for the original size copy paper size and magnification ratio automatically selected Original size A3 B4 A4R A4 B5R B5 A5R A5 B6R A3 1 000 1 154 1 414 1 000 1 632 1 156 2 000 1
10. IREADY Do you want to cancel the Image Overlay function gt Touch Image Overlay again Touch OK to restore the Application Screen Touch Basic to restore the Basic Screen Select the desired paper size and magnification on the Basic Screen Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad o OO A Position the overlaying original Position the original FACE up in the document feeder or FACE DOWN on the original glass 9 Press Start to scan bizhub PRO 920 11 89 11 Applications 1 h N C s A 0 E The original image will be scanned into memory Position the original s to be overlaid Position the original FACE up in the document feeder or FACE DOWN on the original glass Press Start to scan Repeat steps 10 and 11 for all originals Touch Complete Scan to exit the Separate Scan mode Press Start The copier will start printing when ready for output 11 90 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 11 24 Storing Image on HDD Overl
11. Bookies 77 Pagination CA EIREADY The Erase Screen will be displayed 3 Touch Non Image Area Erase to highlight it E mage Area CA EREADY bizhub PRO 920 11 60 Applications 1 1 Do you want to cancel the Non Image Area Erase function gt Touch Non Image Area Erase again Tou
12. CA BIREADY bizhub PRO 920 11 29 1 1 Applications C Touch Book Copy me 07 04 05 13 15 The Book Copy Screen will be displayed 4 Select the desired Book Copy mode Touch to highlight the desired mode key CEIA Mi Touch Left Bind or Rlght Bind to select the output order according to the original pagination C A 7 Do you want to cancel changes to the settings gt Touch Cancel Do you want to cancel the Book Copy function gt Touch Off Touch OK rep
13. Booklet Pagination CA BIREADY The Image Adjustment Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 11 67 Applications 11 3 Touch No Rotate to highlight it me 07 04 05 13 19 IBIREADY When Rotation is released the Rotation icon
14. ey READY CEZA bizhub PRO 920 9 19 9 Basic Job Settings To specify a custom size Touch Custom to display the Custom Size Setting Screen Touch X or Y to highlight it then use the control panel
15. Eee 10 11 12 13 14 15 The Stamp Image Overlay Screen will be restored Touch OK to restore the Application Screen Touch Basic to restore the Basic Screen The Separate Scan mode is automatically selected and Auto Zoom and Auto Paper Select are released Set the desired copy conditions Position the original s to be overlaid Position the original FACE up in the document feeder or FACE DOWN on the original glass Press Start to scan Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad Press Start The copier will start printing when ready for output 11 94 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 S Note If the popup menu with OK key is displayed after entering the image name the entered name is duplicated Touch OK to enter a new name Input max 8 characters to image name This name has been used Input new name Aaministrator can set the machine to display the Delete key on the Over laying Image Selection Screen in order to delete the registered image Select the image key to be deleted then touch Delete
16. SizeManua 1 Input CEZA Touch Hori or Vert to highlight it then use the screen keypad to enter the width from 10 to 150 mm in 1 mm increments 11 34 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 Touch OK to restore the Image Repeat Screen ums Do you want to cancel changes to the settings gt Touch Cancel Do you want to cancel the Image Repeat function gt Touch Off Touch OK to restore the Application Screen 7 Touch Basic to restore the Basic Screen then select the desired mag nification and paper size 8 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad Q J Position original FACE DOWN on the original glass as shown in the il lustration at the top of this section
17. CA EREADY The Image Adjustment Screen will be displayed 3 Touch Full Scan to highlight it 07 04 05 Select Application function Application gt Image Adjustment Full Scan ey READY Do you want to cancel the Full Scan function gt Touch Full Scan again 4 Touch OK to r
18. image Adjustment CA EREADY The Image Adjustment Screen will be displayed Touch Image Centring to highlight it CA EREADY No Botate bizhub PRO 920 11 63 11 Applications Do you want to cancel the Image Centring function gt Touch Image Centring again Touch OK to restore the Application Screen Select magnification and paper size as desired Enter the desired print quantity position original then press Start 11 64 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 11
19. Normal BIRFADY oK 8 Touch OK on the Paper setting menu The Basic Screen will be restored Do you want to start copying immediately gt You don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position original s directly then press Start 9 Select additional copy conditions as required Auto will be displayed on the Zoom key to show its activity 10 Position original s then press Start Q Detail For details of Auto Zoom function see To Specify Desired Paper Size Auto Zoom on page 9 14 To copy the original of the same size as that specified in the Original Size Detection setting Original Size Setting is also required See Copying Non Standard Size Originals Custom Size Tab Paper on page 10 21 for details To copy the image on the tab part of the
20. Booklet Pagination e M IBIREADY The Stamp Image Overlay Screen will be displayed 3 Touch to select the desired key in the Watermark area 07 04 05 READY The subsequent screen will be displayed to allow you to specify the se lected watermark type 4 When selecting Watermark Specify the watermark type and density 7 04 05 Please set Watermark setting Application gt Watermark Watermark Normal READY 11 80 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 Touch Watermark Type then select the desired watermark type on the subsequent screen Touch OK to restore t
21. bizhub PRO 920 12 15 12 Finishing Paper Fold To change the staple position touch Pos Set to select the desired staple position e M IBIREADY 07704705 15 27 Image CA EREADY c Touch OK The Finishing setting menu will be restored Do you want to restore the previous setting gt Touch Cancel How does the Off key function Touching Off will release the Finishing function without cancelling newly specified information Touch OK on the Finishing setting menu The Basic Screen will be restored 12 16 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold 12 S Note f no other settings are required you don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position originals then press Start to start the printing job If the Finisher FS 509 is mounted with 100 sheet staple cartridges and Stop is pressed to cease the printing job in Staple mode the number of printed sheets in the last sorted grouped set determines to staple or not to staple the unfinished set s 50 sheets or less Unfinished set s will not be stapled upon exit 51 sheets or more Unfinished set s will be stapled upon exit S Reminder The primary main tray gradually goes down while printed materials out put DO NOT al
22. Shee Cha X Booklet Pagination CA BIREADY The Stamp Image Overlay Screen will be displayed 3 Touch Program Image Overlay 07 04 05 10 39 Program imatf ge Quer lay
23. ermark i Date Time IREADY The Annotation Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 11 85 11 Applications Select the desired Annotation type then specify its printing position Conbination Printing Position Touch Next or Back to display the desired Annotation setting key on the screen then touch to highlight it Up to 40 setting keys are available on the screen The setting registered on that key will be recalled and on the Screen To change the printing position touch Printing Position to display the Printing Position Screen Touch the desired printing position in the printing position area If fine adjustment is needed touch Fine Adjustment to display the Fine Adjustment Screen If Temp No Set key appears on the screen the annotation number setting has been changed temporarily See the next step To change the annotation number setting temporarily touch Temp No Set The Temporary Number Setting Screen will be displayed
24. Special Original ina Touch Original Direction to display the Original Direction Screen then touch the desired original direction key to highlight it Touch OK to return to the Combine Originals setting menu bizhub PRO 920 9 33 9 Basic Job Settings Position original FACE DOWN on the original glass Open the ADF Position original FACE DOWN according to the orig inal direction icon displayed on the Basic Screen then close the ADF Be sure to start from the first page Touch Simplex Duplex on the Basic Screen The Simplex Duplex setting menu will be displayed Touch 1 2 to highlight it then touch OK 07 04705 Rea emo P D e AD 00 000 Combine rig Im d aPPli Basic originals Dri Im Cation Density Paper Zoom The Basic Screen will be restored with the Separate Scan key auto matically highlighted Select additional copy conditions as desired Press Start to scan The front side image of the double sided copy will be scanned into memory Do you want to stop scanning gt Press Stop The scanned image will be cleared Replace the original on the original glass with the back side image orig inal then press Start 9 34 b
25. The Overlaying Image Selection Screen will be displayed 11 92 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 Do you want to recall image previously stored gt Proceed to step 9 4 Touch Store to display the Image Name Entry Screen 07704705 este 2005 04 07 est8 2005 04 07 e m EREAaDY 5 Enterthe desired image name Input max 8 characters to image name Use the touch panel keypad to enter the desired name up to 8 char acters The date when you made this entry will be stored automat ically To correct an entry touch Delete repeatedly to delete each char acter then enter the correct name 6 ifthe image name is correct touch OK The Basic Sc
26. 2 Touch Original Size 07704705 Ready TO cop emo PO on original face up e AD 00 000 Basic ESTE CH BIREADY The Original Size Screen will be displayed 3 Touch Custom Size or Tab Paper 07 04 05 The Custom Size Screen or Tab Paper Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 10 21 10 Original Setting 4 Touch the desired size key me 07 04 05 Custom
27. 5 5x8 5R CA BIREADY g 07 04 05 Ple e se e e fo p pap Tab Paper
28. INL Ter fe i le MeS DEES E F E IB e ala 352 a i z n fe at a 89889898 Bae Mejo fo olsielslelatop Talek MEE ELE T IO BSS CHOIR MaA aoha wv jum re s e iNim No xw IA je n al o rem e m x a x m oe zB a r o s 3 o vio 1 BW gt lw gt wo e wim 5 o s Oh e x t Tele lale ole Teen 9 o8 a MOM O n mlu Ns Li magging zer eeu 1 jejeje A w s S98899999882295806g bizhub PRO 920 27 28 0123456789 ABCDEF PC 8 Code Page 437 0123456789 ABCDEF PC 775 Appendix E shel telakoa e Teo to u eje Joja oa c im e 4 lzk en x n Seem ole w 4 lzk ia w 405 AB iek Ur vin sEm uw thf e lt I o ti xi E o tjela s 3 val ales ot RR ES ws o js v a 7 j o al v ja 7 o ew xin S ls e M Ima elit R e IHE o gt m MM Ix e oM He cR m IO gt tle elle lool lal
29. 4 26 bizhub PRO 920 Supplies amp Handling 4 4 7 Empty Waste Basket of Z Folding Unit ZU 601 602 Z folding unit ZU 602 is installed on the right side of Finisher FS 509 FS 604 If the waste basket of the Z folding unit becomes full Waste basket of Punch unit is full Please empty waste basket message will be displayed on the touch panel and the finished set will be output without being punched even if Punch mode has been specified PCONBIne YOrig Inc Y ABBII Originals oris In Cation Density Paper Zoom Simplex Duplex Before setting Punch mode be sure to check the waste paper inside the waste basket and empty the waste basket if needed To empty waste basket 1 Open the Z folding unit front door with the Finisher door handle 2 Withdraw the waste basket bizhub PRO 920 4 27 Supplies amp Handling Empty the waste basket Return the waste basket to its origi nal position then close the Z folding unit front door securely 4 28 bizhub PRO 920 Supplies amp Handling 4 4 8 Empty Waste Basket of Trimmer Unit TU 501 When the waste basket of Trimmer unit becomes full Waste basket of Trim mer is full Please empty waste basket message will be displayed on the touch panel and the finished set will be output without being trimm
30. CA BIREADY 3 Touch Image Repeat 07704705 Book Copy Inage Repeat CA BIREADY The Image Repeat Screen will be displayed 4 Touch Size Manual Input then specify the vertical and horizontal widths of the scanning area 07 04 05 Please select type of repeat mode Application gt Book Copy Repeat gt Image Repeat
31. Job No 0000 Memory full This Job is Cancelled e READY Touch Stop All the scanned data will be cleared to terminate the job bizhub PRO 920 5 11 5 Troubleshooting 5 5 If Power Off On Screen Is Displayed When any trouble affects the electrical signal of the copier Please turn the copier OFF message will be displayed on the touch panel Please turn the copier FF then after 10 seconds turn N again If S Code still occurs call your Service Centre Follow the procedure below to turn the machine power off then on To turn off on the power 1 Turn OFF the sub power switch Turn OFF the main power switch gin 4 3 Wait about 10 seconds or longer Turn ON the main power switch and sub power switch 5 12 bizhub PRO 920 Troubleshooting 5 5 6 If No Response Screen Is Displayed When any trouble occurs on the printer board No Response from Printer Board message will be displayed on the touch panel No Response from Printer Board Turn the power Off and turn On again after 10sec Follow the procedure below to turn
32. ey EREADY The popup menu for setting output styles will appear Touch Top to highlight it 07704705 Order Direction 4 Default Settin C jenenov Touch OK Touch OK on the Finishing setting menu 12 8 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold 12 Touch Simplex Duplex on the Basic Screen then touch 1 2 or 2 2 to highlight it 07704705 Density Paper Combine i m A asic E emo AD 00 000 AppLi cation Zoom Touch OK The Basic Screen will be restored S Note f no other settings are required you don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position originals then press Start to start the printing job bizhub PRO 920 12 9 Finishing Paper Fold 12 3 Setting Output Face and Order This machine initially delivers printed sheets face down in the same page or der as originals 1 to N This section describes the function and setting procedure of the following two modes e Face Up Outputs printed side of simplex copies and odd numbered du plex copies upward on the tray e Nto 1 Outputs copies in reverse order of original pagination To set output face and order
33. Basic OP gins Graig Im Abeta Combine s Originals Original Original Direction Original Size CS MIREADY The Special Original Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 10 17 1 0 Original Setting Touch Single Feed to highlight it 07 04 05 ease ele pe a 0 11 20 Special Original Z Folded Single Feed C5 BIREADY Touch OK on the Special Original Screen The Combine Originals setting menu will be restored Do you want to restore the previous setting gt Touch Cancel Do you want to select additional copy conditions gt Touch Basic or any other tab key to continue job settings 5 Position Single Feed original FACE UP in the document feeder Position a sheet of original in the document feeder then align the paper guides to the original Press Start The original will be fed and scanned then the printing job will start in succession when the machine becomes ready for output Reminder Never set more than one thick original or paste up otherwise machine trouble may be caused 10 18 bizhub PRO 920
34. CA EREADY 5 Touch OK The Original Size Screen will be restored 6 Touch OK on the Original Size Screen The Combine Originals setting menu will be restored Do you want to restore the previous setting gt Touch Cancel Do you want to select additional copy conditions gt Touch Basic or any other tab key to continue job settings T Enter the desired print quantity position original s then press Start 10 22 bizhub PRO 920 Original Setting 1 0 10 4 Original Image Type Making Copy Quality Closer to Originals Original Type Use this function to enhance the reproducibility of half tones so that the copy quality more closely matches to that of the original Four modes of Original Type e Text Use the Text mode when copying a text original In this mode text is improved in comparison to using the general mode e Text Photo Use this mode to copy an original including both text and photo image e Photo Use the Photo mode to reproduce a half tone photo image The copy will closely represent the half tones of the original image e Dot Matrix Select Dot Matrix to darken lightly printed images e g pen cil without changing background exposure Q Detail Density Shift can shift each of nine density levels described on the pre ceding pages to three levels lighter or three levels darker This function can be set by the administrator
35. CA BIREADY The Sheet Cover Chapter Insert Screen will be displayed Touch OHP Interleave CA EIREADY The OHP Interleave Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 11 23 1 1 Applications 6 Selectthe desired OHP Interleave mode then touch OK repeatedly till the Application Screen is restored me 07 04 05 13 15 Do you want to cancel changes to the settings gt Touch Cancel Do you want to cancel the OHP Interleave function Touch Off Position original s then press Start 11 24 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 11 7
36. Insert Image CA BIREADY The Chapters Screen will be displayed 11 16 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 Use control panel keypad to enter the page number of each title page Touch Set after each entry to move to the next key To set more than 12 locations touch the arrow key to move to the next page Toclear an incorrect entry touch Del The entered number will be deleted Tochangethe selection of paper tray for copying title pages touch Print Insertion on the screen In this case you can touch Insertion Tray to change the currently selected paper tray displayed on the screen When all entries are made touch OK repeatedly till the Application Screen is restored 2 Do you want to cancel changes to the settings gt Touch Cancel 2 Do you want to cancel the Chapters function gt Touch Off Enter the desired print quantity position
37. Repeat steps 1 and 2 Up to 100 reserve jobs can be entered amp Printing of the reserve job will automatically start Q Detail To check and operate the reserve jobs touch Job List to display the Job List Screen See To Check Control Reserved Jobs on page 13 4 for de tails bizhub PRO 920 9 43 9 Basic Job Settings 9 44 bizhub PRO 920 1 O Original Setting Original Setting 1 0 ran 10 Original Setting 10 1 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Original Settings Basic 8 2 5 S8 G o Copy Conditions em e A Incompatible with x S M icati 2 os olo Applications LE 2 8 8 c o So Elna E a ac EIS o0 o E oS IE p ks ooo O9 wo a els o S o9 a N 5 0 5 85 85 a AN o N 8Zg e zs5E ee 85 952aEE8S2s o S8s5ees9ssssssss5s 538P9 Ilala a ajajaa A E E EJEA x EZ N 0 2 Combi 2in1 X ombine Pages 4in1 X 8in1 X Numbering Horizontal Direction Vertical E Normal E Left o 5 Upside Down o Right amp Left Bind 2 Top Bind 8 ANN Normal riginal g Mixed Origina Z Fold Single Feed Custom Size Custom Size w Full Area X X Tab Paper X X Text Photo 2 Dot Matrix 6 Photo Text bizhub PRO 920 10 3 Original Setting 10 Quality OL 010Ud
38. 5 Large Capacity Unit LU 403 Large Capacity Unit LU 404 No Name Description 1 Top door Opens to allow paper loading or removal of mishan dled paper 2 Left side door Opens to allow removal of mishandled paper 3 Relay lever Can be moved downward to ease removal of mis handled paper 4 Paper guides Hold copy paper to fix the position 5 Paper loading button ons to lower the bottom plate to allow paper loading bizhub PRO 920 2 17 Preparation for Use No Name Description 6 Bottom plate Goes up automatically when paper supply becomes low and goes down when the paper loading button is pressed 7 Rear stopper Fixes the rear end of copy paper bizhub PRO 920 Preparation for Use 2 Z Folding Unit ZU 601 602 3 2 No Name Description 1 Z folding unit front door Opens to allow removal of mishandled paper or waste paper punched out 2 Inlet lever Opens to allow removal of mishandled paper 3 Knob Turned to ease removal of mishandled paper 4 Handle Can be withdrawn to allow removal of mishandled paper 5 Outlet lever Opens to allow removal of mishandled paper 6 Waste basket Holds waste paper punched out and withdrawn for removal of waste paper bizhub PRO 920 2 19 Preparation for Use Trimmer Unit TU 501 6 5 4
39. S Note Touch Booklet on the Book Copy Screen to use Booklet Pagination function together with Book Copy 11 28 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 To set Book Copy function Y Separate Scan mode is automatically selected v Available paper size A4 B5 8 5 x11 VY Auto Paper Select and Auto Zoom are released and 1 000 magnification is selected automatically Change the magnification manually if desired v Whenusing original glass Non Image Area Erase and Image Centring are automatically selected Do not close the document feeder when scanning the original on the original glass 1 Touch Application combine OIG In Y APPT Originals oris In Cation Density Paper Zoom Simplex Duplex 4 Image i C EREADY l S ns The Application Screen will be displayed 2 Touch Book Copy Poster Repeat 07704 705 Ready To cop emo PO on origina ace up e AD 00 0007 Combine Or igina
40. 18 3 18 2 List of the Administrator Setting eese 18 6 18 3 1 System Setting eeeeeeeeeeseeee esee enema 1 Power Save Setting sseeen e 2 Date Time Setting eeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeemeneennn 3 Weekly Timer Setting 3 Weekly Timer Setting gt 1 Weekly Timer On Off Setting 18 19 3 Weekly Timer Setting gt 2 Time Setting ssss 18 21 3 Weekly Timer Setting gt 3 Date Setting ssssss 18 25 3 Weekly Timer Setting gt 4 Select Time for Power Save 18 27 3 Weekly Timer Setting gt 5 Password for Non Business Hours Setting eeeee 18 30 4 Print Management List sssssssseeeeeeenn 18 33 5 Prohibit User Operation ssessssseeeenene 18 38 6 Expert Adjustment gt Non Image Area Erase Setting 18 42 6 Expert Adjustment ADF Frame Erasure Setting 18 45 6 Expert Adjustment gt Finisher Adjust eeeessssss 18 47 6 Expert Adjustment Timing Adjustment 18 51 6 Expert Adjustment Centring Adjustment 18 54 T Size SOttuG oo PET 18 57 8 Paper Setting gt 1 Tray Setting ee eeeeeeeesseeeeeneeeesneeeeeeeeees 18 60 8 Paper Setting gt 2 PI Setting eee eeseeesseeeesneeeeeeeeeesneeees
41. The Machine Status Screen will be restored 5 8 bizhub PRO 920 Troubleshooting 5 4 Press Start on the control panel Press START to restart Memory HDD 99 999 99 9687 Copy paper will be delivered from newly selected tray to continue the printing operation bizhub PRO 920 5 9 Troubleshooting To supply the empty tray with paper 1 Touch No Paper The Machine Status Screen will be displayed 2 Check the empty tray number then load paper Please load designated paper in Tray 1 Memory HDD To specify tray touch Detail Check 99 996 99 972 eady to use scanner Normal Fine 3 Touch Close to restore the Basic Screen 4 Press Start on the control panel Printing operation will resume using the tray supplied with paper Q Detail For details of loading paper see Loading Paper on page 4 3 bizhub PRO 920 Troubleshooting 5 5 4 If Memory Full Message Is Displayed Memory Over flow In certain modes this machine uses memory to make operations convenient and smooth flowing Occasional memory overflow may occur if the installed memory is inade quate for the copy conditions selected and the machine will stop its opera tion with the following popup screen displayed App i cation
42. 11 67 To set No Rotate function seessssssssssseeeeeneneenne 11 67 11 20 Printing Stamp Distribution Number Page Number Date Time onto Copies Stamp 11 69 To set Stamp function 2 1 e ea Rt ERR ERR ARE 11 69 11 24 Printing Watermark onto Copies Watermark 11 79 To set Watermark function essssssssssseseeeeee 11 79 11 22 Printing Words Date Time Annotation Number onto Copies Annotation eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennn 11 84 To set Annotation function essssssssssssseeeeenn 11 84 11 23 Overlay an Image onto Each Page Copied in the Job Image Overlay miei eec reete rere cee Eze ruere 11 88 Specifications for Image Overlay eeeeee 11 88 11 24 Storing Image on HDD Overlaying Stored Image Program Image Overlay eese 11 91 Specifications for Program Image Overlay 11 91 12 4 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Finishing Paper Fold Modes eene 12 3 12 2 Setting Binding Direction for Duplex Copies 12 7 To set binding direction for duplex copies 12 7 12 3 Setting Output Face and Order esses 12 10 To set output face and order
43. Mixed size originals Auto Zoom mode 1 Touch Combine Originals on the Basic Screen The Combine Originals setting menu will be displayed N Touch Special Original 07704705 Ready to Cop emo PO on original face up e AD 00 000 BPBII cation Orig Im d age T d Original Original Direction 4 CA BIREADY The Special Original Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 10 13 1 0 Original Setting Touch Mixed Original to highlight it 07 04 05 11 20 Touch OK on the Special Original Screen The Combine Originals setting menu will be restored Do you want to restore the previous setting gt Touch Cancel Do you want to select additional copy conditions gt Touch Basic or any other tab key to continue job settings Enter the desired print quantity position originals FACE UP in the doc ument feeder then press Start Arrange the mixed size originals aligning the left and rear sides Q Detail See To position origin
44. Ozone Release During print operation a small quantity of ozone is released This amount is not large enough to harm anyone adversely However be sure the room where the machine is being used has adequate ventilation especially if you are printing a high volume of materials or if the machine is being used con tinuously over a long period Electromagnetic Interference This product must be used with a shielded network cable and shielded USB interface cable The use of non shield cables is likely to result in interference with radio com munications and is prohibited under CISPR 22 and local rules For European Users This product complies with the following EU directives 89 336 EEC 73 23 EEC and 93 68 EEC This declaration is valid for the areas of the European Union EU or EFTA on ly This device must be used with a shielded network cable and shielded USB interface cable The use of non shielded cables is likely to result in interfer ence with radio communications and is prohibited under 89 336 EEC rules For German Users Maschinenlarminformations Verordnung 3 GSGV 18 01 1991 Der arbeitsplatzbezogene Immisionswert betraegt 70 dB A oder weniger nach ISO 7779 bizhub PRO 920 Precautions for Installation and Use 1 3 Caution Labels and Indicators The caution labels and indicators are attached to the machine areas as shown below where you are advised to pay special attention to avoid a
45. CA BIREADY The Application Screen will be displayed 2 Touch Page Margin 07704 05 Rea op emo D UUX Combine Or iginal C3 IREADY The Page Margin Screen will be displayed 11 54 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 Touch Reduce amp Shift then specify the shift direction and amount me 07 04 05 Touch Front or Back In Reduce amp Shift mode the 2 Sided key appears dimmed to show inactivity Touch and highlight the desired shift direction key on the left side of touch panel keypad then use keypad or up down arrow key to
46. The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 3 User Authentication Account Track Utility Administrator E Setting E System Setting System Connection The User Authentication Account Track Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 24 5 24 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode Touch 8 User Authentication Setting Utility m User Authentication Account Track General Settings Account Track Setting Administrator Setting User Authentication ACCOUNT LE ACK rn The User Authentication Setting Screen will be displayed Touch New Register ser Authentication Setting Reset All Counters The New User Registration Screen will be displayed Touch User Number User Name Password or Account Name to display each subsequent screen then make the desired setting New User Register Change User Info 1 Stores Function oe 24 6 bizhub PRO 920 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 To enter the User Number touch User Number on the New User Registration Screen Use the screen keypad on the popup menu to enter the desired user number Touch OK to return to the New User Registration Screen Please input user number To enter the User
47. eene 6 3 Cleaning the Original Glass emm 6 3 Cleaning the ADF Guide Cover ssessessseeeeeenee 6 4 6 2 Checking Copy Count esee eene eene nnne 6 5 To check and print the counter list esesesssssssesss 6 5 6 3 Preventive Maintenance eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene nenne nnne nn nnn 6 7 bizhub PRO 920 x 7 S r 7 1 7 2 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 8 6 Main Body Specifications eeee essen eene eene nnn nnn 7 3 Main Body 3 5 inte race eh EE 7 3 ADE 3 ticis Ses tede etie Coat eds aus ve dee cuc do tals edes ta 7 4 Option Specifications 1c e cree er renes 7 5 Finisher FS 509 etse cus eo ae nean tarea a oca ve re vaa dev Tua ce quas 7 5 Finishe t FS 604 dederis dodo ek ad tte Te eun ade ue Iva do Tuna e 7 6 Punch Kit PK 504 505 isses eene enne nnns nnnn renes 7 7 Post Inserter PI 501 iiiter dc iecit Rp dca ed bestias 7 7 Large Capacity Unit LU 403 sse 7 8 Large Capacity Unit LU 404 ssssseeem 7 8 Z Folding Unit ZU 601 602 sss 7 8 Trimmer Unit TU 501 0 cccccccseseeesssssseseceeeeeeeceteseeeaeeseeeeeeneeees 7 9 How to Make a Basic Copy cceeeeeeeeeeeeneee nennen 8 8 To make a basic COPY 0 ceeeeeecceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeesea
48. Basic J 5Ptsinos ones s Book Co Image T MI Mgr iM E Boster Repeat Page Margin Adsustment CA BIREADY The Sheet Cover Chapter Insert Screen will be displayed Touch Program Job 07704705
49. IDLE Web Connection Pror E opa Peet ae e rcp samp FER re cer emen Pople Talk war mm renti wir 20 48 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 3 Enter necessary information and click Next lea Gee Be Eme Following the screen indicating that the certificate is being requested another screen appears indicating the request has been completed 4 Click OK The Certificate Signing Request Data screen appears 5 Click Save The file will be saved 6 Click OK It will take you back to the SSL TLS Information screen bizhub PRO 920 20 49 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting 7 Check Install a Certificate and click Next The certificate installation screen appears 8 Enter the data of the certificate that you requested 9 Click Next 10 The Encryption Strength Setting and the Mode using SSL TLS screen appears 11 Enter discretionary settings and click Create Facrypoen Stenqth Encryption Strength Mode using SSLTLS Mode wang SSUTL Nore ssa Gee Bux Cc Creation results appear 12 Click 0K It will take you back to the SSL TLS Information screen 20 50 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 Changing mode settings Changing encryption strength setting 1 Click Setti
50. 2 9 Stop Scanning Printing 8 20 Single Feed 10 17 bizhub PRO 920 28 11 Store Data in a Box while COPYING rines 25 4 Scanned data in a Box 25 9 User authentication 24 3 Store copy paper 3 10 Storing Job Conditions 14 11 Sub Area Display On Off 17 18 Sub power switch 2 4 2 22 Subnet Mask 18 106 Suspend Interruption 18 189 Suspend Scanning when Tray is pulled ERE 18 193 Suspended job 13 9 Symbol Set 16 15 System Connection 18 198 System Requirements 20 3 System Setting 17 10 18 13 System Tab 20 10 Tab Paper 10 21 15 17 Tandem machine 12 35 Tandem mode 12 33 Tandem Selection after JOB Completion 17 50 Tandem Sub Machine One Time Data Read 17 44 Tandem Sub Machine Shift Data Setting perra 17 48 Tandem Sub Machine Wait Proof 17 46 Tandem Sub Machine Wait Proof suss 17 46 TGP IP 1 eiie 18 122 20 27 Text mode 10 23 Text Photo mode 10 23 TIFF Setting 16 11 Time Setting 18 21 Timer Interrupt 2 28 Timer Inter
51. 7 3 Secondary sub tray 2 11 2 13 Specifications for Each Machine s Setting File Type 19 35 Security Setting 18 200 A Specify desired paper size 9 14 Select paper size automatically 9 41 Specifying Original Direction 10 9 Select Printer Setting 16 18 Spool grira paa 16 20 Select Time for Power Save 18 27 Spool job 13 11 Selecting Binding Direction of SSLZTES incre neiaa 20 42 Originals ess 10 11 Stacker unit 2 15 Send History 13 7 Stamp aeternis 11 69 Separate Scan key 2 10 Standard size 15 15 Separate Scan mode 9 39 Standard Optional Equipment 2 6 Set quantity indicator 2 9 Staple oen 16 14 Setting Account Track Data 19 5 Staple Auto Reset 17 60 Setting image area 2 10 Staple cartridge 4 19 4 23 Setting Job During Warmup 8 18 Staple mode 12 12 Setting Print Quantity 8 16 Start Key lisent aret prata 2 7 Setting Scan Transmission Status Hold When Auto Function derati ahia 19 23 Reset uuosesnseonesunee 17 60 Shift mode of Page Margin 11 48 Stop Job key 8 21 Simplex Duplex 9 30 Stop key arniran 2 7 Simplex Duplex key
52. 17 20 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 Enter the user name then touch OK to return to the User Authen tication Screen Please input user name The entered name will be displayed on the screen Enter the current password Touch Password to display the Input User Password Screen Please input user name and password User Mame Password bizhub PRO 920 17 21 17 Utility User Setting Enter the current password The entered password will appear as asterisks on the screen Then touch OK Please input password The Change User Password Screen will be displayed Enter a new user password Touch New Password to display the Input New Password Screen Change User Password Please input new password Enter a new password the touch OK Change User Password Please input new password 17 22 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 Touch Check Input to display the Re input New Password Screen Change User Password Please input new password Enter anew password once more for confirmation then touch OK Change User Password Please reinput new password The Change User Password Screen will be restored Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Utility Screen
53. Administrator Setting Administrator setting System Setting System Connection Security Setting y opier PrinterSetting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 5 Prohibit User Operation System Setting Power Save Expert Adjustment System Setting Date Time Setting Size Setting rohibitUser Operation Annotation Setting The Prohibit User Operation Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 39 18 Utility Administrator Setting ww Select to lock or delete the mode memory Touch Lock Delete Mode Memory The Lock Delete Mode Mem ory Screen is displayed __System Setting pant i E A 5s Operation E The programmed name is displayed on the right side of the Mode memory number when the setting is already programmed Touch the key on the left side of the desired Mode memory number Use the arrow keys to scroll to the desired Mode memory number if required Touching the locked key will clear the locking mark and release locking Touching the key with a name not entered will not lock the key and will not display the lock mark Touch the Mode memory number you want to delete Use the arrow keys to scroll to the desired Job number if required Touch Delete Selected programs and the name
54. Annotation Annotation Number Setting innotat ionNumber To specify the Type In words touch Set on the right side of Type In indication to display the Input Type In Screen enter the desired words then touch OK To clear the specified words and leave the line blank touch Clear next to Set To specify the Annotation Number touch Set on the right side of Annotation Number indication to display the Input Annotation Number Screen enter the start number then touch OK Touch All Digit or Effective Digit to select the print form of the se rial number Touch OK on the Annotation Number Setting Screen to complete the setting When No Print is selected The key will be highlighted and the Item 1 will not be printed 18 70 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 When Character Set is selected Touch Character Set to specify the character size and font type of the Item 1 The Print Character Setting Screen will be displayed Select the desired size from 4 Character Size keys and font type between the two font keys then touch OK Annotation Print Character Setting Repeat the above step to specify the Item 2 and Item 3 Touch 8 Lines or 1 Line under the Combination method for items indication to select the desired print style of the annotation Annotation Neu Register Please set each item ombination metho or items
55. bizhub PRO 920 17 9 17 Utility User Setting 17 3 1 System Setting 1 Language Setting Select the language used in the touch panel The initial setting is English 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 Language Setting System Setting Tale f System Setting Buzzer Setting Change User Password ubAreaDisplay On Off The Language Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Select the desired mode English English 17 10 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the System Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 11 17 Utility User Setting 2 Buzzer Setting gt 1 Buzzer On Off Volume Setting Set the buzzer sound the touch key sound as touching the screen and also select the buzzer volume 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 2 Buzzer Setting Utility f System Setting The Buzzer Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 1 Buzzer On Off Volume Setting System Set
56. 9 when operation is completed press Access on the control panel The User Authentication Screen will be displayed to prohibit the ma chine operation without entering a user name and password bizhub PRO 920 25 19 25 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 25 4 Output data in the Secure Box Secure printing using a PC To set up data output using the secure printing function on PC a secure fold er with a specific password must be prepared Enter the secure folder name made up of max 8 alphanumerical characters Q Detail Passwords are case sensitive Ifa wrong password or fewer than 8 alphanumerical characters are en tered and the OK is teuched the warning message Password does not match will appear and no key will work for five seconds Enter the right password after five seconds f authentication fails the information will be saved in the audit log Outputting secure printing using a PC printing on the machine 1 Press Box on the control panel Copy The Image Data Store Recall Screen Scan m fe m 000 Mode Memory will be displayed 000 Utility Counter 000 Mode Check o c Data MainPoner Touch Recall Please select Store or Recall The User Authentication Screen will be displayed 25 20 bizhub PRO 920 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 25 E
57. Box sample ileDelete The Input Print Quantity Screen will be displayed 10 Specify the output page Touch Output Page Input print quantity Print Quantity All Pages bizhub PRO 920 25 23 25 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode To output one desired page only touch Page Select press the control panel keypad then touch OK To output all pages touch All Pages then touch OK Please set output page number 11 Enter the desired print quantity from touch panel keypad on the Input Print Quantity Screen After outputting the popup menu to confirm whether to continue or close it will be displayed To continue to recall the next image data touch Yes The Recall Personal File Screen will be restored To close touch No The Image Data Store Recall Screen will be dis played Recalling data from HDD is completed Kore to read 12 when operation is completed press Access on the control panel The User Authentication Screen will be displayed to prohibit the ma chine operation without entering a user name and password 25 24 bizhub PRO 920 20 Administrator Security Functions Administrator Security Functions 26 NEUES 26 Administrator Security Functions To do so an 8 digit CE authentication password and Administrator pass word must be set for the machine Ask yo
58. Click on Apply The edited content will be displayed in the window The edited data will be transmitted to the machine immediately so that is valid for the user operations Click on Back to return to the Account Track Data List window T Reset Counter Click on the check box es to select the account track data of the counter to be cleared If all the counters are to be cleared click on SelectAll Click on the radio button a white circle heading the Copy Printer Count reset or Scan Count reset 19 12 bizhub PRO 920 Web Utilities Setting 19 Click on Apply Volume Track list Copy Panter Count reset Scan Count reset Delete Except for Another user count The Counter Reset Confirmation window will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 19 13 Web Utilities Setting Click on Apply to immediately reset the counters to zero Volume Track list These counters will be reset Cops Print 1 tso Apply Account Track setting Menu Administrator Setup Menu Main Page The message Setting was changed will be displayed Click on Back to return to the Account Track Data List or any menu item to jump to the desired window Volume Track list Setting was changed Account Track setting Menu Administrator Setup Menu Main Page Delete Counter Click on the check box es to select the ac
59. Input temporary number Touch the alphanumerical screen keys to enter the desired number or word Up to 12 alphanumerical characters can be entered With this setting specified the entered number or word will be print ed on all pages and the annotation number will not be counted in the former setting 11 86 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 Ifthe annotation number setting has not been made for the key se lected in step 4 the Temp No Set key will be dimmed to show inactivity on the screen Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Annotation Screen Touch OK repeatealy till the Application Screen is restored Do you want to cancel changes to the settings gt Touch Cancel Do you want to cancel the Watermark function gt Touch Off Enter the desired print quantity position original s then press Start Q Detail The following settings can be made in Annotation Setting of Utility mode See 10 Annotation Setting on page 18 65 for details Printing order of word s date time and annotation number print con tents and print combination Words to type in up to 40 alphanumerical characters Date type 5 types provided Time type 3 types provided Words to type in before annotation number up to 20 alphanumerical characters Start number of the annotation number Printing form of the annotation number 2 types provided Temporary number u
60. Touch OK to complete the setting or touch Cancel to clear the setting The Annotation Setting Screen will be restored bizhub PRO 920 18 71 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 6 Edit an annotation Touch the registered title key on the Annotation Setting Screen then touch Edit Annotation Setting The Annotation Edit Screen will be displayed Edit the selected annotation then touch OK to complete the set ting or touch Cancel to clear the setting The Annotation Setting Screen will be restored f Delete an annotation Touch the registered title key on the Annotation Setting Screen then touch Delete Annotation Setting A popup menu will be displayed to confirm that the selected regis ter will be deleted 18 72 bizhub PRO 920 18 Utility Administrator Setting Touch Yes to delete or No to cancel Annotation Setting training Delete this register Delete 8 Touch Return to return to the System Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 73 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 18 4 2 Administrator Machine Register 1 Administrator Registration Use this function to register the administrator name and the extension number
61. A CAUTION Do not leave a toner unit or drum unit in a place within easy reach of children Licking or ingesting any of these things could injure your health Do not store toner units and PC drum units near a floppy disk or watch that are susceptible to magnetism They could cause these products to malfunction OO bizhub PRO 920 Precautions for Installation and Use When moving the machine A CAUTION Whenever moving this product be sure to disconnect the power cord and other cables Failure to do this could damage the cord or cable resulting in a fire electrical shock or breakdown When moving this product always hold it by the locations specified in the User s Guide or other documents If the unit falls it may cause severe personal injury The product may also be damaged or malfunction eto Before successive holidays Passion Unplug the product when you will not use the product for long periods of time 1 8 bizhub PRO 920 Precautions for Installation and Use 1 2 Regulation Notices Laser Safety This product employs a Class 3B laser diode having maximum power of 15 mW and wavelength of 775 800 nm This product is certified as a Class 1 laser product Since the laser beam is concealed by protective housings the product does not emit hazardous la ser radiation as long as the product is operated according to the instructions in this
62. Password Touch 3 Title Setting Utility E Mail Setting d Network Setting T TP NIC Setting E Mail Setting Text Setting The E Mail Title Setting Screen will be displayed Save an e mail title Select an appropriate Default Select number Touch Input to display an input screen and enter a title After entering the title touch OK 18 148 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Touch OK to complete the settings and return to the E Mail Set ting Screen E Mail Title Setting Main power Off On lt after change 11111111112222222222333333333344444444445555555555 1122222222223333 O Touch 4 Text Setting Utility E Mail Setting E Mail TX Setting Text Setting The E Mail Text Setting Screen will be displayed Save an e mail body Select an appropriate Default Select number Touch Input to display an input screen and enter a body After entering the body touch OK bizhub PRO 920 18 149 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Touch OK to complete the settings and return to the E Mail Set ting Screen E Mail Text Setting Main power Off On lt after change Default Select Touch OK to return to the IP NIC Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the
63. The Density Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 User Density Setting Density Setting d Function Setting j Density Setting ser Density Setting Density Shift for Original image The User Density Setting Screen Menu will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 17 35 17 Utility User Setting 5 Touch User Density 1 or User Density 2 User Density 1 Density Setting User Density Setting The Set User Preset Density Level Screen will be displayed 6 Touch Darker or Lighter to select the desired density level to preset either between the darkest and normal or between normal and the lightest Set user preset density level 1 7 Output density level sample sheet Select the sample sheet from each sample output level of 1 4 5 8 9 12 and 13 16 and touch Copy Place the original on the original glass and press the Start on the control panel 17 36 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 8 Touch User Density on the Basic Screen to restore the Set User Pre set Density Level Screen origina e o emo g area 00 000 Combine Orig Im 7 Appli Basic 5 age rupe d GBb ion Density Paper Zoon Baper Separate Inage Scan ie E mz paper nA Finis 7 rm Density t 3 S Ls d Ui 9 Repeat step 6
64. me 07 04 05 15 24 The punch position currently selected will be displayed on the left side of the screen Change the punch position if desired To change the punch position touch Pos Set to display the pop up menu then select the desired punch position 07704705 eJ EREADY 07704705 Job List Maso eJ EREADY 12 26 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold 12 Touch OK to return to the Finishing setting menu Do you want to restore the previous setting gt Touch Cancel 2 How does the Off key function gt Touching Off will release the Finishing function without cancelling newly specified information A Touch OK on the Finishing setting menu The Basic Screen will be restored S Note f no other settings are required you don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position originals then press Start to start the printing job S Reminder The primary main tray gradually goes down while printed materials out put DO NOT allow any object to interfere with the operation of the tray on the left side of the finisher as any interference may cause damage to the finisher bizhub PRO 920 12 27 Finishing Paper Fold 12 9 Cover Sheet Feeding Post Inserter The Finisher FS 509 FS 604 with Post
65. 11 10 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 4 Touch Insert Sheet 07704705 Insert Image e LJ IBIREADY The Insert Sheet Screen will be displayed 5 Select the desired mode 07 04 05 Please set Front Cover Back Cover Tray Paper Post Inserter No Back Cover No Back Cover CEIA To insert a front cover Touch Front Cover then proceed to the next step To insert a back cover Touch Back Cover then proceed to step 7 To insert the insertion sheets Touch Insert Paper then proceed to step 8 bizhub PRO 920 11 11 Applications 11 On the Front Cover Setting Screen select the desired mode Print Blank copy mode Simplex Duplex and
66. IP NIC Setting Alert Mail The SMB Setting Screen will be displayed 6 For each item select or enter a required value Scan Print Net BIOS Name Print Service Name Workgroup SMB Setting Main power Off On lt after change gt bizhub PRO 920 18 139 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting f Touch OK to return to the IP NIC Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key 8 After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power Q Detail When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off Ifyou do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly 18 140 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 2 IP NIC Setting gt 7 AppleTalk Specify the settings for connecting network printer and the AppleTalk set tings 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting Administrator Setting administrator f IE NU System Setting LL System Connection opier PrinterSetting The Network Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touc
67. The HDD Lock Password Changing Screen will be displayed 26 10 bizhub PRO 920 Administrator Security Functions 26 Enter current password Touch Current Password to display the Input Current Password Screen Please input password rren la gSSuOr d New Password Enter current password The initial password 9 digit alphanumeric serial number of the main body The entered password will appear as asterisks on the screen Then touch OK Please input current password aplokololokoololololotokoolokelololokolotolelololololotololok The Change HDD Lock Password Screen will be restored bizhub PRO 920 26 11 Administrator Security Functions Enter new password Touch New Password to display the Input New Password Screen Please input password Check Input Enter new password The entered new password will appear as as terisks on the screen Then touch OK Please input neu passuord plololokolokelololotololokelololotokelololotolelofofotolotolok Touch Check Input to display the Re input New Password Screen Please input password Sr d OROIOROROROROROROIOROROROROROROIOROROROROROROXOKOROROROROKOIOR bizhub PRO 920 Administrator Security Functions 26 Enter new password once more for confirmation then touch OK Confirm neu password Please input neu passuord
68. The Image Data Store Site Selection Screen will be displayed Touch Scan to HDD a Please select store method Job List j nip PoF Manual Scan to HDD nip PoF Manual HDD Lo PC The Store Personal Box Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 25 11 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode Select the desired personal Box then touch OK Please select store box Memory HDD 100 000 89 9727 000000002 b2 Enter the password if selected Box requires one The Store Personal File Screen will be displayed Touch Store For neuly store Memory HDD Please touch Store button 100 000 99 972 The Input File Name Screen will be displayed 8 Enterthe file name then touch OK Please enter file name 25 12 bizhub PRO 920 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 25 The Box Basic Screen will be displayed 9 Press Start on the control panel to scan and store the image data The popup menu to confirm whether E E Interrupt to continue or close it will be dis 1 Pet aum Mode Memory played Utility Counter Start E Mode Check 5 Data Main 10 Touch Yes or No Storing data to HDD is complet
69. oo Touch Password Input Timing to select At Panel Reset Timer or At JOB Complete on the right side of Password Input Timing Touch the down arrow key and then touch Account Distribute Number to highlight it Enter the number to distribute using the touch panel keypad The setting is enabled when it is set _Zaccount Track General Settings Utility Administrator using E User Authenti cation Setting Touch Close to return to the General Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 78 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 1 General Settings gt 2 Account Track Use this function to set Copier Printer or Scanner jobs managed by the ac count and select the machine condition in which the machine stops due to reaching the copy limit Q Detail If Copier Printer or Scanner is set to Off when Account Authentication is set to On on the General Settings Screen the account password is not required to enter for authentication In this case job count and copy limit count will be suspended When Immediately of Select Effect of Reaching Copy Limit is selected the job is immediately suspended as soon as the copy limit is reached In this case copying conditions output data and scanned data will not be hold In order to continue the job with the same account password
70. ssssssssssssss 12 10 12 4 Sorting Stapling Copies eere 12 12 To set finishing mode eesssssessesseeeeeereeeeetn 12 14 bizhub PRO 920 x 11 12 5 12 6 12 7 12 8 12 9 12 10 12 11 Making Folded Booklet Half Fold Fold amp Staple Trimming 12 18 To make folded booklet ssessssssseeeseeeeee 12 18 Folding Copies in Three Letter Fold In Letter Fold Out 12 21 Tojfold copies In three ee eee ee eret rsen eo anneau ane n emedi 12 21 Output Z Folded Copies Z Fold 12 23 To make Z folded copies sese 12 23 Punching File Holes in Copies PUNCH 12 25 To punch file holes in copies eeeeeeeeeeeennn 12 25 Cover Sheet Feeding Post Inserter 12 28 To attach cover sheet to copies seeseseeeeenn 12 28 Using Finisher Manually eeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenennnnnnnnn 12 30 To use finisher manually eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 12 31 Using Two Copiers in Tandem eee 12 33 To use two copiers in tandem ssssssseee 12 34 To Stop Scanning Printing eee 12 39 To cancel the tandem copying job
71. PCL Font List Font Font Pitch Point 000 Courier scalable 001 CG Times scalable 002 CG Times Bold scalable 003 CG Times Italic scalable 004 CG Times Bold Italic scalable 005 CG Omega scalable 006 CG Omega Bold scalable 007 CG Omega Italic scalable 008 CG Omega Bold Italic scalable 009 Coronet scalable 010 Clarendon Condensed scalable 011 Univers Medium scalable 012 Univers Bold scalable 013 Univers Medium Italic scalable 014 Univers Bold Italic scalable 015 Univers Medium Condensed scalable 016 Univers Bold Condensed scalable 017 Univers Medium Condensed Italic scalable 018 Univers Bold Condensed Italic scalable 019 Antique Olive scalable 020 Antique Olive Bold scalable 021 Antique Olive Italic scalable 022 Garamond Antiqua scalable 023 Garamond Halbfett scalable 024 Garamond Kursiv scalable 025 Garamond Kursiv Halbfett scalable 026 Marigold scalable 027 Albertus Medium scalable 028 Albertus Extra Bold scalable 029 Arial scalable 030 Arial Bold scalable 031 Arial Italic scalable 27 22 bizhub PRO 920 Appendix Font Font Pitch Point 032 Arial Bold Italic scalable 033 Times New scalable 034 Times New Bold scalable 035 Times New Italic scalable 036 Times New Bold Italic scalable 037 Helvetica scalable 038 Helvetica Bold scalable 039 Helvetica Oblique scalable 040 Helvetica Bold Obl
72. Q Detail The Utility Screen provides the setting to position the page numbers au tomatically on the outside edges of the copy when using Booklet Pagina tion with Page Numbering in Starnp bizhub PRO 920 11 41 1 1 Applications To set Booklet Pagination function VY Use ADF to scan originals Original glass can also be used with Separate Scan mode selected Y Original pages should be a multiple of 4 in 1 2 mode or a multiple of 2 in 2 2 mode otherwise blank pages are automatically inserted to the last v Trays for copy paper and front back covers should have the same paper size loaded VY Auto Zoom mode is automatically selected Select the desired paper size 1 Load the desired copy paper size in a tray When selecting cover sheet mode Cover With Copy Sheet or Cover With Blank Sheet load the same size cover paper in any other tray unless it is specified as Thick or Tab Paper 2 Touch Application 07704705 Rea emo D e AD 00 000 Combine q ig Im 4 aPpli Originals ors In Cation Density Paper Zoom Simplex Duplex The Application Screen will be displayed 3 Touch Booklet Pagination 07 04705 Ready to cop emo PO on original face up e AD 00 000 Basic Stee oes
73. bizhub PRO 920 27 14 Appendix 21 PS Demo Page Print m b 4 Adobe PostScript 3016 102 KONICA MINOLTA Type 1 Fonts Coronet Joanna Bold uic Times New Roman Bold Itali Courter Joanna fac Times New Roman Italic Total Type 1 Feats 0 Couter Bold LeterGomic roy m Coutier Bold Oblique LeterGottic Bold Univers Bold 2 Fonts Courier Oblique LeterGothic Bold Started Univers Bold Oblique t m fursti Leterootc Santed Univers Oblque t Mmi Eurost Bold MTC Labain Graph Book Univers Light Mberus laie t Eurostie Bold Extended Two ITC Labain Graph Book Oblique imr A but Meus Light t Eurostile Extended Two ITC Labain Graph Demi Veronese t Antqut ive Bold Sst ITC Labain Graph Demi Oblique _UniversCondensed Aetiqunve Compact i Meg Ueherscondensed Bold Obiqee t Jaaa bic GtSaes Condensed Bod TTC Mona Usa R cu UniversCondensed Oboe t MtiqiOiva omaa Gies Gold faic New tay Sceobeck Bot Domain Nut Gies Condensed t New Certury Schoobook Bold laic t Unwrsbtended heal bots GatSaes Extra Bot New Cota Sceobost hi Unstone Bod Geo t Nai Bo laic t GaSaes laic New Century SchoobookRomae Universstended Colque t Ma hale GilSaes Light Newforka ITC ZaplCtanctey Medumtalc etre Gomi Bock Gases Lit taie prd WC Zegna C hartbarte Gothic Book tique Gay Quse om m ITC AvartGar e Gothic Dem Goudy Bod Optima Bod lale t Total Type 2 Fonts 127 ITC AvartGarde Goic Demi Ooae Gooey Bold Italic Optima ta
74. ee User Authentication zaccount Track The Account Track Settings Screen will be displayed 18 82 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Follow the instructions below for registering a new account setting Touch New Register to display the New Account Register Screen Account Track Setting Reset All Counters Touch Account No to display the input screen Neu Account Register bizhub PRO 920 18 83 18 Utility Administrator Setting Enter the account number then touch OK You may enter four dig its for the account number Please input account number Password 00000000 Touch Account Name to display the input screen Enter the ac count name and touch OK You may enter eight characters for the account name For the details on entering texts in the input screen see the appendix Please input account name 18 84 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 Touch Password to display the input screen Enter the password and touch OK You may enter eight digits for the password For the details on entering texts in the input screen see the appendix Please input password Touch Limit to display the input screen Enter the copy limit value and touch OK You may enter eight di
75. eeiv In4 m ezis Woysng ezig uoijsno ezig prepueis pee ejpuis PIO3 Z JeuiBuo pexiN EULION pulg doy puig 91 9 14H qu6iy umog episd yel ELON uonoaiq BuuequinN e9nu9A e UOZHOH s ed BUIQUIOD Lule Luly Lule Aay epo A ue s eyesedas Basic xeidng xeiduuis ecc k lt esp ESL bizhub PRO 920 11 4 Applications 1 1 Application volont E Copy Conditions 555 t 8 Incompatible with Siem EE al Sl 8g Applications 2 B 8 E ela 8285 53 els 8 8 8 8 el8sesszs2ssskz 35 m jo 2 tsoOzzas 8 2329 9olog9 o s s S 5 2 3 S S e e 2 2 2 5 s e s Ql Six 3aza 25 2225j 9 o t 5 Insert Sheet Main Body XXIX X X Front Cover py Insert Sheet Main Body XIX X X X Back Cover py Insert Sheet Main Body XIX X X X Insert Paper pi X XIX XIX X x Chapters XXX XIXIXIXIXIX X Insert Image 2 ne X X X XIX XIXIXIXIXIXIX X X OHP Interleave XIXIXIXIXIXIX X X XIX XIX XIX X Program Job E 2 XIXIXIX X X XIXIXIX X Neg Pos Rever
76. H S amp 2 lt gt GilSans Condensed Bold ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 S amp lt gt GilSans Bold talc t ABCDEFGabcdefg0 23456789 HS 92 lt gt GillSans Condensed ABCDEFGabcdefg0 123456789 Qo 8 GitSans Extra Bold ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0S9 amp 1 GitSans Italic ABCDEFGabcdefg0 I 23456789 HS amp A lt gt GilSans Light ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 Qf 96 amp 1 GillSans Light Italic ABCDEFGabcdefg0 23456789 Wat 36 amp Goudy Oldstyle ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 G2 96 amp lt gt Goudy Bold ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 G8 96 amp Goudy Bold Italic ABCDEFQGabcdefg0123456789 S G lt gt Goudy ExtraBold ABCDEFGabcdefg0 123456789 amp lt gt Goudy Okistyle Italic ABCDEFGabedefg0 23456789 HRES HAG lt gt Helvetica t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 Q 4 96 amp Helvetica Bold t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 8 96 amp Helvetica Bold Oblique t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp lt gt Helvetica Condensed t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 1 G 96 amp 2 Helvetica Condensed Bold t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 94 6 amp c Helvetica Condensed Bold Oblique t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 G4 95 amp Helvetica Condensed Oblique t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 1 G 95 amp Helvetica Narrow t ABCDEFGabodeig0123456789 Q 4 6 amp 2 H
77. XUN 10q ojoug xer Combine Originals jeuibuo Jedeg qeL eeuy In4 m ezis ulojsno X X ezig uiojsno ezis prepueis pee ejBuis Plos Z jeuibuo pexiN JEULION pulg doy puig 91 9 1uBlu 1uBig umog episdn yel ELON uonoeiiq BuuequinN 9fu9A JeJUOZLOH seabed BUIGUUOD Lug ruv X X X X Luc Kay epo A ue s eyesedas Basic xeidng xeiduiis ecc l L lt Ei est EISE bizhub PRO 920 10 4 10 9je1oH ON ueog IIn4 Buujue ebew x HUS 3 eonped x lt HUS s4 94 7 1eedeu Z x x x x x esjeneu u 1eedeu z x x x X x jeedeu eBeuil yeaday 8 x x x Xx jeeded p x x x x x yeaday z x x x x x 5 joe1eq oiny eziS x x x x x lt 8 1nduj enue azis x x x x x lt Adog yoog x x x x esJenoy SOg BaN qof ureJ amp oJg x x x x lt e eeuelu dHO lt x x x eDeuj uesu x x x x lt x siajdeyg x x x lt x x ieadeg uesul Id yeeys uesu pogurew SD o 16 09 yorg Id 1eeug uesu pog ure e 99 P o p 19 09 10043 Id jeeus uesu pog ule co e e e e e cig T 21
78. ey EREADY Do you want to start copying immediately gt You don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position original s directly then press Start 9 24 bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 Changing Magnification Ratio The following six modes are provided e Enlarge Reduce Select from the eight ratios 0 500 0 707 0 816 0 866 1 154 1 224 1 414 2 000 provided on the screen e XY Zoom proportional Specify 0 250 to 4 000 in 0 001 0 196 incre ments e XY Zoom Individual Vertical and horizontal dimensions can be specified individually from 0 250 to 4 000 in 0 001 0 196 increments e Preset Zoom Select from the three ratios previously programmed e Minimal Set reduction ratio slightly smaller than full size 0 930 in order to prevent image loss when copying original image that reaches the page margin e Auto Zoom Automatically set appropriate magnification ratio according to the original size and selected paper size Q Detail For details on the preset zoom ratio setting refer to 4 Preset Zoom on page 17 42 To set zoom mode L Touch Zoom on the Basic Screen E combine U rig Im 4 APPL Originals EAN lm T Cation Density Paper Zoon Simplex Duplex The Zoom setting menu will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 9 25 9 Basic Job Settings Specify the desired magnification ratio
79. j Scan from gt W T first page LT Y LT Lot LE Front Cover 4 Spread Front Cover Spread gt ol el Front Back Cover m e is Edi SURVEYOR S REPORT SURVEYORSS REPORT b e LT Front Back Cover Spread I x SURVEYOR S REPORT Scan body text 11 32 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 11 9 Repeating Selected Image Area Image Repeat Size Manual Input Use this function to repeat the selected image area of 10 mm to 150 mm in both vertical and horizontal widths measured from the rear left corner of the A3 original area indicated on the left edge of the original glass Horizontal width Image Repeat copy e ABABAB ABABAB pi J ABABAB To set Size Manual Input mode of Image Repeat Y Use the original glass Document feeder cannot be used v Auto Paper Select and Auto Zoom are released and 1 000 magnification is selected automatically Change the magnification manually if desired VY Copy mode is automatically set to 1 1 When selecting
80. t c 8 E B E 1 f 1 i ju i 9 Y s 1 o 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 40 A B C D E F G 10 S0PIQRISITIUVIWXIYIZI EIO 70pj airistiu viwixylz ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 Lanf n o s m i J K L M N O qoI bl S amp 0123456789 ABCDEF 0123456789 ABCDEF 10 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 409 A B C D E F GIH I J K L M N 50 P OR S T U V W X Y Z NV 60 a b c dje g h i j k 1 m njo 70p a r s t u viwix y z 1 2 COA A AJA AL E AO BO 60 4 44 a a alezic e 1 i 00 5 8 0 6 6 6 6 x 0 0 6 0 0 p gt F0 j6j 6 6 6 6 6 o dD a ala 4 J ab ae lt gt f j i JE amp 40 5 A B C D E F GIH 50 P Q R S T Ul VIW X Y Z OIO ISO69 French 00 10 20 40 A B C D E F G H T J K L M N O 50 P ORIS T U V WIXIY Z G S 60 pialbicidje f gih ijj kilimnio 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 piqirisitiulviwxiyizl 88228802 ISO 8859 9 Latin 5 ISO 8859 2 Latin 2 0123456789 ABCDEF 0123456789 ABCDEF ji i s y 2 1 R 4 4 siwy u T u viwIxiY iz t VJ dje f g h i j k
81. 0 0 0 0 DNS Host Name Specify the DNS host name Varied from machine to machine Max 63 characters combining symbols and alphanumer ics can be used DNS Domain Name Specify the DNS domain name Max 63 characters combining symbols and alphanumer ics can be used LPD When Enable is selected LPD LPR printing becomes available Enable Disable Enable Line Speed Network Specify the network transfer rate Auto Negotiation 10M Half Duplex 10M Full Duplex 100M Half Duplex 100M Full Duplex Auto Negotiation bizhub PRO 920 18 107 Utility Administrator Setting Specific setting and Description Default TCP IP RAW port settings 1 to 6 Use Specify RAW port numbers and to be used or not Use Not Use Set between 1 65535 TCP IP Filter accept settings 1 2 Off Specify to use the accept settings or not and the range in which to permit connections On Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 255 TCP IP Filter refuse settings 1 2 Off Specify to use the refuse settings or not and the range in which to deny connections On Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 255 Network Test Ping Address Perform ping Max 255 characters combining symbols and alphanumer ics can be used 1 If the range of the permission setting is the same as that of the denial setting the latter setting overrides the former 2 The functions that are affected by the permission and deni
82. 07704705 09 45 Management List bizhub PRO 920 26 17 Administrator Security Functions 26 4 Analyze audit log Audit logs need to be analyzed by the administrator regularly once per month or when unauthorized access and tampering of data saved in the ma chine in Enhanced Security mode is noticed The machine is supposed to store up to 750 logs per month If more than 750 logs are assumed to be stored in a month carry out the analysis in a shorter period before the unanalyzed logs reach that number Audit log report P 2005 04 07 10 30 576F0116 TC 328 No date time id action result No date time id action resul 0001 2005 04 07 10 30 2 02 OK 0002 2005 04 07 10 28 5 13 OK 0003 2005 04 07 10 25 3 1 Ok 0004 2005 04 07 10 22 3 n OK 0005 2005 04 07 10 16 3 H OK 0006 2005 04 07 10 14 3 n OK 0007 2005 04 07 10 09 3 1 OK 0008 2005 04 07 10 09 3 n NG 0009 2005 04 07 10 07 3 n OK 0010 2005 04 07 10 07 2 02 OK 0011 2005 04 07 10 00 2 03 Ok 0012 2005 04 07 10 06 2 02 OK 0013 2005 04 07 10 05 3 n NG 0014 2005 04 07 10 04 2 02 OK 0015 2005 04 07 10 04 3 11 OK 0016 2005 04 07 10 02 3 n OK 0017 2005 04 07 10 0 3 07 OK 0018 2005 04 07 09 59 3 09 OK 0019 2005 04 07 09 53 3 07 OK 0020 2005 04 07 09 50 2 02 OK 0021 2005 04 06 10 19 1 01 OK 0022 2005 04 06 10 19 1 01 NG 0023 2005 04 06 10 17 1 01 NG 0024 2005 04 06 10 17 1 01 NG 0025 2005 04 06 10 16 1 01 NG 0026 2005 04 00 10 18 1 01 NG 002
83. 1 8 Check Control Spool Jobs 13 11 Biss M 10 11 Check Operate Binding o 16 14 Suspended Jobs 13 9 Binding direction for Checking Copy Count 6 5 duplex copies 12 7 Choose Default Tray Blank Insert 15 4 When APS OFF 17 60 Book Copy e 11 28 Cleaning Image Scanning Booklet ss 11 41 16 14 SECTION 2 5 sese c repente 6 3 Booklet Copy Auto Select 17 60 Clearing Mishandled Paper 5 5 Booklet pagination 11 41 Coloured Paper 15 3 Bookmark key 11 7 Coloured Paper Both Sides Adjust sess 15 4 Setting Screen 15 10 Both sides adjust Combination 16 14 setting screen 15 141 Combine Originals 10 7 Box Key ees 2 7 2 10 Combine Originals tab 2 9 Buzzer for Job Stop Setting 17 14 Combine Pages 10 7 Buzzer On Off sss 17 12 Consumables 1 7 Bypass Tray Setting 9 16 Contact service representative 5 3 Continuous Print Copy 18 195 Continuous Print Print 18 182 C clear key 2 7 Contrast isse 14 21 Call for Service Screen 5 3 Contrast adjustment dial 2 8 Call Service Centre 18 198 Control Panel Layout 2 7 Cartridge housing
84. 10 it further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 206 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 2 HDD Manage Setting gt 2 Data Auto Delete Specify the period of time 12 hours to 30 days to keep data stored on inter nal HDD of the copier so that it will be deleted automatically when specified period has passed The initial setting is Not Delete 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 7 Security Setting a Trae Administrator Setting Administrator Setting ser Authentication Ccount Track The Security Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 HDD Manage Setting Security Setting dministratorPassword Security Setting HDD Manage Setting The HDD Manage Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 207 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 5 Touch 2 Data Auto Delete REGN Details Delete Security Setting HDD Manage Setting The HDD Data Auto Delete Period Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Touch the desired period to highlight it Touch Not Delete to highlight it when n
85. 3 Touch 1 System Setting Adm inistrator NI MEN System Setting System Connection Exit The System Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 6 Expert Adjustment Expert Adjustment System Setting The Expert Adjustment Screen will be displayed 18 48 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 5 Touch Finisher Adjust Tig Administrator Setting l System Setting Expert Adjustment Specified The Finisher Adjust Screen is displayed 6 Touch any desired key of adjustment items The adjustment screen is displayed Utility _ id amp Staple OP r Adjustment lfFold l3 us tren Sto er STOPP Trimming Stopper t ida ustamen Hoie Punch Adjustment Z FOld Position Adjustment bizhub PRO 920 18 49 18 Utility Administrator Setting 7 Touch Next or Back to select a desired paper size and a paper feed tray Stitch and Fold stopper adj lt O QO 128 127 istep 8 Select and by touching the key on the touch screen keypad and touch Set 9 Touch Close to return to the Finisher Adjust Screen 10 Touch Close to return to the
86. 5 Selectthe address type to change delete the E Mail destination ad dress Touch E Mail Display the register name of the destination address using the search key or the up and down arrow keys Touch a register name to highlight it 18 216 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 To change touch Change to display the Scan Destination Address Change Delete Screen Select the changing item from Address Register Name and Ref erence Name and change it in the input screen Touch Common to set it as daily use Touch OK Scan Destination Address Change Delete To delete touch Delete Touch Yes on the Delete Confirmation popup screen To suspend deleting touch No y500o Delete this destination address Delete bizhub PRO 920 18 217 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 7 Select the address type to change delete the HDD destination address Touch HDD vail Group f E E E Others Ii Com on Regis er BOX E Display the register name of the destination address using the search key or the up and down arrow keys Touch the register name to highlight it To chan
87. If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 23 17 Utility User Setting 8 Warm Up Screen On Off 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 8 Warm Up Screen On Off Utility System Setting System Setting Buzzer Setting 4 Change User Password SubAreaDisplay On Off The Warm Up Screen On Off Screen will be displayed 4 Select On when Warm Up Screen is displayed and Off when Warm Up Screen is not displayed arm Up Screen On Off 5 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Utility Screen 6 if further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 17 24 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 17 4 2 Function Setting 1 Feed Tray Setting gt 1 Feed Tray Auto Selection Select the tray size setting to be detected when ATS functions You may also select the priority of the detection for each tray 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 2 Function Setting The Function Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 Feed Tray Setting Wht Function Setting f Function Setting ach Function Setting The
88. Op10h0s b24579T 1 76 Port esc 01X esc sOpl0hOs3b24579T 1 77 CourierPS Oblique Scalable Port 01X enc s0p10h1s0b24579T 1 78 CourierPS Bold Oblique Port esc 01X esc s0plOhis b24579T 1 79 Line Printer ON 16 67 8 52 Port esc O00N esc s0p16 67h8 2vOsObOT 1 80 Line Printer 1U 16 67 8 52 Port esc S2v0s0bOT 1 81 Line Printer 2N 16 67 8 52 Port esc 02Ncesc 80p16 67h8 52v0sOb0T 1 82 Line Printer SN 52 Port esc 0SNcesc s0p16 67h8 52vO0sOb0T 1 83 Line Printer N 16 67 8 52 Port lt esc gt 06N lt esc gt s0p16 67h8 52v0s0b0T 1 84 Line Printer 8U 2 Port esc s0p16 67h8 52v0sOb0T 1 85 Line Printer 9N 16 67 8 52 esc 09N esc s0p16 67h8 52v0sObOT 1 86 Line Printer 10U 16 67 8 52 Port esc s0p16 67hB 52v0sOb0T 1 87 Line Printer 11U 16 67 8 52 Port esc 11U esc sOp16 67h8 52vOsObOT 1 08 Line Printer 12U 16 67 8 52 Port esc sOpl 67h8 S2v0sObOT 1 89 PCLXL Only Internal Fonts Font Pitch Point Orient Escape Sequence Font Fontip HGGothic Bold HGMincho Light HGPGothic Bold HGPMincho Light Print Sample 27 18 bizhub PRO 920 Appendix PS Font List t PostScript Fonts Eurostile Extended Two ABCDEFGabcdefgO 123456 78S00 ii S90 amp Genevao ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 A amp lt gt GilSans 1 ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 244 96 amp GilSans Bold ABCDEFGabcdefg0 23456789
89. The Setting Data Import Export window will be displayed 19 30 bizhub PRO 920 Web Utilities Setting 1 9 5 Export the machine setting file Select the desired file type from the pull down menu then click on Ex port Setting data Import Export Import e You transmit a file and can register setting data e Ifpush import button a setting file will be recognized automatically Browse Import Importing scan transmission setting will clear the registered data and group data Export e You can save setting data in file e Please choose a data type to save and push an export button Account Track data TAB separated zi Export Administrator Setup Menu Main Page bizhub PRO 920 19 31 19 Web Utilities Setting The File Download dialogue box will be displayed Click on OK Setting data Import Export Import o You transmit a file and can register setting data If push import button a setting file will be recognized automatically M x NES 3 You are downloading the file Vt tab bxt from 10 11 32 60 Importing scan transmission setting will clear the r Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer eas SS ee ee FF Always atk before opening this type of fle o You can save setting data in file o Please choose a data type to save and push an export button Account Track data T
90. The essentials of imaging KONICA MINOLTA bizhub pro 920 User Manual Copier e POD Administrator e Security X Introduction I jos Introduction Thank you very much for your purchase of this machine This guide deals with making copies correct handling of the machine and precautions for safety Please read before copying In order to maintain a satisfactory copying performance please keep this guide readily available for reference in the rear pocket of the machine ENERGY STARO Program The ENERGY STAR Program has been es tablished to encourage the widespread and voluntary use of energy efficient tech nologies that reduce energy consumption and prevent pollution As an ENERGY STAR Partner we have determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency based on the following features Low Power This function conserves energy by lowering the set temperature of the fixing unit In the standard setting Low Power operates automatically when 15 minutes have elapsed after completion of the last copy with the copier re maining in the ready to copy state during that time The time period for the Low Power function can be set for 5 minutes 10 min utes 15 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes 90 minutes 120 minutes or 240 minutes Sleep This function achieves further energy conservation by partially turning the power supply OFF thereby
91. Utility _ HDD Manage Setting Touch Current Password to display the Password Input Screen Please input password Enter current password The first password 9 digit alphanumeric serial number of the main body The enterd password will appear as aster isks on the screen Then touch OK Please input current password TREKK KKKA KK The Change HDD Lock Password Screen will be restored 18 210 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Touch New Password to display the Password Input Screen Please input password New Password Enter the new password and touch OK Please input neu passuord OEOIOKOROROREOROROROROKOROROROROROKOROROROFOROROKOROROFORoKOKE 9 Touch Check Input to re enter the same new password Please input password ae a xXokokolokolokelololotolololelotolotokelolefotolelotelotokotofok T OK bizhub PRO 920 18 211 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 10 Enter new password once more for confirmation then touch OK Confirm neu password Please input new password Tbiokolotokolololololotokolotolololotokolotolololotokolotolokok 11 Touch OK to complete the setting and touch Close to return to the Security Setting Screen N Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administr
92. 20 57 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting AP I F This screen appears when you click AP I F on the Network tab The screen is used to enter and confirm settings concerning the AP I F Enter for individ ual items Komica vino Drevin T IPAS Web Connection GP wm 2 ea ee ERE NN 959 z sale iat Description e Enter for individual items Port Number Use SSL TLS Port Number SSL e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered 20 58 bizhub PRO 920 2 1 Security Functions Security Functions 21 21 Security Functions The bizhub PRO 920 device has two security modes Normal mode Use this mode if the machine is used by a single person and there is a low possibility of illicit access and operations This is the default mode when shipped from the factory To use regular mode please see the user s guide for each individual machine Enhanced Security mode Use this mode if the machine is connected to a local area network or to ex ternal networks through a telephone line or other means An Administrator manages the device according to this user s guide so that users can have a safe operating environment Your administrator is the only one who can turn the Enhanced Security mode ON and OFF and make other changes and your service representative will designate an administ
93. 5 Touch 3 IPP tility IP NIC setting E TCP IP i Network Setting NetWare Apple Talk IP NIC Setting Alert Mail eae The IPP Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Foreach item select or enter a required value Use Next or Back as required IPP Setting IPP setting Main power Off On lt after change gt IPP Print Job Reserve IPP Operation Support Information Setting IPP setting Main power Off On lt after change gt Open Job Valid Job en Job Attributes bizhub PRO 920 18 131 18 Utility Administrator Setting IPP Printer Information Setting Printer URI Setting IPP setting Main power Off On lt after change Printer Location IPP setting Main power Off On lt after change pp 10 10 1 97 80 ipp http 10 10 1 97 631 ipp Touch OK to return to the IP NIC Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power Q Detail When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off Ifyou do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly 18 132 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting
94. ABCOEF PS Text jejo olm ail o s ajz ej t 45 0 c0 E H E ow y viale a pat a ea a m S x eso v JEONG n oloko ILLI OH bale Oy UG enn E LI o x x c x a eC VO HE 5 0 30 3 ae IS BO mu eos sump v 3 8B OWAH Uva mo w 110 v7 te UO n Ul m o jes Re a x N mim H 6G SIC fala oal o ml ao eA et 0 1 o e a n BOZEG S 88988982 288882 T T T eo o Ci Alale n a b 1 4 X e Els alali valle v i MIO I A vial i wie JNR mm OV Dt let Dy Ld B eomx ux of S O S o 3 CIRAN DOE LAU n os tal lalalala Niele J ae m O 0 0 n Gl wc i ENMIA H vej Malajos o hp lelelel e rth S9 R8SESSSPESSESE E 27 30 27 7 Glossary Button Function 10BASE T 100BASE TX 1000BASE TX Types of specifications in compliance with the Ethernet standard Cables made of two stranded copper wire rods are used Communication speed is 10Mbps with 10Base T 100Mbps with 100Base TX and 1000Mbps with 1000Base TX APOP Abbreviation of Authenticated Post Office Protocol An authentication method of improved safety by encrypting the password ordinary POP uses an unencrypted password which is used to receive E mails Client A computer which uses services provided by servers through the net Work DHCP
95. Original Setting 1 0 Procedure in Auto Start mode Vv Use ADF Set one sheet at a time Touch Combine Originals on the Basic Screen The Combine Originals setting menu will be displayed Touch Special Original Read O cop emo PO on original face up e AD 00 000 FOr Y ABpli Orig m Cation Basic orig Combine 2 Originals Original Original Size CS BIREADY The Special Original Screen will be displayed Touch Single Feed to highlight it 07704705 11 20 Touch OK on the Special Original Screen The Combine Originals setting menu will be restored 2 Do you want to restore the previous setting gt Touch Cancel Do you want to select additional copy conditions gt Touch Basic or any other tab key to continue job settings bizhub PRO 920 10 19 1 0 Original Setting 5 Touch Basic to return to the Basic Screen then touch Separate Scan o Adjust the ADF paper guides Without setting the original ad just the ADF paper guides ac cording to the original size to be set Position a sheet of original FACE UP in the document feeder The set original will be automatically fed and scanned 8 Touch Complete Scan to des
96. Password does not match will appear and no key will work for five seconds Enter the right password after five seconds The current password cannot be used again f authentication fails the information will be saved in the audit log 1 Press Utility Counter on the control panel The Utility Screen will be displayed Interrupt Lucas Stop Proof Copy Utility Counter Start 9 ERN 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting Serial No 57GEO000D1 Total Count Check System Setting idministrator Setting Total Count 00039983 07 04 05 Feed Paper Count 00034875 Output Paper Count 00036266 Printer Copier 00006926 00033057 Scanner 00002701 The Input Administrator Password Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 24 9 24 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 3 Enter the password Use the touch screen keypad to enter the 8 digit Administrator pass word then touch OK Please enter password 8 characters The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 3 User Authentication Account Track Utility gen Erin System Setting System Connection Strabor Machin The User Authentication Account Track Screen will be displayed 24 10 bizhub PRO 920 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 i
97. Raise the document feeder then clean the original glass with a clean soft cloth The glass may also clean with a soft cloth dampened slightly with water if it is diffi cult to clean bizhub PRO 920 Maintenance Cleaning the ADF Guide Cover The ADF guide cover should be kept clean otherwise soil marks may be copied or the original size cannot be detected correctly Raise the document feeder then clean the ADF guide cover with a clean soft cloth S Reminder Never use paint solvents such as ben zene or thinners to clean the original glass and ADF guide cover bizhub PRO 920 Maintenance 6 6 2 Checking Copy Count The Utility Screen allows you to view the current indication of the following items as a list List items Total count Feed paper count Output paper count Printer total count Copier total count Scanner total count PM count cycle counter start date Developer count cycle counter start date Drum count cycle counter start date Check the list then print it if desired To check and print the counter list 1 Press Utility Counter on the control panel Box B Access Mode Memory uu Utility Counter Mode N Serial No 57GE000D1 Utility Total Count 00038983 07 04 05 Feed Paper Count 00034875 Ou
98. Utility User Setting 17 Specific setting and Description Default 2 Function Setting 1 Feed Tray Setting 1 Feed Tray Auto Selection Select ATS for each tray and the priority of the detec tion when ATS functions ATS APS Switch Trays 1 to 4 Bypass Tray Off Tray Priority Tray4 Tray3 Tray1 Tray2 Bypass Tray ATS APS Switch Trays 1 to 4 Bypass Tray Off 2 ATS Permission selection Set ATS On or Off On Off Off 3 Auto Paper Type Set the paper type to be selected when ATS functions Paper Type Coloured Paper Hole Punch No Hole Punch 2 Each Function Setting Fine Adjust Margin Decimal Off Select On Off to enter a decimal point for image shift Decimal On Decimal Off Printer Prohibit Timer 30 seconds Select the interval time that printing via PC is prohibited after touching the touch keys Off 15 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 90 seconds 3 Density Setting 1 Density Shift for Original Image Type Select the default density setting for each Original Im age Type 6 levels Text amp Photo 3 Low Contrast 4 Photo 3 Text 3 2 User Density Setting Preset the density level which is frequently used Two levels Preset1 lightest Preset2 darkest Two levels 3 Photo Mode Density Setting Select the density level set in EE Auto Density Setting when the Photo Mode is selected Lighter Standard Darker Standard 4 Image D
99. address 9 Selectthe address type to delete Group Touch Group HDD FIP Display the register name of the destination address using the search key or the up and down arrow keys Touch the register name to highlight it 18 222 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Touch Delete Touch Yes on the Delete Confirmation popup screen To suspend deleting touch No Group E davis this destination address 10 Touch Return to restore the Scanner Destination Storage Screen 11 Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administrator Setting Screen 12 Ifturther changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 223 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 18 224 bizhub PRO 920 1 9 Web Utilities Setting Web Utilities Setting 1 9 o Web Utilities Setting Web Utilities Outlines When the machine is connected with a PC over a network the web browser activated on the PC provides the following functions 19 19 1 Account Track Setting Make the account track settings concerning the administrator setting us ing the web browser on a PC Hemote Panel Setting Make the remote panel settings to control usi
100. bizhub PRO 920 18 61 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting The U Tray Search Size Setting Screen is displayed Touch any desired key to highlight it Please set PI Upper Tray Search Size Touch OK to complete the setting to return to the previous screen T Set the PI lower tray search size Touch L Tray Search Size The L Tray Search Size Setting Screen is displayed Touch any desired key to highlight it Please set PI Lower Tray Search Size Touch OK to complete the setting to return to the previous screen 8 Touch Close to return to the Paper Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 62 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 9 LCD Backlight Setting Use this function to adjust the backlight of the touch panel 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 System Setting Utility Administrator Setting System Setting System Connection The System Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 9 LCD Backlight Setting Administrator Setting D f System Setting System Setting
101. 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch Controller The Controller Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 01 Report Type Controller Setting The Report Type Selection Screen will be displayed 4 Touch the desired report type key to select it Report Type bizhub PRO 920 16 9 16 Controller Setting Touch Execute The Controller Setting Screen will be restored and the Data LED on the control panel blinks to indicate that the printing operation is in progress To return to the previous screen touch Return If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to complete the setting and restore the Utility Screen 16 10 bizhub PRO 920 Controller Setting 1 6 16 3 02 Printer Setting Use this function to register the desired output form Six types can be spec ified at maximum Specify the setting number 1 to 6 first then specify the following four printer settings for that number e 01 Basic Setting specifies basic settings for printer 02 PCL Setting specifies the settings concerning printer protocol 03 PS Setting allows the machine to output the PS error print 04 TIFF Setting specifies the settings concerning TIFF image Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen N Touch Controller The Controller Setting Screen will be displayed C To
102. 18 185 Fixing unit suus 2 5 Fold amp Staple Staple Pitch Adjustment 18 47 Fold amp Staple Stopper Adjustment 18 47 Fold amp Staple 12 18 Fold Trimming 16 14 Folding Copies in Three 12 21 Folding mode outlet 2 13 Folding mode tray 2 13 Font Number 16 15 Font pattern list 18 35 Font pItGhi 2 12 2 22 2 16 15 Font point size 16 15 Font Source s 16 15 Form lines 16 15 Frame Centre Erase 11 56 Front door sssssss 2 4 FUP aum 18 133 20 32 FTP FTP server address 18 215 19 29 FTP data setting file 19 35 Full Scar iiir 11 65 Gateway Address 18 106 Grounding eese 1 5 Group mode 12 12 28 6 bizhub PRO 920 Index HI Interrupt key 2 7 Half Fold sssssscssssssessssseesesseeee 12 18 IP Address 0 18 106 Half fold Stopper Adjustment 18 47 IP Address Server PC 18 106 HDD isis 11 91 18 151 P Adress Tandem 18 106 HDD Box No EM 18 215 19 29 EEIN ETT 18 130 20 31 HDD data setting file 19 35 IPP Operation Support Information HDD Lock
103. 18 215 Details Delete 18 203 Detais key ssss 5 8 Developer count 6 6 Device Information 20 11 Distribution Number 11 69 Distribution Recovery 17 52 Distribution recovery mode 12 41 Dot Matrix mode 10 23 Drum count ussss 6 6 Drum unit etsaiari iaaiiai 2 5 Duplex sssini ninanais 16 14 Each Function Setting 17 60 17 65 Editing Account Track Data 19 9 Cover Sheet Feeding 12 28 Electromagnetic Interference 1 10 CR LF Mapping 16 15 E Mail 3 3 xi sides 18 143 Creep function 11 52 E Mail mail address 18 215 CSRO Cette 18 156 E mail data 19 29 Custom Size 10 21 15 15 E mail data setting file 19 35 E Mail Receive POP D Configuration 20 40 Data Auto Delete 18 207 E Mail Send SMTP Data indicator 2 7 Configuration 20 41 Date and time indicator 2 9 Embossed e 15 4 Date Setting etie 18 25 Empty Waste Basket of Punch Kit PK 504 505 4 25 bizhub PRO 920 28 5 Empty Waste Basket of Trimmer Unit TU 501 netz 4 29 Empty Waste Basket of Z Folding Unit ZU 601 602 4 27 Enhance Securit
104. 2 12 2 15 Controller Setting 16 3 28 4 bizhub PRO 920 Index Controller Setting Screen 16 3 Controlling Copier from Browser 14 22 Convert Paper Size 16 14 Conveyance fixing unit 2 5 Copier Setting 17 54 Copier specifications 7 3 Copier total count 6 5 Copier Printer Setting 18 180 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Basic Settings 9 3 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Applications 11 3 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Finishing Paper Fold Modes 12 3 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Original Settings 10 3 Copy key eese 2 7 Copying in full size mode 9 24 Copying Mixed Size Originals n 10 13 Copying Non Standard Size Originals sss 10 21 Copying onto transparent FINS 1 3 rims 11 22 Copying using special paper 9 16 Copying Z Folded Originals 10 15 Date Time 11 69 Date Time Setting 18 16 Default Address Setting 17 63 Default Resolution Setting 17 65 Default Settings 20 19 Density key 2 10 9 8 Density Shift for Original Image Type 17 33 Destination Address Change Delete
105. 2 Sided keys function only for duplex copying Specify the shift direction and amount Touch and highlight the desired shift direction key on the left side of touch panel keypad then use keypad or up down arrow key to enter the desired shift amount from 0 to 250 mm in 1 mm incre ments The image display on the screen allows you to view the shift direc tion and amount to be created on the printed sheets If Booklet Pagination or 2 Repeat mode of Image Repeat has been already selected the Page Interval key appears clear on the screen to show its availability If desired touch Page Interval to highlight it then enter the desired amount using the touch panel keypad or up down arrow key bizhub PRO 920 11 49 11 Applications f Booklet Pagination except Adhesive Binding mode has been al ready selected the Creep key appears clear to show its availabil ity Touch Creep to highlight it then enter the desired offset amount from 0 to 50 mm in 1 mm increments Touch OK The Application Screen will be restored Do you want to cancel changes to the settings gt Touch Cancel Do you want to cancel the Page Margin function m gt Touch Off Touch Basic to restore the Basic Screen 2 Do you want to start copying immediately gt You don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position original s directly then press Start Select the additional copy conditions
106. 81p12v0s b4168T 1 20 Port esc 01X esc s1p12vlsOb4168T 1 21 Port esc 01X esc s1p12v0s0b4197T I esc Port esc Port esc Port esc esc Port esc 01 esc o 01X esc 01X esc 01X esc 01X esc 01X e Escape Sequence esc 01X esc sip esc 01X esc stp l1X esc esc 01 01X esc sipi2vOs0b166027T 1 29 1X esc sipi2v0s b16602T 1 30 01X esc s1pi2visObl6602T 12M esc 03Xcesc 80p10h080b4099T 1 0 0b4101T 1 1 33b4101T 1 2 51p12vis0b4l s1pl2visib4l 51p12v0s0b4297T 1 26 sipl2vOs4b4362T 1p12v0sib4197T I 1b4362T 1 27 Font PontID 97T 1 24 97T 1 25 Print Sample bizhub PRO 920 Appendix S KONICA MINOLTA pel font list Arial Bold Italic Scalable Port lt ese gt 0iX lt esc gt slpl2vis3b16602T 1 32 Times New Roman Scalable Port esc 01X esc s1p12v0s0b16901T 1 33 Times New Roman Bold Scalable esc 01X esc s1 1 34 Times New Roman Italic Scalable Port esc 01Xcesc s1pl2visOb16901T 1 35 Times New Roman Bold It Scalable Port esc 01X esc sipl2visibi6901T 1 36 Helvetica Scalable Port esc 01X esc sipl2v sOb24580T 1 37 Helvetica Bold Scalable Port lt esc gt 01X lt esc gt s pl2v0s3b24580T 1 30 Helvetica Oblique Scalable Port esc 0iX esc 0b24580T 1 35 Helv
107. Administrator Setting 1 8 Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administrator Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 183 18 Utility Administrator Setting Change Page Number Print Pos Booklet Set the machine to position the page numbers automatically on the outside edges of the copy when using Booklet with Page Numbering in Stamp 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 5 Copier Printer Setting Utility Jl Administrator Setting f dninistravor i IN I MEN System Setting System Connection pier PrinterSetting The Copier Printer Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch Change Page Number Print Pos Booklet Touch On Outside Page Print or Off to highlight it z ni Copier Printer Setting 5 Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administrator Setting Screen 6 If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 184 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Fixing Prerotation Set The fixing heat adjustment may be necess
108. CA EREADY bizhub PRO 920 11 37 1 1 Applications 3 Touch Image Repeat 07 04 05 ale R Image Repeat BK mm CA BIREADY The Image Repeat Screen will be displayed 4 Touch the desired mode key To select Size Auto Detect mode touch Size Auto Detect then proceed to step 6 Toselect2 Repeat 4 Repeat or 8 Repeat touch Repeat to display the Repeat Mode Screen 07704705
109. Detects 8 5 x11 R instead of A4R 5 5 x8 5 instead of A5 Lower tray detection size A3 B4 A4 B5 B5R 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R 5 5 x8 5 Detects 8 5 x11 R instead of A4R 5 5 x8 5 instead of A5 and 8 x13 8 12 x13 2 8 25 x13 8 5 x13 in stead of 8 5 x14 3 8 bizhub PRO 920 Paper and Original Information Equipment Available sizes Z folding unit ZU 601 Punch mode A3 B4 Z fold mode A3 z fold B4 double fold All other paper sizes will be output without z fold double fold Z folding unit ZU 602 Punch mode A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 B5R A5 ASR Z fold mode A3 z fold B4 double fold All other paper sizes will be output without z fold double fold Trimmer unit TU 501 A3 B4 A4R 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 R and those wide sizes S Reminder Be sure to use paper only of the size specified for the tray especially when specified as one of the sizes in Original Size Detection Custom or Wide Paper S Note f any size other than A4 LU 403Y AS LU 404 is desired contact your service representative Detailed information of paper sizes are F4 203 x 330 mm A3 297 x 420 mm B4 257 x 364 mm A4 210 x 297 mm B5 182 x 257 mm A5 148 x 210 mm Q Detail When setting wide size to the Multi sheet bypass tray be sure to specify the precise dimensions of paper to be used See Copying Using Special Paper Bypass
110. Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad Position original For Size Auto Detect mode original open the document feeder then position the original FACE DOWN on the original glass In this case DO NOT close the document feeder For 2 Repeat 4 Repeat or 8 Repeat mode original ADF is also available Press Start bizhub PRO 920 11 39 11 Applications Q Detail The Size Auto Detect mode may not operate properly if the lighting in the work place is directly over the original glass In this case consult your service representative about an appropriate place for installation 11 40 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 11 11 Making Multiple Page Signature Booklet Booklet Pagination Use the Booklet Pagination function to make a multiple page signature book let on both sides of paper Original images are scanned into memory and au tomatically arranged in booklet format in correct order In the machine equipped with FS 604 option Magazine binding in Half Fold or Fold amp Staple is available while Adhesive binding can be selected with Half Fold mode Trimming mode is also available in combination with Half Fold or Fold amp Sta ple mode if Trimmer unit TU 501 is installed Single sided originals 4 Magazine binding Adhesive binding t Double sided docoment
111. If the HDD itself is externally accessed the data readout will not be available until the correct lock password is entered S Reminder Do not use your name birthday employee number etc for a password that others can easily figure out Q Detail The HDD lock password functions only when the Enhanced Security mode is ON When turned OFF the message Please set Enhanced Se curity mode will be displayed Q Detail Passwords are case sensitive Ifa wrong password or fewer than 8 alphanumerical characters are en tered and the OK is teuched the warning message Password does not match will appear and no key will work for five seconds Enter the right password after five seconds f authentication fails the information will be saved in the audit log bizhub PRO 920 26 7 Administrator Security Functions Q 1 2 Detail The main body serial number will be printed at the upper left on the Utility Screen and the upper right corner of the audit log For details see the next section Analyze audit log on page 26 18 for the sample log f authentication is succeeded touch New Password to enter the new password The key will not be active until authentication is succeeded f authentication fails the information will be saved in the audit log The current password cannot be used again as a new password Press Utility Counter on the control panel The Utility Screen will be display
112. Mplokolokolokelololotolotokelololotokelolofotololofofotolotofok The Change HDD Lock Password Screen will be restored bizhub PRO 920 26 13 26 Administrator Security Functions 26 3 Print audit log An audit log will be automatically created when the data saved in the ma chine have been accessed All the audit log data can be output as follows Q Detail Passwords are case sensitive Ifa wrong password or fewer than 8 alphanumerical characters are en tered and the OK is touched the warning message Password does not match will appear and no key will work for five seconds Enter the right password after five seconds f authentication fails the information will be saved in the audit log Q Detail To stop printing press Stop on the control panel then touch Cancel on the confirmation popup screen 1 Press Utility Counter on the control panel Reset The Utility Screen will be displayed Proof Copy pe Stop Start y Data_MainPower 26 14 bizhub PRO 920 Administrator Security Functions 26 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting Serial No 57GEO000D1 Total Count Check Details Total Count 00038983 07 04 05 Feed Paper Count 00034875 Dutput Paper Count 00036266 Printer Copier 00006926 00033057 Scanner 00002701 dministrator Setting Controller The Input Administrat
113. Please select file Memory HDD 100 000 99 985 Folder Jim Box sample I AutoDutput Specify the output page Touch Output Page Input print quantity bizhub PRO 920 25 17 25 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode To output one desired page only touch Page Select press the control panel keypad then touch OK To output all pages touch All Pages then touch OK Please set output page number Enter the desired print quantity from touch panel keypad on the In put Print Quantity Screen After outputting the popup menu to confirm whether to continue or close it will be displayed To continue to recall the next image data touch Yes The Recall Personal File Screen will be restored To close touch No The Image Data Store Recall Screen will be dis played Recalling data from HDD is completed ge to read 25 18 bizhub PRO 920 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 25 8 Delete the image data Touch the desired file key then touch File Delete The popup menu to confirm will be displayed Touch Yes to delete the select ed file Touch No to display the Image Data Store Recall Screen pum Please select file Memory HDD Job List 100 000 99 985 Folder Jim Box sample File test Clear All
114. Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Buzzer Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key 7 Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 15 17 Utility User Setting 3 1 SHOT Indication Time Select the SHOT indication time to be displayed in the message indication area of the touch panel such as Original size A4 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 3 1 SHOT Indication Time Utility System Setting f System Setting ubAreaDisplay On Off The 1 SHOT Indication Time Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 3 seconds or 5 seconds to highlight it SHUT Indication Time 5 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the System Setting Screen 6 iffurther changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 17 16 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 4 Panel Reset Timer Setting Set the reset interval starting from the completion of a copying job until the machine returns to the initial screen without selecting any key on the touch panel or the control panel 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4
115. Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 102 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 4 Non Register Output Setting Use this function to limit the output setting of an unregistered user or ac count When this function is set to On only the initial output setting can be set to any job under a condition of which user authentication and or account au thentication is set to Off 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 3 User Authentication Account Track Adm nhistrator IN MEN System Setting System Connection The User Authentication Account Track Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 4 Non Register Output Setting User Authentication Account Track n ana LACCOMUNE LE count Track Setting The Non Register Output Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 103 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 5 Touch On activate this function or touch Off to deactivate this func tion on Register Output Set 6 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the User Authentica tion Account Track Screen 7 Touch Close to return to the Administrator Setting Screen If further changes are requ
116. Turn on the power to the PC connected with the machine over a net work Activate the web browser then select Open from the File menu Enter the URL http IP address or host name of the machine then click on OK en ee 21x 9 Type the Intemet address of a document or folder and x Internet Explorer will open it for you Oen m Open as Web Folder Cancel Browse The Main Page of the Web Utilities will be displayed Japanese BME English 3008 Web Utilities Detail The Web Utilities window is subject to change without notice 19 4 bizhub PRO 920 Web Utilities Setting 1 9 19 2 Setting Account Track Data Make the account track settings concerning the administrator setting using the web browser on a PC Q Detail To edit the account track data User Authentication needs to be set to Off and Account Authentication set to On A duplicate password or name will be rejected with an error message However duplicating a password is possible using the administrator set ting The Account Name entry box accepts letters numbers Any symbols will be rejected with an error message displayed in the window Max 1 000 account entries can be registered An error message will be displayed if the above limit is exceeded An error message may be displayed when the data entry has not been completed due to the machine operation in progress Please click
117. Work Group Specify a work group name Max 15 characters combining symbols and alphanumer ics can be used Specify the settings for connecting network printer and the AppleTalk set tings For details refer to page 18 141 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 Specific setting and Description Default 7 AppleTalk AppleTalk Not Use tocol Use Not Use Selecting Use enables AppleTalk as the print server pro Printer Name Talk network ioak Varied from machine to machine ics can be used Specify the name of the printer that is used on the Apple Max 31 characters combining symbols and alphanumer Zone Name Specify a zone If no zone exists in such a case as when using a machine on a network that has no seed router leave the field blank Max 31 characters combining symbols and alphanumer ics can be used Current Zone Specify the current zone ics can be used Max 31 characters combining symbols and alphanumer Specify the settings for an e mail send receive division for transmitted data and authentication and save the template of titles and bodies frequently used For details refer to page 18 143 Specific setting and Description Default 8 E Mail E Mail Send Setting E Mail Send Specify to use e mail transmission On Off SMTP Server Address Specify the address of the server that is used for e
118. appears in the tray information area of the screen The Paper setting menu or Machine Status Screen also allows you to check the current paper level of the tray before it runs out To display the Paper setting menu touch Paper on the Basic Screen 07704705 Ready to cop emo PO on origina ace up e AD 00 0007 TTE I UP TA Pe GT EE 5o sinssi Oig im GbE ton Density Pape Zoom Banpiex CH BIREADY To display the Machine Status Screen to
119. change the number of the copy limit which is set to the account password or reset counting When After Print is selected the machine stops after completing the job as reaching the copy limit The message Copy limit reached is displayed and the machine stops its operation When Warning Only is selected the message Copy limit reached is dis played as reaching the copy limit and the next job can be continuously ex ecuted 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 3 User Authentication Account Track i Utility _ I Administrator Setting Administrator um HSE i Setting E ser Authentication Ccount Track bizhub PRO 920 18 79 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting The User Authentication Account Track Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 1 General Settings Utility User Authentication Account Track User Authentication zaccount Track The General Settings Screen will be displayed 5 Touch 2 Account Track TL User Authentication General Settings The Account Track Screen is displayed 18 80 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 6 Touch Copier Printer to select Us
120. pel font list PCL Internal Fonts Courier CG Times CG Times Bold CG Times Italic CG Times Bold Italic CG Omega CG Omega Bold CG Omega Italic CG Omega Bold Italic Coronet Clarendon Condensed Univers Medium Univers Bold Univers Medium Italic Univers Bold Italic Univers Med Condensed Univers Bold Condensed Univers Med Cond It Univers Bold Cond It Antique Olive Antique Olive Bold Antique Olive Italic Garamond Antiqua Garamond Halbfett Garamond Kursiv Garamond Kursiv Halbfett Marigold Albertus Medium Albertus Extra Bold Arial Arial Bold Arial Italic Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable esc 01X esc sip 1 3 Port esc 01X esc slpl2visib4l01T 1 4 Port esc 01X esc s1p12vOs0b4113T 1 Port esc 01X esc sipl2vOs b4113T 1 6 Port esc 01 180b411 7 1 7 Port esc 01X esc si s b411 T 1 8 Port esc 01X esc sipl2vis0b41l6T 1 9 Port esc 01X esc s1pl2v4s b4140T 1 10 Port esc 01X esc s1p12vOs0b4148T I 11 Port esc 01X esc s1p12vOs3b4148T I 12 esc 01X esc 31p12v150b4148T 1 13 Port esc 01X esc s1p12vis3b4148T 1 14 Port esc 01X esc s1p12v4sOb4148T 1 1 Port esc 0l1X esc slpi2v4s b4148T 1 16 Port esc 0lX esc s1p12v sOb4148T 1 17 Port esc 01X 1 18 Port esc OiX esc si 1 19 Port esc 01X esc
121. rate Scan mode 07 04 05 Pre Density Simplex Background Duplex Originals Scanned No gt 0040 Fee Press Start All the data in memory will be output Detail Press Stop to suspend the printing job For details see To Stop Scan ning Printing on page 8 20 bizhub PRO 920 9 41 Basic Job Settings Reserve Job Setting The Reserve function allows you to set up a new job while a current job is in process When the current job is finished the Reserve job starts printing im mediately To set reserve job Y Job settings Max 100 VY The reserve job setting will be available after the copier starts to scan the current job and also available anytime while printing the current job Press Start to scan print the current job The Basic Screen displays the message Touch Job Reserve to set reserve Job N Touch Job Reserve 07704705 E ob Reserve Densit Simplex i Backaround Paper Ban ALILO Pape Originals Scanned NO gt 9000 No of Prints 0000 9999 Ole The normal Basic Screen will be restored 9 42 bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 3 Select copy conditions for the reserve job as desired position origi nal s then press Start combine SOG In X ABBII Originals EA In Cation Density Zoon pamplex Duplex
122. 1 8 2 IP NIC Setting gt 4 FTP Specify to use Scan to HDD Scan to FTP for transmission the proxy server setting and the passive function 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting Administrator Setting administrator f IE NU System Setting LL System Connection opier PrinterSetting The Network Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 IP NIC Setting Utility The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 133 18 Utility Administrator Setting 5 Touch 4 FTP M a ie TCP IP Network Setting NetWare Apple Talk iF nic Setting The FTP Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Foreach item select or enter a required value Use Next or Back as required Client Proxy Server Address Proxy server Port Number Passive Function FTP setting Main power Off On lt after change gt ProxySer ver Address Connection Time Out Time Port Number 18 134 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Server FTP setting Main power Off On lt after change Connection Timeout 7 Touc
123. 1 Language Setting Select the language used in the LCD English English 2 Buzzer Setting 1 Buzzer On Off Volume Setting Set the buzzer sound the touch key sound as touching the screen On Off High Low Off 2 Buzzer for Job Stop Setting Select the duration of the buzzer sound when the ma chine stops due to no paper and mishandled paper Off 3 seconds 5 seconds 10 seconds Off 3 1SHOT Indication Time Select the SHOT indication time to be displayed in the mes sage indication area of the touch panel 3 seconds 5 seconds 3 seconds 4 Panel Reset Setting Set the reset interval starting from the completion of a cop ying job until the machine returns to the initial condition without selecting any key on the touch panel or the control panel Off 60 seconds 120 seconds 180 seconds 240 seconds 300 seconds 360 seconds 420 seconds 480 seconds 540 Seconds 60 seconds 5 Sub Area Display On Off Select the display on the sub area of the Basic Setting Screen Setting Value Job List Setting Value 6 Key Response Time Select the key response time Normal 0 5 seconds 1 seconds 2seconds 3 seconds Normal 7 Change User Password Change a user password which the user has registered for user authentication Enter new password 8 Warm Up Screen On Off Select On Off to display the Warm Up Screen when the power switch is turned ON On Off Off 17 4 bizhub PRO 920
124. 1 sheet 1 40 sheets 20 stapled sets 2 sheets 0 30 10 3 0 20 4 4 0 10 3 5 0 2 6 or more Staple is unavailable with Z Fold 3 6 bizhub PRO 920 Paper and Original Information 3 S Note Finisher FS 509 is provided with two types of staple cartridge Using 50 sheet staple cartridge up to 50 sheets can be stapled Using 100 sheet staple cartridge up to 100 sheets can be stapled Primary main tray ca pacity depends on the paper size and number of stapled sheets Heed the limits by referring to the table below Paper size B4 A4 A4R B5 A5 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 A3 11 x17 Number of stapled 8 5 x11 R 5 5 x8 5 sheets 2 9 150 sets 50 sets 10 20 50 50 21 30 30 30 31 40 25 25 41 50 20 20 51 60 15 61 100 10 Available with 100 sheet staple cartridge only bizhub PRO 920 3 7 Paper and Original Information Paper Size Paper trays Available sizes Tray 1 2 and 3 Main body trays e Standard A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 B5R A5 11 17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R 5 5 x8 5 Portrait orientation only Original Size Detection Detects 8 5 x11 R instead of AAR 5 5 x8 5 instead of A5 and 8 x13 8 12 x13 2 8 25 x13 8 5 x18 instead of 8 5 x14 Custom Max 314 x 445 mm min 182 x 140 mm e Wide Paper A3W BAW A4W A4WR BSW ASW 117x17 W 8 5 x11 W 8 5 x11 WR 5 5 x8 5 W Tray 4 Large capac
125. 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 5 Copier Printer Setting utility Admi inistrator setting System Setting System Connection The Copier Printer Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch the down arrow key and touch Suspend Interruption Administrator Setting d 5 1 suspend St f kopier zr inter interruption j Innediately Reserve Copy Enabled by GOP Function Operation mmediately Continuous Print lt Copy gt Touch When Current Set Complete or Stop Immediately to highlight it bizhub PRO 920 18 189 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administrator Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 190 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Reserve Copy Function Set the timing to reserve a job setting The timing can be set to either when specifying on the Copy Reserve Confirmation Screen navigated from the Ma chine Status Screen or when displaying the Copy Screen as placing the original on the original glass 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and the
126. Abbreviation of Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol A protocol for a client machine on the TCP IP network to automati cally read the setting for the network from a server Only by controlling the IP addresses for the DHCP clients collectively with the DHCP server a network can be easily constructed avoiding duplicate addresses DNS Abbreviation of Domain Name System A system to allow to acquire an appropriate IP address from the host name in the network environment Users can specify the name of the host instead of the IP address which is difficult to memorize and dis tinguish and access the other personal computer on the network FTP Abbreviation of File Transfer Protocol A protocol used to transfer files on the TCP IP network such as Internet Intranet etc Gateway Hardware or software serving as a point connecting networks Not only connecting it converts the format address protocol etc of the data according to the network to be connected Hard disk Mass storage device to save data The data is maintained even if the power is turned OFF HTTP Abbreviation of HyperText Transfer Protocol A protocol used to transmit or receive data between a web server and client web brows er etc Files of image voice animation etc correlated with the doc ument can be exchanged including the expression form and other information IP address A code address to identify individual network devices
127. Available range 50 fast to 50 slow 1 step 0 1mm Scanner ADF Regist Loop Adjust Adjust the amount of registered loop in scanning the original with ADF Available range 10 short to 10 long 1 step 0 5mm Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 51 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 3 Touch 1 System Setting Utility Administrator Setting Administrator IN T MEN System Setting System Connection Seni Security Setting Copier PrinterSetting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 6 Expert Adjustment System Setting Power Save Expert Adjustment is System Setting _ Date Time Setting Size Setting ProhibitUser Operation Annotation Setting The Expert Adjustment Screen will be displayed 5 Touch Timing Adjustment Non Image Area n3 Erase Setting Specified ADF Frame Erase Setting Finisher Adjust The Timing Adjustment Screen is displayed 18 52 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 6 Touch any desired key of adjustment items The adjustment screen is displayed TU Administrator Setting Sy
128. Click the button to clear the settings that were entered bizhub PRO 920 20 19 PageScope Web Connection Setting PCL Settings This screen appears when you click PCL Settings under the Default Set tings menu The screen is used to set PCL These settings also appear if you select Controller Settings on the touch pan el s Utility Screen 2 Controller Setting 2 Printer Settings 3 PCL Settings Description e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered PS Settings Option This screen appears when you click PS Settings under the Default Settings menu The screen is used to set PS These settings also appear if you select Controller Settings on the touch pan el s Utility Screen 2 controller Setting 2 Printer Settings 3 PS Settings xoreca uno qim F IRAs Web Connection esre 2 Description e Print To PS Error Select whether or not to print the error report when an error occurs while rasterizing PostScript data e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered 20 20 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 TIFF Settings This screen appears when you click TIFF Settings under the Default Set tings menu The screen is used to set default values for TIFF se
129. Enab Get jobe Enable Validate job Enable Get job attributes Enable Get printer attributes Enable Printer information Printer Mame Printer Location Printer Information 2 1 1pp 2 196 90 1pp NONE Sp 10 11 2 186 90 1pp Authentication SSU NONE http 10 11 2 186 601 ipp SSI Printer URI ipp 10 11 2 186 1pp Authenticati sst3 Security NOS Printer URI ipp 10 11 2 186 631 ipp Authentication SSl3 Security NONE Print Sample 27 10 bizhub PRO 920 Appendix Pre E Mail Receive POP Clietnt iving Server Address 0 0 0 0 FIP Client Enable User Name Proxy Server Address 0 0 0 0 Passvord Proxy Server Port Mumber 2 APOP Authentication Disable SMB Print Enable NetBIOS Name JMBT21 COP Print Service Name 920 Work Group WORKGROUP AppleTalk Disable Printer Nane ner2ixcor Zone Mame Current Zone E Mail Send SMTP Connection Timeout 60sec Binary Division Disable Devide Size S00kbyte Max Mail Sizer MBytes HDD Authentication POP Before SMTP OFF ScarDataMutcDel 24hour SMIP Authentication OFF SMTP POP Before SMTP Seconds Alert mail Smt Raten Alert Dail Disable User Name Bail Address Passverd Met Realn i Administrator Mail Address dil Out of Paper OFF Toner Eyty OFF PM Required OFF Print Sample bizhub PRO 920 27 11 Appendix C
130. G Back cover printed Back cover blank T za mnl LJ sees ME seors H Printed sheet insertion Blank sheet insertion a0 10 i a ng srl cR i2 3 SURVEYOR S s T sunvevonss 1 a REPORT REPORT Combination samples Front amp Back covers printed and printed sheet insertion m T SURVEYOR S REPORT Front amp Back covers blank and blank sheet insertion m EJ sls EE SURVEYOR S sunvevor s REPORT REPORT SURVEYOR S REPORT bizhub PRO 920 11 9 1 1 Applications To set Insert Sheet function VY Use ADF to scan originals Original glass can also be used with Separate Scan mode selected v Trays for copy paper front back covers and insertions should have the same paper size loaded Auto Zoom is automatically selected v Max insert sheets 30 locations including front and back covers V Front Back covers or insertions can be fed from post inserter yet cannot be printed Used together with main body trays front cover fed from post inserter will be the first page and the back cover will be the last page The page numbers entered at random will be sorted automatically Entering 0 will be ignored on the screen Whe
131. LED will be lit and the touch panel will be turned off Press Power Save more than one second then release it for sleep mode Press Power Save continuously more than one second for low power mode Q Detail The machine is initially set to activate the Sleep function manually To use Low Power instead refer to 1 Power Save Setting on page 18 13 bizhub PRO 920 2 27 2 Preparation for Use When Weekly Timer Is Activated The Weekly Timer function turns a copier on and off at the time specified by the administrator When a machine is in OFF condition under control of Weekly Timer the Power Save LED is lit and machine operation is unavailable However the following procedure temporarily enables the machine opera tion Timer Interrupt Prerequisites Y The Timer Interrupt password is to be specified in the administrator set ting Ask your administrator for the password VY The machine power will be turned off automatically if 5 minutes have passed without entering a password VY Entering a number smaller than 5 will set the minute at 5 A number larger than 60 is also unavailable 1 Press Power Save on the control panel The Basic Screen will be displayed along with the following message Timer interrupt mode Please input password Does the message read Input copy time 0 hour s 05 minute s gt Password is not required to be entered Proceed to step 3 2 Enter the Timer Interrupt password then
132. Left For the details of the symbol set see the appendix bizhub PRO 920 16 7 1 6 Controller Setting 03 Select Printer Setting Select the default port number and specify the output format for each port See 03 Select Printer Setting on page 16 18 Menu Items Description Default Default 9100 1 Select the default port number 1 1to6 Port 2 9112 1 Select the number for Port 2 1 1to6 Port 3 9113 1 Select the number for Port 3 1 1to6 Port 4 9114 1 Select the number for Port 4 1 1to6 Port 5 9115 1 Select the number for Port 5 1 1to6 Port 6 9116 1 Select the number for Port 6 1 1to6 1 Port No 9100 etc is the initial setting To change the setting see 03 Select Printer Setting on page 16 18 04 Spool Select to spool the job to HDD See 04 Spool on page 16 20 Menu Items Description Default Spool Select to spool the job to HDD Disable Auto Enable Disable 05 Interface Setting Set the timer to terminate the interface See 05 Interface Setting on page 16 21 Menu Items Description Default Parallel Timeout Set the timer to terminate the parallel 60 port 10 to 300 seconds Network Timeout Set the timer to terminate the network 60 port 10 to 300 seconds 16 8 bizhub PRO 920 Controller Setting 1 6 16 2 01 Report Type Use this function to print out the report type selected from the screen
133. Normal mode Text amp Photo 0 Standard size Off Off Off Off Off bizhub PRO 920 18 33 18 Utility Administrator Setting User management list Home position settings selected by user User setting list Pal 2005 04 04 09 30 57GF0116 TC 158 System setting Item Setting Language setting 1 Buzzer ON OFF On Buzzer volume regulation 7 Buzzer for JOB stop setting oft 1 SHOT indication time 3 seconds Panel reset timer setting Off Sub area display Setting value Key response time Normal Warm up screen ON OFF Off Feed tray auto selection H Tray4 Tray3 Tray1 Tray2 Bypass L ATS permission Off Auto paper type Paper type ao Auto paper type Colored paper E Auto paper type Hole Punch Non Hole Punch Fine adjust margin Decimal off Printer prohibit timer 30 seconds Density shift Text amp Photo 3 Density shift Dot matrix 2 Density shift Photo 3 Density shift Text 3 User density 1 Lighter 1 User density 2 Darker 1 Photo mode density setting Standard Image density selection Standard Preset zoom 1 4 000 Preset zoom 2 2 000 Preset zoom 3 0 500 Use management list Information controlled by user authentication or division authentication Use management list p 1 2005 04 04 09 31 57GF0116 TC 163 Use authentication Total count of each paper size Off Post 8 5 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0
134. Please input limit Account Ne Touch OK to complete the setting The message will be displayed when the changed password or ac count name is duplicated Enter another password or account name bizhub PRO 920 18 87 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Follow the instructions below for deleting the account setting Touch the up or down arrow key to display the account name to be deleted and touch it to display the Individual Account Counter Screen Account Track Setting Reset All Counters Touch Delete to display the Delete Confirmation popup screen Copy Count Printer Count Scanner Count L Size Total L Size Total L Size Tota D 00000001 57810344 58718520 o0000000 17696000 20224768 25503792 Limit CountReset Touch Yes to delete or touch No to cancel No 0001 ASGSU sect 1 _ Limit This account will be deleted Yes No d 11111111 CountReset 18 88 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Follow the instructions below for resetting the copy count Touch the up or down arrow key to display the account name to re set the count and touch it to display the Individual Account Counter Screen Account Track Setting Reset All Counters Touch Count Reset to display the Res
135. Reminder Do not punch special paper type such as OHP transparencies labels tracing paper etc Otherwise machine trouble may occur Be sure that the side guide plates of the paper tray are securely aligned to the paper otherwise the copies may not be punched in position PK 505 or ZU 602 2 or 4 holes PK 504 or ZU 601 Swedish type o Ea 21 mm od 80 mm 80 mm 70 mm Fe 21mm 1 9 o To punch file holes in copies v v v Number of holes 2 or 4 Hole diameter ZU 601 602 PK 504 6 5 0 5 mm PK 505 6 5 x 0 15 mm Hole pitch 80 0 5 mm PK 505 ZU 602 21 0 5 mm 70 x 0 5 mm 21 x 0 5 mm PK 504 ZU 601 Paper size 2 holes A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 BSR A5 ASR 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R 5 5 x8 5 5 5 x8 5 R 4 holes A3 B4 A4 B5 11 x17 8 5 x11 Paper weight 61 to 90 g m 80 g m recommended Thick paper 91 to 128 g m for PK 504 505 91 to 170 g m for ZU 601 602 Thin paper 50 to 60 g m If the ATS Automatic Tray Switching functions while the machine uses the Punch mode the punch holes may be slightly off the appropriate po sitions Special size paper sizes in Original Size Detection Custom Wide Size or Tab Paper cannot be punched bizhub PRO 920 12 25 Finishing Paper Fold Touch Finishing on the Basic Screen The Finishing setting menu will be displayed Touch 2 Hole or 4 Hole to highlight it
136. Separate Scan to exit the Separate Scan mode when scanning is completed 2 Press Proof Copy on the control panel A sample copy will be output while scanning originals in the ADF If Separate Scan mode has been 5N 6 used a sample set will be delivered M SR X C immediately j 0 c The screen for checking the job set tings will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 14 3 1 4 Advanced Information 3 Check the settings made for the current job lt Number of Sets 0001 OFF dscns etches al d copy Mode 1 gt 1 lt Bind gt Hight amp Left lt Density gt AE lt SpecialOriginal gt Normal lt Original Direction gt lt Zoom gt mE V 1 000H 1 000 4Q riginal Size Standard Size ames lt Paper Size gt Face Down 1 to N Bigh amp Left lt Paper Type Sort Output Tray MainTray Do you want to change the settings gt See Checking Feature Selections Before Copying Check Mode on page 14 5 for details 4 Press Start The machine will start printing 14 4 bizhub PRO 920 Advanced Information 1 4 14 2 Checking Feature Selections Before Copying Check Mode Display the Check Screen to check the feature selections you made and use Proof copy to make a sample copy if needed before making multiple copies This is a convenient and cost effective way of viewing the results of the cop ying selections S Reminder Do not press Stop or Reset to
137. Sheet Cover Chapter Insert 07 04 05 Book Copy i Poster R peat TESQS OUT Adjustment CA BIREADY The Sheet Cover Chapter Insert Screen will be displayed 3 Touch Chapters
138. Touch Finishing on the Basic Screen a ace up e AD 00 D00 Basic 055155 E Density Paper Zoom Baas The Finishing setting menu will be displayed 2 Touch Order Direction Job List MEME The popup menu for setting output styles will appear 12 10 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold Select the desired output face and order 07704705 Default Settin Touch OK Touch OK on the Finishing setting menu The Basic Screen will be restored S Note f no other settings are required you don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position originals then press Start to start the printing job bizhub PRO 920 12 11 Finishing Paper Fold 12 4 Sorting Stapling Copies The FS 509 FS 604 Finisher has a primary main tray and a secondary sub tray each of which has the basic output modes as described below Output to the primary main tray Sort Outputs multiple copies of the original set Group Groups together multiple copies of each original Offset Outputs each sorted grouped set offset by approx 30 mm upon exit Staple Staples each sorted grouped set with one staple at the corner or two staples along the edge ES 1 Example son Make 3 copied sets from 4 original sheets anes Noh 2NOA Group M 09
139. Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 41 17 Utility User Setting 4 Preset Zoom Set three types of the preset zoom on the Preset Zoom Screen The initial setting for Preset Zoom1 is 4 000 Preset Zoom is 2 000 and Preset Zoom3 is 0 500 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 2 Function Setting The Function Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Preset Zoom TIGHT Function Setting Density Setting 4 4 Touch the desired preset key from 1 to 3 and display the desired zoom ratio on the right side of the keys using the control panel keypad Preset Zoom 17 42 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Function Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 43 17 Utility User Setting 5 Tandem Setting gt 1 Tandem Sub Machine One Time Data Read Set the sub machine to receive all the data transmitted from the master ma chine before starting to print Q Detail By default the Tandem Setting key is not displayed Contact your service representative 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 2 Function Setting The Function Setting Screen will be displayed 3
140. bizhub PRO 920 18 9 7 Security Setting ennt n ies 18 200 1 Administrator Password sess 18 200 2 HDD Manage Setting gt 1 Details Delete 18 203 2 HDD Manage Setting gt 2 Data Auto Delete 18 207 2 HDD Manage Setting gt 3 HDD Lock Password Changing 18 209 3 Enhance Security Mode ssen 18 213 18 10 8 Scanner Destination Storage sees 18 215 1 Destination Address Change Delete 18 215 19 1 Web Utilities Outlines eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee enne 19 3 19 2 Setting Account Track Data eese 19 5 19 2 1 Adding Account Track cceceeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 19 6 19 2 2 Editing Account Track Data sseeeme 19 9 19 3 Remote Panel Setting 2 ccc s eccccesseeeeeeeessseeeeeeessneeeeeeenseeneeeeees 19 20 19 4 Setting Scan Transmission Function 19 23 19 5 Transmitting Machine Setting File 19 29 Specifications for Each Machine Setting File Type 19 35 20 1 PageScope Web Connection Outlines 20 3 System Requirements cccceseseeeseseessseeeeeeeceeeseeessseeeteseeeeeeees 20 3 20 2 AGCCeSS iiec eil ieeccni disce ce
141. enter the desired shift amount from 0 to 250 mm in 1 mm incre ments The image display on the screen allows you to view the shift direc tion and amount to be created on the printed sheets If any positioning adjustment is required for the back page touch Back and make direction and amount change Touch OK The Application Screen will be restored Do you want to cancel changes to the settings gt Touch Cancel Do you want to cancel the Page Margin function gt Touch Off Touch Basic to restore the Basic Screen Do you want to start copying immediately gt You don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position original s directly then press Start Select the additional copy conditions as desired Enter the desired print quantity position original s then press Start bizhub PRO 920 11 55 1 1 Applications 11 15 Eliminating Black Copy Marks Along Borders Frame Centre Erase Use Frame Centre Erase to eliminate black copy marks along borders to clean up and improve the presentation of the copy Oo o Y Y Sy lee gt ke gt let Specify erasure amount General copying Centre Erase Frame Erase Frame Centre Erase S Reminder When lowering the document feeder onto thick original
142. eo mx ix S so s e xax pO bat o ph e e ex S O S Oy Sle I wm im x 0 a Bim Sie lw x oO aj 0 Sem wmeojeo gt 4 gt le Wero ojej neon Joe fin fra os tle cio 3S wo Dlo s eeann 2 oem vals sls ja j 10 10 a BO ss n tko o a teea mlolo n z uja ojo jojo EO Hola s e t ho xs o E o gt a lO lalmlm alyl ols a zele a a p fet bez e J we ala e o s w Pm et het 8 Ov e Ede olveaa olola nw o lanai Bf e al ale o wlan of fal ele 89 8898989988988888 98888988899 4 BERR oie toss 1 jen en s e u eol io m Deoa n dy u Ie AIA aie te4 4 w NB g NS XRH A AQ w ala 1 X E 2 4 fat Iw o 1 tz RA ES NES 2 ogon vpal la JESAS o vial Aaj 8 r RHD en o vja i sg w m eo o os m fe Ix v v me p e m scl 7 o u eis e eno jo a lt e N u napa eo e a 8 e n 0 a v a o ala gt a 9 aaa Li Borg lolm gt c x mss a 9 BOERE xe fe fe a9 wa o o9 led GE me os O xO a e O S oy Sl lw O x o ge 9 3 om Lle ko 8 o d o ome e i ouo doe IIIS s mip o 3 umOoso g o elu pl o s iem aeoo S3 o oe in na vans omo a wee sm xomo ajsa a3E m O m o m Gt dO o m 9 jm On ulme ull eho hiw SO a i3sE im z w mw a w e ew o s o m w mx aw e oje m lalalolelol l mwu B8
143. however each data type can be made into a file and trans mitted separately The exported setting file of this machine can be imported to another model and vice versa For details contact your service representative Q Detail The exported setting file of this machine can be imported to another model and vice versa For details contact your service representative The file name is automatically assigned as described below Select the data to be exported changing the name if desired vt_tab txt account track data jo_email txt E mail data of Scan Transmission Setting data jp had txt HDD data of Scan Transmission Setting data jo_fttp txt FTP data of Scan Transmission Setting data jo_smb txt SMB data of Scan Transmission Setting data bizhub PRO 920 19 29 19 Web Utilities Setting 1 Open the Web Utilities window 2 Click on Machine Manager Setting Japanese BEIE Engish E UA Web Utilities The Enter Network Password dialogue box will be displayed 3 Enter admin in the User Name text box and an 8 digit administrator password in the password text box then click on OK Web l cilities xj lied PIT User Name gy s Puwod Save thi password in your password ist w em The Machine Manager Setting menu will be displayed 4 Click on Setting data Import Export g p p Machine Manager Setting k setting Main Page
144. on the popup menu to clear the selected job All the data of the selected job will be cleared To specify the next job to be printed Touch to highlight the desired job key then touch Increase Priori ty The highlighted job will be moved just under the current print job This will not function if printing operation has already been started for the selected job To change the order of jobs Touch to highlight the desired job key then touch Priority The highlighted job will be advanced by one in printing order unless the job preceding the selected one is already in progress If printing order cannot be changed for the selected job a message will be displayed for information bizhub PRO 920 18 11 1 3 Job Management 13 12 bizhub PRO 920 1 Advanced Information Advanced Information 1 4 Mem 14 Advanced Information 14 1 Checking Feature Selections by Proof Copying Use Proof copy to produce a sample of the copied set before making multi ple copies This is a convenient and cost effective way of viewing the results of the copying selections To make a proof copy v Proof copy is available when using ADF or when using Separate Scan mode for multiple originals or originals to be scanned from original glass 1 Select the desired copy conditions from the various setting screens then position originals in the ADF If Separate Scan mode has been used to scan all the originals into memory touch
145. space on the Help Screen The number which is entered will be dis played from the last digit and it is shifted leftward as a next number is entered Please input administrator s name Touch OK to return to the Administrator Registration Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key bizhub PRO 920 18 75 18 Utility Administrator Setting 18 5 3 User Authentication Account Track 1 General Settings 1 User Authentication Establish the authentication settings by combining the following six ele ments User Authentication Enter the user name and the user password Account Authentication Enter the account password User Account Auth Connect When User Authentication and Account Authentication are set to ON and User Account Auth Connect is set to ON Account Authentication is not required to enter Account Name Enter the account name Account Name cannot be selected when Ac count Authentication is set to Off Password Input Timing Set the timing of entering the password Account Distribute Number Enter the number of accounts The total number of authentication to be distributed is 1 000 for both a user and an account The remaining number from which the number of accounts is subtracted from 1 000 will be distributed as user authentication Q Detail It is recommended to distribute authentication for both the user and the account otherwise
146. then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 6 System Connection Administrator Setting Administrator Setting Administrator Machine Security Setting The System Connection Screen will be displayed 4 Touch Call Service Centre Ink 1 Systen Connection WISCPSEOP 7 ing System Connection The Call Service Centre Screen will be displayed 18 198 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 5 Touch Start Please press START Touch Return to return to the previous screen 7 Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administrator Setting Screen 8 iffurther changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 199 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 18 9 7 Security Setting 1 Administrator Password Set the new administrator password Q Detail You may enter eight characters for the administrator password The password is case sensitive fa wrong password or a password below eight characters is entered and touch OK the error message will be displayed and any key inputs be come invalid for five seconds Enter a correct administrator password af ter five seconds pass The wrong operation will be recorded in an audit log 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Uti
147. y 0 250 Set Zoom s000 x4 000 READY ei bizhub PRO 920 9 27 9 Basic Job Settings Minimal Touch Minimal to highlight it ead 0 cop emo 11 10 Pg 0 0 g a ace D e AD 00 000 combine i Y APLI Basic Originals EAN In Cation Density Paper 00 Duplex Set Zoom C5 BIREADY Auto Zoom Touch Auto Zoom to highlight it The machine will automatically select the appropriate magnification ratio for paper size loaded in the tray of top priority ead 0 cop emo 11 10 PO 0 0 g a ace e AD 00 000 Combine f i J ApPILi Basic Originals EFN In Cation Density Paper 00 Banpiex Set Zoom S LJ IBIREADY Did you enter a wrong number using keypad gt Continue by entering the correct number Do you want to restore the previous setting gt Touch Cancel 9 28 bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 3 Touch OK on the Zoom setting menu The Basic Screen will be restored Do you want to start copying immediately gt You don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position original s directly then press Start Q Detail To copy on paper loaded in any tray but the one of top priority using Auto Zoom function see To Specify D
148. 0 1 255 SNMP Trap Trans Port No Specify the SNMP Trap transmission port number 162 1 65535 Trans Community Name Specify the transmission community name public Max 15 alphanumerics symbols can be used Report Items Select the desired items More than one item can be selected 8 items Service Call Jam Paper Supply Toner Supply PM Call Staple Cartridge Supply Finisher Tray Full Dis pose of Trash Basket Clear All 18 120 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 Specific setting and Description Default Trans IPX Setting IPX SNMP Trap Transmission Specify to transmit the IPX SNMP Trap or not On Off Off Trap IPX Network Address Specify the IPX network address Alphabets A to F and numbers can be used 12 digits fixed 00 00 00 00 Trap IPX Node Address Specify the IPX node address Within 15 alphanumerics symbols 00 00 00 00 00 00 Trans IPX Community Name Specify the IPX community name Within 15 alphanumerics symbols public Report Items Select the desired items More than one item can be selected 8 items Service Call Jam Paper Supply Toner Supply PM Call Staple Cartridge Supply Finisher Tray Full Dis pose of Trash Basket Clear All bizhub PRO 920 18 121 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 2 IP NIC Setting gt 1 TCP IP Specify the settings for connecting a network printer and network
149. 000 combine FOG In y ABBIIC EEZN cetsins es lm f Cation Density P Zoom PASE CA EREADY 3 Touch OK on the Paper setting menu The Basic Screen will be restored Do you want to start copying immediately gt You don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position original s directly then press Start 4 Select additional copy conditions as desired 5 Position original s then press Start Scanned image will be printed on the paper s
150. 07704705 The popup menu with Yes and No keys will be displayed Touch Yes to delete bizhub PRO 920 11 95 1 1 Applications 11 96 bizhub PRO 920 1 2 Finishing Paper Fold Finishing Paper Fold 12 o 12 Finishing Paper Fold 12 1 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Finishing Paper Fold Modes Density Background Paper Zoom Copy Conditions Incompatible with Applications Background Density Removal Lighter Standard Darker Auto Pre 1 Pre 2 Lighter Standard Darker Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Bypass Setting Auto Paper Select Auto Zoom Select x 1 0 Minimal Zoom Preset Zoom Individual Zoom User Zoom Main Tray Sub Tray Tray Sort Group Offset Corner Sta
151. 1 10 For E ropearr USers s a n aaa tepore 1 10 For German Users etie eR retinet 1 10 1 3 Caution Labels and Indicators eese 1 11 1 4 Installation Space etnies 1 13 1 5 Operation Precautions eese eene nennen nnn 1 15 Plug SOCket ire ere cete abet qr RR E ee tern Ren 1 15 Operating Environment sesssesseeeeeeneeenen 1 15 PAD OM REP 1 15 For EU member states only seen 1 15 2 1 Machine Configuration eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen enne nnne nnn 2 8 External Machine Items essssssssssssseseeeeeennenr ennt 2 3 Internal Machine ltems ssssssssssssessseeeeneeeennen enne 2 5 Standard Optional Equipment sssssseeeeee 2 6 Control Panel Layout reir intr ra ce kir pn 2 7 Basi Serem nice nike aan o DI Di ete oC ede sna gen 2 9 Finisher FS 509 Punch Kit PK 504 505 sssusss 2 11 Finisher FS 604 Punch Kit PK 504 505 sssssss 2 13 Postnserter PI 501 eere tet coercere cna 2 16 Large Capacity Unit LU 403 LU 404 eee 2 17 Z Folding Unit ZU 601 602 sse 2 19 Trimmer Unit TU 501 1 iater tee eec 2 20 2 2 Turning On Off the Power Switch eeeeese 2 22 To turn on the POWER 5 clc iaces esee vea tae sa acciaio anis 2 22 T
152. 1 m n o 4 i e e n v 1 s 1 2 19 7 40 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O a 70 p q risit 90 AO Eo j j j j j e c e8j j8j 1 i Foj j 5j 6 6 6 6 oj j Gj E a l di ele ylz t 1H 1e E 6 BIB jleje j j t d Hi i j x T U V iW X Y Z NV d e f g h i j k 1 m n o la l iti amp S i ris EEA i X 6 R b N il P Q la 00 10 20 40G9 A B C D E F GIH I J K L M N O 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 50 60 c Topiqirsitiuviwix 80 90 0 A E BIZ s S s t Z2 2 2 BO 4 co amp Do A 6 co f 4 ala alil lcl rojdjf jij j j j j jaj j l ge 27 27 bizhub PRO 920 Appendix ISO 8859 15 Latin 9 ISO 8859 10 Latin 6 0123456789 ABCDEF 012345678898ABCDEF e o ome oaa u elol lol Toje uj Lici ier eh em a w alta faa at ule os Insc 1 al
153. 15 Precautions for Installation and Use bizhub PRO 920 2 Preparation for Use Preparation for Use PT 2 Preparation for Use 2 1 Machine Configuration External Machine Items 19 12 bizhub PRO 920 2 3 Preparation for Use Item Description ADF Automatic Document Feed er Automatically feeds multiple originals one at a time to the original glass for copying Sub power switch Turns machine power on off when pressed Work table Provides a convenient workspace for documents both before and after copying Multi sheet bypass tray Used for small quantity copying onto plain paper of other size or type than that loaded in main body trays or copying onto special paper Tray 4 Large capacity unit LU 403 LU 404 option Holds 4 000 sheets LU 403 4 000 sheets LU 404 of 80 g m paper Right side door Opens to allow removal of mishandled paper Tray 3 universal tray Holds 1 000 sheets 80 g m paper from A3 to A5 Tray 2 universal tray Holds 500 sheets 80 g m paper from A3 to A5 o 1 0o Tray 1 universal tray Holds 500 sheets 80 g m paper from A3 to A5 Left side door Opens to turn the main power switch on off or opens together with front door to allow removal of mishandled paper Front door Opens to allow toner supply or removal of mishan dled pa
154. 18 Printing Images Fully to the Edges Full Scan Use this function to make copies printed completely to the edges ABCD NEA EFGH Original Normal copy Full Scan To set Full Scan function 1 Touch Application D a ace CCtOmbine YOris In Y APDIIC Originals orig ln rp Gabion Density Paper Zoom Baas Image J aay The Application Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 11 65 1 1 Applications 2 Touch Image Adjustment 07 04705 Ready to Cop emo D
155. 2 1 No Name Description 1 Front right cover Opens to allow removal of mishandled paper 2 Front door Opens to allow removal of mishandled paper or waste paper 3 Trimmer stacker Holds sets output in Trimming mode 4 Trimmer unit tray Slides to the left side each time a trimmed booklet is delivered 5 Trimmer stacker cover Opens to allow you to take out the finished sets 6 Finisher FS 604 Available for the Trimmer unit to be installed S Reminder DO NOT place heavy objects on the trimmer stacker or apply any weight on it Excessive weight applied to the inside or outside of the trimmer stacker will damage the equipment DO NOT use the stacker for storage The tray inside the stacker slides to the left while finished sets are delivered impeding the movement may cause an unexpected trouble 2 20 bizhub PRO 920 Preparation for Use No Name Description 1 Trimmer unit knob Can be turned to ease removal of mishandled pa per 2 Waste basket Holds waste paper cut off from the booklets and withdrawn for removal of waste paper 3 Trimmer pressure release lever Opens to allow removal of mishandled paper bizhub PRO 920 2 21 2 Preparation for Use 2 2 Turning On Off the Power Switch This machine has two power switches namely main power switch and sub power switch The main power switch should normally be kept turned on Be sure not t
156. 2 3 Neg Positive Reverse 11 45 Machine NIC Setting 18 105 Netware 18 126 20 29 Machine status icon 2 10 Netware Nprinter Rprinter 18 128 Magazine binding 11 41 Netware Pserver Setting 18 128 Main Power indicator 2 7 Netware Setting 18 127 Main power switch 2 5 2 22 Netware Status Setting 18 128 Main unit eeesess 7 3 Network Setting 18 105 Maintenance 20 15 Network Setting Clear 18 167 Make a basic copy 8 8 Network Tab 20 27 Making Copy Quality Closer to No Paper key seeen 5 7 Originals 10 23 No Response Screen 5 13 Making double sided copies using No Rotate sss 11 67 ADF aye eor vette 9 30 Non Image Area Erase Making double sided copies using Setting essss 18 42 original glass 9 33 Non Register Output Making Folded Booklet 12 18 Setting sss 18 103 Making single sided copies from Non Image Area Erase 11 59 double sided originals 9 36 Normal eterno 15 4 Manual finishing operation panel 5 nerit etes 2 16 28 8 bizhub PRO 920 Index Offset iiis aues 16 14 Page Interval function 11 51 Offset mode 12 12 Pag
157. 20 31 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting FTP FTP Client This screen appears when you click FTP on the Network tab then click Client under the FTP menu The screen is used to enter and confirm vari ous settings concerning the FTP client When FTP Client is set to disable you still need to set parameters Make sure to enter parameters correctly roma vinos so ER Web Connection Loe ee c FIP Cheat Description e Enter for individual items FTP Client Proxy Server Address Proxy Server Port Number PASV Mode Server Timeout Port Number e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered 20 32 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 FTP Server This screen appears when you click FTP on the Network tab then click Server under the FTP menu The screen is used to enter and confirm var ious settings concerning the FTP server onaman Yu tib FRO 9 ILS Web Connection iere ET Logue pe a aT ree r T FTP Server Weine 1 Aser Gew or eat sur sus topie Tan w Description e FTP Server Select enable or disable e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered bizhub PRO 920 20 33 PageScope Web Connection Setting SNMP This screen appears wh
158. 8 18 for details User Authentication or Account Authentication may be required to oper ate the machine See Making Authentication on page 2 30 for details Administrator can set the machine to display seven types of warmup screen during warmup For details refer to 8 Warm Up Screen On Off on page 17 24 bizhub PRO 920 2 23 2 Preparation for Use To turn off the power 1 Turn OFF the sub power switch The sub power switch is located on the right side of the control panel The touch panel and all the LEDs on the control panel other than the Main Power indicator will go out 2 Turn OFF the main power switch The main power switch is located inside the machine Open the front door and left door to reach it S Reminder If the machine is under control of the Weekly Timer function turning off the power will deactivate the function Be sure not to turn off the main power switch in usual operation When turning the main power switch off then on be sure to wait 10 sec onds or longer before turning it on again otherwise the machine may not operate properly 2 24 bizhub PRO 920 Preparation for Use 2 2 3 ToUse Machine When Power Save LED Lights If you find the Power Save LED lit on the control panel the machine cannot be operated due to the Power Save or Weekly Timer function Press Power Save on the control panel If Power Save has been activated
159. 9 HDD eene 18 151 2 IP NIC Setting gt 10 Alert Mail eene 18 153 2 IP NIC Setting gt 11 CSRO eee 18 156 2 IP NIC Setting gt 12 AP I F sesseeeeeneen 18 162 2 IP NIC Setting gt 13 PSWC sse 18 165 2 IP NIC Setting gt 14 Network Setting Clear 18 167 2 IP NIC Setting gt 15 LDAP seeeeeeeeee 18 169 2 IP NIC Setting gt 16 SNMP Trap eee 18 175 18 7 5 Copier Printer Setting eere 18 180 Job Offset MOde aea ena aeaa aiaa 18 180 Continuous Print Print cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 18 182 Change Page Number Print Pos Booklet 18 184 Fixing Prerotation Set sinirinin ne a 18 185 Auto Image Rotation sssseseeeneenm e 18 187 Suspend Interruption eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeene 18 189 Reserve Copy Function eese 18 191 Suspend Scanning when Tray is pulled 18 193 Continuous Print Copy seseeeeeenemeen 18 195 Face Up Down for 1 Sheet ssssssssssseeeenee 18 196 Single Feed Auto Setting seeene 18 197 18 8 6 System Connection eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenn nennt 18 198 6 System Connection gt 1 Call Service Centre 18 198
160. 9 Touch Close to return to the Centring Adjustment Screen 10 Touch Close to return to the Expert Adjustment Screen 11 If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 56 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 7 Size Setting Use this function to select the detected paper type of the original and the minimum size of the original placed on the original glass 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 System Setting Administrator Setting Administrator Setting System Setting System Connection Strator Machint Admini Settin User Authenticatiol Account Track Network Setting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 7 Size Setting eo Syaten Setting f System Setting Date Time Setting Size Setting Weekly Timer Setting Print Management List ProhibitUser peration The Size Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 57 18 Utility Administrator Setting Select the paper type to be detected in ADF mode or when the original is placed on the original glass Touch Original Size Detect til
161. 920 18 23 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 12 Touch OK to return to the Weekly Timer Setting Screen 13 if further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 24 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 3 Weekly Timer Setting gt 3 Date Setting Use this function to set the timer On Off for a given day of a given month Set the On Off condition for specific days individually or collectively for all Mon days through Sundays of the given month S Note The default setting is collective On for Mondays through Saturdays and Off for Sunaays 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 System Setting Utility Administrator Setting Administrator Setting ser Authentication ccountG Track The System Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 3 Weekly Timer Setting Te Um i P System Setting ohibitUser Operation Annotation Setting bizhub PRO 920 18 25 18 Utility Administrator Setting 5 The Weekly Timer Setting Screen will be displayed Touch 3 Date Setting tility Weekly Ti
162. Appia Grtoingis ES In g eB i 3 Touch OK on the Simplex Duplex setting menu The Basic Screen will be restored Do you want to start copying immediately 3 You don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position original s directly then press Start bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 Specify the original set direction and binding direction Touch Combine Originals to display the Combine Originals setting menu 077 04705 Binding mode 0 0 GuUP Ie Ode i ombine Orig Im Appli Basic Originals age rupe cation Combine Originals Original Original Direction 4 S m EREAaDY Touch Original Direction to display the Original Direction Screen then touch the desired original direction key to highlight it Touch OK to return to the Combine Originals setting menu 07704705 bizhub PRO 920 9 37 9 Basic Job Settings To make normal single sided copies having the same edge as page top from double sided originals printed upside down on the back pages to
163. CAUTION Limited use of the copier is completed gt BE SURE TO CONTACT YOUR SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDI ATELY bizhub PRO 920 Troubleshooting 5 5 2 Clearing Mishandled Paper When a paper misfeed occurs the machine stops making copies and the Jam Position Screen displays to indicate misfeed area s The Start LED turns orange on the control panel and copying operation can not be continued until all the misfeed locations are cleared Hishandled paper lt J00 00 gt Please remove a paper following a guide usiradon Lift ADF open platen guide and remove paper from ADF All the misfeed locations will be indicated by flashing lighting numbers and arrows on this screen Flashing number and arrow indicate the jammed po sition of the highest priority Action to remove mishandled paper is displayed in the message area and touching Illustration will display subsequent screens for the disposal action Follow the procedure below to remove mishandled paper Ses Reminder Before performing the clearing procedure see Caution Labels and Indi cators on page 1 11 for the caution label locations inside the machine To remove mishandled paper 1 Touch Illustration on the screen The screen illustrating the method for the disposal action will be dis played bizhub PRO 920 5 5 Troubleshooting 2 Follow the procedure on the screen to remove misfed paper Please rem
164. Century Schoolbook Italic Scalable Port esc 01X esc sipi2vis0b2470 T 1 59 New Century Schoolbook Bold Italic 12v0s 3b24623T 1 53 Port esc 0lX esc sipi2 247037 1 60 Times Roman Scalable Port esc 01X esc s1pl2vOs0b25093T 1 61 Times Bold Scalable Port esc 0lX esc s1pi2vOs b25093T 1 62 Times Italic Scalable Port esc 01X esc 81p12v180b25093T 1 63 Times Bold Italic Scalable Port lt esc gt 01X lt ese gt sipi2vis3b25093T 1 64 Print Sample bizhub PRO 920 21 17 Appendix S KONICA MINOLTA pel font list ITC Zapf Chancery Medium Italic Scalable port esc 0lX esc s1p12v1s0b45099T 1 65 fpe eO dqua roovA Scalable Port esc i4Lcesc s1p12v0s0b45101T 1 66 ITC Zapf Dingbats Lwupor Scalable Port lt esc 19M lt esc gt sipl2vOs0bi66e6T 1 67 syztot EyyupoAIE Scalable Port esc 19M esc s1p12v0sOb45358T 1 68 Sysbolzs tHE Scalable Port esc 579Lcesc 1p12v0sOb6826T 1 69 Wingdings Courier Bold Scalable Port esc 0iX esc sOpl0h0s b4099T 1 70 Courier Italic Scalable Port esc 01Xcesc a0pl0hls0b4099T I 72 Courier Bold Italic Scalable Port lt esc gt 01X lt esc gt s0pl0his3b4099T 1 72 Letter Gothic2 Scalable Port esc 01Xcesc Letter Gothic Bold Letter Gothic Italic CourierPS CourierPS Bold 0h0s0b4102T 1 73 Port esc 01X esc s0p10hOs3b4102T 1 74 Port esc s0b4102T 1 75 Port esc 01X esc
165. Chapters This function is used with ADF in 1 2 mode for the purpose of locating title pages on the front side rather than reverse side of a duplex copy to improve the presentation of double sided copies To effectively locate the title page on the front a blank page will be automat ically created on the reverse side of a sheet if required Single sided originals Copies in Chapters mode 5 Dal Title pages Title pages S Note Touch Booklet Pagination on the Chapters Screen to use this function together with Chapters Use Stamp together with this function to print chapter number onto chapter page n addition to page number To set Chapters function Y Use ADF to scan originals v Max title pages 30 locations v Entering 0 or the same page number twice will be ignored on the Screen Y Chapter insertions occur in sequence even if original page numbers are entered out of sequence v The chapter page can be copied on the sheet from another tray source Print Insertion bizhub PRO 920 11 15 1 1 Applications 1 Touch Application 077 04 05 Rea emo D e AD 00 000 7 ce ST eer Originals ors In Cation Density Paper Zoom Bimplex7 CH EREADY The Application Screen will be displayed 2 Touch
166. D WA n Q A 0 x o c o ZAZ NUA AN 2NQA ae o Ahh i Offset by 30 mm nia Offset by 30 mm Reminder If large sized paper e g A3 or 11 x17 or paper specified as Exclusive K delivered to the primary main tray shows excessive curl perform the setting described below For Finisher FS 604 only 1 Take out the paper guide from the guide holder which is located on the rear side of Finisher FS 604 then install it to the primary main tray 2 When copying job is completed remove the paper guide from the pri mary main tray and return it to its original position 12 12 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold Q Detail Finisher FS 509 is provided with two types of staple cartridge 50 sheet staple cartridge and 100 sheet staple cartridge Staple capacity de pends on the cartridge type set in the finisher Be sure to check the car tridge type before making copies Output to the secondary sub tray e Sort Outputs multiple copies of the original set No offset output is avail able Group Groups together multiple copies of each original No offset output is available Combined with the output modes above you can also choose to output face up or face down and output front to back 1 to N or back to front N to 1 wo 1 Example Make 3 copied sets EA Sd RET Sort amp Group amp Sort amp Group amp Face Down
167. DNS Serv er LPD e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered bizhub PRO 920 20 27 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting IP Filtering This screen appears when you click IP Filtering under the TCP IP menu The screen is used to specify the host address and restrict access permis sion You can also use the screen to enable or disable access permission access refusal and their ranges of TCP IP filtering When the same range is specified for the accept setting and the refuse setting the refuse setting has priority over the accept setting voco Ce tabs ILS Web Connection iere Agpiy Cnr Description e Enter for individual items Access Permission Addresses and their ranges Access Refusal Ad dresses and their ranges e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were selected 20 28 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 Netware NetWare This screen appears when you click NetWare on the Network tab The screen is used to enter and confirm various settings concerning NetWare When NetWare is set to disable you still need to set parameters Make sure to enter parameters correctly onaman Dre tub FRO 9 E T Di IDLH Web Connection Description e Enter for individual
168. Erase spots on the original if any s the copy density adjusted properly Manually specify copy density to se lect the appropriate exposure level If further adjustment is required see p 15 3 Copy image is too light Is the copy density adjusted properly Manually specify copy density to se lect the appropriate exposure level If further adjustment is required see p 15 3 s the message Please add toner displayed Add toner Copy quality is poor S copy paper damp Replace the paper if necessary Consult your service representative Magnification cannot be changed s Reduce amp Shift function se lected Release Reduce amp Shift mode Copying does not resume after mishan dled paper is removed s any mishandled paper left Check copier diagram on touch panel for additional indications of mishan dled paper Duplex modes cannot be selected s ADF open Fully close ADF Using user authentica tion copies cannot be made after password is entered s the message Copy limit reached displayed Contact your administrator bizhub PRO 920 Troubleshooting ADF Case Checkpoint Remedy ADF cannot be used af ter Reset is pressed Is ADF slightly open Fully close the ADF Is ADF selected in the initial setting Set to use ADF in the initial setting See p 15 3 Original paper cannot be fed
169. Expert Adjustment Screen 11 If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 50 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 6 Expert Adjustment Timing Adjustment Q Detail By default the Timing Adjustment key is not displayed Contact your service representative Use this function to set the following items for timing adjustment when print ing or scanning Printer Top Margin Adjustment Adjust the top margin Available range 30 wide to 30 narrow 1 step 0 1mm Printer Regist Loop Adjust Adjust the amount of registered loop based on a paper feed tray trays 1 to 4 a bypass tray and ADU Available range 10 wide to 10 narrow 1 step 1mm Tray Side 1 Available range 5 wide to 5 narrow 1 step 1mm Printer Pre Regist Adjust the amount to pre register based on a paper tray trays 1 to 4 a bypass tray and ADU Available range 10 wide to 10 narrow 1 step 1mm Tray 1 to 4 Available range 5 wide to 5 narrow 1 step 1mm Lead Edge Margin Selection Adjust the amount of image erase from the edge of the sheet Available range 20 wide to 40 narrow 1 step 0 1mm Top Image Original Glass Adjust the restart timing in scanning the original with the original glass Available range 40 fast to 40 slow 1 step 0 1mm Top Image ADF Adjust the restart timing in scanning the original with ADF
170. Face Down Face Up Face Up 0 S Note Binding direction output face and output order settings are available bizhub PRO 920 12 13 12 Finishing Paper Fold To set finishing mode v Amachine with Finisher installed is set to output to the primary main tray in Sort mode by default VY Setting copy conditions restricted to use secondary sub tray or Folding mode tray will switch the tray selection automatically Touch Finishing on the Basic Screen The Finishing setting menu will be displayed Specify the output tray Touch Main Tray or Sub Tray to highlight it me 07 04 05 Staple E Punch Default Cancel d 10k 7 TESSGPU T ay A eJ EREADY Select Sort or Group and set Offset to use offset output To set Sort mode touch Sort to highlight it To set Group mode touch Group to highlight it Touse Offset mode in combination with Sort or Group mode touch Offset to highlight it me 07 04 05 15 24 12 14 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold 12 Set Staple mode if desired Touch Corner or 2 Position to highlight it The staple position cur rently selected will be displayed on the left side of the screen 07704705
171. G Fine paper 91 161g m 0 1 Exclusive H Fine paper 162 200g m 0 1 Exclusive PPC paper 62 71g m 0 1 Exclusive J Embossed paper 62 71g m 0 1 Exclusive K Embossed paper 72 90g m 0 1 Exclusive L Embossed paper 91 161g m 0 2 Exclusive M Embossed paper 162 200g m 0 2 Seal Plain paper 62 71g m 0 1 OHP Fine paper 91 162g m 0 1 Trace Embossed paper 62 71g m 0 1 User d 0 0 1 Blank Insert Non printed paper 0 1 Copying speed 1 Printing speed is 92 sheets per minute when printing A4 8 5x11 in the simplex print mode Copying speed 2 Printing speed is 59 sheets per minute when printing A4 8 5x11 in the simplex print mode 1 The tray setting is required by your service representative bizhub PRO 920 15 5 15 Paper Setting 15 1 3 Recommended Setting of Tray It is recommended that paper type should be set for each paper to be used so that the setting change can be made according to the environment tem perature humidity paper condition etc on the basis of settings for each tray Recommended Setting Procedure Specify the paper size and type for each tray 2 Make setting change on the paper type for each tray as required ac cording to the environment and paper condition If the changes made are considered to be a new standard make change in setting or make it a new setting Q Detail Service representative can make adjustments for all trays at the same time Contact your service re
172. Is ADF slightly open Fully close the ADF Does the original type con form to the specifications Change the original paper to any of the recommended size and weight Are originals correctly load ed Position originals properly in the ADF Finisher with Punch Kit Case Checkpoint Remedy Finisher does not oper ate s any mishandled paper left inside the Finisher Check for a paper misfeed and re move it as required s Finisher door slightly open Securely close the Finisher door Staples are incorrectly positioned rotated by 90 degrees in copies s Rotation function activat ed Reload copy paper in appropriate direction See page 11 67 Copies skew in the out put sets and cannot be stapled or punched in position S copy paper excessively curled Reload the paper upside down into the tray s there any gap found be tween side guide plates or paper guides when using Multi sheet bypass tray and copy paper in the selected tray Make sure the side guide plates or paper guides are securely aligned to the copy paper in the tray to be used Using Punch mode cop ies cannot be punched Is the message Waste bas ket of Punch kit is full dis played Empty the waste basket Z Folding Unit Case Checkpoint Remedy Copies skew in the out put sets and cannot be punched in position Is copy paper exc
173. NG For operations without password authentication all log entries will be in dicated as OK 26 18 bizhub PRO 920 Administrator Security Functions 26 5 Table of items saved in audit log No Operation ID Stored Result action 1 CE authentication CEID 01 OK NG 2 Administrator authentication Administrator ID 02 OK NG 3 Set change Enhanced Security Administrator ID 03 OK mode 4 Print audit log Administrator ID 04 OK 5 Change register CE password CEID 05 OK 6 Change register Administrator CE ID Administrator ID 06 OK password 7 Create user by Administrator User ID 07 OK 8 Change register user password by User ID 08 OK Administrator 9 Delete user by Administrator User ID 09 OK 10 Change attributes of user by Admin User ID 10 OK istrator 11 Password authentication for user User ID 11 OK NG Unregistered user ID 12 Change attributes of user by user User ID 12 OK user password etc 13 Access to file document data read User ID 18 OK out 14 Delete file document data deletion User ID 14 OK 16 Password authentication for secure Secure user ID 16 OK NG printing Unregistered user ID 17 Access to secure print file Secure user ID 17 OK 18 Delete secure print file Secure user ID 18 OK 19 Change HDD lock password Administrator ID 19 OK bizhub PRO 920 26 19 Administrator Security Functions The purpose of analyzing th
174. NUMBER REFERENCE should be 24 bytes or less Mark DAILY USE with 1 or DAILY NOT USE with 0 in each column FTP data setting file Begin the file name with IP_FTP Aline should include NAME ADDRESS PORT FILEPATH LOGINNAME PASSWORD REFERENCE or DAILY being separated by a tab NAME should be 24 bytes or less ADDRESS should be 63 bytes or less Use up to 5 digits numbers 0 9 only to specify PORT 1 65 535 FILEPATH should be 96 bytes or less LOGINNAME should be 47 bytes or less PASSWORD should be 24 bytes or less REFERENCE should be 24 bytes or less Mark DAILY USE with 1 or DAILY NOT USE with 0 in each column bizhub PRO 920 19 35 19 Web Utilities Setting SMB data setting file Begin the file name with IP_SMB A line should include NAME ADDRESS FILEPATH LOGINNAME PASSWORD REFERENCE or DAILY being separated by a tab NAME should be 24 bytes or less ADDRESS should be 63 bytes or less FILEPATH should be 96 bytes or less LOGINNAME should be 47 bytes or less PASSWORD should be 14 bytes or less REFERENCE should be 24 bytes or less Mark DAILY USE with 1 or DAILY NOT USE with 0 in each column 19 36 bizhub PRO 920 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 zm 20 20 1 PageScope Web Connection Setting PageScope Web Connection Outlines PageScope Web Connection is a device control uti
175. Navigator Select Preferences under Edit Click Advanced and then click Scripts amp Plug ins Check Navigator under Enable JavaScript for Cookies Cookies must be active For setting cookies see the following procedure Internet Explorer Select Internet Options under Tools Select the Privacy tab and then move the slider to the High privacy setting Netscape Navigator Select Preferences under Edit Click Privacy amp Security and then click Cookies Check Allow cookies based on privacy settings or Allow all cookies under Cookie Acceptance Policy Cache Confirm the following cache setting using the browser nternet Explorer Select Internet Options under Tools Select the General tab and then click Settings Check Every visit to the page under Check for newer versions of stored pages Netscape Navigator Select Preferences under Edit Click Advanced and then click Cache Check Every time I view the page under Compare the page in the cache to the page on the network 20 4 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 20 2 Access PageScope Web Connection can be accessed directly from a Web browser l Start the Web browser In the Address bar enter the IP address of the image controller as shown below Then press the Enter key http IP address of the image controller Example When the IP address of the image controller is 192 168 0 10 ht
176. No Account name Password Limit 3 User Authentication Setting Register Change Add or Delete the user authentication when the User Authentication is set in 01 gt 01 Authentica tion Setting User No User Name Password Account Name Useable Function Copy Scanner Store Recall Printer 4 Non register Output Set Set to count the output of non registered users and sec tions On Off bizhub PRO 920 18 9 18 Utility Administrator Setting Specific setting and Description Default 4 Network Setting 1 Machine NIC Setting See page 18 105 Set the NIC settings IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Address IP Address Server PC Line Speed Setting 2 Controller NIC Setting 1 TCP IP See page 18 122 Set the TCP IP settings 2 NetWare See page 18 126 Set the NetWare settings 3 IPP See page 18 130 Set the IPP settings 4 FTP See page 18 133 Set the FTP settings 5 SNMP See page 18 136 Set the SNMP settings 6 SMB See page 18 138 Set the SMB settings 7 AppleTalk See page 18 141 Set the AppleTalk settings 8 E Mail See page 18 143 9 HDD See page 18 151 fore automatically deleted Set the duration for which scanned data is stored be 10 Alert Mail See page 18 153 Specify the alert mail settings 11 CSRC See page 18 156 tomer engineer Specify the CSRC settings for services used by a cu
177. OK 0331 2005 03 17 16 07 1 01 OK 0332 2005 03 17 1 01 NG 0333 2005 03 17 16 08 1 01 NG 0334 2005 03 17 16 8 n NG 0335 2005 03 17 16 06 3 11 NG 0336 2005 03 17 3 n NG 0337 2005 03 17 16 06 3 11 NG 0338 2005 03 17 2 02 NG 0339 2005 03 17 16 06 2 02 NG 0340 2005 03 17 2 02 NG 0341 2005 03 17 16 05 2 02 NG 0342 2005 03 17 2 02 NG 0343 2005 03 17 16 05 2 02 NG 0344 2005 03 17 3 11 NG 0345 2005 03 17 16 04 3 11 NG 0346 2005 03 17 16 3 n NG 0347 2005 03 17 16 03 3 11 NG 0348 2005 03 17 3 n NG 0349 2005 03 17 16 03 3 11 NG 0350 2005 03 17 3 n NG 0351 2005 03 17 16 03 3 NG 0352 2005 03 17 16 2 03 OK 0353 2005 03 17 16 02 2 06 OK 0354 2005 03 17 16 2 02 OK 0355 2005 03 17 16 00 2 02 OK 0356 2005 03 17 2 02 OK 0357 2005 03 17 15 56 2 02 OK 0358 2005 03 17 2 02 OK 0359 2005 03 17 15 25 2 02 OK 0360 2005 03 17 12 2 02 OK 0361 2005 03 17 12 04 1 01 OK 0362 2005 03 17 1 01 OK 0363 2005 03 17 12 03 1 01 OK 0364 2005 08 17 1 01 OK 0365 2005 03 17 12 00 1 01 OK 0366 2005 03 17 1 01 OK 0367 2005 03 17 11 56 1 01 NG 0368 2005 03 17 1 01 NG 0369 2005 03 17 11 55 1 01 NG 0370 2005 03 17 1 01 NG 0371 2005 03 17 11 55 1 01 NG 0372 2005 03 17 2 02 OK 0373 2005 03 17 11 03 1 01 OK 0374 2005 03 17 2 02 OK 0375 2005 03 17 11 01 1 01 OK 0376 2005 03 17 2 02 OK bizhub PRO 920 18 35 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator
178. Operation Use this function to allow or restrict programmed contents of Mode memory Lock Delete Mode Memory Lock unlock or delete a mode memory that has been programmed The settings of a locked mode memory cannot be changed Registering and Changing Address Allow restrict to enter send address manually on the Scanner Screen Changing Zoom Ratio Allow restrict to alter already programmed magnification ratio Change Program Overlay Allow restrict to delete or overwrite a title of programmed overlay image Scanner function E Mail Allow restrict to transmit scanned data via E Mail Scanner function HDD Allow restrict to save scanned data in HDD Scanner function FTP Allow restrict to transmit scanned data to an FTP server Scanner function SMB Allow restrict to transmit scanned data to a public folder Annotation by Initial Setting Allow restrict to register Annotation function as initial setting S Note Locked Mode memory is deleted and a lock is cancelled Note that Mode memory once deleted cannot be recalled 30 Mode memory can be stored Use Next or Previous to display the desired Mode memory Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 18 38 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 3 Touch 1 System Setting
179. Panel Reset Timer Setting HG System Setting System Setting Language Setting L Key Response Time ubAreaDisplay On Off The Panel Reset Timer Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Selectthe desired time to highlight it Panel Reset Timer Setting 5 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Utility Screen 6 iffurther changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 17 17 Utility User Setting 5 Sub Area Display On Off Select the sub area display in the left side of the initial screen Setting options Setting value Job list 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 5 Sub Area Display On Off System Setting Utility f System Setting ubAreaDisplay On Off The Sub Area Display On Off Screen will be displayed 4 Select the desired sub screen to highlight it Sub Area Display On Off Setting Value 5 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Utility Screen 6 If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 17 18 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 6 Key Response Time Se
180. Please set the paper size Touch Select Size to return to the Select Size Screen Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Size Setting Screen 13 Select Tab Paper when loading tab paper in the specified tray Touch Tab Paper to display Tab Paper Size Selection Screen Touch the desired tabbed paper size key to highlight it Touch Number of Tabs then enter the number of tabs using the control panel keypad Setting range is from 1 to 5 Please set the condition of tab paper bizhub PRO 920 15 17 1 5 Paper Setting Touch Input Size to set the desired size Touch X Y or Z indicating the vertical horizontal or index size then enter the desired size using the control panel keypad Please set the condition of tab paper The value to be specified for X and Y will be the minimum size of 140x182mm to the maximum size of 314x445mm The value to be specified for Z will be 0 to 99mm Touch Select Size to return to the Select Size Screen Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Tray Setting Screen 15 18 bizhub PRO 920 1 6 Controller Setting Controller Setting 16 TT a 16 Controller Setting 16 1 Function Overview Setting change concerning the printer con troller is available from the Controller Set ting Screen Press Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen
181. Precautions To ensure the optimum performance of this machine observe the precau tions described below Plug Socket A plug socket is limited in capacity Use only a power source with the correct rating for the machine otherwise hazardous situations such as smoking or overheating may occur See the following list to match the power supply and power consumption e 230V 50Hz More than 15A Operating Environment Avoid any environment that is outside the range shown below e Temperature 10 C 50 F to 30 C 86 F e Humidity 10 to 80 Paper Check paper to be sure it conforms to the specifications outlined in Section 3 e Do not use paper with staples or paper that conducts electricity silver carbon etc otherwise an accident may occur as a result of fire e To avoid machine trouble do not use heat sensitive paper coloured OHP transparencies or paper specifically designed for ink jet printer such as photo paper For EU member states only This symbol means Do not dispose of this product together with your household waste Please refer to the information of your local community or contact our dealers regrad ing the proper handling of end of life elec tric and electronic equipments Recycling of this product will help to conserve natural resources and prevent potential negative Sas consequences for the environment and human health caused by inappropriate waste handling bizhub PRO 920 1
182. Programming Different Settings for an Output Job Program Job In the ordinary Separate Scan mode the combined features selected for the job are applied to all originals to be scanned In the Program Job mode you may scan multiple sets of originals and apply different settings on each set referred to as JOB then output them all as a complete set wr Original A Original B I a Za Output using Program Job To set Program Job function v Max 100 JOBs can be programmed for an output job v Once specified paper size and the paper type size setting cannot be changed for another JOB v Finishing mode and print quantity setting cannot be specified for each JOB The last setting made will be applied to all JOBs VY Program Job settings cannot be stored in Mode Memory 1 Touch Application 07704705 Rea p emo D e AD 00 0007 F f combine JT Orig Im oPPli Originals oris In Cation Density Paper Zoom pamplex Duplex bizhub PRO 920 11 25 11 Applications The Application Screen will be displayed Touch Sheet Cover Chapter Insert 07704705 Ready to cop emo PO on origina ace up e AD 00 000
183. Prohibit Timer Select the interval time that printing via PC is prohibited after touching a touch key on the touch panel 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 2 Function Setting The Function Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 2 Each Function Setting Utility Function Setting f Function Setting The Each Function Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch Print Prohibit Timer to display the Print Prohibit Timer Screen 5 Select the desired interval time key to set the timer and then touch OK to return to the Each Function Setting Screen rint Prohibit Timer 6 iffurther changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 17 32 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 3 Density Setting gt 1 Density Shift for Original Image Type Select the desired copy density level manually from nine levels on the Copy Screen and also shift each of nine density levels to three levels lighter or three levels darker Density shift can be applied to each Original Image Type Auto Text photo Low Contrast Photo and Text 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 2 Function Setting The Function Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 3 Density Setting maa T Function Setting Function Setting ach Function S
184. Scan to HDD data are stored in the printer controller HDD before they are auto matically deleted Not Delete 12 hours 1 day 2 days 3 days 7 days 30 days Specify the Alert Mail settings For detail refer to page 18 153 Specific setting and Description Default 10 Alert Mail E Mail Notification Off Specify to use e mail transmission for alert notification On Off Notification Address Setting Inform the e mail address to which to send alert e mail Max 250 characters combining symbols and alphanumer ics can be used Information to transmit Specify items to be included in alert e mail 8 items available Service Call JAM Tray Paper Replenish Toner Supply PM Call Add Staple Finisher Tray Full Hole Punch Box Full Clear All bizhub PRO 920 18 115 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Specify the CSRC settings For details refer to page 18 156 Specific setting and Description Default 11 CSRC CSRC Send Setting CSRC Send Specify to use CSRC Send or not On Off SMTP Server Address Specify the SMTP server address 0 0 0 0 Max 255 characters combining symbols and alpha numerics can be used 0 0 0 0 Port No Specify the port number 1 65535 25 Connection Timeout Specify the SMTP time out duration 30 300 seconds 60 Administrator From Address Specify the From address that is used to send e mail from Controller NIC Max 127
185. Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 System Setting Adm inistrator NI MEN System Setting System Connection Exit The System Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 4 Print Management List Expert Adjustment System Setting The Print Management List Screen will be displayed 5 Touch any key to print the list 18 36 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 6 Press Copy Print Management Mode Memory List NIC nni Administrator 4 tUting User Management List Use Management List The Copy Screen is displayed T Press Start on the control panel to start printing the selected list m Press Stop on the control panel to suspend printing Prout Cor Mode Memory o J Stop 000 Utility Counter 000 Mode Check o0 Interrupt 8 Touch Management List to return to the Print Management List Screen 07704705 11 03 5 Management 4 List 9 Touch OK to return to the System Setting Screen 10 it further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 37 18 Utility Administrator Setting 5 Prohibit User
186. Staple Pitch Adjustment 120 160 1step 1mm Fold amp Staple Staple Pitch 120 160 1step 1mm Timing Adjustment Make adjustment to control the restart timing Printer Top Margin Adjustment 30 30 1step 0 1mm e Printer Regist Loop Adjust 10 10 1step 1mm 5 5 1step 1mm e Printer Pre Regist ADU 10 10 1step 1mm Tray 1 4 5 5 1step 1mm Lead Edge Margin Selection 20 40 1step 0 1mm Top Image Original Glass 40 40 1step 0 1mm Top Image ADF 50 50 1step 0 1mm Scanner ADF Regist Loop Adjust 10 10 1step 0 5mm Centring Adjustment Make adjustment to control the centring e Printer Left Margin 64 63 1step 0 1mm Scanner Orig Glass Left Image 30 30 1step 0 1mm Scanner ADF Left Image 30 30 1step 0 1mm 7 Size Setting Original Size Detect Set the detected paper type of the original Metric Inch Metric A Size Paper Full Size Metric A Size Paper Orig Glass Orig Size Detect Small Set the smallest size when copying by placing the orig inal on the original glass A5R 5 5x8 5 B5 A4 8 5x11 ASR 18 8 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 Specific setting and Description Default 8 Paper Setting 1 Tray Setting Change the setting of the papersize type coloured pa per hole punch both size adjust 2 PI Setting Change the detected size of Upper Lower tray Upper tray A5 5 5x8 5 A4
187. Straight delivery Output unfinished sets normally to the Pri mary main tray Offset delivery Output sorted grouped sets to the Primary main tray having each set offset by approx 30 mm upon ex it Sub tray delivery Output unfinished sets normally to the Sec ondary sub tray Staple delivery Output stapled sets to the Primary main tray Fold amp Staple delivery Output stapled 2 positions in the cen tre and folded sets to the Folding mode tray Half Fold delivery Output folded sets to the Folding mode tray Letter Fold delivery Output trifold up to 3 sheets sets to the Folding mode tray Paper types Plain paper 61 to 90 g m Thick paper 91 to 200 g m Thin paper 50 to 60 g m Special paper OHP transparencies labels Paper sizes A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 BSR A5 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R 5 5 x8 5 5 5 x8 5 R Non standard sizes can be delivered to the Secondary Sub tray only Stapler capacity 50 sheets max 80 g m paper or 5 5 mm thick or less Staples in cartridge 5 000 staples Dimensions 410 W x 656 D x 990 H mm Weight Approx 68 kg Power source Supplied from main body Effective size width including Primary main tray will be 675 mm 791 mm with the tray edge extended 7 6 bizhub PRO 920 Specifications Punch Kit PK 504 505 Specifications Function Punching file holes in copies Number of punc
188. Touch 5 Tandem Setting To 7 Function Setting f Function Setting Density Setting The Tandem Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 1 Tandem Sub Machine One Time Data Read Tandem Setting Tandem S b Machine One rime Data Read 4 Function Setting f Tandem Setting The Tandem Sub Machine One Time Data Read Screen will be dis played 17 44 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 5 Touch On or Off to highlight it Tandem Setting lt Tandem Sub Machine One Time Data Read gt With On selected the master machine immediately starts printing with scanning on the run while the sub machine waits for all the data to be transmitted then starts printing With Off selected printing job starts on both master and sub ma chines while the master machine continues scanning the originals 6 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Tandem Setting Screen 7 further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 45 17 Utility User Setting 5 Tandem Setting gt 2 Tandem Sub Machine Wait Proof Set the master machine to transmit the scanned data to the sub machine for making a proof copy on both master and sub machines Q Detail By default the Tandem Setting key is not displayed Contact
189. Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Density Setting Screen 7 further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 39 17 Utility User Setting 3 Density Setting gt 4 Image Density Selection Change the Image density of the darkest shadow part Adjust the image den sity of any dark part of the original to darker maximum dark or lighter just like offset printing Similar to printing materials such as books this feature is useful to make texts lighter in order to ease the eye strain 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 2 Function Setting The Function Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 9 Density Setting Function Setting Function Setting Density Setting The Density Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 4 Image Density Selection Function Setting f Density Setting Density Setting Density Shift ror Original image er Density Setting The Image Density Selection Screen will be displayed 17 40 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 17 5 Touch the desired density key to highlight it Image Density Selection 6 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Density Setting Screen 7 further changes are required touch the desired key
190. Utilities window N gt Click on Machine Manager Setting Japanese BEIE English 3018 Web Utilities Rem C wee WEBSERVER The Enter Network Password dialogue box will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 19 23 1 9 Web Utilities Setting 3 Enter admin in the User Name text box and an 8 digit administrator password in the password text box then click on OK Japanese AEE Erie 2815 Web Utilities xi 39 This secure Web Sie at 10 11 32 60 requies you to log on EBSERVER Pinson type the Lsm Name nid Passonced that you use for By Password E Ped Save this password in your password fst Co cmm j The Administrator Setting menu will be displayed 4 Click on Scan transmission setting Machine Manager Setting Main Page The Scan Transmission Setting window will be displayed 19 24 bizhub PRO 920 Web Utilities Setting 19 5 Register the E Mail HDD FTP and SMB as required Scan transmission setting E Mail Registration bizhub PRO 920 19 25 1 9 Web Utilities Setting 6 Click on Registration to complete the entry The registered content will be displayed Click on Back to return to the Scan Transmission Setting window 7 Display the Entry List Click on Entry List of the desired
191. Utility Screen 6 5 XY Zoom proportional 9 25 Utility Counter key 2 8 v Z Folding Unit ZU 601 602 2 19 Ventilation cesses 1 6 Z Fold ott tee tee 12 23 Volume Setting 17 12 Z Fold Position Adjustment 18 47 N Z Folded 10 15 Wake up Screen 2 22 ZOOM i re ette E eR tes 9 24 Warm Up Screen On Off 17 24 Zoom key sssssseese 2 9 Warmup 2 ec ieee dk 2 23 Warning and Precaution Symbols sese 1 3 Waste basket cm 2 12 2 15 2 19 2 21 Watermark eesss 11 79 Web Browser Settings 20 4 Web Utilities Setting 19 3 Weekly Timer 2 28 Weekly Timer On Off Setting 18 19 Weekly Timer Setting 18 18 When moving the machine 1 8 Wide Size Paper 15 16 Work table ssec 2 4 bizhub PRO 920 28 13 28 Index 28 14 bizhub PRO 920
192. X X 4x DuuequinwN yewa eM yewa eM eui ejeq ON eBeq BuuequinwN 18S dures umng X XIXIX X X aseia ease oDeull uoN XIXIXIXIXIXIX ese3 enueo eure14 X Buipuig s ypy X uoneuiBeg 1epioog XIXIXIXIXIXIXI XI XI X X X X X XIXIXIXIXIXIXIXOXI X X XIXIX IX X X X X X XIXIXIX XIXIXIX Unavailable with Print Insertion selected d PI setting menu will appear when any cover mode is selected Selecting main body tray will be unavailable 2 Available only when Booklet Pagination Adhesive Binding is selected 3 Available only Grayed out when Booklet Adhesive Binding Front Back Cov er Spread is selected 4 bizhub PRO 920 11 6 Applications 11 11 2 Application Screen Follow the procedure below to display the Application Screen and select the desired copying features S Note When a function key is touched another screen or two will display to en able you to enter the appropriate settings f one function on the menu is incompatible with another it will appear dimmed Touch Bookmark on the subsequent screen if desired so that the screen may be directly accessed from the Check Screen to change the setting you made For details refer to Checking Feature Selections Be fore C
193. ZI x 5 3nduj enue eziS x a Adog yoog x lt gt X lt X lt X lt g osjo eu sog BeN x lt lt xx gor ue1604g x x X x x Xx eneeuei dHO xXx ox gt lt xx X xXpx xoxx e6ew uesu x sJejdeu x jedeq uesuj Id x jeeus uesu pog uen x lan09 xXoeg Id jeeug uesu pog uteiN x 49009 10013 Id x jeeus uesu pog urelA x do Q is S E D 5 Eam gS E c Ha 2E m Ej E 9 o 3 eS slz o Led gt o 25 Fie 8559 5 e amp szg 22045 SS Serm g 2 S 823 zio Olalal a m ma Oo B amp Slo 2 e ke CER ol o amp 2 S 5 2 reared k ag o Oo oo ost gt e sia 2 e 5 5o giss2Z z zi o8 S8 o9 zs 5 o 292 S S o 9 9 m E O o a ja 6a HITE A IN Bulysiul4 ploy sedeq Finishing Paper Fold bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold Paper Fold Plo4 Z INO PI04 Jene1 ul pio4 Jene1 eideis 8 pIo4 PIO HeH Finishing wepuel depo LOIN NOIL uonoeiuiq oe umoq 394 JepiO dN 2924 puig puig dor puig 497 9 GIy Bues uosod 9JoH Seung lOH 7 9loH c uonisod Z eideis Jeu105 SHO dnog HOS Keil Aes qns Aea urew Application Keano ew uonejouuy Buuequunw euue1eM yew M aul eyeq ON aped Buuequinw 18S duris ul yINg oseJo ease eDeujl uoN se g 9u92 euJeJJ Bulpulg ewseupy uoneuiBeg 1epi
194. a jom xalx RaR ome Sjo mx x jrje s ws z lo x el nio z o s domu e o n e ow w HEEE 9 e m o s unm od ws ale d wlelo Joh vle alelo o 3t O mom l ajah jy ae O Quom e m m a n ma x vlak 9 elaman isle s vi ele n o E e o s o oj 9 jm m l thvle ls o oje e n 89889898898828988588 H S9 89S9898889288888 ISO15 3 L gt N O n is N DEP lel amp 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 P Q R S T U V w X Y Z A B C D E F G H I J K L M r s t u v w x y z a b c a e g h i j x 1 0 NEL zm tA zw w A ono o v HIN N Cte 9 0 OO jo z m3 aol S uS n mpv 3 TALEO H ujm Onu n N MKA H A a O l o im o w a 3 88982889 bizhub PRO 920 27 26 Appendix ISO60 Danish Norw ISO21 German jo Jdem n Al m a lj 2 k 2 8 9 H I JIKIL MN g h i j 4 4 0123456789 ABCDEF a b c idie f 0123456789 ABCDEF 2 ia amp i iY i x x Xie tettette
195. administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 System Setting Utility J Administrator Setting j dministrator ieee System Setting System Connection pier PrinterSetting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 18 42 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 4 Touch 6 Expert Adjustment Tuo Syston Setting Expert Adjustment d 5 j f System Setting ProhibitUser peration The Expert Adjustment Screen will be displayed 5 Touch Non Image Area Erase Setting taht 7 Lousystem Setting Erase Bett ng Specified ie ADF Frame Erase Expert Adjustment Setting Finisher Adjust The Non Image Area Erase Setting Screen is displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 43 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 6 Select the condition for erasing a non image area Touch Auto Erase Select to highlight the desired condition rase Outside of Original ondition for Erase Outside can be setup dition Select 7 Touch Mode Set to select the erase mode and the original density Touch Oblique Erase or Rectangle Erase to select the erase mode Touch Lighter or Darker to set the density level five levels Touch Std to set
196. alphanumerical characters and start number of Annotation Number numbering within 9 alohanumerical char acters in a row and select whether to print Type In and Annotation Number When selecting Annotation Number to be printed also select the print form between All Digit and Effective Digit Character Set Specify the character size and font of the item to be printed as annota tion Character size 8 10 12 14 point Font Gothic Ming Combination method for items Select whether to print the specified items in a line or in three lines bizhub PRO 920 18 65 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 System Setting Adm inistrator NI MEN System Setting System Connection Exit The System Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 10 Annotation Setting Expert Adjustment System Setting The Annotation Setting Screen will be displayed 18 66 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Register an annotation Touch a non registered title key on the Annotation Setting Screen then touch New Register Annotation Setting The Annotation New Reg
197. and restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 16 19 1 6 Controller Setting 16 5 04 Spool Select to enable disable or automatically perform the spool function 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch Controller The Controller Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 04 Spool Controller Setting Utility 5 Interface Setting The Spool Selection Screen will be displayed 4 Touch the desired key to select it 5 Touch OK to complete the setting The Controller Setting Screen will be restored 6 iffurther changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to complete the setting and restore the Utility Screen 16 20 bizhub PRO 920 Controller Setting 1 6 16 6 05 Interface Setting Set the time for Parallel Timeout and Network Timeout 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch Controller The Controller Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 05 Interface Setting Controller Setting 5 Interface Setting The Interface Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch Parallel Timeout or Network Timeout z Interface Setting 10 300sec Utility J arallel Timeout bizhub PRO 920 16 21 16 Controller Setting Use the control panel keypad to enter the time then touch Set The availa
198. and then touch Controller on the Utility Screen The Controller Setting Screen will be displayed Reset Interrupt r Mode Memory Stop Proof Copy e oO a lt 9 Model Data ManPower Controller Setting bizhub PRO 920 16 3 16 Controller Setting The menu comprises the following settings 01 Heport Type Use the function to print out the report type selected from the screen See 01 Report Type on page 16 9 Menu Items Description Setting Options Configuration Page Print Print the configuration page to check the firmware version and network settings PCL Demo Page Print Print the PCL demo page PS Demo Page Print Print the PS demo page PCL Font List Print the PCL font list PS Font List Print the PS font list Available with option 16 4 bizhub PRO 920 Controller Setting 16 02 Printer Setting Various printer settings are available from this screen See 02 Printer Set ting on page 16 11 Q Detail t may not operate properly depending upon the combination of settings selected The following default settings are used unless otherwise specitied by the printer driver Menu Items Description Default No Specify the default output setting for each 1 number 1 6 1 Basic Setting 1 PDL Select the page description language t
199. area of the screen 2 Turn OFF the sub power switch and main power switch Unplug the machine Contact your service representative and report the condition and report code number bizhub PRO 920 5 3 Troubleshooting Q Detail The administrator can call for service using the Utility setting 6 Adminis trator Setting gt 6 System Connection gt 7 Call Service Centre Refer to 7 Security Setting on page 18 200 In this case you don t have to make a call for the report code because your machine has been monitored automatically by your service repre sentative After calling for service using the Utility setting be sure to turn OFF the power immediately then unplug the machine as described here Limited Use of the Copier in Trouble If the message shown below is displayed on the Call for Service Screen you may continue operating the copier on a limited function basis and utilize the trays and ADU that are not affected by the trouble To obtain this limited functionality of the copier consult your service representative Be sure to utilize the limited function only temporarily and arrange for ma chine repair immediately 1 A gt N If the limited use of the copier is available the following message is dis played in the message area instead of the report code Turn OFF then ON the sub power switch A copying job can continue without using the troubled portion of the machine ex Tray 2 N
200. at the lower left corner of the screen will disappear to indicate that this function is cancelled 4 Touch OK to restore the Application Screen Q Detail The administrator can set this function to active always only when Auto Zoom or Auto Paper Select is ativated or only when Auto Zoom Auto Pa per Select or reduce is activated For details refer to Suspend Interrup tion on page 18 189 11 68 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 11 20 Printing Stamp Distribution Number Page Number Date Time onto Copies Stamp This function allows you to print onto output copies the desired type of stamp distribution number page number and date time at the location des ignated on the screen The four stamp types and two watermark types described in the next sec tion provided on the Stamp Image Overlay Screen can be used individually or in multiple combinations Top Left Up Mid Up Rig TOP SECRET PETES Built in Stamp 002 005 Set Numbering i Cp Right Mid Left Centre 2 5 Page No 05 05 10 10 30AM Date Time Low Left Low Mid Low Rig Printing positions To set Stamp function 1 Touch Application COmbitie F ADI Yi UR eee ae Density Paper Zoom Bota The Application Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 11 69 1 1 Applications 2 Touch Stamp Image Overlay 07 04 05
201. be careful If data is accessed in Enhanced Security mode the administrator may not notice until he she analyzes the audit log Be careful when the administrator is absent for a long time bizhub PRO 920 22 5 Enhanced Security Mode 22 3 Display when Enhanced Security mode is ON The Administrator can turn Enhanced Security mode ON OFF Detail To turn Enhanced Security mode ON OFF see To turn Enhanced Secu rity mode ON OFF on page 22 5 When Enhanced Security mode is ON the enhanced security icon dl will appear on the Copy Box Scanner Basic Screens Copy Basic Screen ie e on orig a ace p e AD DU Basic Ji Getgingis go rubo Selon Density Paper Zoom ACT d AD rA READY Box Basic Screen 07 04 05 Pre AR 0 an origina emo DD 16 01 PO on origina ace up e AD 00 000 g Settings rage rupe Zoom J T es p J dictura Jim Settin Box Nane FileName appli 2 b1 050506 C ae nEnov SeparateScon Gieton g Scanner Basic Screen aoa Pos 0 j gi a ace n i e AD D0 D00 i O O age type ae Z oom l J File T pom En A READY Check the Enhanced Security icon on each Basic Screen to see if Enhanced Security mode is
202. by specifying the following four items as tray setting e Type Select one of the following 23 types blank Normal Fine Thick 1 Thick 2 Thin paper Recycled Exclusive A to M Seal User Blank Insert e Coloured Paper Select one of the following six types blank White Clear Yellow Pink Blue Green e Hole Punch Select either condition With Punch Hole or No Punch Hole bizhub PRO 920 15 3 15 Paper Setting e Both Sides Adjust Specify the Vertical zoom Horizontal zoom Up Down shift amount and Right Left shift amount for both front and back pages Vertical 996 to 9 in 0 196 increments Horizontal 996 to 9 in 0 0596 increments Up Down 99mm to 99mm in 0 1mm increments Right Left 99mm to 99mm in 0 1mm increments 15 1 2 Paper Type Specifications The following four paper types are provided according to the plainness of pa per Smooth Fine Normal Embossed Set paper type details as referring to the specifications listed in the table on the following page Any paper type other than these four will be require spe cial settings Fine The Fine paper is a non coated paper generally used for offset printing The fine paper has a high degree of whiteness and used for various purposes Normal The Normal paper is used for copying in general and is called PPC paper The normal paper is usually not a recycled paper Embossed The Embossed paper has a non smooth surface on which a ton
203. can be used e Product Help URL Enter the URL of the product information Web site Blank by default Maximum 127 alphanumeric characters can be used e Corporate URL The URL of the manufacturer Web site Can be changed Maximum 127 alphanumeric characters can be used 20 12 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 S Supplies and Accessories Enter the contact for ordering consumables Maximum 127 alphanumeric characters can be used Online Help URL Enter the online manual URL Maximum 127 alphanumeric characters can be used There are two choices Accessing the manual on the Internet posted on the Konica Minolta web site Enter http pagescope com download webconnection onlinehelp 920 help html Accessing the manual over the LAN Enter http IP address for the PC pswc help pswc help html The administrator must have the online manual to make it available over the LAN server Use a PC on which Microsoft IIS or another Web server is running The Web server must be set to have the folder pswc help accessible Make sure to copy to the Web server the entire pswc help folder which is installed using the installer CD Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered or selected Note f the online manual URLs are not used users must save the online help file on their PCs In this case the Help b
204. characters combining symbols and alphanumerics can be used Auth Setting Specify to use the POP before SMTP authentication Specify as required in your own environment On Off Off POP before SMTP Specify the duration used for POP before SMTP 0 60 seconds SMTP Authentication User Name If Authentication Setting SMTP Authentication is set to On specify a user name Max 63 characters combining symbols and alphanu merics can be used Password Specify a password Max 15 characters combining symbols and alphanumerics can be used Realm Specify a realm domain name If the SMTP server with which to communicate requires a realm this field must be entered Max 255 characters combining symbols and alpha numerics can be used 18 116 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 Specific setting and Description Default CSRC Receive Setting CSRC Receive Specify to use CSRC Receive or not On Off POP Server Address Specify a POP server address 0 0 0 0 Max 255 characters combining symbols and alpha numerics can be used 0 0 0 0 User Name Specify a user name to log in to the POP server Max 63 alphanumerics can be used Password Specify a password to log in to the POP server Max 15 alphanumerics can be used APOP Specify On Off o use the APOP function Off Port No Specify the POP port number 1 65535
205. check the settings of incomplete jobs To check incomplete jobs 1 Touch Incomplete on the Job List Screen Machine Check the status of the incomplete jobs Touch the lower arrow key to scroll if 6 or more jobs are entered 2 Touch the desired job key then touch Details Detailed settings of the selected job will be displayed Touch Close to return to the previous screen 13 8 bizhub PRO 920 Job Management 1 3 To Check Operate Suspended Jobs Use this function to display all suspended jobs as a list The list includes following information No Consecutive numbers of both copy and print jobs Mode Copy or Printer Status Suspended or Printing current status of the job No of Org Max 5 digit page count Pages To Go Max 4 digit pages to be output Sheets x Sets Pages To Go Minute s Time required for completing each job minute Follow the procedure below to check the settings of each job and release collectively release the suspended jobs Job operation for suspended jobs 1 Touch Suspended on the Job List Screen Suspended will be displayed in the Status area of the suspended job key to prompt you that a suspended job remains in the machine FIncomp Jeera ete P ded E Release Check the status of the suspended jobs Touch the lower arrow key to scr
206. complete the job on the master machine When the power is turned off on either the master or tandem machine The tandem mode will be released automatically in either case Restart the procedure from the first step bizhub PRO 920 12 41 12 Finishing Paper Fold 12 42 bizhub PRO 920 1 3 Job Management Job Management 1 3 ra 13 Job Management 13 1 Overview of Job List Screen The Job List Screen allows you to check operate the following items Reserve Output History Send History Incomplete Suspended The letters on the key turn red if any suspended job remains Spool S Note The jobs referred here include printer jobs and scanner jobs Follow the procedure below to display the Job List Screen To display Job List Screen 1 Touch Job List on the Basic Screen The Job List Screen will be displayed Delete f increase Priori t 2 Touch the desired key on the screen See the following pages for details of each subsequent screen 3 Touch Close to exit the Job List Screen bizhub PRO 920 13 3 13 Job Management 13 2 Job Operation on Job List Screen This section describes how to check operate the jobs on the Job List Screen To Check Control Reserved Jobs Use this function to display all the reserve jobs as a list The list includes following information No Consecutive numbers of
207. copy conditions Position original s then press Start Using original glass Place original FACE DOWN Start scanning from the first page Repeat this step for all originals Using ADF Position originals FACE UP If the number of originals exceeds 100 divide them into blocks not exceeding 100 sheets and load them from the block with the first page When scanning job is started the Basic Screen will slightly change to provide some other information bizhub PRO 920 9 39 Basic Job Settings Setting change is available during scanning procedure if required Touch Change on the Basic Screen to restore the normal Basic Screen then change selections or print quantity as desired me 07 04 05 09 45 Densi Simplex tyy Backgr ound DUP Originals Scanned NO gt Complete Scan To resume scanning position original s then press Start Memory indicator at the upper right corner of the touch panel allows you to check the remaining memory 07 04 05 e an Origina emo e up e AD 00 000 combine Y Orig Ym y ADpli Originals Sue rupe a Cation Density Paper Zoom Bap TEk Image Do you want to stop scanning gt Press Stop All the scanned image will be cleared 9 40 bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 6 when scanning is completed touch Complete Scan to exit the Sepa
208. copying Interrupt copying is available only on the copier with Interrupt pressed The tandem mode copying on the copier in interrupt mode will be sus pended until the interrupt copying is completed bizhub PRO 920 12 37 12 Finishing Paper Fold S Note Tandem mode and Power Save functions If the tandem mode is selected while the tandem machine is in Auto low power mode the power saving mode will be released automatically The tandem mode will not be selected when the tandem machine is turned off by Auto shut off Helease the Auto shut off mode by pressing Power Save If Auto low power is activated on the tandem machine during the tandem Job setting the power saving mode will be released automatically when printing job starts If Auto shut off is activated on the tandem machine during the tandem Job setting the tandem mode will be released automatically Selected tandem mode will be released automatically when the master machine activates Auto low power Auto shut off Press Power Save to release Auto shut off if required then select the tandem mode again to restart the procedure S Reminder The tandem mode cannot be selected continued in the cases shown be low The message Please wait Reserve is not available in Tandem ma chine Tandem machine error Please check tandem machine or Please check tandem machine will be displayed as required The tandem mode cannot be selected wh
209. counter and the copy card 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 3 Copier Setting The Copier Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 Reset Setting Want 7 f Copier Setting The Reset Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 9 Initial by Key Counter Insert VUE Reset Setting X Exit The Initial by Key Counter Insert Screen will be displayed 17 58 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 17 5 Touch On to reset and Off not to reset when inserting the key coun ter or the copy card Initial by Key Counter Insert 6 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Reset Setting Screen 7 further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 59 17 Utility User Setting 2 Each Function Setting The following features can be provided by switching the setting Booklet Copy Auto Select Set the machine with Finisher FS 604 and Trimmer Unit TU 501 mounted to automatically select the Booklet mode when Fold amp Staple or Fold mode is selected Original Glass AMS The machine detects the size of the original and selects the appropriate magnification ratio to correspond to the selected paper size ADF AMS After detecting the original size placed in the ADF the copier automati cally s
210. de sired starting number then touch OK to return to the previous screen Touch OK repeatedly till the Application Screen is restored Do you want to cancel changes to the settings gt Touch Cancel Do you want to cancel the Watermark function gt Touch Off Enter the desired print quantity position original s then press Start bizhub PRO 920 11 83 11 Applications 11 22 Printing Words Date Time Annotation Number onto Copies Annotation This function allows you to register words current date time and annotation number as a set and to print it onto output copies at the location designated on the screen The setting previously made for annotation number in the Utility setting can be changed temporarily on the Annotation Screen Temporary Number Set ting Annotation can be used with the four stamp types and two watermark types provided on the Stamp Overlay Selection Screen in multiple combinations 3 sets uses ae D vues 111 30 05 1 ROTE a yos Upper Upper Upper Le Middle Right ABCDE 0001 i ABCDE 0002 i ABCDE 0003 i 1 1 i oe Annotation stamp i Annotation stamp i Annotation sen Originals Copies Te Ee COR Middle Middle Middle Ex Lower Right E Od Left W S Right E ABCDE 0003 Annotation stamp A
211. desired key After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power Q Detail When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off f you do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly 18 150 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 2 IP NIC Setting gt 9 HDD Specify the duration for which Scan to HDD data are stored in the printer controller HDD before they are automatically deleted 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting Administrator Setting administrator d IE NU System Setting LL System Connection opier PrinterSetting The Network Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 IP NIC Setting Utility The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 151 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 5 Touch 9 HDD TCP IP Network Setting IP NIC Setting Alert Mail The HDD Data Auto Delete Period Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Touchan appropriate key to specify the duration for which data are stored
212. displays or a paper misfeed occurs Already using Interrupt mode v Reserve job cannot be operated in Interrupt mode v Low Power or Sleep will not function during Interrupt mode 1 Press Interrupt on the control panel The Interrupt LED starts flashing then keeps lighted when machine is ready for Interrupt mode r itn c The Basic Screen for Interrupt copy AS ing will be displayed Data ManPower 11 04 00 A Combine rig Im 7 amp PPli Basic Originals oris In Cation Density Paper Zoom Duplex CA BIREADY 2 Set copy conditions as desired All copy conditions except Reserve mode can be specified 3 Position original s then press Start to start the interrupt copying 4 When Interrupt copying is completed press Interrupt again bizhub PRO 920 14 9 1 4 Advanced Information The Interrupt LED turns out and the Machine Status Screen will be displayed Press START to restart Memory HDD 99 997 99 972 Normal White Fine White 07704705 Pre 00 000 Combine q ig 4 appli Basic ERACE ris In Cation Density Paper Zoom Bape Image J yy may 5 Press Start to resume copying S eee Note To check settings for the previous job before restarting touch Close on the Machine Status Screen to display the Basic
213. eee eeeeteeeeeteeeeeeeeteetneeeeeees 11 10 11 4 Locating Title Pages on the Front Side Chapters 11 15 To set Chapters function 0 cceceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeteeeeneeeeees 11 15 11 5 Inserting Images into Printed Sets Insert Image 11 18 To set Insert Image function sssssssssssseeeeeeee 11 18 11 6 Copying onto Transparent Films OHP Interleave 11 22 To set OHP Interleave function sessesssseeeeeee 11 22 11 7 Programming Different Settings for an Output Job Program Job scat cecectececccectetecndeccnzseeccepttesset ecscttenctde 11 25 To set Program Job function eeeeenene 11 25 11 8 Dividing a Page Spread into Right and Left Pages Book Gopy 4 cierre ertet eere tn een eee 11 28 To set Book Copy function see 11 29 11 9 Repeating Selected Image Area Image Repeat Size Manual Input 11 33 To set Size Manual Input mode of Image Repeat 11 33 11 10 Repeating Automatically or Select Repeating Times Image Repeat Size Auto Detect Repeat 11 36 To set Size Auto Detect and Repeat modes of Image Repeat 11 37 11 11 Making Multiple Page Signature Booklet Booklet Pagination 44 erieir erroe innana naridan sarana 11 41 To set Boo
214. either party cannot be assigned authentication if it is distributed to only one party Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 18 76 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 3 Touch 3 User Authentication Account Track Lut dmainistr avor P sects ng System Connection deinistrator Machine Security Setting The User Authentication Account Track Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 1 General Settings Utility J User Authentication Account Track General Settings User authent i CoU ion E CCOunt Lr aci ccount Track Setting User Authentication Settin The General Settings Screen will be displayed 5 Touch 1 User Authentication General Settings Account Track General Settings The User Authentication Screen is displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 77 18 Utility Administrator Setting Select On or Off on the right side of User Authentication Account Authentication User Account Auth Connect and Account Name Uger Authentication LZBCcouns Track 4 Admi strator F amp ccounb j E eneral Settings Authentication User Authenti ation Sebring
215. enable new parameters Network Setting Clear This screen appears when you click Network Setting Clear under the Main tenance menu You can use the screen to initialize the network settings to factory default Q Detail t may take few minutes for clearing the network settings After clearing the settings is completed you can access the network again When you use the network restart the Web browser Reese sec Pani Noteer Nerang Char Description e Network Setting Clear Click the Clear button to display the confirmation screen Click OK to clear bizhub PRO 920 20 15 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting Heset This screen appears when you click Reset under the Maintenance menu Restart on the network section to enable new parameters In this case the controller will be initialized however the main body will not Q Detail Ifyou want to initialize the main body after resetting the network wait un til the controller restarts about 2 minutes and turn the main power switch OFF Wait 10 seconds or longer before turning the device ON again It may take few minutes for resetting the network After resetting the net work you can access the network aga n When you use the network re start the Web browser Q vomica minos gt tat I AS Wob Connection Perms 4 Description e Reset Click the Reset button to restart the network only to enable new
216. in HDD before they are automatically deleted HDD Data Auto Delete Period Setting Main power Off On lt after change gt Not Delete Touch OK to return to the IP NIC Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key 8 After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power Q Detail When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off Ifyou do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly 18 152 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 2 IP NIC Setting gt 10 Alert Mail Specify the settings for e mail error notification 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting Utility Administrator Setting Network Setting 4 The Network Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 IP NIC Setting Network Setting d ni d 4 Network Setting IP NIC Setting The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 153 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 5 Touch 10 Alert Mail Utility UAGWIRISUCPStOP 7
217. initially set to copy the original set in amounts determined by the print quantity setting then outputs sorted sets 1 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad Scan Copy EJ E E Access Interrupt mem 1 2 3 Proof Copy rr Mode Memory e Stop Utiliy Counter Stat 9 EE 00 Mode Check 00 Data MainPower D o e Combine W rig In Y APBIIC Originals pu In Cation Density Paper Zoon Baas CA BIREADY Entered quantity will be displayed on the touch panel 8 16 bizhub PRO 920 Before Making Copies 8 To change print quantity Follow the procedure below to change the print quantity that has been al ready entered 1 Press C clear quantity Box 7e Access Proof Copy e v r Mode Memory Stop Ln Utiity Counter Start K Interrupt Mode Check m Data MainPower 07704705 R Basic E Density Paper CA EREADY The quantity displayed on the touch panel will return to 1 2 Enter the correct quantity Entered quantity will be displayed on the touch panel bizhub PRO 920 Before Making Copies Setting Job During Warmup While the copier is warming up after power is turned on select copy condi tions and start scanning so that the copier may start printing immediately the copier engine is ready To set job during warmup 2 Turn on the main power s
218. items NetWare Print Frame Type Mode Pserver Print Server Name Print Server Password Print Queue Scan Rate Bindery NDS Bindery Pre ferred File Server NDS Preferred NDS Context Name Preferred NDS Tree Name Nprinter Rprinter Printer Name Printer Number e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were selected bizhub PRO 920 20 29 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting NetWare Status This screen appears when you click NetWare Status under the NetWare menu on the Network tab This screen is used to confirm NetWare status ronca minouA Drove anioi IES Web Connection Gere 9j tpe NKCCHEUNNL sean 3 rae NetWare Statue NetWare Server omm em Nene 20 30 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 IPP This screen appears when you click IPP on the Network tab This screen is used to enter and confirm settings concerning IPP When IPP Print is set to disable you still need to set parameters Make sure to enter parameters correctly orca noc e tub PRO 9 IDLE Web Connection eree Description e Enter for individual items IPP Print Printer Name Printer Location Printer Information Operations Supported e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered bizhub PRO 920
219. keyboard Prerequisites e JavaScript must be active e Themachine should be connected with a PC over a network with TCP IP enabled e Set the Enhance Security mode OFF on the machine 1 Open the Web Utilities window 2 Clickon Machine Manager Setting Japanese B FIE Engish LIB Web Utilities WEBSERVER The Enter Network Password dialogue box will be displayed 19 20 bizhub PRO 920 Web Utilities Setting 19 3 Enter admin in the User Name text box and an 8 digit administrator password in the password text box then click on OK Japanese BEE Engish 18 Web Utilities x qo This secure Web Sie at 10 11 32 60 reque you to log on WEBSERVER E Pinson type the Usa Name and Password that you use for By Password wen 3 T7 Siae this passwond in yous parsowond Ket Ca em The Administrator Setting menu will be displayed 4 Click on Remote Panel setting Machine Manager Setting Main Page The Remote Panel Setting menu will be displayed 5 Specify the IP address of the PC to be used for Remote Panel function Max 3 IP addresses can be specified Remote Panel Setting IP Address for access permission 1 fto 1132 101 eg 192 168 0100 r access perm fio 11 32 102 eg 192 1680 100 f o3132207 eg 192 1680 100 IP address of thes PC 10 11 32 117 Registration Reset Administrator Setup Menu Main
220. keypad to enter the desired horizontal or vertical size respectively Entered size should fall within 100 mm x 148 mm 314 mm x 460 mm Touch Lead Edge Rear Edge or Centre to specify the desired image position When all settings are completed touch OK to return to the Change Bypass Tray Setting Screen To specify a wide size Touch Wide Paper to display the Wide Size Paper Setting Screen Touch the desired wide size to highlight it then touch Lead Edge Rear Edge or Centre to specify the desired image position 07 04 05 09 13 Touch Input Size to display the Size Input Screen Touch X to highlight it then use the control panel keypad to enter the desired horizontal size Entered size should fall within the range from the horizontal size of the standard size corresponding to the selected wide size to a maximum of 460 mm 9 20 bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 Similarly touch Y to highlight it then enter the desired vertical size Entered size should fall within the range from the vertical size of the standard size corresponding to the selected wide size to a maximum of 314 mm CEHIA When all settings are completed touch OK to return to the Change Bypass Tray Setting Screen bizhub PRO 920 9 21 9 Basi
221. li os wemwwu 8 n ojola a w samo E e olea alw eamwo E e Tele 89889889988288889 E S RSSSSPSSSOEUPG E BLRRE 27 6 Symbol Set Appendix 50 P Q R S TIU V WX e la b c dje figih i j k l m n 7Op lq irist uviwix yz E 8 amp A A m c 8 6 6 8 Fo 3 5 6 6 6 o e u G O i s Y DO bizhub PRO 920 Appendix ISO4 United Kingdom Desktop 0123456789 ABCDEF 01234568789 ABCDEF 7 Fy G H I J K L M N O k 0123456789 ABCDEF n p i 2 gt L 409A B CID EF e S amp 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 50 P QRISITIU VWIXIYIZI UN e u 00 10 20 Swedish ISO11 0123456789 ABCDEF 4o A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O so P Q R s T u v w x z 60 a b c d e f g h i j k 1 m n 70 p a x s t ul v w x y z a 6 A a ISO17 Spanish Italian 0123456789ABCDEF lo aja u o io nie a S Oy w zk n JOSSE alras al ilzen Tala H ajma o alza mjela IGOOR m x A i QE Ilola lagh lt elbhINja N e n ia ole X o alalHl gt al
222. nection using the browser in the System area of Administrator Mode See Administrator Mode on page 20 10 You can also change it using the touch panel of the main body Contact your service store for details In order to ensure the security against data used in Administrator Mode set SSL SSL can be set on the Network tab of Administrator Mode For the details on the SSL setting see page 20 42 20 8 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 1 Click the Admin Mode button in the upper left corner of the screen Morea ioc Ye bated PRO 92 IDS Web Connection GE ere E ay 773 E i R sM 1 Dee Sums Davee intorm ston PTON etad L d Die rut Online Auinance Deseo Tope Pea opp ican peeve stc Enter the password for Administrator Mode and click the Login but ton oeann qmm IPRS Web Connection A ET Adama wee Parros d F up cuna To log out click Logout bizhub PRO 920 20 9 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 4 20 4 1 Administrator Mode By logging into PageScope Web Connection in Administrator Mode you can configure or confirm the image controller system For the details on the login procedure for Administrator Mode see Logging in Using Administrator Mode on page 20 8 System Tab On the System tab information concerning the system conf
223. on Ap ply while the machine is in an idle state bizhub PRO 920 19 5 1 9 Web Utilities Setting 19 2 1 Adding Account Track Add a new account track data password name and limit value 1 Open the Web Utilities window 2 Click on Machine Manager Setting Japanese A FIE Engh E MS Web Utilities The Enter Network Password dialogue box will be displayed 3 Enter admin in the User Name text box and an 8 digit administrator in the password text box then click on OK lapsrewe AEE Ephes 2618 Web Utilities xi 29 This secure Web Sie at 10 11 32 60 requies you to log on EBSERVER Ple type the Uses Name arid Password that you use for By Password UserName f z Password T Save this password in you pastword kot e cmm The Machine Manager Setting menu will be displayed 19 6 bizhub PRO 920 Web Utilities Setting 19 4 Click on Account Track setting Machine Manager Setting Main Page The Account Track Setting menu will be displayed 5 Click on Account Track data add Account Track setting Administrator Setup Menu Main Page The Account Track Data Add window will be displayed 6 Enter a new account track data Account Name 8 characters max Password 8 digits max Limit 99 999 999 copies max Account Track edit data Number 1 pcom EE Fields starting with a
224. on the Inter net Comprises 4 sets of figures of 3 digits at the maximum such as 192 168 1 10 An IP address is allocated to all computers and other devices connected to the Internet IPP Abbreviation of Internet Printing Protocol A protocol to control the transmission and reception of printing data or printing devices through the Internet or other TCP IP networks Data can be transmit ted to a remote printer through the Internet and printed there Abbreviation of Local Area Network A network connecting comput ers on the same floor in the same building in the buildings nearby etc LDAP Abbreviation of Lightweight Directory Access Protocol A set of pro tocols used to access database servers over TCP IP network such as Internet or Intranet for the purpose of obtaining information on e mail address or environment of network users bizhub PRO 920 27 31 Appendix Button Function LPR LPD Abbreviation of Line Printer Request Line Printer Daemon A type of printing through a network of the WindowsNT system or UNIX system Printing data from Windows or UNIX can be transmit ted to a printer on a network using TCP IP Memory Unit to save data temporarily Data in some memory is erased when the power is turned OFF and not erased in others NDS Abbreviation of Novell Directory Service Shared resources such as servers printers user information etc on the network or informat
225. on the check box in the Delete column of the item to be deleted then click on Delete If all the data are to be cleared click on Selec tAll The window for deleting the selected item will be displayed Confirm the registered name to be deleted then click on Yes E Mail Delete __RegisterName__ __ReferenceName Address Daily Use Registration kou mou user2 km com No These entries will be deleted Click on Back to return to the Entry List window Click on Back to return to the Scan Transmission Setting window 19 28 bizhub PRO 920 Web Utilities Setting 1 9 19 5 Transmitting Machine Setting File Follow the procedure below to transmit the following setting file from the ma chine to a PC export using the web browser edit the setting data on the PC then return the file to the machine import Account track data max 1 000 files Four Scan Transmission Setting data max 500 files in total E mail data E Mail address HDD Box No FTP FTP server address SMB shared folder Prerequisites The machine setting file can be stored in a PC so that it may be returned to the machine at any time and is available for common use if you have two or more machines The file transmitted to a PC being converted to a file type for batch processing can be edited efficiently and returned to the machine The file transmitted to a PC normally contains the four data types men tioned above
226. original onto the tabbed copy paper Original Size Setting is also required See page 10 21 for details To copy onto OHP transparencies Application setting is required See Copying onto Transparent Films OHP Interleave on page 11 22 for details bizhub PRO 920 9 23 9 Basic Job Settings 9 4 Zoom In the initial settings on the Basic Screen the magnification is automatically set at x1 000 full size This section describes how to change the magnification ratio Q Detail The initial settings may be altered by the administrator For details refer to 3 Copier Setting on page 17 54 Copying in Full Size Mode Follow this procedure to make a 100 copy of the original image irrespec tive of the selected paper size Close the ADF securely then press Reset The initial settings are restored Check that x1 000 is displayed on the Zoom key to indicate that the full size mode is selected Select additional copy conditions as desired Specifying paper size will release 1 000 magnification and set Auto Zoom automatically In this case touch Zoom on the Basic Screen to display the Zoom setting menu then touch x1 0 to highlight it 07704705 Read 0 cop emo a ace up e AN 00 0007 PO on orig F Combine i 4 ADpli Basic Getoinais Gras Im Cation pamplex Duplex Density Paper 00 x 0 250 4 000 S
227. originals in the ADF Or use Separate Scan mode to scan all originals Press Proof Copy on the control panel or touch Proof Copy on the Check Screen A sample copy will be output Press Stop to suspend the proof copying In this case the scanned image data will not be deleted from memory If any setting change is required return to step 4 then repeat proof copying as required However you cannot change or release se lections that appeared dimmed after proof copying If the copy result is satisfactory touch Close on the Check Screen to return to the Basic Screen then proceed to the next step 7 Change the print quantity as required Q re Position originals then press Start If proof copying has been made the machine will simply start printing without scanning originals S Note If the desired selection cannot be changed press Stop to delete all the data in memory then press Reset to restart the job setting 14 8 bizhub PRO 920 Advanced Information 1 4 14 8 Interrupt Copying Use the Interrupt mode to interrupt copying in progress to perform a simple job When interrupt copying is completed the settings for the previous job restore automatically and the Basic Screen displays To use Interrupt mode v The Interrupt mode cannot be selected with the following conditions Machine is not operating printing or scanning job Program Image Overlay is in use The Call for Service message
228. originals in the document feeder then press Start bizhub PRO 920 11 17 11 Applications 11 5 Inserting Images into Printed Sets Insert Image Use the Insert Image mode to combine images scanned from the original glass such as photos paste ups newspaper articles graphs etc with im ages scanned from the document feeder Then output the combined images as a finished set The selected copy paper size is determined by the size of originals loaded in the document feeder Single sided originals placed on ADF 8 78 56 6 45 3a 2 8 2 1 Insertion originals 1 Double sided on original glass originals 2 placed on he EN h sen DBS N 7 N 7 gt aN ls 5 4 3 1 1 S Note Touch Booklet Pagination on the Insert Image Screen to use this func tion together with Insert Image To set Insert Image function v Max insertion location 30 locations from page 1 to page 999 v When a page number is larger than the total original count a sheet is in serted as the last page vY Insertions occur in sequence even if page numbers are entered out of sequence Y Entering the same page number twice will insert two sheets at that
229. reducing energy consumption to 8 9 W or less In the standard setting Sleep follows Low Power operating automatically when 90 minutes have elapsed after completion of the last copy with the copier remaining in the ready to copy state during that time The time period for the Sleep function can be set for 30 minutes 60 minutes 90 minutes 120 minutes or 240 minutes Automatic Duplex Copying To reduce paper consumption use this function to make double sided du plex copies automatically We recommend that you utilize the Low Power function Sleep function and Automatic Duplex Copying function bizhub PRO 920 x 3 The Control Software version is as follows This software consists of Image control program and Controller control pro gram Image control program Image Control I1 version 10 0000 20 0000 or later Controller control program IP Control P version 10 0000 20 0000 or later About the Firmware version display function The bizhub PRO 920 Control Software Image control program Controller control program version mentioned above can be confirmed by using the Service representative CE service mode firmware version display function When you display the firmware version the Image control program and Con troller control program versions will be displayed as follows Image control program Image Control I1 version 2 digits 4 zeros following the hyphen Ex 10 0000 Controller control program IP Co
230. scanner and the settings for TCP IP RAW port numbers IP Filter permission denial and ping 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting GE A Administrator Setting Administrator Setting er Authenticatiol Count Track The Network Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 IP NIC Setting Network Setting achine NIC Setting inis f Network Setting IP NIC Setting 4 The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed 18 122 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 5 Touch 1 TCP IP 18 IP NIC Settin dministrator etting D TCP IP Network Setting NetWare IP NIC Setting Apple Talk Alert Mail The TCP IP Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Foreach item select or enter a required value Use Next or Back as required TCP IP DHCP P Address Subnet Mask Gateway Address DNS server 1 3 TCP IP setting Main power Off On lt after change gt Gateway Address ia Mis Garver DNS Server2 DNS Server3 bizhub PRO 920 18 123 18 Utility Administrator S
231. server does not support other print servers that are connected to the bindery file server On Off Bindery File Server Name Specify the bindery file server name Max 47 characters combining symbols and alphanu merics can be used NDS Context Name If Novell Directory Service NDS is used specify a priority NDS context name It should be specified as a full context name and you cannot use period at the beginning of the context pass It is not neces sary to enter the container name print server name Max 191 characters combining symbols and alpha numerics can be used NDS Tree Name If NDS is used specify the NDS tree name Max 63 characters combining symbols and alphanu merics can be used NetWare Nprinter Rprinter NetWare Status Setting Printer Name Specify the printer name It is initially set to a partic ular printer name allocated to the machine Varied from machine to machine Max 63 characters combining symbols and alphanu merics can be used Printer Number Specify the printer number Select between 0 and 255 File Server Name Specify file server names Max 10 servers can be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 109 18 Utility Administrator Setting Specific setting and Description Default Queue Name Specify queue names Max 10 queues can be displayed 1 If NetWare has a password allocated by using PCONSOLE or NW
232. setting file will be recognized automatically I Browse Import mporting scan transmission setting will clear the registered data and group data Export e You can save setting data in file e Please choose a data type to save and push an export button Account Track data TAB separated zi Export Administrator Setup Menu Main Page The result message will be displayed when the registration is complet ed Setting data Import Export 22 Account Track data were registered Entry List bizhub PRO 920 19 33 19 Web Utilities Setting Q Detail The file cannot be accessed when the machine is operating If an error message is displayed try again to save the file after the current machine operation is completed Q Detail If the registration cannot be completed successfully error messages will be displayed as follows Can t transfer data The machine is busy Try again to import the data after the machine operation in progress is completed The data cannot be recognized Confirm that the data is the machine setting file Data size is too large Confirm that the data is the machine setting file Check if the file size exceeds 100 000 bytes The data cannot be registered Check if inappropriate description is made in the machine setting file Check if the file entries are already over the limit To Edit the Machine Setting File data ex Machine setting file of an ac
233. the E Mail Setting Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 145 18 Utility Administrator Setting E Mail Send SMTP Server Address Port Number Connection Timeout E Mail TX Setting Main power Off On lt after change gt Binary Division Binary Division Size E Mail Send Maximum Size E Mail TX Setting Main power Off On lt after change BinaryDivisionSize E Mail Send Maximum Size 1 150 x100Kb OCOFF 100Mb 18 146 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 Authentication Setting POP before SMTP Password Realm CSRC TX Setting Please set each item Auth Setting POP Before SMTP Password Administrator Mail Address E Mail TX Setting Main power Off On lt after change gt Administrator Mail Address 7 Touch 2 E Mail RX Setting Utility E Mail Setting Title Setting Text Setting The E Mail RX Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 147 18 Utility Administrator Setting Specify the following items Touch OK to complete the settings and return to the E Mail Setting Screen POP Server Address User Name Password APOP Port Number Connection Timeout E Mail RX Setting Main power Off On lt after change gt OP Server Address
234. the authentication setting r Please input user nane and password Job List User authen Vicavion gt g Please input user nane account nane Job List and password r Please input section name and password Job List n gt Account Nane r Please input user nane and password Job List ihen P Please input password Job List ACCOUNT Au thentication gt Copying will be available by the following procedure 2 30 bizhub PRO 920 Preparation for Use To make authentication Enter the user name user password account name and or account password as required Touch the desired item key to display the keypad screen Enter your user name Max 64 characters user password Max 64 characters account name Max 8 characters and or 8 digit ac count password Touch OK Check that the screen message changes to Ready to copy Start machine operation Normal copying printing scanning job is available on the machine When machine operation is completed press Access The initial state will be restored with the User Authentication Screen displayed on the touch panel Q Detail Contact your administrator if the message Copy limit reached is dis played and machine operation becomes unavailable bizhub PRO 920 2 31 2 Preparation for Use 2 32 bizhub PRO 920 3 Paper and Original Information Paper and O
235. the ma chine will become available for copying operation Q Detail Power Save function has two modes Low Power and Sleep See the follow ing description for details This function can also be activated manually See Using Power Save Manually on page 2 27 for details If Weekly Timer has been activated the Basic Screen will appear with the message Timer interrupt mode Please input password displayed in the message area and the machine operation will be available temporarily by the Timer Interrupt function See When Weekly Timer Is Activated on page 2 28 for details bizhub PRO 920 2 25 2 Preparation for Use Low Power This function conserves energy by lowering the power consumption to 228 6W or less in standby mode Low Power activates automatically after a specified period initially 15 min utes of copier inactivity with the Power Save LED lit touch panel gone off and all other LEDs except Start LED on the control panel turned off The Start LED will turn orange while the Main Power indicator keeps green To start a copying job press any key on the control panel or touch panel Q Detail The Low Power function can be set to 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes 120 minutes 240 minutes For details refer to 1 Power Save Setting on page 18 13 S Note If the Sleep function activates at the same time the power will be turned off The to
236. the machine power off then on To turn off on the power Turn OFF the sub power switch Turn OFF the main power switch Wait about 10 seconds or longer a Turn ON the main power switch and sub power switch bizhub PRO 920 5 13 5 Troubleshooting 5 7 Troubleshooting Tips Main Body Case Checkpoint Remedy The machine does not operate even ifthe main power switch and sub power switch are on Is the power plug firmly in serted in wall socket Firmly insert the power plug in wall Socket Is the Power Save LED on The machine cannot be turned on due to the Weekly Timer function See page 2 28 to operate Timer In terrupt or consult your administrator Copying does not be gin after pressing Start S front door or left side door of the machine open Securely close the front door and left side door of the machine s there appropriate paper size in a tray Load the paper size selected for the original s the print quantity entered properly Enter an appropriate number for print quantity s the Finisher door open Securely close the Finisher door s the Trimmer unit front door or Trimmer stacker cover open Securely close the Trimmer unit front door and Trimmer stacker cover Copy image is not clean or shows spots s the original glass clean Wipe the glass if necessary s the original document clean
237. the screen keypad Touch OK to return to the Change Registered User Data Screen Please input password To change the account name touch Account Name on the User Registration Screen Touch the desired account key to highlight it Touch OK to return to the Change Registered User Data Screen Specify the usable function To prohibit a specific function touch the key on the Change Registra tion User Data Screen to release the highlight Touch OK When settings are completed touch OK on the Change Registered User Data Screen The User Authentication Setting Screen will be restored bizhub PRO 920 24 13 24 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 4 To delete a user Follow the procedure below to delete a user name password and also Per sonal Folder Q Detail Passwords are case sensitive f a wrong password or fewer than 8 alphanumerical characters are en tered and the OK is touched the warning message Password does not match will appear and no key will work for five seconds Enter the right password after five seconds f authentication fails the information will be saved in the audit log 1 Press Utility Counter on the control panel Interrupt Proof Copy amem Mode Memory Stop The Utility Screen will be displayed Utility Counter 7 Start 2 Mode Data ManPowr 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting Seria
238. the work place is directly over the original glass In this case consult your service repre sentative about an appropriate place for installation To set Non Image Area Erase function Y Use the original glass only Keep ADF open throughout the procedure Y Original size should be larger than 10 mm x 10 mm VY Auto Zoom and Auto Paper Select are automatically released VY Copy mode is automatically set to 1 1 When selecting 1 2 mode Sepa rate Scan mode will function automatically bizhub PRO 920 11 59 Applications 11 1 Touch Application 07 04 05 00 000 11 03 e ey ape S Combine Y Ori TA E Originals a r cation Density Paper Zoom pamelexs CA BIREADY The Application Screen will be displayed 2 Touch Erase ee Adaus Book Copy y Poster R peat
239. to print the desired letter type obliquely in the centre of the page Watermark or the numbers in the specified form repeatedly over the scanned image Set Numbering A A oo1r100 A 001 100 001 100 xe al m Lo Z ATE Oe Watermark Set Numbering To set Watermark function 1 Touch Application D a ace COMBINE Y rPig Inc Y ABBII Originals Oris In Cation Density Paper Zoom Simplex Duplex The Application Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 11 79 1 1 Applications 2 Touch Stamp Image Overlay 07 04 05 ead 0 COP emo 0 0 0 g a ace o7 7 W COhbife Orio In Basic Originals Eris B
240. to use in combination with each of four Original Type modes Utility Screen gt 2 Function Setting gt 3 Density Setting gt 1 Density Shift for Enhance Mode For details refer to 3 Density Setting gt 1 Density Shift for Original Image Type on page 17 33 Original Text Photo Photo 3RC ARC ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE FGHIJK FGHIJK FGHIJK LMNOP LMNOP LMNOP QRSTU QRSTU QRSTU VWXYZ VWXYZ VWXYZ Original Text Photo Dot Matrix Original Text Photo Text bizhub PRO 920 10 23 1 0 Original Setting To specify Original Type Touch Orig Image Type on the Basic Screen The Special Image popup menu will be displayed 4 amp Touch the desired mode key to highlight it 07 04 05 Ready to cop emo p o o Pi combine jg Appli Basic Originals EEG Cation Original Type C5 BIREADY Enter the desired print quantity position original s then press Start Do you want to select additional copy conditions gt Touch Basic or any other tab key to continue job settings 10 24 bizhub PRO 920 1 1 Applications Applications 11 Applications 11 11 1 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Applications Copy Conditions Incompatible with Applicatio
241. which are displayed on the left side of the Utility Screen 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 2 Administrator Machine Setting Administrator Setting Tne dministrator Setting 4 The Administrator Machine Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 1 Administrator Registration Tn Administrator Machine Setting The Administrator Registration Setting Screen will be displayed 18 74 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Enter an administrator name Touch Name to display the Administrator Name Input Screen Use the touch panel keypad to register the administrator name The eight char acters including a hyphen can be entered Touch OK to complete the setting to return to the previous screen Administrator Machine Setting Enter the extension number Touch Extension Number to highlight it and enter the extension number of the administrator on the right side of Extension Number us ing the touch panel keypad The five digit numbers including a hyphen can be entered When the extension number is below five digits enter hyphens to make it five If the hyphen is entered as the first number it is displayed as a
242. your service representative S Note Permit cannot be selected if the setting 5 Distribution Recovery is turned On 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 2 Function Setting The Function Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 5 Tandem Setting Utility Function Setting Function Setting Feed Tray Setting The Tandem Setting Screen will be displayed 17 46 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 4 Touch 2 Tandem Sub Machine Wait Proof uNG 7 Tandem S b Machine One rime Data Read 4 The Tandem Sub Machine Wait Proof Screen will be displayed 5 Touch Permit or Prohibit to highlight it Tandem Setting lt Tandem Sub Machine Wait Proof gt With Permit selected the master machine transmits the image data to sub machine and a proof copy will be made on both master and sub machines With Prohibit selected a proof copy can be made on the master machine only Sub machine will receive the image data normally at the time when printing job starts 6 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Tandem Setting Screen 7 further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 47 17 Utility User Setting 5 Tandem Setting gt 3 Tandem
243. 0 24 23 24 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 24 bizhub PRO 920 25 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 25 25 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Secu rity Mode A Box built on the HDD is used to store the scanned data To prevent the data from being accessed or tampered with we recommend using the Box with a password specified Never fail to use the Enhanced Security mode when storing any secret doc ument If the Enhanced Security mode is turned off temporarily for some reason the administrator should tell that to all users Q Detail For details to store and output the scanned data in a Box see the User s guide of Network Scanner bizhub PRO 920 25 3 25 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 25 1 Store the data in a Box while Copying The following is a detailed explanation of how to store the data in a Box and output in Enhanced Security mode for which a user name and password have been set Q Detail Passwords are case sensitive Ifa wrong password or fewer than 8 alphanumerical characters are en tered and the OK is teuched the warning message Password does not match will appear and no key will work for five seconds Enter the right password after five seconds f authentication fails the information will be saved in the audit log 1 Enter your user name and user password on the User Authentic
244. 0 to FTP will be disabled 2 By selecting Not Use access to bizhub PRO 920 TWAIN Visual Count will be prohibited It is possible to save Scan to HDD jobs but clients can no longer obtain them bizhub PRO 920 18 111 Utility Administrator Setting Specify the SNMP settings For details refer to page 18 136 Specific setting and Description Default 5 SNMP SNMP 1 Specify to use SNMP or not Use Not Use Use Read Community Name Specify a Read Community Name public Max 15 characters combining symbols and alphanumer ics can be used public Write Community Name Specify a Write Community Name private private Max 15 characters combin ing symbols and alphanumer ics can be used 1 Used when communicating with bizhub PRO 920 using PageScope applications Specify the SMB printing setting and to use Scan to SMB for transmission For details refer to page 18 138 Specific setting and Description Default 6 SMB Scan Select Use when communicating with SMB servers using Scan to SMB Use Not Use Print Specify to use SMB printing functions Use Not Use Net BIOS Name Specify a NetBIOS name as required Varied from machine to machine Max 15 characters combining symbols and alphanumer ics can be used Print Service Name Specify a print service name Max 13 characters combining symbols and alphanumer ics can be used
245. 00 2 001 4 000 A3 2 001 4 000 bizhub PRO 920 9 13 Basic Job Settings To Specify Desired Paper Size Auto Zoom When a paper size is specified on the touch panel an appropriate reduction or enlargement ratio will be selected automatically according to the original size detected from the ADF or the original glass Q Detail Auto Zoom can also be activated by touching Auto Zoom on the Zoom setting menu In this case the paper size specified for the tray of top pri ority will be selected automatically See Changing Magnification Ratio on page 9 25 for details To copy in full size x 1 000 mode using selected paper size see Copy ing in Full Size Mode on page 9 24 To set Auto Zoom v Auto Zoom is incompatible with Auto Paper Select however Rotation is available Y Auto Zoom will not function if selected tray is specified as non standard size 1 Touch Paper on the Basic Screen The Paper setting menu will be displayed 2 Toucha tray key on the menu to select the desired paper size g 07 04 05 Ready to Cop emo Po on original face up e AD 00 000 combine X rigd In Y ABBIIC Originals EA lm T Cation Density P Zoom paneiex
246. 000 100 96 VY Copy mode is automatically set to 1 1 When selecting 1 2 mode Sepa rate Scan mode will function automatically v When Size Auto Detect mode is selected Non Image Area Erase func tions automatically Do not close the document feeder when scanning the original on the original glass 1 Touch Application 07704705 Rea emo D e AD 00 000 Combine ig Im 4 APPL Originals oris In Cation Density Paper Zoom pamplex Duplex CA EIREADY The Application Screen will be displayed 2 Touch Book Copy Poster Repeat 07704705 Ready to cop emo PO on original face up e AD 00 000
247. 0000000 00000000 0001 0002 ichi uD2 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0001 hori 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 18 34 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 e Font pattern list Font patterns used in the machine Font patern list X 2005 04 04 09 31 57GF0118 TC 167 Gothic type 1888 10123456789 8ABCDEFGH JKLMNOPORSTUWIXYZ V ibcdefghi jkI mopgrstuvwxyz I abcdefghi jkImopqrstuvwxyz 1 1 4938 t stuvwxyz 1 1 amp 0123456789 lt gt ABCDEFGH JALMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ 4_ abcdef ghi jkImnopqrstuvwxyz l 1 i S amp es st r 1 amp 0123456789 8ABCDEFGHI JKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ ghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz l 0123456789 0123456789 abedef E seen e Audit log report Audited log Audit log report P 3 2005 04 04 09 31 57GF0116 TC 168 0317 2005 03 17 16 14 2 02 NG 0318 2005 03 17 1 3 n NG 0319 2005 03 17 16 14 3 11 NG 0320 2005 03 17 1 3 n NG 0321 2005 03 17 16 13 2 02 OK 0322 2005 03 17 1 2 02 NG 0323 2005 03 17 16 13 3 11 NG 0324 2005 03 17 1 3 n NG 0325 2005 03 17 16 13 8 11 NG 0326 2005 03 17 16 3 n NG 0327 2005 03 17 16 13 8 11 NG 0328 2005 03 17 16 2 06 OK 0329 2005 03 17 16 11 2 02 OK 0330 2005 03 17 16 1 06
248. 04705 A Select action for Program Job mode Vale A Q bv i Touch Fix The current JOB images will be stored The paper size determined at this time will be applied to all subsequent JOBs Do you want to delete the images 3 Touch Cancel Repeat steps 6 to 9 until all JOB originals are scanned Place and scan each original set in the correct order of pagination Touch Separate Scan to deselect it and exit the Separate Scan mode Select the desired Finishing mode and enter the print quantity from the control panel keypad Press Start bizhub PRO 920 11 27 11 Applications 11 8 Dividing a Page Spread into Right and Left Pages Book Copy The Book Copy mode performs image division on the original image Use the function to copy an open book or catalogue onto two sheets in 1 1 or 2 1 mode or onto the front and back sides of one sheet in 1 2 or 2 2 mode The following three modes can be selected from the Book Copy Screen Mode Description Spread Image division starts from the first scan Separated pages are print ed in the document page order Front Cover Spread Image division starts from the second scan after the first scan cop ies normally Front Back Cover Spread Image division starts from the third scan after the first and second scan copy normally 1 1 2 1 mode
249. 1 2 mode Sepa rate Scan mode will function automatically 1 Touch Application P a ace up e wanene Y pPig Inc Y APDII originals ris In Cation Density Paper Zoom Simplex Duplex The Application Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 11 33 1 1 Applications 2 Touch Book Copy Poster Repeat 07 04 05 ea emo 11 21 a ace e AD 00 0007 eet Cover 7 Chapter Inserti
250. 1 8 Select and specify the screen items then touch OK to return to the LDAP Setting Screen ax Search Results 5 300 sec LDAP Function Max Search Results Timeout Initial Setting for Search Details Touch the key to display the Initial Setting for Search Details Screen Initilal Setting for Search Details Select search keyword for LDAP server E mail Family Name Condition First Name Condition bizhub PRO 920 18 171 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Touch Condition on the right side of Search Item to display the LDAP Search Condition Screen select the condition for each of five items then touch OK to restore the previous screen LDAP Serach Condition hoose LDAP Serach Condition Touch 2 Setting Up LDAP on the LDAP Setting Screen to display the Setting Up LDAP Screen Touch up down arrow to scroll as required then make the following settings Server Address Search Base Setting Up LDAP _Server Address _ Reset All 5 18 172 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 Enable SSL Port Number Setting Up LDAP Enable SSL General Settings Login Name Password Domain Name Setting Up LDAP General Settings Anonymous Digest MD5 GSS SPNEGO Dynamic Authenticat
251. 110 Connection Timeout Specify the POP time out duration 30 300 seconds 60 Auto Check Specify to check incoming e mail automatically On Off Auto Check Interval Time Specify the interval by which to check incoming e mail automatically 1 60 minutes Start CSRC Communication Test bizhub PRO 920 18 117 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Specify the settings for third party applications For details refer to page 18 162 Specific setting and Description Default 12 AP I F AP I F Specify to use AP I F Use Not Use Use AP I F Over SSL If SSL is used for PSWC communication this setting is en abled Use Not Use Not Use AP I F Authentication Enable the setting to block access to this F On Off AP I F Login Name Required if the AP I F Authentication is set to On Max 8 characters combining symbols and alphanumerics can be used AP I F Login Password Required if the AP I F Authentication is set to On Max 8 characters combining symbols and alphanumerics can be used AP I F Port No If SSL is not used the port number specified in this field will be used 1 65535 50001 AP I F Port Number SSL If SSL is used the port number specified in this field will be used 1 65535 50003 Specify the PSWC Page Scope Web Connection setting For details refer to page 18 165 Sp
252. 15 1 15 1 1 15 1 2 15 1 3 15 2 15 3 Job operation for suspended jobs ssessesssese 13 9 To Check Control Spool Jobs sse 13 11 Job operation for spool jobs ssssssseeeen 13 11 Ye In Ol ma Checking Feature Selections by Proof Copying 14 3 TO make a proof COPY i ecc tt ciel dte 14 3 Checking Feature Selections Before Copying Check Mode 14 5 To use Check mode sese 14 5 Interr pt Copying 1 1er reiten crono eate nre e ainara neni 14 9 To use Interrupt mode maia aa naa aa arae E nennen nenne 14 9 Storing and Recalling Job Conditions Mode Memory 14 11 Storing Job Conditions sseeee 14 11 To store job conditions esesessssseseseeeeee nennen 14 11 Recalling Stored Job Settings eeeee 14 14 To recall stored job settings sssssssseseese 14 14 Recalling Previous Job Settings senes 14 16 To recall previous job settings ssesssseesess 14 16 Displaying Screen for Operation Guide Help Mode 14 18 To display Help Screen ccccceceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeee 14 18 Adjusting Response Time of Touch Keys Accessibility 14 20 To adjust response time ueseessssssseeeeeeeeenennnenne 14 20 Adjusting Touch Panel Contrast Co
253. 25 14 25 20 Actions in response to troubles 1 7 Change a user data 24 9 Add staples 4 17 4 51 m password M elete a user PII ACRDHOTERIROR aiia ie Print Less 26 14 PR Tener po 4 14 Audit log report 101212121110 18 35 utomatic Document Feeder oain 2 4 7 4 dod pud Eu SM uto Detect orig Size AE AMA VO UR eR V MM 17 60 ADF Frame Erasure Setting 18 45 Auto Image Rotation 18 187 bizhub PRO 920 28 3 28 Index Auto Logout 20 57 Caution Labels and Indicators 1 11 Auto Paper Select 9 11 16 17 Centring Adjustment 18 54 Auto Paper Type Selection 17 29 Change Page Number Print Pos Auto Start mode 10 19 Booklet 18 184 Auto Zoom ee 9 14 9 25 Change Paper Type Screen 15 10 Automatic Exposure AE 9 7 Change print quantity 8 17 Change Program Overlay 18 38 B Change User Password 17 20 Background whiteness 9 7 Changing magnification ratio 9 25 Banner Option 16 14 Changing Zoom Ratio 18 38 Banner Tray ses 16 14 Chapters sessen 11 15 Basic Screen 2 9 Check and print the counter list 6 5 Basic Setting 16 11 Check Mode sss 14 5 Basic tab net 2 9 Check Control Reserved Jobs 13 4 Before successive holidays
254. 414 2 308 B4 0 865 1 000 1 224 0 865 1 412 1 000 1 733 1 224 2 000 A4R 0 707 0 816 1 000 0 707 1 154 0 817 1 414 1 000 1 632 E A4 0 500 0 577 0 707 1 000 0 817 1 154 1 000 1 414 1 154 E B5R 0 612 0 706 0 865 0 613 1 000 0 708 1 224 0 867 1 412 amp B5 0 433 0 500 0 613 0 865 0 708 1 000 0 867 1 224 1 000 A5R 0 498 0 576 0 705 0 498 0 813 0 576 1 000 0 705 1 154 A5 0 352 0 407 0 498 0 705 0 576 0 813 0 705 1 000 0 813 B6R 0 431 0 498 0 610 0 431 0 703 0 498 0 865 0 610 1 000 bizhub PRO 920 9 15 Basic Job Settings Copying Using Special Paper Bypass Tray Setting Use the Multi sheet bypass tray to copy using the special paper type or size The following settings are provided Paper type blank Normal Thick Thin Paper OHP Paper Trace User Original Size Detection Sets the machine to detect a specific paper size instead of the size normally to be detected namely 5 5 x8 5 instead of A5 8 5 x11 R instead of A4R 8 x13 8 12 x13 2 8 25 x13 8 5 x13 instead of 8 5 x14 and B6R 5 5 x8 5 R instead of A5R Paper size Standard Custom Wide Paper Tab Paper Q Detail Special paper can also be loaded in the main body tray or in the LCU to use on a regular basis Refer to Paper Setting on page 15 3 For specifications of special paper to be loaded in the Multi sheet bypass tray see Sp
255. 5 5 Blot E 5 9 3885 g A lo o i09 as clala eJ E swsOlgt iEEXS Sse 8 8 S smgsgs2asssa Eo SIE Sle PlElals D O joe 529 amp 56 50 52s592go2u t2t554 85 w v o Z 5 2 3 2 Ej9 Z 2 N o 0 PE olx EET e 2 HE Ee E E52 29 38 B E28 82 58 58 2 Ss25 oa 2a Fiajajye s euiBuQ eulquiog Kypeno Original Setting 10 5 bizhub PRO 920 10 Original Setting Application Finishing Paper Fold E 2j s 85 p o o E o amp oa olg t Ee 8 c 0 E o E oO Slo SS 2 a e 6 amp ug a2 5 E 2 5 EEHBEFBNMERE 88 e 859 ivi x x Cc oO Oo 2 9 8 Fol El sle ES gsl S 2 sgg MEE gt E amp E Sj Elo qu 3 al ELE 31Z E E EIB 3 E E o 5 9 9 9 m5 2 9izr sivWtrius z3E zzzsgsssSsSe9csse easszo229zrz25899l 0oS9 o223229 Sj5s55s9555225s9522 5 2259955999593595 S T r Do a a a 0 o r MO ic fZ a njojalS S ClE S H H G Oj Ojajafs aje Fjuefoef jZ F riwjajajn XIX X X X XIX X X X XIX X X X X X XIX X X XIXI XIX X XIX X X X X X X X X None Compatible x Grayed out no response when touched Als Prohibited to start the job operation withz the message Comination of this modes unavailable displayed 2 Application function previously selected will be released wi
256. 7 tting 4 TCP IP Network Setting IP NIC Setting The E Mail Notification Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Specify to use e mail notification and a destination address to which to notify Select On or Off to specify to use e mail notification Touch Notification Address Setting The Alert E Mail Inform Setting Screen will be displayed Enter an ad dress then touch OK The e mail address can have maximum 250 characters E Mail Notification Setting Main power Off On lt after change 7 Touch Next Select required items to be included in alert e mail 18 154 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 If you need no item to be included touch Clear All E Mail Notification Setting Main power Off On after c Service Call Paper Supply Finisher Tray Full PM Call HolePunch Box Ful TrayPaperReplenis Add Staple 8 Touch OK to return to the IP NIC Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key O After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power Q Detail When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off Ifyou do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly bizhub PRO 920 18 155 1 8 Utility Admini
257. 7 2005 04 06 10 16 1 01 NG 0028 2005 04 08 10 14 1 01 NG 0029 2005 04 06 10 14 1 01 NG 0030 2005 04 05 18 34 2 02 OK 0031 2005 04 05 18 33 1 01 OK 0032 2005 04 05 18 33 1 01 NG 0033 2005 04 05 18 33 2 02 OK 0034 2005 04 05 16 59 2 02 OK 0035 2005 04 05 15 48 2 02 OK 0036 2005 04 05 15 25 2 02 OK 0037 2005 04 05 15 18 2 02 OK 0038 2005 04 05 15 18 2 02 NG 0039 2005 04 05 15 18 2 02 NG 0040 2005 04 05 15 09 2 02 OK 0041 2005 04 05 15 08 2 03 OK 0042 2005 04 05 15 08 2 02 OK 0043 2005 04 05 14 45 1 11 OK 0044 2005 04 05 14 35 1 n OK 0045 2005 04 05 14 34 2 02 OK 0046 2005 04 05 14 32 1 n OK Audit Log Information The audit log contains the following information e date time date and time when an operation was made that results in the creation of a log entry e id the person who made the operation or who is subject to security pro tection can be specified 1 Operation by CE service representative 2 Operation by the administrator 3 Operation by the unregistered user Other integer Indicates subjects for security protection and the follow ing action IDs narrow down the subject for protection User ID 1 to 1000 numerical symbols Secure User ID 1 to 99999 numerical symbols e action Used to specify the operation Check details of operation that action indicates in the following table e result Result of an operation For password authentication success or failure will be indicated as OK and
258. 9 185169 Installation 1 6 Lead Edge Margin Selection 18 51 Installation Space 1 13 Left side door 2 4 ntedars 20 18 Letter Fold Adjustment 18 47 Interface Setting 16 21 p s HL E i Interrupt Copying 14 9 etter OIG OUB aai j bizhub PRO 920 28 7 Index Limited Use of the Copier Margin setting 11 47 11 53 in Trouble 5 4 Master icon sss 12 35 Line Speed Setting 18 106 Master machine 12 35 List of IP NIC Setting 18 107 Memory Full message 5 11 Loading Paper 4 3 Memory indicator 2 9 Loading Paper in LCU Memory Overflow 5 11 LU 403 LU 404 4 8 l Message area ss 2 9 FORI Paps ir iulseneet Minimal 9 25 Bypass Tray 4 7 Loading Paper in Tray 1 2 Mishandlce Paper key 5 7 and 8 wit wat hea tene testes 4 5 Mixed Original 10 13 Loading Tabbed Sheets 4 10 Mode Check key 2 8 Lock Delete Mode Memory 18 38 Mode Memory 14 11 Logging in Using Administrator Mode Memory key 2 7 Mode teet 20 8 Multi sheet bypass tray 2 4 Low Power nssr 2 26 N IN M Rr REC RP ELUME 12 10 Machine Configuration
259. AB separated z Export Administrator Setup Menu Main Page In the dialogue box designate the folder for saving the machine setting file then click on Save Setting data Import Export Import e You transmit a file and can register setting data zizi If push import button a setting file will be Mim c Save 3 Desktop OD Import Importir Export You can save setting data in file o Please choose a data type to save and push an ex 3 Reedme HOTW Vert 0 6 Account Track data TAB separated a Export Administrator Setup Menu UT ME Fie name fore E Places Savesstype Text Document xj Main Page Axi see eme A dialogue box will be displayed when the saving operation is complet ed Click on Close 19 32 bizhub PRO 920 Web Utilities Setting 1 9 6 Edit the machine setting file The machine setting file transmitted to a PC is a TAB separated text file which can be edited using an application software such as Text Editor or Table Editor A new setting file can also be created according to the specifications for each file type See page 19 35 for details Import the machine setting file Click on Browse to designate the machine setting file to be import ed then click on Import Setting data Import Export Import You transmit a file and can register setting data e I push import button a
260. ADMIN the print server must also have a password If the bindery mode is used the print server password can only be set in capital letters When a password is entered in the field it must be the same as the one that is allocated to NetWare by using PCONSOLE or NWADMIN The password entered here is stored in the print server setting memory Specify the settings for connecting network printer and the IPP settings For details refer to page 18 130 Specific setting and Description Default 3 IPP IPP IPP Specify to use IPP or not Use Not Use Use IPP Print Job Accept Specify to accept IPP print jobs Allow Restrict Allow IPP Operation Support Information Setting Print Job Specify to enable On Off he function or not Cancel Job Specify to enable On Off he function or not Open Job Specify to enable On Off he function or not Valid Job Specify to enable On Off he function or not Open Job Attributes Specify to enable On Off he function or not Open Printer Attributes Specify to enable On Off he function or not IPP Printer Information Setting Printer URI Setting Printer Name Specify the printer name Max 127 characters combining symbols and alpha numerics can be used 18 110 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 Specific setting and Description Default Print
261. AP I F Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Foreach item select or enter a required value API F AP I F Over SSL AP I F Authentication AP I F Setting Main power Off On after c AP I F Over SSL bizhub PRO 920 18 163 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting AP I F Login Name AP I F Password AP I F Port Number AP I F Port Number SSL AP I F Setting Main power Off On lt after change AP I F Port No Touch OK to return to the IP NIC Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power Detail When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off Ifyou do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly 18 164 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 2 IP NIC Setting gt 13 PSWC Specify to use PageScope Web Connection PSWC 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting Utility Administrator Setting Network Setting 4 The Network Setting Screen will be displayed 4
262. Application Screen will be displayed 2 Touch Page Margin ge 07 04 05 eag 0 Cop emo 11 21 0 on origina ace Up e AD 00 000 Bon Copy TU eS Fase C poster eat Adjustment Bookiet 7 Pagination C3 IREADY The Page Margin Screen will be displayed 11 48 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 11 Touch Shift Booknark o o Touch Front or Back to specify the shift direction and amount in dividually or touch 2 Sided to specify collectively The Back and
263. BCDE 1234 7 f 11 30 05 4 Lower Lower Lower i Left Middle Right Date time jJ Annotation stamp Annotation stamp Annotation stamp Annotation number HS ARES PRU ABCDE 0001 Type In ABCDE 0002 ERR ABCDE 0003 Printing position To set Annotation function v Up to 40 combinations of words date time and annotation number can be registered Administrator can change the indicating order of words date time and annotation number and select whether to print for each in the Utility mode Y The date time is determined when the machine starts scanning originals and will be printed according to the type specified on the machine Y The annotation number is counted for each scanned original in scanning order and will continue to the next job even if the machine power is turned off then on However the serial count will be suspended if this function is deselected or Temporary Number Setting is specified v Printing position can be selected from 9 positions and fine adjustment is available within x O to 50 mm both in up down and right left directions 11 84 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 11 1 Touch Application 07704705 11 03 e up e AD combine X rig In Y ADBIIC Originals oris In Cation Density Paper Zoom Al separate Scan Simplex Duplex CA EREADY Image J aay 2 The Application Screen will be displayed Touch Stamp Image Ove
264. Date Time Setting Size Setting ekly Timer Setting Paper Setting The LCD Backlight Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 63 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 5 Touch Dimmer or Brighter to set the desired brightness of the touch panel LCD Backlight Setting 6 Touch OK to return to the System Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 64 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 10 Annotation Setting Use this function to newly register edit or delete annotations For setting an annotation the following items are provided Title Enter the title of annotation within 12 alphanumerical characters Item 1 2 and 3 Specify the contents of each item in printing order from among Type In Date Time and Annotation No along with character size and font Type In When selecting Type In as an item of the annotation specify the words to be printed within 40 alphanumerical characters Date Time When selecting Date Time as an item of the annotation specify the style to be printed Date 5 styles provided 04 11 23 11 23 04 23 11 04 Nov 23 2004 23 Nov 2004 Time 3 styles provided No Display 1 23 PM 13 23 Annotation No When selecting Annotation No as an item of the annotation specify words referred as Type In within 20
265. Delete Copy Count Printer Count Scanner Count L Size Total L Size Total L A Total 00000000 oo000000 00000000 ooo00000 00000000 00000000 CountReset E JL Delete 4 24 16 bizhub PRO 920 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 The popup menu will be displayed to confirm that the selected user will be deleted Touch Yes EH oo BRNMEMEEEEEEEEMRB amp O KoEON Copy Count No 0001 L Size Total NSee 123 00000000 00000000 Yes No m This user will be deleted CountReset The selected user name and password will be deleted Also the person al folder that belongs to the user will be deleted together bizhub PRO 920 24 17 24 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 5 To change password by user General users can change the password that has already been set for user authentication We recommend that a user himself herself changes the password assigned by the administrator for security Q Detail Passwords are case sensitive Ifa wrong password or fewer than 8 alphanumerical characters are en tered and the OK is touched the warning message Password does not match will appear and no key will work for five seconds Enter the right password after five seconds f authentication fails the information will be saved in the audit log Reminder Do not use your n
266. Enlarge Reduce Touch the desired key in the Enlarge Reduce area Combine f i J AaBpli Basic Originals EAN In Cation Density Paper 00 y X0250 r UO x1 224 Simplex Duplex Set Zoom m EREAaDY Manual Zoom proportional Touch or to change the magnification ratio in 0 001 0 1 steps Or touch XY Zoom to display the XY Zoom Screen touch and highlight the key in Zoom with Constant X and Y Ratio area then use the control panel keypad to enter the desired magnification ra tio The entered ratio will be displayed on the touch panel Touch OK to return to the Zoom setting menu 9 26 bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 Manual Zoom individual Touch XY Zoom to display the XY Zoom Screen Touch and high light X or Y in Set Individual Zoom area then use the control panel keypad to enter the desired magnification ratio The entered ratio will be displayed on the touch panel Touch OK to return to the Zoom setting menu 07 704 05 Input zoom ratio using keypad Zoom uiti X and Y CEEA 07704705 Input zoom ratio using keypad ooo CEHIA Preset Zoom Touch the desired preset zoom key under the Set Zoom indication t Combine 1 i 4 Appri Basic Originals EFI In Cation Density Paper 00 pangiex
267. Feed Tray Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 1 Feed Tray Auto Selection Feed Tray Setting Function Setting Feed Tray Setting The Feed Tray Auto Selection Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 17 25 17 Utility User Setting Touch to highlight the desired tray key under ATS APS Switch The selected tray is automatically detected when ATS functions The trays not selected will not be detected even when ATS functions The selected tray will be displayed under Tray Priority as the tray key eed Tray Auto Selection Touch to highlight the desired tray key under Tray Priority then change its priority by using Up and Down Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Feed Tray Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 17 26 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 1 Feed Tray Setting gt 2 ATS Permission Set ATS Automatic Tray Selection On or Off 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 2 Function Setting The Function Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 Feed Tray Setting Function Setting Preset Zoom The Feed Tray Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 ATS Permission The ATS P
268. Incompatible with Original Settings 10 3 10 2 Combine Originals 2 reete ee rentre 10 7 Lay Out Several Pages onto One Sheet Combine Pages 10 7 EMI Dnrg 10 9 Specifying Original Direction Original Direction 10 9 Selecting Binding Direction of Originals Bind 10 11 Copying Mixed Size Originals Mixed Original 10 13 Copying Z Folded Originals Z Folded 10 15 Feeding Single Original from ADF Single Feed 10 17 Procedure in normal Single Feed mode 10 17 Procedure in Auto Start mode eene 10 19 Copying Non Standard Size Originals Custom Size Tab Paper ssesessseeeeeneeee 10 21 bizhub PRO 920 x 9 10 4 Original Image Type erneute aa ananake naanin a iaa 10 23 Making Copy Quality Closer to Originals Original Type 10 23 To specify Original Type seem 10 24 11 1 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Applications 11 3 11 2 Application Screen ecce elec cete iadi naiiai 11 7 To set Application function esses 11 7 11 3 Inserting Sheets and Covers Insert Sheet 11 9 To set Insert Sheet function 0 2 ee cece
269. LS Setting screen appears 20 42 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 2 Check Create a Self Signed Certificate and click Next The Self Signed Certificate Setting screen appears 3 Enter settings and click Create vomica mou e FRO_920 IPS Web Connection _ terere a Following the screen indicating that the certificate is being created an other screen appears saying The certificate has been created SSL TLS can now be used 4 Click OK It will take you back to the SSL TLS Information screen of the self signed certificate bizhub PRO 920 20 43 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting If a certificate is not installed Requesting a certificate to instal 1 Click Setting romam deem ctu FR PWS Web Connection Ptt orat 2 gea Seem Pri Seam pm SSUTLS herman eee em er m gt sna gt sun gt hopie Tate m jew Mtestcsion m The SSL TLS Setting screen appears 2 Check Request a Certificate and click Next a s ne eer n The Request a Certificate screen appears 20 44 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 3 Enter necessary information and click Next ee Gee Be Ces Following the screen indicating that the certificate is being requested another screen appears indicating th
270. N CAUTION The internal fixing unit is very hot To avoid getting burned DO NOT TOUCH gt bizhub PRO 920 2 5 Preparation for Use Standard Optional Equipment Finisher FS 509 ee Finisher FS 604 o Trimmer unit TU 501 Punch kit PK 504 505 bizhub PRO 920 main body Mount kit MK 707 Z folding unit Post inserter PI 501 Image controller IC 203 PostScript kit PS 503 Expanded memory unit EM 701 Large capacity unit LU 403 Large capacity unit LU 404 ZU 601 602 2 6 bizhub PRO 920 Preparation for Use Control Panel Layout 2021 22 Interrupt re Stop Data ManPowr 19 18 17 16 15 14 1312 1110 No Name Description 1 Mode Memory key Displays screens for selecting job store job recall functions 2 Access key Sets the machine to allow copying scanning print ing only when the User Authentication Account Track password is entered 3 Box key Press to store the image data in HDD of the main body or on a PC over a network or to recall the stored data The indicator of the key will light when pressed 4 Scan key Press to scan the original images or to specify the address for data transmission The indicator of the key will light when pressed 5 Copy key Press to operate copying functions The indicator of the key will light when pres
271. Name touch User Name on the New User Reg istration Screen Enter the desired user name from the screen key pad Touch OK to return to the New User Registration Screen Please input user name bizhub PRO 920 24 7 24 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode To enter the Password touch Password on the New User Regis tration Screen Enter the desired password from the screen keypad Touch OK to return to the New User Registration Screen Please input password Toenter the account name touch Account Name on the New User Registration Screen Touch the desired account name key to high light it Touch OK to return to the New User Registration Screen Please select account name Specify the usable function To prohibit a specific function touch the key on the New User Regis tration Screen to release the highlight Touch OK When settings are completed touch OK on the New User Registration Screen The User Authentication Setting Screen will be restored 24 8 bizhub PRO 920 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 24 3 To change a user data Follow the procedure below to change a user data user name and password once registered Q Detail Passwords are case sensitive f a wrong password or fewer than 8 alphanumerical characters are en tered and the OK is touched the warning message
272. OB completion gt With On selected the two machines will continue to work in tan dem after completion of the tandem job With Off selected the tandem mode will be released after comple tion of the tandem job 6 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Tandem Setting Screen 7 further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 51 17 Utility User Setting 5 Tandem Setting gt 5 Distribution Recovery Set the tandem connected machines to perform the job distribution again for print quantity remaining on one machine when the other has already finished with its assignment Q Detail By default the Tandem Setting key is not displayed Contact your service representative S Note This function cannot be turned On if the setting 2 Tandem Sub Machine Wait Proof is set to Permit 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 2 Function Setting The Function Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 5 Tandem Setting Utility Function Setting Function Setting The Tandem Setting Screen will be displayed 17 52 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 4 Touch 5 Distribution Recovery uNG 7 Tandem S b Machine One rime Data Read 4 The Distribution Re
273. ON or OFF 22 6 bizhub PRO 920 23 Protect and Delete Data After Use Protect and Delete Data After Use 23 BENE 23 Protect and Delete Data After Use Data from each mode copy scan printer will be temporarily saved in memory or on the HDD and it will be deleted unless it is moved to a Box Data is compressed using a special method so it cannot be decompressed externally When deleting compressed data a part of it will be destroyed or overwritten to prevent decompression e Datasaved temporarily in memory will be overwritten by unavailable data NA when the job is interrupted or ended e Data saved in several areas of memory will be overwritten simultaneous ly e Data in the Box will be overwritten when a delete order is issued e lf data is sent externally it will be overwritten when the transmission is complete e lf the administrator issues a delete order for each Box it will be overwrit ten bizhub PRO 920 23 3 23 Protect and Delete Data After Use 23 4 bizhub PRO 920 2 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 BENED 24 24 1 User Authentication in Enhanced Secu rity Mode Description of user authentication In Enhanced Security mode setting up password conditions will be tougher to improve security The administrator should set up a user name and pass word required for user authentication as this is an
274. P Trap setting Address Setting 18 176 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Specify the Trans Address Setting Touch Trans Address Setting on the SNMP Trap Setting Screen then touch the desired key from 1 to 5 of transmission address setting to display the SNMP Trap Trans Address Setting Screen SHMP Trap setting lt SNMP Trans Addressl Setting Address SNMP Trap Trans Specify the following items using up down arrow as required Touch OK to complete the settings Address SNMP Trap Trans SNMP Trap Trans Address SNMP Trap Trans Port No Trans Community Name Report Items Select the desired report items More than one item can be selected Touch Clear All if none of them are required However the authen tication failure transmission will be performed even if all report items are cleared SHMP Trap setting lt SNMP Trans Address1 Setting bizhub PRO 920 18 177 18 Utility Administrator Setting Q Specify the Trans IPX Setting Touch Trans IPX Setting on the SNMP Trap Setting Screen to display the SNMP Trap Trans IPX Setting Screen SNHP Trap Setting lt SNMP Trap Trans IPX Setting gt Network address 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Trans _ IPX Community Nam Specify the following items using up down arrow as required Touch OK to complete the setting
275. Page bizhub PRO 920 19 21 19 Web Utilities Setting Q Click on Registration The IP address will be applied to the machine immediately so that is valid for the user operations Click on Administrator Setup Menu to restore the Administrator Set ting menu 19 22 bizhub PRO 920 Web Utilities Setting 1 9 19 4 Setting Scan Transmission Function Follow the procedure below to register change or delete the address for the transmission of the scanned image data using the web browser For details of the Scan Transmission Setting contact your service representative Prerequisites e TheScan Transmission Setting is available in the following condition The Image Controller IC 203 is installed in the machine and already initialized e TheScan Transmission Setting is not used in the machine e Using Scan Transmission Setting in the administrator setting you cannot newly register an E mail HDD FTP SMB address or group the entries e The Scan transmission setting key appears in the Scan Transmission Setting window only when the optional Image Controller is installed in the machine e Click on the DAILY USE check box in the E mail Registration table if the data is frequently used e The symbols that cannot be displayed in the entry box will be ignored if entered e The HDD Box No will be registered as a 9 digit number For example entering 1 will be registered as 000000001 Open the Web
276. Password Changing Sus Change the password when accessing data stored in HDD 3 Enhance Security Mode Off Set the Security Strengthen mode On Off 8 Scanner Destination Storage iod Edit or delete the registered scanner address 18 12 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 18 8 1 System Setting 1 Power Save Setting Specify Low Power Mode or Sleep Mode when setting the Power Save mode manually and select the interval of time that must elapse before Low Power Mode and Sleep Mode S eee Note The period of time selected for Low Power Mode cannot exceed the Sleep Mode setting If the same period of time as Sleep Mode is selected for Low Power Mode Sleep Mode will function instead of Low Power Mode f the period of time selected for Sleep Mode is shorter than that of for Low Power Mode the period of time for Low Power Mode will be forcibly reset to the same period of time as Sleep Mode Low Power Mode will not function 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 System Setting Utility Jj Administrator Setting Ganiqastrator ee EE ole eee System Setting System Connection dren Agor ator Machine Security Setting opier PrinterSetting The System S
277. Password Penn VA epatis 18 131 CHANGING scisco rated 18 209 IPP Printer Information Setting Help key 2 8 Printer URI Setting 18 132 or Lie as ioe Precht Help Mode 14 18 Setting 15 18 132 Help sooreeH sarisi 14 18 IPR Setting ecco ceases 18 131 Hole Punch 15 3 Hole Punch Adjustment 18 47 J Hole Punch Setting Screen 15 10 Jam Position Screen 5 5 Job List changes to Mishandled Paper assented 5 7 If a certificate is not Job List changes to No Paper 5 7 Installed feist BO AE EU AY Jobst key sjusicasnsisiei ees 2 9 Imageqorginabsiass viuis 18 51 Job List Screen assesses 13 3 Image area nse 2 9 Job Offset Mode suse 18 180 Image Centring 11 62 Job Reserve key e 8 18 Image Density Selection 17 40 Image Overlay 11 88 K Image Position 16 17 Key Response Time 17 19 Image Repeat 11 33 11 36 Keypad ens 2 7 Import Export 20 14 I Incomplete Job 13 8 258 Initial by Key Counter Insert 17 58 deca a i AU ast is F E arge Capacity Uni Initial Setting 17 54 LU 403 LU 404 ss 2 17 Insert mags ainsin 11 18 T pasar Safety icon fers 1 9 dud das Gees puse 11 9 LCD Backlight Setting 18 63 nserting a New Staple x s Cartridge 4 17 4 21 ki mec 19711
278. Photo Application OFF Set the desired copy condition as the initial setting Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen Touch 3 Copier Setting The Copier Setting Screen will be displayed Touch 1 Reset Setting mwe Copier Setting Copier Setting Each Function Setting The Reset Setting Screen will be displayed 17 54 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 5 Touch 1 Initial Setting Initial Setting The Initial Setting Screen will be displayed G Touch Current Setting to select the copy condition set by step 1 as the initial setting Touch Factory Default to return to the full auto setting Select setting default of each modes Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Reset Setting Screen 8 Iffurher changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 55 17 Utility User Setting 1 Reset Setting gt 2 Reset Function Setting When the machine is reset select the copying conditions from the factory default setting Full Auto or Initial Set which is set at 3 Copier Setting gt 1 Re set Setting 1 Initial Setting In addition alter Finishing of Full Auto as desired 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 3 Copier Setting The Copier Se
279. Press Start bizhub PRO 920 11 35 11 Applications 11 10 Repeating Automatically or Select Repeating Times Image Repeat Size Auto Detect Repeat Size Auto Detect mode will automatically set the equal repeat area to the size of the original placed onto the original glass by activating Non Image Area Erase Repeat mode will scan the image area specified by the selected paper size and mode 2 Repeat 4 Repeat or 8 Repeat then arrange the image by specified times in one copy sheet Use 2 Repeat in designated order mode to have the same cut side when cutting copied sheets in two O o o Size Auto Detect mode ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD Repeat mode ABCD E BCD BCD ABCD cD CD 4 Repeat BCD BCD CD BCD BCD rn en DDD D DpDODOD en 11 36 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 To set Size Auto Detect and Repeat modes of Image Repeat Y Use the original glass for Size Auto Detect mode Document feeder can not be used V ADF is available with Repeat mode VY Auto Paper Select and Auto Zoom are released and 1 000 magnification is selected automatically VY When 2 Repeat 4 Repeat or 8 Repeat is selected the scanning area will be a portion of the selected paper size equally divided according to the selected mode In this case magnification ratio will be fixed to 1
280. R 8 5x11R Lower tray A5 5 5x8 5 A4R 8 5x11R 8 5x14 8x13 8 12x13 2 8 25x13 8 5x13 Upper tray A5 A4R Lower tray A5 A4R 8x13 9 LCD Backlight Setting Adjust the backlight of the touch panel Standard 10 Annotation Setting Register edit or delete the Annotation setting 2 Administrator Machine Setting 1 Administrator Registration Register the name of the machine manager and the exten tion number The registered contents are displayed on the Counter Screen Name Input 8 digits Extension Number Input 5 digits 3 User Authentication Account Track 1 General Settings 1 User Authentication Set the authentication method and the number of sec tions to be managed User Authentication Account Authentication User Account Auth Connect Account Name Password In put Timing Account Dirstibute Number User Authentication Off Ac count Authentication Off User Account Auth Connect Off Account Name Off Password Input Timing At JOB Complete Account Dirs tibute Number 1000 2 Account Track Set the section management against each mode and the machine condition when reaching the copy limit Copy Printer Scanner Select Effect of Reaching Copy Limit Immediately After Print Warning Only Copy Print Scanner Not Use Effect of Reaching Copy Limit Immediately 2 Account Track Setting Set the volume track setting Change Add or Delete is available Account
281. S Note This procedure is effective only for the job in progress To stop scann ng for reserve job stop the printing job first then operate for the reserve job Q Detail To stop the reserved job on standby operate on the Job List Screen See To Check Control Reserved Jobs on page 13 4 for details To stop scanning or printing job 1 Press Stop while the current job is in progress The current machine operation of the selected job will be suspended and the popup menu will be displayed on the Basic Screen 8 20 bizhub PRO 920 Before Making Copies 8 2 Touch Stop Job The data scanned for current job will be cleared to completely cancel the job Do you want to complete the suspended job gt Touch Continue bizhub PRO 920 8 21 8 Before Making Copies 8 22 bizhub PRO 920 9 Basic Job Settings Basic Job Settings ENNIO 9 Basic Job Settings 9 1 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Basic Settings Density Background Zoom Copy Conditions Incompatible with Applications Background Density Removal Lighter Standard Darker Auto Pre 1 Pre2 Lighter Standard Darker Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Bypass Setting Auto Paper Select Auto Zoom Select x1 0 Minimal Zoom Preset Zoom Individual Zoom User Zoom Lighter Standard Darker De
282. Save Expert Adjustment Systen Setting Date Time Setting Size Setting Annotation Setting The Weekly Timer Setting Screen will be displayed 5 Touch 2 Time Setting aa Weekly Timer Setting ystem Setting Time Setting teeki mer i 3 Date Setting The Time Setting Screen will be displayed When the Time Setting Screen is displayed the On time of Monday is always highlighted 18 22 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 f 6 SetOn time by entering a two digit On hour ex 8 a m is 08 and a two digit On minute ex 7 min is 07 using the control panel keypad and then touch the right arrow key ime Setting nter time using the keypad 12 00 21 30 Set Off time in the same way To return to the On time setting touch the left arrow key 8 To set the On Off time collectively for more than one day of the week touch Daily Setting The Daily Setting Screen is displayed The On and Off times are always set at 00 00 00 00 9 Touch to highlight the day s of the week to be set More than one can be selected at a time ime Setting nter time using the keypad 4f 10 Enter the On time and Off time using the control panel keypad d 11 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Time Setting Screen bizhub PRO
283. Scanner Setting The Scanner Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 Default Address Setting Utility Scanner Setting f Scanner Setting The Default Address Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch the desired key for the destination Default Address Setting bizhub PRO 920 17 63 17 Utility User Setting Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Scanner Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 17 64 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 2 Each Function Setting Select the default settings for the file form and the resolution when selecting the Scanner Screen UM 3 File Form Setting E Mail Select the data form for transmitting scanned data attached to an e mail from Multi Page PDF Single Page PDF Multi Page TIFF and Single Page TIFF File Form Setting HDD Select the data form for saving scanned data to HDD from Multi Page PDF Single Page PDF Multi Page TIFF and Single Page TIFF File Form Setting FTP Select the data form for transmitting scanned data to an FTP server from Multi Page PDF Single Page PDF Multi Page TIFF and Single Page TIFF File Form Setting SMB Select the data form for transmitting scanned data to a public folder from Multi Page PDF Single Page PDF Multi Page TIFF and Single Page TIFF Defau
284. Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 29 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 3 Weekly Timer Setting gt 5 Password for Non Business Hours Setting Use this password setting mode to establish a four digit password required for using the Non Business Hours Setting function The default password of 0000 allows the timer function to be disabled without entering the password S eee Note When the password setting is 0000 the Non Business Hours function can be used simply by turning the machine off then on In this case you will be asked to enter the duration of use a period of time to turn the ma chine power on 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 System Setting Administrator Setting UNI Administrator Setting er Authen itication Scanner Destination count Track 4 Stor age s The System Setting Screen will be displayed 18 30 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 4 Touch 3 Weekly Timer Setting System Setting GNU E Power Save Expert Adjustment System Setting Date Time Setting Size Setting Annotation Setting The Weekly Timer Setting Screen will be displayed 5 Touch 5 Passwo
285. Screen Check the settings then press Start to resume copying 14 10 bizhub PRO 920 Advanced Information 1 4 14 4 Storing and Recalling Job Conditions Mode Memory Use Mode Memory to store up to 30 frequently used copy job settings which can be recalled at any time The stored jobs can be given alphabetical names Storing Job Conditions Follow the procedure below to store the copy job setting To store job conditions v Available settings Basic Combine Originals Original Image Type Appli cation Finishing Paper Fold print quantity Check Screen allows you to view the settings before storing Stored job is given a job number 01 30 and alphabetical name dis pensable Up to 30 jobs can be stored Locked job cannot be given any change till released by the administrator SS Make the desired job selections from various setting menu N SS Press Mode Memory on the control panel s The Mode Memory Screen will be displayed i Pe lal la lemor bizhub PRO 920 14 11 1 4 Advanced Information 3 Touch Store Mode Memory mode Select Job number or select Store The Check Screen will be displayed 4 Review the settings to be stored Touch the right and left arrow keys to scroll lt Number of Sets 0001 lt Combine gt lt Copy Mode gt 1 gt 1 lt Bireeeson gt rma lt Density gt AE lt Bind gt Bing teft l
286. Select the desired mode Print Blank copy mode Simplex Duplex and tray paper to be used To enter the page number touch Page Setting to display the pop up screen keypad Enter the page number of insertion location us ing comma between pages or hyphen for consecutive pages Up to 20 digits including comma and hyphen can be en tered for one operation IO READY For example if page 4 is entered in blank mode a blank sheet will be inserted between page 4 and page 5 in print mode a printed sheet is inserted at page 4 2 Do you want to delete the last entered number gt Touch Del Do you want to clear all the page entry gt Touch Clear 2 Do you want to complete the page entry gt Touch Fix The Set 01 setting is fixed and the Set 02 key will be active 2 Do you want to change the insertion type gt To change the insertion type set the new one and enter the page number Up to 30 insertion type settings can be stored If the same page number has been entered in Set 02 and Set 03 for example the setting of larger number Set 03 will take priority When all settings are completed touch OK repeatedly till the Applica tion Screen is restored Enter the desired print quantity position originals in the document feeder then press Start 11 14 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 11 4 Locating Title Pages on the Front Side
287. Server Name Name me Netware Nprinter Rprinter Netware Status Setting NetWare setting Main power Off On lt after change gt 18 128 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 f Touch OK to return to the IP NIC Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power Q Detail When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off If you do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly bizhub PRO 920 18 129 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 2 IP NIC Setting gt 3 IPP Specify the settings for connecting network printer and the IPP settings 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting Utility Administrator Setting Network Setting 4 The Network Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 IP NIC Setting Network Setting f nis Network Setting IP NIC Setting j The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed 18 130 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8
288. Sheets in Tray on page 4 10 for loading tabbed sheets in main body trays and Multi sheet bypass tray S Reminder The tray specified as Tab paper cannot be used in duplex copying Be sure to load only the paper type specified for that tray such as Thick Thin or Tab paper bizhub PRO 920 Paper and Original Information Tray Exit Tray Capacity Paper trays Capacity Tray 1 and 2 Main b ody trays 500 sheets 80 g m Tray 3 Main body tray 1 000 sheets 80 g m Tray 4 Large capacity unit LU 403 4 000 sheets 80 g m Tray 4 Large capacity unit LU 404 4 000 sheets 80 g m Multi sheet bypass ti ray 150 sheets 80 g m 1 sheet each for OHP transparencies Equipment Capacity ADU Unlimited Finisher FS 509 Secondary 200 sheets sub tray Primary 500 sheets A5 A5R 5 5 x8 5 5 5 x8 5 R main tray 3 000 sheets A4 A4R B5 B5R 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R 1 500 sheets A3 B4 11 x17 8 5 x14 See the table below for Staple and Z Fold mode Finisher FS 604 Secondary 200 sheets sub tray Primary 500 sheets A5 A5R 5 5 x8 5 5 5 x8 5 R main tray 2 500 sheets A4 A4R B5 B5R 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R 1 500 sheets A3 B4 11 x17 8 5 x14 See the table below for Staple and Z Fold mode Fold amp Staple Approx 100 sheets tray Half Fold 33 sets for 3 sheet folded booklet 99 sheets 396 pages 25 sets for A4R 8 5 x11 R F
289. Sub Machine Shift Data Setting Set the sub machine to use the same shift value used on the master machine Q Detail By default the Tandem Setting key is not displayed Contact your service representative S Note If the setting 2 Tandem Sub Machine Wait Proof is set to Prohibit the shift value previously specified for the sub machine cannot be used be cause the transmitted image data already reflect the shift value specified for the master machine 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 2 Function Setting The Function Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 5 Tandem Setting Utility Function Setting Function Setting The Tandem Setting Screen will be displayed 17 48 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 4 Touch 3 Tandem Sub Machine Shift Data Setting uNG 7 Tandem S b Machine One rime Data Read 4 The Tandem Sub Machine Shift Data Setting Screen will be displayed 5 Touch Master Machine Shift Data Setting or Sub Machine Shift Data Setting to highlight it Tandem Setting XTandem Sub Machine Shift Data Setting Master Machine Shift Sub Machine Shift Data Settin Data Setting With Master Machine Shift Data Setting selected the shift value specified for the master machine will be used on the sub machine With Su
290. This section describes the items which the administrator can set in G Admin istrator Setting on the Utility Screen and the procedure of setting these items Administrator Password The administrator setting can be specified with entering the administrator password Please contact your service representative to set up your administrator pass word How to access the Administrator Setting Menu 1 Press the Utility Counter on the control panel The Utility Screen will be displayed Proof Copy Mode Memory 7 Stop 000 i Start Utility Counter EY Data ManPower 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting Serial No 57GEO000D1 Total Count Check Details System Setting Administrator Setting Total Count 00038983 07 04 05 Feed Paper Count 00034875 Dutput Paper Count 00036266 Printer Copier 00006926 00033057 Scanner 00002701 Touch Panel Adjust bizhub PRO 920 18 3 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting The Password Input Screen will be displayed When the Password Input Screen is not displayed proceed to step 4 3 Enter the eight digit administrator password and then touch OK Please enter password 8 characters The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Set each function items Utility J Administrator Setting TUUS i NI MEN System Setting System Co
291. Touch 2 IP NIC Setting Network Setting d ni d 4 Network Setting IP NIC Setting The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 165 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 5 Touch Next and then touch 13 PSWC SHMP Trap Network Setting IP NIC Setting The PSWC Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Touch Use or Not Use to specify whether you want to use PSWC or not PSWC Setting Main power Off On lt after change Touch OK to return to the IP NIC Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key 8 After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power Q Detail When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off Ifyou do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly 18 166 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 2 IP NIC Setting gt 14 Network Setting Clear Recover the initial network settings specified at the time of shipment 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting Util
292. Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Tray Setting Menu screen 13 Touch Hole Punch The Hole Punch Setting Screen will be displayed 15 10 bizhub PRO 920 Paper Setting 15 14 Touch With Punch Hole or No Punch Hole Please set the condition of hole punch Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Tray Setting Menu Screen 15 Touch Both Sides Adjust The both sides adjust setting screen will be displayed 16 Enterthe adjustment values as follows Touch Front or Back to select the printed side Select the adjustment item Vertical Horizontal Up Down and Right L eft Enter the desired adjustment value using the control panel keypad Touch to adjust the value to be positive or negative Please set the data of both sides adjust Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Tray Setting Screen 17 Touch Close to return to the Paper setting screen bizhub PRO 920 15 11 15 Paper Setting 15 3 Change Size Setting Use this function to change paper settings according to a specified paper type Q Detail To change the paper size of the Tray 4 Large Capacity Unit contact your service representative When setting wide size be sure to specify the precise dimensions of pa per to be used 1 Press the Utility Counter on the control panel The Utility Screen will be di
293. Tray Setting on page 9 16 for details bizhub PRO 920 Paper and Original Information Special Paper in Multi Sheet Bypass Tray Multi sheet bypass tray accepts the following special paper type that cannot be loaded in the main body trays OHP transparencies tracing paper S Note When using special paper type other than the above mentioned select User as paper type n the Bypass tray setting N CAUTION Do not use paper with staples or paper that conducts electricity silver carbon etc gt An accident may occur as a result of fire S Reminder To avoid machine trouble do not use heat sensitive paper coloured OHP transparencies or paper specifically designed for ink jet printer such as photo paper To Store Copy Paper Heed the following precautions when storing copy paper e Store paper in a cool dry area Using damp copy paper may cause a pa per misfeed Keep partially used packages tightly wrapped during storage e Do not place paper packages vertically to store Paper curl due to the vertical storage may cause a paper misfeed bizhub PRO 920 Paper and Original Information 3 2 Original Information Use the original glass or document feeder to position originals to copy Using Original Glass Use the original glass when originals are not suitable for use with the docu ment feeder e g when size is incompatible or when originals are folded stapled torn or in
294. a x o e e 9 0 x tav e je n oe e mx x e o kala pw elo aO 2 sex x jo o vie meae e x x s xw 50 3 93 own mio s s e 9 s 93 0j2 wp e s s e ro ms oa s o jf o e eS o o i x o oe i sjojm gt H gt ors es ajm P Peo gt H gt wo se n f 9 3 n Ooh H7 BO n be og ws nm e 3 o m eH 410 5 o4 se jin i D 9 3 s o bez un a es spo n Fr 1 ho e d ov ew e aemvemos mMimoe Z2 eersrealetsi petota m u u v a is i0 8 H Sz ae 2 exo mo muos x om g oa ujn u u moa foal e a n v o BE H ojo e we el nimal nuole oe Hao i wole mia uvm o 1 ajaloo os aim sed pola g olv alal wl oa walaa amp ol ado ola olola ej aja eo o la olola ao vales oo 9 el al leleie aloha S9 88992998828588G amp S9R8S939899889288888 amp S89 8892989282 g 27 29 bizhub PRO 920 Appendix 0123456789 ABCDEF PC 1004 0123456789 ABCDEF PC 8 Danish Norwegian bizhub PRO 920 0123456789 ABCDEF Roman 8 zelo ioja efe T INe iol siw Jalal fale e xe A 1i uj Jaza gt h DENTES a ES PLA o l
295. administrator operation User Name 1 to 64 alphanumerical characters Password 8 to 64 alphanumerical characters case sensitive If a wrong password is entered attempts to re try cannot be made for five seconds S Reminder Do not use your name birthday employee number etc for a password that others can easily figure out If a password set in normal mode is fewer than 8 characters or more than 64 characters you cannot use it in Enhanced Security mode If this happens contact the administrator to turn OFF Enhanced Security mode and set a new password following the above conditions Even after a successful access has been made authentication with user name and password will be required under the following conditions e The main power switch is turned off e The sub power switch is turned off e The Access on the control panel is pressed e The Copy Scan Box on the control panel is pressed when the User Account Authentication Connect is turned on e The Job List on the touch panel is touched when the User Account Au thentication Connect is turned on e The auto reset function operates Q Detail When a user accesses a Box for which a password has been set in the HDD all authentication operations with password will be saved in an au dit log Initially the user authentication is not available on the machine To acti vate this function the Account Distribution Number should be changed bizh
296. aeeeees 18 60 9 LCD Backlight Setting 0 0 eeeeeeeeseeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 18 63 10 Annotation Setting oo cece eeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeneeeesneeeesaeeeesneeennneees 18 65 18 4 2 Administrator Machine Register eese 18 74 1 Administrator Registration cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 18 74 bizhub PRO 920 x 15 18 5 3 User Authentication Account Track eee 18 76 1 General Settings gt 1 User Authentication 18 76 1 General Settings gt 2 Account Track eeseseesesss 18 79 2 Account Track Setting sseee 18 82 3 User Authentication Setting sese 18 92 4 Non Register Output Setting eee 18 103 18 6 4 Network Setting cerita cce pecsecedee 18 105 1 Machine NIC Setting sseneeenen 18 105 List of IP NIC Setting essen 18 107 2 IP NIC Setting gt 1 TCP IP eesenen 18 122 2 IP NIC Setting gt 2 NetWare seen 18 126 2 IP NIC Setting gt 3 IPP ssesseeeeee 18 130 24 P NIG Settirnig 4 F IP retenti tte rte 18 133 2 IP NIC Setting25 SNMP ssseeeeeeee 18 136 2 IP NIC Setting gt 6 SMB eee 18 138 2 IP NIC Setting gt 7 AppleTalk eee 18 141 2 IP NIC Setting gt 8 E Mail eee 18 143 2 IP NIC Setting gt
297. ailable to be fed Max 297 x 431 8 mm 128 x 139 7 mm Detectable original size A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 B5R A5 A5R BER 11 x17 8 5 x11 8 5 x13 Original weight 50 130 g m no special stock Curling tolerance 10 mm or less Max feeder capacity 100 sheets 80 g m Feeding tolerance 5 times or less single sided 3 times or less double sided bizhub PRO 920 Paper and Original Information 3 Mixed Original mode Use Mixed Original mode to copy mixed size originals Original size Three types of size combination are determined by the ADF guide width A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 and A5 mixed B4 A4R B5 B5R and A5 mixed A4R B5R and A5 mixed Original weight 50 130 g m no special stock Curling tolerance 10 mm or less Max feeder capacity 100 sheets 80 g m Feeding tolerance 5 times or less single sided 3 times or less double sided See below for the guide width of each combination Guide width A4 A3 Guide width B5 A4R i y p a B4 Q Detail Detectable paper size can be changed from Metric to Inch Metric A Size Paper or Full Size by the administrator For details refer to 7 Size Set ting on page 18 57 When loading 8 5 x11 R in the Multi sheet bypass tray and specifying the size in Bypass tray setting the machine will detect A4R original as 8 5 x11 R For details of Bypass tray setting see Copying Using Spe cial Paper By
298. ain body tray or in the large capacity unit v Load OHP transparencies thick paper or tracing paper one sheet at a time or stack regular paper up to 150 sheets 80 g m paper 1 Open the Multi sheet bypass tray When loading large paper with draw the right edge of the Multi sheet bypass tray to extend it 2 Load copy paper and adjust the pa per guides to the paper size 3 When copying is completed close the Multi sheet bypass tray Q Detail The special paper type and size should be specitied when loading it in the Multi sheet bypass tray See Copying Using Special Paper Bypass Tray Setting on page 9 76 for details bizhub PRO 920 4 7 Supplies amp Handling Loading Paper in LCU LU 403 LU 404 The Large capacity unit can be loaded with only the paper size previously specified v Besurethat the machine is powered on before loading paper in the LCU Without the power turned on the LCU bottom plate will not function 1 Open the LCU top door LU 403 2 Press the paper loading button to lower the LCU bottom plate bizhub PRO 920 Supplies amp Handling 4 3 Fanthe unwrapped paper then load it into the LCU with the paper curl LU 403 turning downward 4 Repeat the steps 2 and 3 until the bottom plate will not go down any more 5 Close the LCU top door S Reminder Be sure to fan paper before loading it may improve fe
299. al settings are as follows HTTP servers PSWC IPP HTTP servers PSWC with SSL printing over the network LPD RAW Port SMB FTP servers access to Scan to HDD jobs SNMP Specify the settings for connecting network printer and the NetWare set tings For details refer to page 18 126 Specific setting and Description Default 2 NetWare NetWare NetWare Not Use If Use is selected Novell NetWare IPX SPX is ena bled as the print server protocol Use Not Use Frame Type Select the frame type Auto Detect IEEE802 2 IEEE802 3 Ethernet2 IEEE802 2SNAP Auto Detect Operating Mode Select the required operation mode Pserver Nprinter Rprinter Pserver bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 Specific setting and Description Default NetWare Pserver Setting Print Server Name Enter a print server name doo Varied from machine to machine Max 47 characters combining symbols and alphanu merics can be used Print Server Password 1 Specify a password for the Novell print server This password is shared among all the servers that are al located to the print server Max 63 characters combining symbols and alphanu merics can be used Polling Interval Specify the interval with which to poll 1 65535 Bindery Disable When Novell NetWare 4 x or later is used specify to enable the bindery service If On is selected the print
300. als are not suitable for use with the docu ment feeder e g when size is incompatible or when originals are folded stapled torn or in generally poor condition Q Detail For details of unsuitable ADF originals see Using Original Glass on page 3 77 Be sure to position original in the correct direction otherwise the copy re sult may not be satisfactory especially when using duplex mode Staple Half Fold and Booklet Pagination See Specifying Original Direction Original Direction on page 10 9 for details To position original on original glass 1 Raise the document feeder 2 Position original FACE DOWN in the left rear corner aligning the edge with the left measuring guide The direction of the original should conform to the Original di rection icon displayed on the Ba sic Screen 3 Gently close the document feeder to prevent the original from shifting on the glass S Reminder When Book Copy AUTO mode in Image Repeat or Image Centring is se lected the document feeder should not be closed while scanning N CAUTION Do not place too heavy originals or do not press strongly when thick original is placed and is under pressure of ADF gt The glass may be broken and you may be injured bizhub PRO 920 8 15 Before Making Copies Setting Print Quantity This section describes how to set or change print quantity To set print quantity The copier is
301. als in Mixed Original mode on page 8 12 for de tails on positioning mixed originals 10 14 bizhub PRO 920 Original Setting 1 0 Copying Z Folded Originals Z Folded Use the Z Folded mode with the document feeder to copy Z folded originals Otherwise the size detection sensor of the ADF may function incorrectly v Use ADF VY This mode requires more scanning time to detect the original size Z folded original 1 Touch Combine Originals on the Basic Screen The Combine Originals setting menu will be displayed 2 Touch Special Original 07 04705 Ready to cop emo PO on origina ace up e AD 00 0007 EE UIS IST E ADSIT Basic OP gins Orig Im f Abeta Combine sos Originals Original Original Direction 4 original Size D CS EREADY The Special Original Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 10 15 1 0 Original Setting Touch Z Folded to highlight it 07 04 05 Touch OK on the Special Original Screen The Combine Originals setting menu w
302. also to allow removal of waste paper punched out when Punch kit PK 504 505 is installed 2 Folding mode outlet Delivers sets output in Half Fold Fold amp Staple Let ter Fold In or Letter Fold Out mode 3 Folding mode tray Holds sets output in Half Fold Fold amp Staple Letter Fold In or Letter Fold Out mode 4 Exit paper guide Used to hold paper to prevent it from being curled excessively Normally stored in the guide holder on the back of the finisher 5 Primary main tray Holds sets output in the selected finishing mode other than specified above 6 Secondary sub tray Holds sets output in Sort Group Face Up or Face Down mode bizhub PRO 920 2 13 Preparation for Use S Reminder The Primary Main tray gradually goes down while printed materials out put DO NOT allow any object to interfere with the operation of the tray on the left s de of the finisher as any interference may cause damage to the finisher N wo on Finisher FS 604 Punch Kit PK 504 505 No Name Description 1 Inlet lever Opens downward to remove mishandled paper 2 Punch kit option Punches file holes in output copies 3 Cover sheet conveyance lever Opens leftward to remove mishandled paper 4 Secondary Sub tray convey Opens rightward to remove mishandled paper ance lever 5 Stacker conveyance lever Opens d
303. ame birthday employee number etc for a password that others can easily figure out Q Detail f password setup doesn t proceed successtully the information will be saved in the audit log The password currently used cannot be entered as a new password Press Utility Counter on the control panel Reset The Utility Screen will be displayed 3 Proof Copy Start 9j Data ManPower 24 18 bizhub PRO 920 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 2 Touch 1 System Setting Serial No 57GEO000D1 Total Count Check System Setting 6 Administrator Setting Total Count 00039983 07 04 05 Feed Paper Count 00034875 Output Paper Count 00036266 Printer Copier 00006926 00033057 Scanner 00002701 Function Setting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 7 Change User Password System Setting System Setting Language Setting Key Response Time Buzzer Setting 7 Change User Password SHOT Indication Timej 8 Warm Up Screen On Off The User Authentication Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 24 19 24 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode Enter your user name Touch User Name to display the Input User Name Screen Please input user name and password Enter your user name then touch OK to retur
304. ance 6 7 Primary main tray 2 11 2 13 Print Management List 18 33 Print Number 16 14 Print Position 16 14 Print Prohibit Timer 17 32 Pint Tab econtra 20 18 Print to PS error 16 16 Printer Left Margin 18 54 Printer Regist Loop Adjust 18 51 Printer Setting 16 11 Printer Top Margin Adjustment 18 51 Printer total count 6 5 Printer URI Setting 18 132 Program Image Overlay 11 91 Program Job 11 25 Prohibit User Operation 18 38 Proof Copy key 2 7 Proof Copying 14 3 PS Setting 16 11 PSWQG i e enin 18 165 PUNCH 25 255 Fee et 12 25 16 14 Punch Kit PK 504 505 2 11 2 13 Punching File Holes in COPIES 1 eiut reete 12 25 R Recall Delete Data in a BOX 25 14 Register a new user 24 4 Recalling Previous Job Settings distent 14 16 Recalling Stored Job Settinigs 1 5 cette rt 14 14 Reduce amp Shift 11 54 Registering and Changing Address epe 18 38 Regulation Notices 1 9 Remote Panel 14 22 Remote Panel functions 19 20 Remote Panel Setting 19 20 Remove mishandled paper 5 5 Removing a
305. ance PM will be required for maintaining optimal performance When preventive maintenance is due a message and the PM icon will prompt you to contact your service representative for maintenance Combine f i 4 APLI Originals EAN In Cation Density Paper Zoom Bopha Detail The administrator can call for service using the Utility setting 6 adminis trator Setting gt 6 System Connection gt 7 Call Service Centre Refer to 7 Security Setting on page 18 200 In this case you don t have to make a call for preventive maintenance because your machine has been monitored automatically by your service representative bizhub PRO 920 6 7 Maintenance bizhub PRO 920 Specifications Specifications 7 O aa 7 Specifications 7 1 Main Body Specifications Main Body Specifications Name bizhub PRO 920 Type Console type Copying system Laser electrostatic transfer method dual beam Original glass Stationary Photoconductor OPC Light source Xenon lamp Developing method Dry type dual component reverse magnetic brush developing Fixing method Heat roller Density adjustment Automatic and manual 9 levels user set density 2 types Magnification ratio 1 1 1 0 or less Enlargement x1 154 145 4 x1 224 122 4 x1 414 141 496 x2 000 200 096 Reduction x0 866 86 6
306. anced Information Using a mouse and keyboard perform job operation T Machine Manager Setting Microsoft Internet Explorer fe fi Fie Edt View Fates Tods eb y Qw O WDD Dam frr Que O S J AE ho 10 1 2185 esterm opeE muine ce 3go 4e reload close Help Access Mede Memory Utity Courter Mode Check Reset Interrupt m Ready to copy Monor y Position original face up in the ADF 100 00x 2 O low rH Ene Sj Local intranet 14 24 bizhub PRO 920 1 5 Paper Setting Paper Setting 1 5 En 15 15 1 15 1 1 Paper Setting Paper Setting Outlines This machine provides the optimum print result according to each character istics of copy paper by specifying paper size and paper type for each tray The paper size and paper type for each tray can be displayed on the Machine Status Screen This section describes the details of setting and changing paper settings Q Detail For the details of setting the bypass tray refer to Paper Tray Setting on page 9 10 Setting Items in Paper Setting Paper Setting includes two setting items size setting and tray setting Select one of the following four items as size setting e Standard Size e Custom Size e Wide Size Paper e Tab Papers Q Detail See Paper Type and Weight on page 15 5 for details of paper type specifications and relation between paper type and weight Set paper type
307. andem mode copying Tandem mode is unavailable if Enhance Security mode is activated Turn power on the two copiers Confirm that both copiers are ready to copy with the Basic Screen displayed Touch Tandem on the Basic Screen of either copier 07704705 Ready tO Cop emo Po on original face up e AD 00 000 combine Orig rm j1 Appli E Originals a age rupe Cation Density Paper Zoon Simplex Duplex eJ EPRINT The Tandem Function Setting Screen will be displayed 12 34 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold 3 b Touch On to highlight it then touch OK 07 04 05 E Tandem Tray Inf The copier with this setting turned on will become the master ma chine the other copier will function as the tandem machine The Master icon displays on the Basic Screen of the master machine to indicate that the two units are ready to work in tandem mode 07 04705 Kea emo D e AD 00 000 Combine E Orig Im j appli Basic 5 age rupe a Cation Density Paper Zoom Bopha A 4 Select the desired copying conditions on the master machine Ordinary copying operation is still available on the tandem machine during the tandem mode setting Corresponding tray sizes on the mas
308. aramond Bold Italic t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 Q4 96 amp lt gt Stempel Garamond Italic t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 ak 96 E lt gt Stempel Garamond Roman t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 Gt 96 amp 2 ITC Symbol ABXAEOTaf5600123456789 124395 L amp amp V5 Tekton ABCDEFGabcdefaO125456789 10 7 amp Times Bold t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 6c amp 2 Times Bold Italic t ABCDEF Gabcdefg0123456789 8Te amp 2 lt gt Times Italic t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp 8 amp Times Roman t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 G4 55 amp 2 Times New Roman ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 9S9 amp 2 Times New Roman Bold 1 ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 1 fa 95 amp Times New Roman Bold Italic ABCDEF Gabcdefg0123456789 ais6 amp 2 Times New Roman Italic ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 H a 96 amp 7 Univers t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0 amp 96 amp Univers Bold t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0 amp 96 amp Univers Bold Oblique t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0 9 96 amp 2 Univers Oblique t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0 amp 96 amp Univers Light t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0 G 96 amp 2 lt gt Univers Light Oblique t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 QW 96 amp UniversCondensed t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 Q4 96 amp UniversConden
309. art address 4 Ending address 5 NetWare Netware NetWare Print Frame Type Mode PServer Print Server Name Print Server Password Print Queue Scan Rate Bindery NDS Bindery Preferred File Server NDS Preferred NDS Context Preferred NDS Tree Name Nprinter Rprinter Printer Name Printer Number bizhub PRO 920 27 7 Appendix Main menus Sub menus Target items IPP IPP IPP Print Printer Name Printer Location Printer Information Printer URI Operations Supported Printer Job Accepat Print Job Validate Job Cancel Job Get Job Attribute Get Jobs Get Printer Attribute FTP Client FTP Client Proxy Server Address Proxy Server Port Number Server Timeout Port Number Server FTP Server SNMP SNMP SNMP SMB Scan SMB Scan Print SMB Print NetBIOS Name Print Service Name Work Group Apple Talk Apple Talk Apple Talk Printer Name Zone Name LDAP LDAP LDAP Server Address Port Number Use SSL Port Number SSL Search Root Search Timeout Max of LDAP Hits Authentication Method User Authentication Login Name Password Domain Name 27 8 bizhub PRO 920 Appendix Main menus Sub menus Target items E Mail Email Receive Receive Receiving Server Address User Name Password APOP Connection Timeout Port Number Email Send Send SMTP Server Address Port Number Connec
310. ary as altering the paper type and the weight The machine rotates the fixing roller before printing starts in order to print at the appropriate temperature for the specific paper type and the weight 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 5 Copier Printer Setting j Utility Administrator Setting Administrator Setting E ser Authentication ccountG Track Network Setting The Copier Printer Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch Fixing Prerotation Set Touch On or Off to highlight it a m mu 1 4 Copier Printer Setting E Fixing Prerotation set bizhub PRO 920 18 185 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administrator Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 186 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Auto Image Rotation Set this function to activate always only when APS or AMS is activated or only when APS AMS or reduce is activated 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then to
311. as desired Enter the desired print quantity position original s then press Start 11 50 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 11 Q Detail Page Interval function is available only when Booklet Pagination or 2 He peat mode of Image Repeat has been already selected Use this function to make the desired amount of blank space between the two images on a page See the illustration below for details Booklet A 2 Repeat in Image Repeat Page interval H gt AB Page interval Page interval bizhub PRO 920 11 51 11 Applications Q Detail Creep function is available only when Booklet Pagination except Adhe sive Binding mode has been already selected Use this function in combination with Page Interval to make space be tween the two images widening gradually from the inner pages to the out er pages in a folded folded amp stapled and trimmed booklet so that the outer margin should be uniform on all pages through Enter the creep amount of the images on the outermost page while en tering the page interval amount of the images on the innermost page 47 48 Centre Centre LA Creep Creep Page interval 11 52 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 11 11 14 Reducing Images to Create Binding Margin Page Margin R
312. ation Screen Touch User Name to display the Input User Name Screen Please input user name and password User Name 25 4 bizhub PRO 920 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 25 Enter your user name then touch OK to return to the User Authen tication Screen Please input user name Touch Password to display the Input User Password Screen Utility Administrator Setting Expert Adjustment Finisher Adjust Enter your user passwor then touch OK to return to the User Au thentication Screen Please input password bizhub PRO 920 25 5 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 2 Touch OK on the User Authentication Screen Please input user name and password User authen i tication The Copy Basic Screen will be displayed 3 Touch Box on the Copy Basic Screen 07 04 05 ea emo e up e AD 00 000 combine Y Orig In Y ADDIli H Originals age rupe a Cation Density Paper Zoom Bape The Store Personal Box Screen will be displayed 4 Select the desired personal Box then touch OK Please select store box Memory HDD 100 000 99 972 Folder Jim Box Personal Folder 1 Public Folder Clear All goer 4 Mew Box Enter t
313. ation Screen the chap ter start number can also be specified on the Start Number Screen To enter the starting number touch Start Number to highlight it then use the touch panel keypad or up down arrow key to enter the desired start number for each Also touch Start Page or Start Chapter to highlight it and enter the desired start page number or chapter number Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the previous Screen bizhub PRO 920 11 75 1 1 Applications When selecting Date Time Specify the date time type printing posi tion character size and type and print page 07 04 05 Change Character Touch Change then select the desired date and time types on the subsequent screen Touch OK to restore the previous screen 07704705 Touch the desired printing position in the printing position area If fine adjustment is needed touch Fine Adjustment to display the Fine Adjustment Screen See Printing Stamp Distribution Number Page Number Date Time onto Copies Stamp on page 11 69 for details 11 76 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 11 Touch Change Character to select the desired character size 8 10 12 14 point and type Gothic or Ming on the subsequent screen Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the previ OUS Screen Application gt Sta
314. ator Setting Screen 13 If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 212 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 3 Enhance Security Mode Set the enhance security mode to On or Off S Note In order to set the Enhanced Security mode to On it is required by your service representative to set a CE password and a administrator pass word to your machine 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 7 Security Setting Adm inistrator NU MEN E System Setting System Connection The Security Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 3 Enhance Security Mode Security Setting IDD Manage Setting hance Security Mode bizhub PRO 920 18 213 18 Utility Administrator Setting 5 The Enhance Security Mode Screen will be displayed Touch On when activating this mode or touch Off when deactivating this mode nhance Security Mode Touch OK at the lower right side of the screen to display the Confir mation popup screen Touch Yes to complete the setting The machine power will be turned off then on Touch No to cancel the setting Tou
315. aved enabling analysis of unauthorized access This log will be overwritten if the audit area is depleted bizhub PRO 920 22 3 22 Enhanced Security Mode e Administrator authentication A service representative will set up an authentication data for an admin istrator The administrator must input a password to gain authorized access Only one authentication string can be registered per machine e Administrator Setting mode If the Administrator Setting mode has been entered by successful admin istrator authentication the setting change of various machine functions will be available on the machine Be sure to exit the Administrator Setting mode if you leave in front of the ma chine while using the Administrator Setting mode 22 4 bizhub PRO 920 Enhanced Security Mode 22 2 Data protected by Enhanced Security mode Data protected by Enhanced Security mode for users is as follows e Data saved in the Personal Folder with a password The following data administered by the administrator will also receive en hanced protection e User data e Data controlling the machine Data that is not protected in Enhanced Security mode When the machine is connected to PCs on a local network passwords input in PCs are not subject to Enhanced Security mode To turn Enhanced Security mode ON OFF The administrator can turn Enhanced Security mode ON OFF If Enhanced Security mode is OFF data can potentially be accessed so
316. aying Stored Image Program Image Overlay Use this function to scan and store several images on HDD then recall the desired image from the HDD to overlay onto each page copied in the job Image Store ABCD Store Overlaying image Output Recall overlaying image peer ABCD 34 Aree J4 ABCD Output 7 E Recalled image Overlay originals Copies in Overlay Memory mode Specifications for Program Image Overlay Y Use original glass to scan overlaying image Y Separate Scan mode is automatically selected v Auto Zoom and Auto Paper Select are automatically released and 1 000 100 96 is selected as a magnification ratio bizhub PRO 920 11 91 1 1 Applications 1 Touch Application 07 04705 Kea emo D e AD 00 000 Combine i appli Basic Originals oris Cation Density Paper Zoom Simplex Duplex The Application Screen will be displayed 2 Touch Stamp Image Overlay 07 04 05 ead 0 COP emo 0 on original face up e AD 00 000 Basic 801S ihE ne ie
317. aying counter in real time Q Detail The setting procedure for the IP address is provided in 2 IP NIC Set ting gt 1 TCP IP on page 18 122 To specify the IP address of the PC to be used for Remote Panel function refer to Hemote Panel Setting on page 19 20 To control copier from browser v Set the Enhance Security mode OFF on the machine v The machine should be connected with a PC over a network with TCP IP enabled Y Specify the IP address of the machine Y Specify the IP address of the PC to be used for Remote Panel function using Web Utilities setting on a PC v One of the following browsers is required on the PC No other hardware or application software is necessary Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 02 or higher Netscape Navigator 7 1 or higher FireFox 1 0 or higher v JavaScript must be active v The popup menu such as paper misfeed prompt will not be updated au tomatically After a long period of inactivity click Reload at the upper corner of the screen to display the current status 14 22 bizhub PRO 920 Advanced Information 1 4 Start the web browser then enter the IP address of the main body in the address bar The Web Utilities screen will be displayed Click Remote Panel on the Web Utilities screen A Web Utilities wegSERveR The browser displays control panel and touch panel screen currently displayed on the machine bizhub PRO 920 14 23 14 Adv
318. b Machine Shift Data Setting selected the shift value specified for the sub machine will be used irrespective of the value of master machine 6 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Tandem Setting Screen 7 further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 49 17 Utility User Setting 5 Tandem Setting gt 4Tandem Selection after JOB Completion Select to continue or release the tandem mode after the current tandem job is completed Q Detail By default the Tandem Setting key is not displayed Contact your service representative 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 2 Function Setting The Function Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 5 Tandem Setting es Ul Function Setting f Function Setting Feed Tray Setting Each Function Setting The Tandem Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 4 Tandem Selection after JOB completion Tandem Setting i Function Setting f Tandem Setting Tandem Sub Machine Shift Data Settini 4 Tandem Selection after JOB completion s The Tandem Selection after Job Completion Screen will be displayed 17 50 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 5 Touch On or Off to highlight it Tandem Setting lt Tandem Selection after J
319. balin Graph Demi Oblique Marigold ITC Mona Lisa Recut Monaco o New Century Schoolbock Bold t New Century Schoolbook Bold Italic t New Century Schoolbook Italic t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 G 96 amp ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 JG4 96 amp ABCDEFGakid 0123456789 11 gesso a 7 lt gt ABCDEFGAL d 40123456789 8 a ABCDEFGabcdefg90123456789 amp 4 X amp 7 ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp lt gt ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 G3 amp lt gt New Century Schoolbook Roman t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp lt gt NewYork o ABCDEFGabcdefg01234567 89 S9 amp lt gt Optima t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 10 2 96 amp 1 Optima Bold t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp 2 96 amp 1 Optima Bold Italic t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 9 G4 95 amp 2e Optima Italic t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 Gt 96 amp Oxford ABCDEFGakclerg0123456789 1 9 amp 7 lt gt Palatino Bold t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 G4 5 amp 2 lt gt Palatino Bold Italic t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp 96 amp 2 Palatino Italic t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 O amp lt gt Palatino Roman t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp 8 96 amp Stempel Garamond Bold t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp Stempel G
320. ble range is from 10 to 300 When the time outside this range is entered as touching Set the time initially entered is desig nated If the wrong number is entered before touching Set touch Reset to re enter the correct number Touch Return The Controller Setting Screen will be restored If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch the Utility to complete the setting and restore the Utility Screen 16 22 bizhub PRO 920 1 Utility User Setting Utility User Setting 17 PaaS 17 17 1 Press the Utility Counter on the control panel to display the Utility Screen Utility lt User Setting gt User Setting Outlines Interrupt r7 Stop Proof Copy Utility Counter EJ ZN Data ManPower Serial No 57GEO000D1 Total Count Check Utility Total Count 00038983 07 04 05 Feed Paper Count 00034875 Dutput Paper Count 00036266 Printer Copier 00006926 00033057 Scanner Scanner Setting Touch Panel Adjust 00002701 The Utility Screen includes two types of setting items one in which a user can set and the other in which an administrator is required to enter a pass word This section describes the user setting bizhub PRO 920 17 3 17 Utility User Setting 17 2 List of the User Setting Specific setting and Description Default 1 System Setting
321. both copy and print jobs Mode Copy or Printer Status Printing or Reserved current status of the job No of Org Max 4 digit page count Pages To Go Max 5 digit pages to be output sheets x sets pages to go Minute s Time required for completing each job minute Follow the procedure below to check the settings change the output order and suspend delete stop reserved jobs Job operation for reserved jobs 1 Touch Reserve on the Job List Screen Machine Increase _Priorit Check the status of the reserved jobs Touch the lower arrow key to scroll if 6 or more jobs are entered 13 4 bizhub PRO 920 Job Management 1 3 Select the desired job then select the job operation To clear reserve job Touch to highlight the desired reserve job key then touch Delete Touch Yes on the popup menu to clear the selected job All the data of the selected job will be cleared To specify the next job to be printed Touch to highlight the desired reserve job key then touch Increase Priority The highlighted reserve job will be moved just under the current print job This will not function if printing operation has already been started for the selected job To change the order of jobs Touch to highlight the desired reserve job key then touch Priority The highlighted job will be advanced by one in prin
322. c Job Settings To specify a tabbed paper size Touch Tab Paper to display the Tab Paper Setting Screen then touch the desired tabbed paper size to highlight it Touch Number of Tabs then use the control panel keypad to enter the number of tabs Setting range is from 1 to 15 07 04 05 ease se e e fo ab pape Tab Paper 11x171 5 5x8 5TR m READY If setting the custom tabbed paper size touch Input Size to dis play the Size Setting Screen 07 04 05 Touch X YV Z which indicates horizontal vertical index size to highlight it then enter the desired size for each Entered size should fall within 100 mm x 148 mm 314 mm x 460 mm and 0 99 mm for tab extension When all settings are completed touch OK to return to the Change Bypass Tray Setting Screen 9 22 bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 7 Touch OK to restore the Paper setting menu The specified paper condition will be displayed on the bypass tray key 07704705 Ready to cop emo PO on original face up e AD 00 000 Combine X OFIg IN Y ADDIIC q Originals age rupe 1 Cation Density Pape Zoom Bimplex7
323. certificate 20 55 Report code number 5 3 Report Type 16 9 Requesting a certificate to switch information 20 48 Reserve Copy Function 18 191 Reserve Job Setting 9 42 Reset Function Setting 17 56 Reset key sessesssss 2 7 ROM Version 20 12 28 10 bizhub PRO 920 Index 28 Single Feed Auto Setting 18 197 Safety Information 1 9 Size Setting 15 12 18 57 Scat Key vd eate tino 2 7 Size Setting Screen 15 14 Scan Tab sess 20 22 Sleep iri nece cioe 2 26 Scanner ADF Left Image 18 54 SMB Scanner ADF Regist Loop 7 18 138 18 215 19 29 20 35 Adsl mu mcn 18 51 SMB data setting file 19 36 Scanner Orig Glass Left SMOOT 5 15 4 Image iere 18 54 SNMP 18 136 20 34 Scanner function E Mail 18 38 SNMP Trap 18 175 Scanner function FTP 18 38 SOM setts o Eee teta 16 14 Scanner function HDD 18 38 Sort mode 12 12 Scanner function SMB 18 38 Sorting Stapling Copies 12 12 Scanner Setting 17 63 Special Paper in Multi Sheet Bypass Scanner total count 6 5 Tray oed etori sid TAAA TIET TOTTE TANET 3 10 Screen Configuration 20 6 Specifications
324. ch Cancel at the lower right side of the screen to the Security Setting Screen nhance Security Mode To make all setting effective power OFF ON automatically If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 214 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 18 10 8 Scanner Destination Storage 1 Destination Address Change Delete Change or delete the destination of the scanned image The following four addresses can be registered E Mail mail address HDD Box No FTP FTP server address SMB shared folder The Group of registered E Mail addresses can be deleted 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 8 Scanner Destination Storage Utility Administrator Setting Administrator Setting Administrator Machine Security Setting The Scanner Destination Storage Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 215 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 4 Touch 1 Destination Address Change Delete Destination Address Change Delete 4 E nis 4 Scanner Dese ination Storage The Scan Destination Address Change Delete Screen will be dis played
325. ch OK to restore the Application Screen Enter the desired print quantity position original then press Start NS Reminder Do not close the document feeder while scanning the original Q Detail The Non Image Area Erase has two modes Rectangle erase mode and Oblique erase mode The machine is initially set to select the either mode appropriate for the original placed on the original glass AUTO mode If desired display the Utility Screen to specify either mode and the origi nal density level manually so that the Non Image Area Erase functions without fail We NN W V W Oblique erase mode Rectangle erase mode bizhub PRO 920 11 61 11 Applications 11 17 Copying Image in the Centre of Copy Paper Image Centring Use this function to detect the image area of the original and centre the whole image on the copy paper making it easy to copy small pieces of paper gt ABCD ABCD Image Centring S Note This function may not operate properly if the lighting in the work place is directly over the original glass In this case consult your service repre sentative about an appropriate place for installation To set Image Centring function v Non Image Area Erase is automatically selected Release it manually when using ADF to scan originals VY When using Book Copy with th
326. change the setting or all the settings will restore the initial condition To use Check mode VY Proof copy is available when using ADF or when using Separate Scan mode for multiple originals or originals to be scanned from original glass v The following application functions can be released by touching Clear Program Job Non Image Area Erase Neg Pos Reverse Image Cen tring Full Scan Overlay 1 Select the desired copy conditions from the various setting screens 2 Press Mode Check on the control panel The Check Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 14 5 14 Advanced Information Check the job settings on the screen Touch the arrow keys to scroll pages If Bookmark has been checked on any subsequent screen of Appli cation function the Check Screen for that function will be displayed first lt Number of Sets 0001 Off lt Combine gt porase Original mal Copy Mode 1 gt 1 pireceions Right amp Left y Bind Bind lt Density gt AE lt SpecialOriginal gt Normal lt Zoom gt V 1 000H 1 000 lt p gt Standard Size lt Paper Size Face Down 1 to N Bigh amp Left lt Paper Type Sort Output Tray MainTray Paper Fold Non Type Text Photo N omm lt Shift gt lt Front gt Right 10 0mm Top 10 Onn lt Back gt Right 10 0mm Top 10 0mm To make any setting change from the Check Screen proceed to the next step To release any application fu
327. count track EKC_TAB PASSWORD NAME LIMIT 12345678 cso 0 12345678 abc 0 12345678 training 0 12345678 test 0 12345678 123 0 12345678 ichi 0 12345678 xyz 0 12345678 az 0 12345678 456 0 Save the file as a text Begin the file with a specified tag ex EKC TAB A line should be 300 bytes or less The file size should be 100 000 bytes or less The line that begins with is a comment 19 34 bizhub PRO 920 Web Utilities Setting 1 9 Specifications for Each Machine Setting File Type Account track data setting file Begin the file with EKC TAB Max 1 000 files can be edited Aline should include PASSWORD NAME and LIMIT separated by a tab Use up to 8 digits numbers 0 9 and alphabets only to specify PASS WORD Use numbers and alphabets only to specify NAME Use up to 8 digits numbers 0 9 only to specify LIMIT 0 99 999 999 E mail data setting file Begin the file with IP EMAIL A line should include NAME ADDRESS REFERENCE and DAILY sepa rated by a tab NAME should be 24 bytes or less ADDRESS should be 250 bytes or less REFERENCE should be 250 bytes or less Mark DAILY USE with 1 or DAILY NOT USE with 0 in each column HDD data setting file Begin the file name with IP HDD A line should include NAME NUMBER REFERENCE or DAILY separat ed by a tab NAME should be 24 bytes or less Use up to 9 digits numbers 0 9 only to specify a
328. count track data to be deleted If all the data are to be cleared click on SelectAll Click on the radio button a white circle heading the Delete Ex cept for Another user count bizhub PRO 920 Web Utilities Setting 19 Click on Apply Volume Track list Copy Panter Count reset Scan Count reset Delete Except for Another user count The Delete Confirmation window will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 19 15 19 Web Utilities Setting Click on Apply to immediately delete the data Volune Track list These entries will be deleted fSection Name 2 UDI Apply Back Volume Track setting Menu Administrator Setup Menu Main Page The message Setting was deleted will be displayed Click on Back to return to the Account Track Data List or any menu item to jump to the desired window Volume Track list Setting was deleted E Volume Track setting Menu Administrator Setup Menu Main Page Save Counter 19 16 bizhub PRO 920 Web Utilities Setting 19 Click on Save this table as a file Volume Track list Copy Panter Count reset Scan Count reset Delete Except for Another user count bizhub PRO 920 19 17 Web Utilities Setting Click on Save Volume Track list In the dialogue box designate the folder for
329. covery Screen will be displayed 5 Touch On or Off to highlight it Tandem Setting Distribution Recovery gt With On selected the tandem connected machines perform the distribution recovery With Off selected each machine completes the tandem job when finishing its first distributed quantity G Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Tandem Setting Screen 7 further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 58 17 Utility User Setting 17 5 3 Copier Setting 1 Reset Setting gt 1 Initial Setting Besides the factory default setting Full Auto you may set the copying con dition as the initial setting as desired Resetting the machine when the power is turned off when Panel Reset is on when Power Save is on when copying becomes available by entering the password when User Authentication Account Authentication is on when a key counter or a copy card is inserted when pressing the Reset on the control panel Full Auto copying condition O N a Basic Setting Copy set 0001 Simplex Duplex 1 gt 1 ADF ON Density AE Zoom 1 000 Auto Paper Select ON Finishing Set by 2 Reset Function Setting Combine Original Combine Originals OFF Original Direction Normal Bind Right amp Left Bind Special Original Normal Original Size Standard Size Orig Image Type Text
330. ct 5 5x8 5 in stead of A5 Similarly if 8 5x11R is selected 8 5x11R instead of A4R e Lower Tray Search Size If 5 5x8 5 is selected the machine will automatically detect 5 5x8 5 in stead of A5 Similarly the 8 5x11R will be detected instead of A4R and the 8 5x14 will be detected instead of 8 5x13 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 System Setting Utility Jj Administrator Setting Administrator IN I MEN System Setting System Connection Network Setting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 18 60 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 4 Touch 8 Paper Setting System Setting GNU E Power Save Expert Adjustment System Setting Date Time Setting Size Setting Annotation Setting The Paper Setting Screen will be displayed 5 Touch 2 PI Setting Paper Setting Tray Setting ystem Setting Paper Setting PI Setting The PI Setting Screen is displayed 6 SetthePl upper tray search size Touch U Tray Search Size Administrator Setting System Setting Tray Search Size Paper Setting PI Setting
331. d Click Detail on the System tab of the User Mode Screen to display this screen Device Place Enter the location where the device is set up Maximum 255 alphanumer ic characters can be used Click Detail on the System tab of the User Mode Screen to display this screen Administrator Name Enter the device administrator Maximum 255 alphanumeric characters can be used Click Device Information on the System tab of the User Mode Screen to display this screen Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered bizhub PRO 920 20 11 PageScope Web Connection Setting ROM Version This screen appears when you click ROM Version on the System tab It shows the ROM version of the copier Online Assistance This screen appears when you click Online Assistance on the System tab You can use the screen to enter information concerning product support Click Online Assistance on the System tab of the User Mode Screen to dis play information entered on this screen Horeca ioc gt L IA Web Connecion Gemt hms 2 egest Description e Contact Name Enter the support contact for the product Maximum 63 alphanumeric characters can be used e Contact Information Enter the phone number of the support contact for the product Blank by default Maximum 127 alphanumeric characters
332. d or use Trimming to trim the end of booklets Punch Punch Kit PK 504 505 Z Folding Unit ZU 601 602 Makes file holes in output copies Z Fold Letter Fold In Letter Fold Out Finisher FS 604 Z Folding Unit ZU 601 602 Makes zigzag folded copies Z Fold or folds copied set in three Letter Fold In Letter Fold Out Cover Sheet Feeding Finisher FS 509 FS 604 with Post Inserter PI 501 Attaches thick covers or insertions to output copies e Manual Finishing Finisher FS 509 FS 604 with Post Inserter PI 501 Manually staples punches folds paper sets without printing e Tandem Mode Works in tandem to distribute a large copying job in half the time of non tandem mode Job List e Job List Displays the Job List Screen to view the output send history check the incomplete suspended jobs or to manage current and reserve jobs Advanced Information e Proof Copy To ensure correct output before running multiple copies run a proof copy by pressing Proof Copy on the control panel or touching Proof Copy on the Check Screen e Check Mode To check the job settings before running multiple copies press Mode Check on the control panel to display the Check Screen e Interrupt Copying Interrupts copying in progress to perform an urgent copy using any of the copier features for the interrupt job e Mode Memory Programs up to 30 jobs and recalls each job by job number as needed e Pre Job Recall Recalls the settings of the previous
333. detects the original size placed on the ADF or original glass and automatically selects and feeds copy paper of the same size or selects an appropriate size according to the magnification ratio selected S Note f Auto Paper Select appears on the Paper key of the Basic Screen the function is already activated You can start copying without perform ing the following procedure Q Detail The original sizes to be detected from the ADF or original glass are pre viously determined See Using Original Glass on page 3 11 for details The original sizes to be detected from the ADF or original glass can be changed by the administrator Refer to Utility Administrator Setting on page 18 3 The administrator can designate the tray or paper condition incompatible with Auto Paper Select Hefer to Paper Setting on page 15 3 The administrator can deactivate Auto Paper Select when original is set in the ADF or on the original glass Refer to 2 Each Function Setting on page 17 60 bizhub PRO 920 9 11 Basic Job Settings To set Auto Paper Select v Auto Paper Select is incompatible with Auto Zoom however Rotation is available VY Auto Paper Select will not select the tray of the size specified as non standard or wide size 1 Touch Paper on the Basic Screen The Paper setting menu will be displayed 2 Touch Auto Paper Select ge 07 04705 Ready to Cop emo Po on original face up e AD 00
334. displayed original 1 2 then touch OK 3 m 4 Touch the down arrow key and touch Suspend Scanning when Tray is pulled Touch On or Off to highlight it Paya m 4 gop ier Printer NEU j spend Scann int il entray is pulled j Ge p boun for Shee Fa 1 bizhub PRO 920 18 193 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administrator Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 194 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 Continuous Print Copy Select the machine to output multiple reserve jobs in succession 1 2 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed Touch 5 Copier Printer Setting Utility Administrator E Setting E System Setting System Connection The Copier Printer Setting Screen will be displayed Touch the down arrow key and touch Continuous Print Copy Touch On or Off to highlight it Utility Administrator Setting D Copier Pr inter Setting H Suspend Scannin whenTray is pulled p zoun Fo
335. double sided copies having the same edge as page top from double sided originals printed upside down on the back pages touch Bind to display the Original Binding Direction Screen then touch Top Bing Touch OK to return to the Combine Originals setting menu 07704705 Bind Cy EREADY Select additional copy conditions as desired Position originals FACE UP in the document feeder Set originals according to the original direction icon displayed on the Basic Screen Press Start to print 9 32 bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 Making Double Sided Copies Using Original Glass Use the original glass to scan originals unsuitable for the document feeder v Use the Separate Scan mode VY Position originals according to the original direction icon on the Basic Screen v f Book Copy Non Image Area Erase Size Auto Detect mode of Image Repeat or Image Centring is selected keep the ADF open throughout the scanning procedure Specify the original set direction and binding direction Touch Combine Originals to display the Combine Originals setting menu 07 04 05 Ready To cop emo Po on origina ace up e AD 00 000 RE CORES as GNCOT WIE Basic HAGARA age rope cation Combine mm Griginals Original
336. e Ptonbine W rig In Y APBIIC Originals oris In Cation Density Paper Zoom Simplex Duplex Image Biagio iu voy Follow the procedure below to add staples S Reminder When inserting the new staple cartridge do not remove the staples re maining inside the housing otherwise the first sheet output after the re plenishment will not be stapled To add staples 1 Open the Finisher door bizhub PRO 920 4 17 Supplies amp Handling Pull out the stacker unit slowly by holding the stacker unit handle until it stops Remove the cartridge housing Pull up the knob of the cartridge housing then remove it while pulling it forward Open the bottom of the cartridge housing while pressing two locks on both sides then remove the empty cartidge from the cartridge housing bizhub PRO 920 Supplies amp Handling 4 5 Insert the new staple cartridge into the cartridge housing Firmly insert the cartridge into the housing while aligning the arrow indication on the cartridge ap pears as shown below 6 Remove the lock tape from the car tridge then close the bottom of the housing 7 Insert the cartridge housing while sliding it along the stapler rail then push down and in to secure it in place 8 Return the stacker unit to its original position biz
337. e Touch 8 User Authentication Setting Utility i J User Authentication Account Track dministrator etting 4 General Settings ana COCCOUDT Tr ac Account Track Setting The User Authentication Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Touch the user name key to be changed ser Authentication Setting Reset All Counters The User Count Screen will be displayed Z Touch Change Copy Count Printer Count Scanner Count L Size Total L Size Total L Size Total 00000000 ooo00000 oo000000 oooo0000 00000000 oooo0000 CountReset E Delete The Change Registered User Data Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 24 11 24 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode Touch User Name Password or Account Name to display each subsequent screen then make the desired setting change Neu User Register Change User Info To change the user name touch User Name on the User Registra tion Screen Enter the desired user name from the screen keypad Touch OK to return to the Change Registered User Data Screen Please input user name 24 12 bizhub PRO 920 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 To change the Password touch Password on the User Registra tion Screen Enter the desired password from
338. e 1 staple 2 staples Paper size A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 A5 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R 50 to 200 g m Staple capacity FS 604 50 sheets or less FS 509 50 sheets or less A3 11 x17 100 sheets or less B4 to 8 5 x11 R Output tray Primary main tray Specifications for Punch Paper size A3 to A5 50 to 170 g m Tray capacity 200 sheets or within 30 mm thick Output tray Primary main tray Specifications for Fold amp Staple Paper size A3 B4 A4R 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 R 60 to 200 g m Fold amp Staple capacity 20 sheets or less 80 g m paper 19 sheets or less 80 g m paper with a thick cover paper Output tray Folding mode tray Specifications for Letter Fold Paper size A4R 8 5 x11 R 60 to 80 g m Fold capacity 3 sheets or less Output tray Folding mode tray Place a set of paper in the lower tray of the post inserter Lower tray Staple 1 staple 2 staples Place paper face UP Punch Place paper face UP Fold amp Staple Place the front of the finished set UP Letter Fold Place the outside of the fold UP Align the guide plate with the pa per bizhub PRO 920 12 31 12 Finishing Paper Fold 2 Press Staple mode selection button and Punch button to select the de sired mode Start Stop button Staple mode selection button m 20 0 amp Punch button To select Staple 1 s
339. e or Not Use on the right side of Copier Printer account Track f Setting AEN k as Touch Scanner to select Use or Not Use on the right side of Scan ner 8 Touch Select Effect of Reaching Copy Limit to select Immediately After Print or Warning Only on the right side of Select Effect of Reaching Copy Limit 9 Touch Close to return to the General Settings Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 81 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 2 Account Track Setting Use this function to assign a number to each account and set an account name password and limit value to each number The registered account management setting is listed on the screen Select the account management setting from the list and change reset or delete the setting 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 3 User Authentication Account Track UI 77 Administrator Setting Administrator Setting User Authentication 4 SCanner Destination Account Track Storage Network Setting The User Authentication Account Track Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 Account Track Setting
340. e Margin 11 47 11 53 OHP aesti ii 15 4 Page Number 11 69 OHP Interleave 11 22 PageScope Web Connection On AlWayS ce 18 42 Oulliries lt j tete 20 3 On APS AMS Only 18 42 PageScope Web Connection Online Assistance sensus 20 12 S lting 1 5 irte 20 3 Operating Environment 1 15 Panel Reset Timer Setting 17 17 Operation Precautions 1 15 Paper Feed Tray dandas Toro Order Direction key 12 8 Paper Feld KEY esposta Eu Orientation Ls 46 44 P PEr indicator sciences gs Orig Out Bind Direction Set 17 60 Paper Information 3 3 Original Direction 10 9 Paper key See ee ipto 2 10 Original Glass AMS 47 60 P Per loading button A Original Glass APS 17 60 Paper Mica Sciant Ne 5 5 Original Glass Auto Paper SMY a aean 15 3 Copy Reserve 17 60 Paper Size 3 8 16 14 Original Image Type 10 23 Paper Tray Setting 9 10 Original Image Type tab 2 9 Paper Weight 3 4 Original Information 3 11 Password for Non Business Hours Original Set Bind Direction 17 60 Setting ATE a EMITE NE 18 30 Original Size Detection Password Input Timing 18 76 Seredi acid codi c uf rr 15 15 PCL Setting sss 16 11 Original Type ses 10 23 PDF gt PS Conversion Out put error control secere 16 16 Data i
341. e Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting Utility Administrator Setting Network Setting 4 The Network Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 IP NIC Setting Network Setting achine NIC Setting inis f Network Setting IP NIC Setting 4 The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed 18 126 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 5 Touch 2 Netware IP NIC Setting TCP IP Network Setting NetWare Apple Talk IP NIC Setting Alert Mail The Netware Setting Screen will be displayed G Foreach item select or enter a required value Use Next or Back as required Netware Setting NetWare setting Main power Off On lt after change gt NetWare Frame Type Operating Mode IEEE802 3 Ethernet2 Nprinter Rprinter bizhub PRO 920 18 127 18 Utility Administrator Setting Netware Pserver Setting NetWare setting Main power Off On lt after change i Password Polling Interval NetWare setting Main power Off On lt after change gt NDS Context NDS Tree Na l KMBT2117DC Bindery File
342. e administrator For details refer to 9 LCD Backlight Setting on page 18 63 To Adjust Contrast 1 Turn the Contrast adjustment dial on the control panel Power Save w To increase the contrast turn the e dial clockwise Accessibility O Contrast CCoNbime Y rPig Inc Y ABBII Originals ESD In Cation Density Paper Zoom Baas CA BIREADY To decrease the contrast turn the dial anticlockwise Memory 100 000 Auto Paper Select bizhub PRO 920 14 21 14 Advanced Information 14 8 Controlling Copier from Browser Remote Panel When the machine is connected with a PC over a network the web browser activated on the PC enables you to operate the machine This function is convenient for physically handicapped users who have difficulty in operating the control touch panel and also promotes efficiency in operation using PC keyboard and mouse Remote Panel functions e Touch panel screens can be displayed on the web browser and operated using a mouse e Control panel keys can be displayed on the web browser and operated using a mouse e Passwords can be entered using PC keyboard The following functions are unavailable e Reading the screen performed by subsidiary system e Turning ON OFF the machine power Main power switch Sub power switch Power Save Weekly Timer e Reporting paper misfeed or displ
343. e audit log is to understand the following and im plement countermeasures Whether or not data was accessed or tampered with e Subject of attack e Details of attack e Results of attack Specify unauthorized actions password authentication If logs have NG as the result of password authentication action 01 02 11 16 items protected by passwords may have been attacked e Failed password authentication NG log entries specify who made the operation and show if unauthorized actions were made when password authentication failed e Evenif password authentication succeeded OK it shows whether a le gitimate user created the action You need to check carefully when suc cessful authentication occurs after series of failures especially during times other than normal operating hours Specify unauthorized actions actions other than password authentica tion under security All operation results other than password authentication will be indicated as successful OK so determine if there were any unauthorized actions by ID and action e Since you cannot specify what was attacked only with an ID you need to see the action and the table on the previous page to determine whether unauthorized actions were made on a personal box or secure box e Checkthe time and see if the user who operated the specific subject made any unauthorized actions Example If a document saved in a box was printed using fraudulent authorization the
344. e edges of the paper to avoid im age loss e No Rotate Deactivates the Rotation function that automatically rotates the image before copying when the portrait landscape orientation of the original is different from the orientation of the copy paper e Stamp Prints watermark regular stamp date time page number and number ing onto the output copies to enhance the presentation and usefulness of the copies e Annotation Allows you to register words current date time and annotation number as a set and to print it onto output copies at the location designated on the screen e Image Overlay Scans an original image and overlays it on the pages of another docu ment For example you may want to incorporate a page heading graphic design or logo into the pages of your document e Program Image Overlay Same as for Overlay except the overlay image is stored in memory bizhub PRO 920 8 5 Before Making Copies Finishing Duplex Bind Makes double sided copies upside down on the reverse side from nor mal originals Output for Machine with Finisher FS 509 FS 604 Installed Sort Group Offset and Staple modes using the Primary main tray Sort and Group modes using the Secondary sub tray Selects an output tray and output mode on the Finishing popup menu Half Fold Fold amp Staple Trimming FS 604 with Trimmer Unit TU 501 Folds output copies in the centre to make a booklet Use Fold amp Staple to staple in the centre an
345. e environment esee 21 4 bizhub PRO 920 22 23 24 25 26 Enhanced Security Mode 22 4 Description of Enhanced Security mode 22 3 22 2 Data protected by Enhanced Security mode 22 5 Data that is not protected in Enhanced Security mode 22 5 To turn Enhanced Security mode ON OFF esses 22 5 22 3 Display when Enhanced Security mode is ON 22 6 Protect and Delete Data After Use User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 1 Description of user authentication esses 24 3 24 2 To register a new User ssseecceeseeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeenseeeeeeeseeeneeeeesseneees 24 4 24 3 To change a user data ssseccceeseeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeesneeeeeeenseeeeeeesesseneees 24 9 24 4 To delete a user eire creer rrte ree 24 14 24 5 To change password by user eee 24 18 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 25 1 Store the data in a Box while Copying 25 4 25 2 Store scanned data in a Box eene 25 9 25 3 Recall Delete data in a Box eese 25 14 25 4 Output data in the Secure Box eene 25 20 Secure printing using a PC sse 25 20 Outputting secure printing usi
346. e g open book do not press it down too hard Keep the document feeder open if re quired To set Frame Centre Erase function 1 Touch Application emo D e AD 00 0007 Combine OFS In Y ADT Originals oris In Cation Density Paper Zoom Bopha The Application Screen will be displayed 11 56 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 2 Touch Erase 07 04 05 ead O0 cop emo 11 21 0 on origina ace up e AD 00 000 Basic 8PtSihE ne te Book copa 77 ee Poster Repeat Adjustment C BGokiSt 7 Pagination S LJ EinEADY The Erase Screen will be disp
347. e request has been completed 4 Click OK The Certificate Signing Request Data screen appears 5 Click Save The file will be saved 6 Click OK It will take you back to the SSL TLS Information screen bizhub PRO 920 20 45 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting 7 Click Setting The SSL TLS Setting screen appears 8 Check Install a Certificate and click Next The certificate installation screen appears 9 Enter the data of the certificate that you requested 10 Click Next The Encryption Strength Setting and the Mode using SSL TLS screen appears 11 Enter discretionary settings and click Create Horeca manors Proven beta FRO_92 I I Web Connection Pear ne a 20 46 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 Creation results appear Click OK It will take you back to the SSL TLS Information screen S Note Initially Request a Certificate is checked Remove an already installed certificate first before requesting a new one bizhub PRO 920 20 47 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting If a certificate has been installed Requesting a certificate to switch in formation 1 Click Setting noma mous E bat PRO 920 IBLE Web Connection Ger era 2 T System Print Seam rg SSL TLS fermata The SSL TLS Setting screen appears 2 Click Next
348. ea p emo D e AD 00 000 CCcombine OTS In Y ADDIIC Basic ERACE Uria In Cation Density Paper Zoom Bopha N Set copy conditions as desired The following settings are available from the Basic Screen Basic See page 9 3 Combine Originals See page 10 7 Original Image Type See page 10 23 Application See page 11 3 Finishing See page 12 3 Paper Fold See page 12 3 bizhub PRO 920 Before Making Copies 8 3 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad Box Scan Copy Hl El Access m Mode Memory 3j 0 0 Utility Counter 00 Mode Check 00 Data MainPower 07 04 05 Rea emo D D e AD 00 0007 PCONBINe YrPig Inc Y ABBII Originals oris In _ Cation Density Paper Zoom BADER CA EREADY Entered quantity will be displayed on the touch panel For detailed information on setting print quantity see Setting Print Quantity on page 8 16 4 Position originals FACE UP in the document feeder or FACE DOWN on the original glass For detailed information on position ing originals see Positioning Origi nals on page 8 11 bizhub PRO 920 8 9 Before Making Copies 6 Q Press Start on the control panel When the machine starts scan Access Interrupt ning originals the Basic Screen iea will be d
349. eap ye ule v nj717 719 8 r jals 9 J viel Tel qo v MI xm v v Aim opo c XxX x tlaluls e N e spiel ajo e 5 e s 9 un Ljan slal aala lo lala hola o ajana gt tsan s lomx xkns msos c emu m e ir r e s o x e 1 e o x o M aleine gt a tec EIIICIESCOESES 1 ie eho TES e aoje E B els le w m D o 3 ie at ho 0 sem 9 8 ue I A i wA ERO D ss Bh kakola o miw alE o IxIxiea z em UN OM s ul O jw o al wm in x O 4 amp 09 0 Flamm alu lt lt ole vOv o a s m amp nj a lz lslele zala olol ol uw ee vs e E Iai olco gt Hole i 1T Jelelal fal je pela as lio ol of me n GENGE 8988s8938998288896 2 98892898929822888826 amp elo io ai ala c u wl E a Az ele IEEE IEEE TTE w e a v TT j 4 t jajo eale a ne a ow 3 s viaja Teu B 8c o e v a MI al SIR os E ajv ji II ie ee s o e dal lt z o EASIER ES O2 4 o a i elvomi xla x qox 0 Holo o a zi Cl BGO COEO sel M le OI bd B Kad bad kand Lad had fee S110 waj 4 ow mp3 eo Hon E Ar I e v a E s v sos la a H L1 gt moun o ma 3 nw o 4 Ww o s a a e o ue ERA p o s gt A JOY i a Oo os oa ueri HE 8 H HELL a jejeje alokawi a lolu o 1 OCE 898898898889888688 a 82eRRAF2382EZ282Z2Z88 012345678t
350. eatedly till the Application Screen is restored Touch Basic to restore the Basic Screen Auto Paper Select and Auto Zoom are automatically released and the Separate Scan key appears highlighted to show that the Separate Scan mode is automatically selected 11 30 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 11 8 Select the desired copy mode and magnification Available paper sizes are A4 B5 and 8 5 x11 When selecting Spread mode and scanning from the original glass select 1 1 or 1 2 copy mode Magnification is automatically set to 1 000 Change the magnifica tion manually if desired J Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad 10 Position original s When using original glass to scan position the first page FACE DOWN with document feeder kept open When using document feeder position original s FACE UP For details on scanning originals in Front Cover Spread and Front Back Cover Spread modes see the description on the following page Press Start to scan Repeat steps 10 to 11 for all originals 13 Touch Separate Scan to deselect it and exit the Separate Scan mode 4 Press Start The copier will start printing when ready for output bizhub PRO 920 11 81 1 1 Applications Q Detail Use original glass for scanning original cover See the illustrations below for details Scan from SURVEYORS i first page ipu IRVEYOR 1 REPORT fo SURVEYOR S REPORT
351. ecial Paper in Multi Sheet Bypass Tray on page 3 10 For details on loading paper in the Multi sheet bypass tray see Loading Paper in Multi Sheet Bypass Tray on page 4 7 S Reminder When setting wide size be sure to specify the precise dimensions of pa per to be used The dimensions of the wide size selected on the Wide Size Paper Screen are not correctly set in the initial setting bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings To use Multi sheet bypass tray 1 Open the Multi sheet bypass tray and load the copy paper Touch Paper on the Basic Screen a ace e SC Ce Pa Basic Originals pu In E aBplin Density Paper Zoom pamplexs AD DOO Image CH EREADY oid age The Paper setting menu will be displayed Touch the bypass tray key 07 04 05 ead O0 COP emo PO on origina ace up e AD 00 0007 Combine jJ Orig rm 3 appli TARIN age Sipe a Cation Density Zoom BADER
352. ecific setting and Description Default 13 PSWC PSWC Use Specify to use the PSWC function Use Not Use Specify the Network Setting Clear setting For details refer to page 18 167 Specific setting and Description Default 14 Network Setting Clear Initialize Set Restore the initial network settings specified at the time of shipment 18 118 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 Specify the LDAP setting For details refer to page 18 169 Specific setting and Description Default 15 LDAP 1 LDAP On Off Setting LDAP Function Select to use or not to use LDAP function Use Not Use Not Use Max Search Results Specify the maximum number of the address to be displayed after the search 5 1000 100 Timeout Specify the maximum duration waiting for the search result 5 300 60 Initial Setting for Search Details Specify the initial items for making detailed search 28 etting Up LDAP Server Address Specify the LDAP server address 0 0 0 0 Max 255 characters combining symbols and alpha numerics can be used 0 0 0 0 Search Base Specify the directory path of LDAP server Max 255 characters combining symbols and alpha numerics can be used Enable SSL Select to use SSL when connecting with LDAP serv er Use Not Use Not Use Port Number Specify the port number of LDAP server T
353. eck Screen displays to allow you to review the settings Do you want to start copying without reviewing the settings gt Touch OK instead of Job Check Proceed to step 6 4 Review the job settings Onb ft nr iiir _ lt Number of Sets 0001 lt Combine gt Copy Mode 1 gt 1 PiiSit n J mal i Density AE Bind Bign amp Left j Background 0 lt Special0riginal gt Normal lt Zoom gt V 1 000H 1 000 gt Standard Size i Tray No gt Auto Paper E e Face Down 1 to N Bight amp Left Sort Output Tray MainTray Do you want to select another job gt Touch Cancel 5 Touch OK on the Check Screen The settings of the selected job will be recalled on the restored Basic Screen 6 Position original s then press Start to print bizhub PRO 920 14 15 1 4 Advanced Information Recalling Previous Job Settings Follow the procedure below to copy with a previous job settings To recall previous job settings VY Only the last completed output job settings can be recalled as the previ ous job settings Non completed job or reserve job settings cannot be re called even if the setting operations have been made last V The previous job settings can be recalled even after the machine power is turned off then on 1 Press Mode Memory on the control panel The Mode Memory Screen will be displayed 2 Touch Pre Job Recall Mode Memory mode Select Job number o
354. ect the power cord to an electrical outlet that is equipped with a grounding terminal bizhub PRO 920 1 5 Precautions for Installation and Use Installation A Do not place a flower vase or other container that contains water or metal clips or other small metallic objects on this product Spilled water or metallic objects dropped inside the product could result in a fire electrical shock or breakdown Should a piece of metal water or any other similar foreign matter get inside the product immediately turn OFF the pow er switch unplug the power cord from the power outlet and then call your authorized service representative A CAUTION After installing this product mount it on a secure base If the unit moves or falls it may cause personal injury e Do not place the product in a dusty place or a site exposed to soot or steam near a kitchen table bath or a humidifier A fire electrical shock or breakdown could result e Do not place this product on an unstable or tilted bench or in a location subject to a lot of vibration and shock It could drop or fall causing personal injury or mechanical break down Do not let any object plug the ventilation holes of this prod uct Heat could accumulate inside the product resulting in a fire or malfunction Do not use flammable sprays liquids or gases near this product as a fire could result ooooe DC Ventilatio
355. ed Touch 6 Administrator Setting Interrupt Proof Copy zi Stop Start 9 Data MainPower Total Count Check Serial No 57GEO000D1 Details Total Count 00039983 07 04 05 Feed Paper Count 00034875 Output Paper Count 00036266 Printer Copier 00006926 00033057 Scanner Administrator Setting 00002701 The Input Administrator Password Screen will be displayed 26 8 bizhub PRO 920 Administrator Security Functions 26 3 Enter the password Use the touch panel keypad to enter the 8 digit administrator pass word then touch OK Please enter password 8 characters The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 7 Security Setting Utility Administrator E Setting E System Setting System Connection The Security Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 26 9 26 Administrator Security Functions 5 Touch 2 HDD Manage Setting AAR dministratorPassword Security Setting HDD Manage Setting nhance Security Mode The HDD Manage Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Touch 8 HDD Lock Password Changing HDD Manage Setting Details Delete Data Auto Delete HDD Manage Setting HDD Lock Passuord Changin
356. ed os to store To continue to store the next image data touch Yes The Input File Name Screen will be restored Toclose touch No The User Authentication Screen will be dis played 11 when operation is completed press Access on the control panel The User Authentication Screen will be displayed to prohibit the ma chine operation without entering a user name and password bizhub PRO 920 25 13 25 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 25 3 Recall Delete data in a Box The following is a detailed explanation of how to recall or delete the data stored in a Box Q Detail Passwords are case sensitive Ifa wrong password or fewer than 8 alphanumerical characters are en tered and the OK is touched the warning message Password does not match will appear and no key will work for five seconds Enter the right password after five seconds f authentication fails the information will be saved in the audit log 1 Press Box on the control panel The Image Data Store Recall Screen Tue a will be displayed EAM Interrupt Proof Cony grass J Stop Start 9 Data MainPower 2 Touch Recall Please select Store or Recall The User Authentication Screen will be displayed 25 14 bizhub PRO 920 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 25 Enter your user name and user password on the User A
357. ed even if Trimming mode has been specified 07704705 emp aste ba wanene YOriS Inc Y ABBII Basic JETAGE ori lm F Cabion Density Paper Zoom Simplex Duplex Before setting Trimming mode be sure to check the waste paper inside the waste basket and empty the waste basket if needed To empty waste basket 1 Open the Trimmer unit front door 2 Withdraw the waste basket bizhub PRO 920 4 29 Supplies amp Handling Empty the waste basket Return the waste basket to its origi nal position then close the Trimmer unit front door securely 4 30 bizhub PRO 920 5 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting 5 5 1 Troubleshooting If Please Call Service Message Is Displayed A Please call service message indicates a machine condition that requires the attention of your service representative The Call for Service Screen usually displays the telephone and facsimile numbers of your service representative Trouble occurred Please call your Service Centre TEL 0000000000000123 FAX 0000000000000123 SC xx xx N CAUTION The Call for Service Screen is displayed gt Be sure to contact your service representative immediately by follow ing the procedure below To contact service representative Make note of the report code number indicated in the right side
358. eding ability of the machine Do not load above the limit line on the side guide plates Be sure that the rear stopper is correctly positioned according to the pa per size to be loaded otherwise machine trouble may occur bizhub PRO 920 4 9 Supplies amp Handling Loading Tabbed Sheets in Tray Tabbed sheets can be used if Tabbed is indicated in the tray information area of the Machine Status Screen Q Detail To use tabbed sheets for copying enter the Utility menu to specify the tray paper type For details refer to Paper Setting on page 15 3 Loading Tabbed Sheets in Tray 1 2 and 3 VY The tab extension width should be 12 5 mm or less v Be sure that the machine is powered ON before withdrawing the tray Example 3 tabbed sheets loaded in position for one finished set Rear 1st TAB 2nd TAB Front Section 3 Printed Management i 1 Section 1 Side oun ist TAB 2 j 2nd TAB 3rd TAB ONE FINISHED SET 3rd TAB ist TAB 2nd TAB SS Section 1 Section 1 Section 1 Introduction Introduction Introduction aS 1st TABs Printed NES side 3rd TAB 2nd TAB n E 3 FINISHED SETS 3rd TABs Section 3 Management 1 Withdraw the tray specified as tabbed sheets Be sure to withdraw the tra
359. educe amp Shift Mode Use Reduce amp Shift mode instead of Shift mode to prevent image loss when creating a binding margin Left binding margin Right Left lt i ABCD 142345 EFGHI u 6789 AE 10 11 12 OPQR STUV Down 13 14 15 Originals WXYZ I J ac Front Right binding margin ABCD Left lt 5 Right EFGHI ABCD 12345 JKLMN 5 EFGHI U 476789 OP GR o gt JKLMN 10 11 12 STUV OPQR wxvz STUV Dow 7131415 13 14 15 WXYZ 716 17 18 16 17 18 Back Top binding margin Left lt gt Right Left lt gt Right ABCD 1 234 5 EFGHI 6789 on 101112 13 14 15 ity n 17 18 wxvzj LAA if Down Up bizhub PRO 920 11 53 1 1 Applications To set Reduce amp Shift mode of Page Margin VY Auto Zoom is automatically selected and cannot be released The magnification ratio will be determined according to the shift amount specified for the front page and the shift amount and magnification ratio determined for the front page will be automatically applied to the back page v Shift amount 0 to 250 mm in 1 mm increments v Setting in 0 1 mm increments using up down arrow key is also available This setting change can be made on the Utility Screen 1 Touch Application 07704705 Rea emo D e AD 00 000 Combine ig 4 appli Basic 5 oris In Cation Density Paper Zoon Bopha
360. eed a single document automatically as placing it in the ADF in the Memory Scan mode or feed it by pressing Start 1 2 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed Touch 5 Copier Printer Setting Administrator Setting Administrator Setting System Setting System Connection copier PrinterSetting The Copier Printer Setting Screen will be displayed Touch the down arrow key and touch Single Feed Auto Setting Touch On or Off to highlight it opier Printer Setting Singie Feed Auto Setting Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administrator Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 197 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 18 8 6 System Connection 6 System Connection gt 1 Call Service Centre Use this function to call your service representative for maintenance Your service representative is monitoring the machine status as needed basis The monitored information will be useful for maintenance 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and
361. eeeeeees 17 4 A System Setting ueeeiieteee Lenin 17 10 1 Language Setting eese 17 10 2 Buzzer Setting gt 1 Buzzer On Off Volume Setting 17 12 2 Buzzer Setting gt 2 Buzzer for Job Stop Setting 17 14 3 1 SHOT Indication Time ceseseesecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeseeneeseenenees 17 16 4 Panel Reset Timer Setting see 17 17 5 Sub Area Display On Off ssssssseem 17 18 6 Key Response Time cecceeeeeeenceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeeeeeeeaaee 17 19 7 Change User Password sese 17 20 8 Warm Up Screen On Off sssssssssseseeeeeeeeennn 17 24 2 Function Setting pio o cc cess neces cesceccncecesentecevessde sects cescuceeeecetenteceaceien 17 25 1 Feed Tray Setting gt 1 Feed Tray Auto Selection 17 25 1 Feed Tray Setting gt 2 ATS Permission esses 17 27 1 Feed Tray Setting gt 3 Auto Paper Type Selection 17 29 2 Each Function Setting gt Fine Adjust Margin 17 31 2 Each Function Setting gt Print Prohibit Timer 17 32 3 Density Setting gt 1 Density Shift for Original Image Type 17 33 3 Density Setting gt 2 User Density Setting 17 35 3 Density Setting gt 3 Photo Mode Density Setting 17 38 3 Density Settin
362. eees 8 8 Positioning Originals eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene nnn nnne 8 11 Positioning Originals in ADF seen 8 11 To position originals in Normal mode sesessssss 8 11 To position originals in Mixed Original mode 8 12 To position originals in Z Folded mode esse 8 14 Positioning Original on Original Glass n 8 15 To position original on original glass ssesesessss 8 15 Setting Print Quantity eccL esee Leere eeeeee eene enn n annnm n naa nann 8 16 To set print qualitity 5 ioter Id tacto 8 16 To change print quantity essseessssssssseeeeeeeeeeeneenn 8 17 Setting Job During Warmup eeeeeeeeeeneeeeen nnne 8 18 To set job during Warmup eceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeenneeeeeenes 8 18 To Stop Scanning Printing cere 8 20 To stop scanning or printing job eseessseeeeeees 8 20 bizhub PRO 920 9 1 Copy Conditions Incompatible with Basic Settings 9 3 9 2 Selecting Exposure Level and Adjusting Background Whiteness ccccesseeeeeeeeseeneeeeeeensneneeeeeesneneeeeeessenes 9 7 To adjust exposure level and background whiteness 9 8 9 3 Paper Tray Setting eci
363. eet Screen 07704705 Please set Front Cover Back Cover 10 07 or Insertion Sheets setting Tray Paper Ho Back Cover IS EEREADY Clear All The Application Screen will be restored Do you want to cancel the function with the current setting re mained Touch Off Do you want to clear all selections made for the function Touch Clear All Do you want to cancel all the selected functions on Application Screen with the setting made for each remained Touch Default Setting T VQ d Do you want to resume the initial setting Press Reset on the control panel Do you want to start copying immediately You don t have to touch Basic to restore the Basic Screen Posi tion original s directly then press Start VQ UV Uv 3 Enter the desired print quantity position original s then press Start bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 11 8 Inserting Sheets and Covers Insert Sheet Use Insert Sheet in print mode or blank mode to insert chapter sheets or sep arator sheets into the finished set as well as front and back covers The covers and insertions can be specified as copied or blank and fed from different tray source for each Post inserter is also available as tray source if Post inserter PI 501 option is installed Front cover printed Front cover blank a em eel Supe REPORT
364. eet separately onto two sheets in 1 1 mode or separately onto each side of one sheet in 1 2 mode You can use the Book Copy mode with the Front or Front Back cover mode The cover page s will be scanned and copied normally be fore image division is performed on the other pages Image Repeat Selects the horizontal image area across the page and repeats it down the page as many times as the repeat width setting 10 150 mm per mits in manual or auto Booklet Pagination Creates a multiple page signature booklet copied on both sides of paper in 1 2 or 2 2 copy mode bizhub PRO 920 Before Making Copies 8 e Neg Positive Reverse Reverses the image from black on white to white on black or vice versa e Page Margin Creates or removes a binding margin at the top bottom right and left edges shift amount from 0 250 mm in 1 mm increments reduces im age to prevent image loss reduce amp shift amount from 0 250 mm in 1 mm increments e Frame Centre Erase Erases border and or centre image area using Frame 1 300 mm Cen tre 1 99 mm or Frame amp Centre e Non Image Area Erase When copying from the original glass when the document cover is open copies only the image area and not the exposed area of glass which would otherwise copy as black e Image Centring The original image on the original glass or in the document feeder is cop ied and centred on a sheet e Full Scan Makes copies printed completely to th
365. elect it and exit the Separate Scan mode then press Start 07704705 Density Simplex Background Paper Duplex AUGO Pape Originals Scanned No gt 0001 Complete Scan The printing job will start S Reminder Never set more than one original otherwise machine trouble may be caused 10 20 bizhub PRO 920 Original Setting 1 0 Copying Non Standard Size Originals Custom Size Tab Paper The copier usually detects the standard size of originals fed through ADF or positioned on the original glass Standard Size mode Use Custom Size mode to specify the scanning area manually for copying or printing special size originals Use Tab Paper mode to copy a tabbed origi nal including the image of the tab part onto tabbed copy paper Y Use Full Area on the Custom Size Screen for small originals that cannot be copied in Standard Size mode v Tab extension width for tabbed originals 12 5 mm or less Tabbed copy paper size and tab extension width can be specified in pa per type size setting 1 Touch Combine Originals on the Basic Screen The Combine Originals setting menu will be displayed
366. elects an appropriate ratio for the copy when copy size is selected manually Original Glass APS The machine automatically selects the same size of copy paper as the original placed on the original glass Auto Detect orig Size in ADF The machine automatically selects the same size of copy paper as the original placed in the ADF Choose Default Tray When APS OFF Select the tray to be automatically selected when APS is released Orig Out Bind Direction Set Set the machine to conform to the binding direction of the originals and printed sets each other Staple Auto Reset Staple mode is automatically cancelled after a job is completed with Sta ple sort mode On Original Set Bind Direction Select to reset or save the original direction setting made on the Combine Original Setting Screen and the binding position setting made on the Fin ishing Mode Screen after completion of each copying job Status Hold When Auto Reset When Reset functions select to reset the Original Glass ADF mode to the initial setting or save the previous setting Annotation at JOB Completion Set the machine to automatically select Annotation after a copying job has been made Original Glass Auto Copy Reserve Set the machine to automatically display the Job Reserve Screen when the current job has completed scanning originals from the original glass and started printing 17 60 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 1 Press the Utility Co
367. elvetica Narrow Bold t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 8 96 amp gt Helvetica Narrow Bold Oblique t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 8 5 amp Helvetica Narrow Oblique t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 8 95 amp 2 Helvetica Oblique t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 4 95 amp 2 HoeflerText Black o ABCDEFGabcdefgor23456789 1 6 90 amp HoeflerText Black Italic ABCDEF Gabcdefgo123456789LH S8 0 S lt gt HoeflerText Italic o ABCDEFGakbcdefgo123456789 6 3 06 o HoeflerText Omaments o Mo NIDN AAE pe HoeflerText o ABCDEFGabcdefgo123456789 S amp lt gt Joanna 1 ABCDEFGabcdefg0 1234567 89 S amp lt gt Joanna Bold ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 112 4 6 amp Joanna Bold Italic ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 S R 7 lt gt Joanna Italic ABCDEFGabedefg0 123456789 amp 2 LetterGothic ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 Gjl 2 amp 5 LetterGofhic Bold ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 amp 2 lt gt LetterGothic Bold Slanted ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 8l 2 amp 4 LetterGofhic Slanted ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 8G 2 8 45 ITC Lubalin Graph Book ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 IG 95 amp 2 ITC Lubalin Graph Book Oblique ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 I8 4 95 amp Print Sample bizhub PRO 920 27 19 Appendix PostScript Fonts ITC Lubalin Graph Demi ITC Lu
368. en you click SNMP on the Network tab The screen is used to enter and confirm settings concerning SNMP Description SNMP Select enable or disable Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered 20 34 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 SMB SMB Scan This screen appears when you click SMB on the Network tab then click Scan under the SMB menu The screen is used to enter and confirm set tings concerning SMB scan Description e SMB Scan Select enable or disable e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered bizhub PRO 920 20 35 PageScope Web Connection Setting Print This screen appears when you click Print under the SMB menu The screen is used to enter and confirm settings concerning SMB printing When SMB Print is set to disable you still need to set parameters Make sure to enter parameters correctly wotica ios ee tit FRO 9 ILS Web Connection Purre Leyes EEE COND T summum 30 X Aeey Cr smup Description e Enter for individual items SMB Print NetBIOS Name Print Service Name Work Group e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the setti
369. ensity Selection Set the image density lighter or set the maximum dark level darker without degrading the image quality 1 5 7 levels Standard 4 Preset Zoom Three types Preset the magnification ratio which is frequently used Set Zoom 1 4 000 Set Zoom 2 2 000 Set Zoom 3 0 500 bizhub PRO 920 17 5 17 Utility User Setting Specific setting and Description Default 5 Tandem Setting 1 Tandem Sub Machine One Time Data Read Set the sub machine to receive all the data transmitted from the master machine before starting to print On Off Off 2 Tandem Sub Machine Wait Proof Set the master machine to transmit the data to the sub machine at the time when the master machine starts scanning the data for proof copying Permit Prohibit Permit 3 Tandem Sub Machine Shift Data Setting Set the sub machine to use the same shift value used on the master machine Master Machine Shift data Sub Machine Shift data Master Machine Shift data 4 Tandem Selection after JOB completion job distribution again for print quantity remaining on one machine when the other has already finished with its assignment On Off Select to continue or release the tandem mode after the Release current tandem job is completed Continue Release 5 Distribution Recovery Set the tandem connected machines to perform the On 17 6 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Se
370. er Establishment Place Specify the place in which to install the printer Max 127 characters combining symbols and alpha numerics can be used Printer Information Specify printer information Max 127 characters combining symbols and alpha numerics can be used Printer URI Printer URI s are set Max 8 addresses Specify to use Scan to HDD Scan to FTP for transmission the proxy server setting and the passive function For details refer to page 18 133 Specific setting and Description Default 4 FTP Client 1 Specify to use the machine as a client If Scan to FTP is used for transmission to the FTP server select Use Use Not Use Use Proxy Server Address Specify the proxy server address 0 0 0 0 Max 255 characters combining symbols and alphanumer ics can be used 0 0 0 0 Proxy Server Port No Specify the proxy server port number 1 65535 21 Passive Function Specify to use the passive function On Off Off Connection Time Out Time Specify the time out value 5 300 seconds 60 Port No Specify the number of the port that is used to communi cate with the FTP server 2 65535 21 Server 2 Specify to use the machine as an FTP server If a TWAIN driver is used to access to Scan to HDD jobs select Use Use Not Use Use 1 By selecting Not Use Scan operations are executable but the transmission from bizhub PRO 92
371. er is hard to be fixed Fine paper types such as book paper and cotton paper are included in this category Blank Insert Blank Insert is not a category of the paper type This is only fed without being printed When the Cover With Blank Sheet Blank Insert or OHP interleave blank function is used specify Blank Insert to a tray to which a paper al ready printed and not copied by this machine is loaded or a blank paper only to be fed is loaded User When a paper type other than that of which can be specified on this machine is used use this function For the details contact your service representa tive OHP Transparent film cannot be loaded on the main body tray and Large Capacity Unit Specify OHP to a Bypass tray 15 4 bizhub PRO 920 Paper Setting 15 Paper Type and Weight Paper Type Paper Main body Bypass Copying tray Large tray speed capacity unit tray blank PPC paper 72 90g m 0 0 1 Normal PPC paper 72 90g m 0 0 1 Fine Fine paper 72 90g m 0 1 Thick 1 PPC paper 91 161g m 0 1 Thick 2 PPC paper 162 200g m 0 0 2 Thin PPC paper 50 61 g m 0 0 1 Recycled Fine paper 62 71g m 0 1 Exclusive A Smooth paper 62 71g m 0 1 Exclusive B Smooth paper 72 90g m 0 1 Exclusive C Smooth paper 91 161g m 0 1 Exclusive D Smooth paper 162 200g m 0 1 Exclusive E Fine paper 50 61g m 0 1 Exclusive F PPC paper 72 90g m 0 1 Exclusive
372. er to the name password number or creation time of the folder created by the user and delete the fold er or box if necessary 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 7 Security Setting Administrator Setting TT T Administrator Setting ser Authentication Scanner Destination iCcount Track Storage Network Setting The Security Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 HDD Manage Setting ast ae d j 4 Security Setting The HDD Manage Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 203 18 Utility Administrator Setting D To uch 1 Details Delete Se HDD Manage Setting inistrator ting Details Delete curity Setting The Details Delete Screen will be displayed 6 Refer the detailed information of the folder and the box Touch Personal Folder Public Folder or Secure to refer to the details of the desired folder or box Touch the desired folder to highlight it When referring to the information touch to highlight the folder which contains the box to be referred to When the folder or box to be referred to is not displayed touch the up or dow
373. ermission Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 17 27 17 Utility User Setting 5 Select On when ATS is used and Off when ATS is not used ATS Permission 6 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Feed Tray Setting Screen 7 further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 17 28 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 1 Feed Tray Setting gt 3 Auto Paper Type Selection Select the paper type setting of the tray which is automatically selected when ATS functions When the paper type that is not specified with this function is designated to the tray that is automatically selected by ATS the machine in dicates the paper type unmatched 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 2 Function Setting The Function Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 Feed Tray Setting Te Function Setting Function Setting Feed Tray Setting Preset Zoom The Feed Tray Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 3 Auto Paper Type Selection Feed Tray Setting The Auto Paper Type Selection Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 17 29 17 Utility User Setting Select the paper type of the tray which is automatically selected when ATS functions Touch to highlight the desired type of keys
374. es 5 3 Limited Use of the Copier in Trouble seeeeneeeeees 5 4 5 2 Clearing Mishandled Paper eere 5 5 To remove mishandled paper ssssssseeeeeenee 5 5 5 3 If Job List Changes to Mishandled Paper or No Paper 5 7 If Job List Changes to Mishandled Paper 5 7 If Job List Changes to No Paper sseeeeeseesseess 5 7 To change the tray selection sse 5 8 To supply the empty tray with paper sseseesesssesss 5 10 5 4 If Memory Full Message Is Displayed Memory Overflow 5 11 5 5 If Power Off On Screen Is Displayed esses 5 12 To turn off on the power eessssssssssseseeeeeenneer ennt 5 12 5 6 If No Response Screen Is Displayed 5 13 To turn off on the power sessseeeeeemeem ee 5 13 5 7 Troubleshooting Tips eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene nnnnnn nnn 5 14 Main Body 2 ede ede qae queda 5 14 ADP m 5 15 Finisher with Punch Kit cccccceeeeeseeeessesssseeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeseseeees 5 15 Z Folding da c EDEN 5 15 Trimmer Unit 2 ni e e S o Den 5 16 Maintenance 6 1 Cleaning Image Scanning Section sss 6 3 Cleaning the ADF Scanning Glass
375. es lal a thalzlxi gt la Rojo I Vial 9m cd fad bd o yz uaa b v I MIL SX I vA qo wo mo u uo e nje EIER ES m xo 9 i x WM x gt tuj aN y i ei i R i meli o ale eja o w o x jepmx e x jw ms S lo olalo s sim rial M OE os wm OKO M T Cm gt Uwe Wem meo uo SEE ER nicl 5e n mpo s wa 20 l io o wm jele e fea lt 5 v v a ev v VN t 10 ve o 8 4o shalola m UO UD Gm ARE NO hw 0 e fen bal EX gt p ea roy Imma o amp O at 0 m lalminlalo tmi owo umwu Slalalalolal t I4 a T Inl i oleja fal fe ee J o elm d lem S 88989 2997992888u amp E 89 8892292882888 e o fos a SES u elo ose alzi ele IP i H A ct ul o zoings 1 el IIH tet ty a tis ee Jyala N DN sta 5 9 o iae aw e dh En ao sf gt ew o MI uA 5 Ni ON xax REND oc Perce en aom mw F o alaja aaa cojme aao Sos emxex H1 R o z uz fm SSO Semu Mim ko aso Blom gt lulp e a e v o MH iA jt iO o aleiAleld o atm OM Oo ofaa 0 ps o o m n ulm elma aly ita 9 eet IO s 10 ES zinala n Sjaal olw o Mew mm ua lala Ole o o e a n lem awo 5e SGE TT S988998998882888508 A SSRRFSSLSSLRSRTE Microsoft Puolishing MC Text 0123456789 ABCDEF 01234567898 ABCDEF
376. esired Paper Size Auto Zoom on page 9 14 bizhub PRO 920 9 29 Basic Job Settings Simplex Duplex The Basic Screen is initially set to 1 1 copy mode to make single sided cop ies from single sided originals Follow the procedure below to make double sided copies from the originals scanned from the document feeder or from the original glass and also to make single sided copies from double sided originals Q Detail The machine is set to match the original binding direction and copy bind ing direction automatically For details refer to 2 Each Function Setting on page 17 60 f copy result is not as expected this setting might be altered by the ad ministrator In this case specify the copy binding direction manually See Setting Binding Direction for Duplex Copies on page 12 7 for details Making Double Sided Copies Using ADF Select the copy mode according to the original type single sided or double sided Y Position originals according to the original direction icon on the Basic Screen v The normal double sided copies having the same edge as page top can be made from double sided originals printed upside down on the back pages 2 2 Copying Front Back Front Back 1 2 Copying Front Back Front Back Front Back 9 30 bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 Touch Simplex Duplex on the Basic Screen The Simplex Duplex setting menu w
377. ess of the Administrator Max 250 characters combining symbols and alpha numerics can be used E Mail Receive Setting POP Server Address Specify an address of the POP server that is used to receive e mail 0 0 0 0 Max 255 characters combining symbols and alpha numerics can be used User Name Specify a user name that is used to connect to the POP server Max 63 characters combining symbols and alphanu merics can be used 18 114 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 Specific setting and Description Default Password Specify a password that is used to connect to the POP server Max 15 characters combining symbols and alphanu merics can be used APOP Specify to use APOP or not Use Not Use Not Use Port No Specify the number of port that is used to communi cate with the POP server 1 65535 110 Connection Timeout Specify the time out duration 30 300 seconds 60 Title Setting Max 5 e mail titles can be saved for frequent use Max 64 characters can be used Sentence Setting Max 5 e mail bodies can be saved for frequent use Max 256 characters can be used Specify the duration before automatically deleting Scan to HDD data For de tails refer to page 18 151 Specific setting and Description Default 9 HDD HDD Data Auto Delete Period Setting 1 day Specify the duration for which
378. essively curled Reload the paper upside down into the tray Is there any gap found be tween side guide plates or paper guides when using Multi sheet bypass tray and copy paper in the selected tray Make sure the side guide plates or paper guides are securely aligned to the copy paper in the tray to be used bizhub PRO 920 Troubleshooting Case Checkpoint Remedy Using Punch mode cop ies cannot be punched Is the message Waste bas ket of Punch unit is full dis played Empty the waste basket Trimmer Unit Case Checkpoint Remedy Using Trimming mode copies cannot be trimmed Is the message Waste bas ket of Trimmer is full dis played Empty the waste basket S eee Reminder f remedies mentioned above do not work contact your service repre sentative bizhub PRO 920 6 Maintenance Maintenance Emmm 6 6 1 Maintenance Cleaning Image Scanning Section In order to maintain optimum copy quality always keep the following areas clean Cleaning the ADF Scanning Glass Keep the ADF scanning glass clean other wise soil marks may be copied resulting in dark lines on the copies Raise the document feeder then clean the glass with a clean soft cloth S Reminder Never use paint solvents such as ben zene or thinners to clean the ADF scanning glass Cleaning the Original Glass
379. estore the Application Screen 5 Enter the desired print quantity position original s then press Start 11 66 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 11 19 Copying without Image Rotation No Rotate Rotation function allows you to utilize Auto Zoom or Auto Paper Select and copy the original documents onto size A4 or B5 irrespective of the copy pa per feeding direction The machine is initially set to activate the Rotation function automatically Follow the procedure below to release resume this function To set No Rotate function v If Reset on the control panel is pressed or Auto Reset functions Rota tion function will be activated automatically 1 Touch Application a ace e Ccombine OTS In Y ADT Originals oris In Cation Density Paper Zoom Simplex Duplex Image d j iy The Application Screen will be displayed 2 Touch Image Adjustment Read 0 cop emo PO on original face up e AD 00 000 Basic SMe ie ones
380. et OFF 10 Output Order Face Down 11 Image Order 1toN 12 Print Mber 1 13 Sort Collated 14 Paper Size M 15 Orientation Portrait 16 Banner Option OFF 17 Banner Tray Auto 18 Convert Paper Size OFF 19 Combination OFF 20 Booklet OFF 21 Adhesive binding OFP 22 Print Position Left Basic Setting 01 POL Auto 02 Paper Feed Tray Auto 03 Output Tray Auto 04 Duplex OFF 05 Binding Left 06 Staple OFF 07 Punch OFF 13 Sort Collated 14 Paper Size M 15 Orientation Portrait 16 Bamer Option OFF 17 Banner Tray Auto 18 Convert Paper Size OFF 19 Combination OFF 20 Booklet OFF 21 Adhesive binding OFF 22 Print Position Left PCL Setting 01 Pont Source Internal 02 Font Naber O 03 Symbol Set Roman 8 04 Form lines 64 0 Pont point size 12 000000 06 Font Pitch 10 000006 07 CR LF Mapping OFF PS Setting 01 Print PS Errors ON TIFF Setting O1 AutcPaperSelect ON 02 ImagePosition Center Print Sample bizhub PRO 920 27 13 Appendix 27 4 Demo Page PCL Demo Page Print duinf xof umoaq yoinb ay 240 sdunf xof uwo4q 321nb ayy yj 4240 sdunf xof uwo4q yoinb our zp ay 4240 sduimnf xof umoag yoinb ay Bop zo ays 4240 sdun xof uwoaq yomb ayy Sop pj np saso sdumf xof uwoaq yomb ayy Bop er syr 4280 sdiunf xof umosg yorab oy S 01 wT Or 05 09 OL Bed ISIL T ox E oO o 4 E amp
381. et Confirmation popup Screen Account Name Copy Count Printer Count Scanner Count L Size Total L Size Total L Size Tota DD 00000001 57810344 58718520 oo000000 17696000 20224768 CountReset bizhub PRO 920 18 89 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Touch any key to reset Touch Cancel when not resetting No 0001 Account Name Which count should be reset secl eset copy printer scanner count eset copy printer count Scanner eset scanner count Cancel xit without resetting 9 Follow the instructions below for resetting all count Touch Reset All Counters to display the Reset All Counters Con firmation popup screen Account Track Setting Reset All Counters Touch any key to reset Touch Cancel when not resetting Reset All Counters Which count should be reset eset copy printer scanner count eset copy printer count eset scanner count xit without resetting 18 90 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 10 Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the User Authenti cation Account Track Screen Touch Close to return to the Administrator Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 91 1 8 Utility Ad
382. etica Bold Oblique Scalable Port esc 0iX esc 81p12v1s3b24580T 1 40 Helvetica Narrow Scalable Port esc 01Xcesc 81p12v4s0b24580T 1 42 Helvetica Narrow Bold Scalable Port esc 01X esc s1p12v4s3b24580T 1 42 Helvetica Narrow Oblique Scalable Port esc 01X esc s1p12v5s0b24580T 1 43 Helvetica Narrow Bold Oblique Scalable Port esc 01Xcesc s1p12v5s3b24580T 1 44 Palatino Roman Scalable Port lt esc gt 01X lt esc gt s1p12v0s0b24591T 1 45 Palatino Bold Scalable Port esc 01X esc s1p12vOs3b24591T 1 46 Palatino Italic Scalable Port lt esc gt 01X lt escs sipi2vis0b24 91T 1 47 Palatino Bold Italic Scalable Port esc 01X esc s1pi2vis b24891T 1 48 ITC Avant Garde Gothic Book Scalable Port esc OlX esc 2v00b24607T 1 49 ITC Avant Garde Gothic Demi Scalable esc 01X esc 082b24607T 1 50 ITC Avant Garde Gothic Book Oblique scaiabie Port lt ese gt 0iX lt es 2v180b24607T 1 51 ITC Avant Garde Gothic Demi Oblique Scalable Port esc 0lX esc 81p12v182b24607T 1 52 ITC Bookman Light Scalable Port esc 01X esc a1 ITC Bookman Demi Scalable Port esc 01Xcesc s1p12v0s2b24623T 1 54 ITC Bookman Light Itallic Scalable Port esc 01X esc s1p12vls 3b24623T 1 55 ITC Bookman Demi Italic Scalable Port esc 01X esc sipl2vis2b24623T 1 5 New Century Schoolbook Roman Scalable Port esc 01X esc 31p12v0s0b24703T 1 57 New Century Schoolbook Bold Scalable Port esc 01X esc 31p12v0s3b2470 T 1 58 New
383. etting The Density Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 1 Density Shift for Original Image Type Density Setting Function Setting Density Setting ser Density Setting The Density Shift for Original Image Type Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 17 33 17 Utility User Setting 5 Touch Lighter or Darker to specify the desired Density shift for each Original Image Type Density Shift for Original Image Type ach Original Density can be set up 6 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Density Setting Screen 7 If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 17 34 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 3 Density Setting gt 2 User Density Setting The copy density level is divided into 16 levels between Darker and Normal and between Normal and Lighter respectively Select and preset two levels from the 32 levels The preset density level setting can be recalled from Spe cial Image on the Copy Screen 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 2 Function Setting The Function Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 3 Density Setting Lin Function Setting Function Setting Density Setting
384. etting DNS Host Name DNS Domain Name LPD Line Speed Setting TCP IP setting Main power Off On lt after change gt DNS Host Name Disable Line Speed Setting TCP IP RAW port settings TCP IP setting Main power Off On lt after change gt TCP IP Filter accept settings TCP IP setting Main power Off On lt after change gt 18 124 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 TCP IP Filter refuse setting TCP IP setting Main power Off On lt after change Network Test Ping Address TCP IP setting Main power Off On lt after change Touch OK to return to the IP NIC Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key S After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power Detail When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off If you do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly bizhub PRO 920 18 125 18 Utility Administrator Setting 2 IP NIC Setting gt 2 NetWare Specify the settings for connecting network printer and the NetWare set tings Where Novell NetWare is not used make sure that Not Use is selected 1 Press the Utility Counter to display th
385. etting Neu User Register Change User Info Useable Function Follow the instructions below for changing a user setting Touch the up or down arrow key to display the user name to be changed and touch it to display the Individual User Counter Screen ser Authentication Setting Reset All Counters Touch Change to display the Change Registered User Screen Copy Count Printer Count Scanner Count L Size Total L Size Total L Size Total 00000000 00000000 00000000 oo000000 oo000000 0000000 CountReset Change J Delete J 18 96 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Touch User Name to display the input screen Neu User Register Change User Info ser Nusber Useable T NE Stores Function cu RECALL Enter the user name and touch OK You may enter 64 letters for the user name For the details on entering texts in the input screen see the appendix Please input user name bizhub PRO 920 18 97 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Touch Password to display the input screen Enter the password and touch OK You may enter 64 digits for the password For the details on entering texts in the input screen see the appendix Please input password Touch Account Name to displa
386. etting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 13 18 Utility Administrator Setting Touch 1 Power Save Utility Power Save Expert Adjustment f nis 2 f System Setting The Power Save Screen will be displayed Specify the Power Save mode to be set manually by pressing the Pow er Save on the control panel by selecting Low Power Mode or Sleep Mode Power Save 30 60 390 240min Select the interval of time that must elapse before turning to Low Power Mode automatically Touch the Upper Lower arrow keys in each area to select a specific waiting period before activating Low Power Mode The initial setting is 15 minutes Select the interval of time that must elapse before turning to Sleep mode automatically Touch the Upper Lower arrow keys in each area to select a specific waiting period before activating Sleep Mode The initial setting is 90 minutes 18 14 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the System Setting Screen O if further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 15 18 Utility Administrator Setting 2 Date Time Setting Set the current date and time the summer time and also the time difference The default setting for
387. etwork Be sure not to change the port number unless the network ad ministrator gives instruction to do so 18 174 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 2 IP NIC Setting gt 16 SNMP Trap Specify the SNMP Trap settings Q Detail Before setting the SNMP Trap specify to use SNMP in 4 Network Set ting 2 IP NIC Setting 5 SNMP 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting Wil F Administrator Setting Network Setting The Network Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 IP NIC Setting UGNG 7 The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 175 18 Utility Administrator Setting Touch Next and then touch 16 SNMP Trap SHMP Trap Network Setting IP NIC Setting The SNMP Trap Setting Screen will be displayed Specify to use the SNMP Trap transmission and authentication failure transmission functions SNMP Trap Transmission Auth Failure Transmission Select On or Off to transmit by SNMP in the case that any authentication failure in Read Community Name or Write Community Name of SNMP occurs SHM
388. exposure level indicator Touch Std to select the middle density level When resuming AE touch Auto g 07 04 05 Ready To cop emo PO on original face up e AD 00 000 combine X rigd In Y ABBIIC Originals EA lm T Cation De Paper Zoom Bameae CA EREADY Touse preset density touch Pre 1 or Pre 2 9 8 bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 3 Select the desired background adjustment level Touch Darker or Lighter in the Background Removal area to move the highlighted indication to the des
389. f both cartridge and hous ing then remove the lock tape from the cartridge 6 Insertthe cartridge housing while sliding it along the stapler rail then push down and in to secure it in place Return the stacker unit to its original position bizhub PRO 920 4 23 4 Supplies amp Handling 8 Close the Finisher door 4 24 bizhub PRO 920 Supplies amp Handling 4 4 6 Empty Waste Basket of Punch Kit PK 504 505 Punch kit PK 504 505 is installed in Finisher FS 509 FS 604 If the waste basket of the punch kit becomes full Waste basket of Punch kit is full Please empty waste basket message will be displayed on the touch panel and the finished set will be output without being punched even if Punch mode has been specified CemBine YUrPig Inc Y ABBII Originals oris In Cation Density Paper Zoon Simplex Duplex Before setting punch mode be sure to check the waste paper inside the waste basket and empty the waste basket if needed To empty waste basket 1 Open the Finisher door 2 Withdraw the waste basket bizhub PRO 920 4 25 Supplies amp Handling 3 4 Empty the waste basket Return the waste basket to its origi nal position then close the Finisher door securely
390. fing tabs select the number of tabs as well A3 B4 A4 B5 A5 B6 8x13 8 25x13 8 125x13 11x17 8 5x14 8 5x13 8 5x11 5 5x8 5 A3W BAW A4W BSW 11x17W 8 5x14W 8 5x11W 5 5x8 5W 8 5x11Tab A4Tab A4 15 Orientation Select the orientation of the image printed on copy paper Portrait Landscape Portrait 16 Banner Option Select to print the banner page Off On Off 17 Banner Tray Select the paper feed tray for printing banner page The selectable items vary depending upon the configuration of installed options Auto Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 LCT Bypass Auto 18 Convert Paper Size Select to change the paper size f 8 5x11 11x17 to A4 A3 A4 A3 to 8 5x11 11x17 Q Off 19 Combination Specify the desired combination function Off 2 in 1 2 repeat 2 repeat reversal L 2 re peat reversal R 2 repeat reversal U 2 repeat reversal D Off 20 Booklet Select to use the Booklet function Off On Off 21 Adhesive Bind ing Select to use the Adhesive binding mode Off On Off 22 Print Position Select the initial print position Rear Edge Centre Lead Edge Rear Edge 16 6 bizhub PRO 920 Controller Setting 16 Menu Items Description Default 2 PCL Setting 1 Font Source Select the medium of font source Internal Standard font Disk Downloaded font Soft Software font Internal Disk Sof
391. following audit log entry will be created e Password authentication for the box Action 11 ID Box that authentication was made Result OK NG e Access to the document in the box Action 13 ID Box that authentication was made Check the date and time the above operation occurred and see if the oper ation on the document in the personal box or secure box was made by a le gitimate box user 26 20 bizhub PRO 920 Administrator Security Functions 26 Actions to take if unauthorized operations are found e lfit sfoundthat a password has been leaked after analyzing the audit log change the password immediately e t s possible that a password may have been tampered with and legiti mate users cannot access a box The administrator must contact the user to confirm the situation and if that s the case the administrator must change the password and delete the data saved in the box e If you cannot find documents that should be in a box or if you find a doc ument with changed content unauthorized actions may have occurred Similar countermeasures are needed bizhub PRO 920 26 21 26 Administrator Security Functions 26 22 bizhub PRO 920 2 Appendix Appendix 27 Appendix 27 1 Howto Input Characters As you touch the item where you can input characters the character input Screen appears You can input alphabets and signs Character array is the same with compu ter keyboards About
392. formation 14 6 Adjusting Response Time of Touch Keys Accessibility This machine can sets the desired interval between touching the screen key and machine response in advance Pressing the Accessibility key on the control panel will select this interval so that the machine will respond to the touch key operation only when the key is kept touched for a specified period of time This function is convenient for physically handicapped users who have difficulty in touching keys with accuracy Q Detail For details on how to set the desired response time refer to 6 Key Re sponse Time on page 17 19 To adjust response time v Response time can be selected from Normal 0 5 second 1 second 2 seconds 3 seconds v f Normal is selected as response time pressing Accessibility will not make any change in the touch key operation 1 Press Accessibility on the control panel The Accessibility LED lights in green to indicate that the specified re sponse time is set on the machine 2 To deactivated this function press Accessibility for one second or longer The Accessibility LED goes off and normal response time will be re stored in touch key operation 14 20 bizhub PRO 920 Advanced Information 14 14 7 Adjusting Touch Panel Contrast Contrast This function allows you to adjust the contrast of the touch panel Q Detail The brightness of the touch panel can be adjusted by th
393. fy the number of lines per page 05 Font point size Specify the font size by point 06 Font pitch Specify the font pitch 07 CR LF Mapping Select the line feed code Touch Return to complete the setting and restore the Printer Set ting Screen bizhub PRO 920 16 15 1 6 Controller Setting Perform the PS Setting option Touch 03 PS Setting The PS Setting Screen will be displayed Printer Setting Make the desired setting Utility 02 PDF gt PS Conversion error control 01 Print to PS error Select On to print the error report when an error occurs while rasterizing PostScreipt data 02 PDF gt PS Conversion error control Select On to stop printing error pages resulted from the memory overflow Touch OK to complete the setting The PS Setting Screen will be restored Touch Return to complete the setting and restore the Printer Set ting Screen 16 16 bizhub PRO 920 Controller Setting 1 6 8 Perform the TIFF Setting Touch 04 TIFF Setting The TIFF Setting Screen will be displayed Printer Setting 01 Auto Paper Select Select to use APS function 02 Image Position Select the image position to be printed on a page Touch Ok to complete the setting The TIFF Setting Screen will be restored Touch Return to complete the setting and restore the Printer Set
394. g a Box for that user there fore the user should perform to release the authentication function when machine operation is completed e Qualifications to be an administrator A supervisor must select a reliable person who has adequate knowledge technical ability and experience as an administrator to whom to dele gate administration of the device e Guarantee of service representative CE A supervisor or an administrator can use Enhanced Security mode after confirming that a service contract was signed with the service represent ative CE Clearly state in the service contract that the service representative will not engage in any fraudulent actions e Secure LAN We recommend that you use an apparatus such as WEP code 802 11 x to prevent tapping during communication when setting up a local area network bizhub PRO 920 22 Enhanced Security Mode Enhanced Security Mode O Enhanced Security Mode 22 22 1 Description of Enhanced Security mode The following items will have enhanced security Protect and delete used data in memory and on the HDD There are two kinds of image data that will be saved in memory and on the HDD AHA compressed data and uncompressed data TIFF and PDF formats Memory and HDD areas containing the AHA compressed data is freed up when data is deleted However in normal mode data is not completely deleted so it could be read through illicit means In the En hanced Security mode data wil
395. g gt 4 Image Density Selection 17 40 4 Preset ZOOITio iid eite odeur tie Ege ear ea PaT aa 17 42 5 Tandem Setting gt 1 Tandem Sub Machine One Time Data Read seeeeeeeeeeeeeennnennne 17 44 5 Tandem Setting gt 2 Tandem Sub Machine Wait Proof 17 46 5 Tandem Setting gt 3 Tandem Sub Machine Shift Data Setting 2 edente eee tr nth eese ar tennis 17 48 5 Tandem Setting gt 4Tandem Selection after JOB Completion 2 tee eL tie cte ec 17 50 5 Tandem Setting 5 Distribution Recovery 17 52 bizhub PRO 920 17 5 9 Copier Setting nee eei 17 54 1 Reset Setting gt 1 Initial Setting seeeeeeeee 17 54 1 Reset Setting gt 2 Reset Function Setting 17 56 1 Reset Setting gt 3 Initial by Key Counter Insert 17 58 2 Each Function Setting seen 17 60 17 6 4 Scanner Setting eee ceeds ceeeces adak aak scdeccvecss se 17 63 1 Default Address Setting 2 0 eee eeeceeeesneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneees 17 63 2 Each Function Setting eese 17 65 17 7 5 Touch Panel Adjust eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene nennen nnns 17 67 Utility Administrator Setting 18 1 Administrator Setting Outlines essen 18 3 How to access the Administrator Setting Menu
396. ge current capacity grounding and may result in fire or shock If proper wall outlet is not available the customer shall ask qualified electrician for the installation e Do not use a multiple outlet adapter nor an extension cord in principle Use of an adapter or an extension cord could cause a fire or electrical shock Contact your authorized service representative if an exten Sion cord is required 1 4 bizhub PRO 920 Precautions for Installation and Use Power source Consult your authorized service representative before con necting other equipment on the same wall outlet Overload could result in a fire AN CAUTION Theoutlet must be near the equipment and easily accessible Otherwise you can not pull out the power plug when an emer gency occurs Power plug Aae Do not unplug and plug in the power cord with a wet hand as an electrical shock could result Plug the power cord all the way into the power outlet Failure to do this could result in a fire or electrical shock AN CAUTION Do not tug the power cord when unplugging Pulling on the power cord could damage the cord resulting in a fire or elec trical shock Remove the power plug from the outlet more than one time a year and clean the area between the plug terminals Dust that accumulates between the plug terminals may cause a fire eo eo Grounding ZA ipii Conn
397. ge touch Change to display the Scan Destination Address Change Delete Screen Select the changing item from Register Name Reference Name and Password and change it in the input screen Touch Com mon to set it as daily use Touch OK Ican Destination Address Change Delete Password XOORROROROROK To delete touch Delete Touch Yes on the Delete Confirmation popup screen To suspend deleting touch No 18 218 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 To delete the unregistered box touch Non Register Box and touch Delete Touch Yes on the Delete Confirmation popup screen To suspend deleting touch No TEST abc Delete this destination dr octet Select the address type to change delete the FTP destination address Touch FTP Display the register name of the destination address using the search key or the up and down arrow keys Touch the register name to highlight it bizhub PRO 920 18 219 18 Utility Administrator Setting Tochange touch Change to display the Scan Destination Address Change Delete Screen Select the changing item from Profile Name Character for Search Password Login Name Host Address and File Path and change it in the input
398. generally poor condition Q Detail See each description in this guide for copy conditions which cannot use the document feeder to scan Unsuitable ADF Originals Curled creased or Paste ups or folded originals cut outs 107 4 Sue 5 z Glossy or transparent originals OHP film art paper cellophane Doubled punched or Thin or thick originals stapled originals Specifications for Using Original Glass e Detectable original size A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 B5R A5 A5R e Max book weight thickness 6 8 kg 30 mm e Original placement Face down on left depth side of glass N CAUTION Do not place too heavy originals or do not press strongly when thick original is placed and is under pressure of ADF gt The glass may be broken and you may be injured bizhub PRO 920 3 11 Paper and Original Information Q Detail Administrator can set the machine to detect B6R 5 5 x8 5 R 8 5 x17 or A4 instead of A5R For details refer to 7 Size Setting on page 18 57 Detectable paper size can be changed from Metric to Inch Metric A Size Paper or Full Size by the administrator For details refer to 7 Size Set ting on page 18 57 ADF Originals Following four modes are provided when using the document feeder ADF to scan originals Normal mode Mixed Original mode Z Folded mode Single Feed mode Specifications for each mode are described as follows Normal mode Sizes av
399. ght Approx 280 kg Main body ADF Dimensions 887 W x 780 D x 1 203 H mm Main body ADF 3 180 W x 780 D x 1 203 H mm Main body ADF LU 404 FS 604 TU 501 3 372 W x 780 D x 1 203 H mm Main body ADF LU 404 FS 604 ZU 601 602 TU 501 Space requirements 200 mm or more on the back 100 mm or more on both sides ADF Specifications Name DF 606 Feeding speed Single sided 92 sheets min A4 Double sided 65 sheets min A4 Document types Plain paper 50 to 130 g m 50 to 200 g m using SDF mode for single sided original Document sizes Max 297 mm x 431 8 mm min 128 mm x 139 7 mm Detectable sizes for Auto Paper Select mode A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 B5R A5 A5R B6R 11 x17 8 5 x11 8 5 x13 Available to scan mixed originals of AB sizes and inch sizes Feeder capacity Max 100 sheets 80 g m Document insertion Automatic feed Weight Approx 22 kg Dimensions 650 W x 570 D x 170 H mm Power source Supplied from main body These specifications are subject to change without notice bizhub PRO 920 Specifications 7 2 Option Specifications Finisher FS 509 Specifications Type Stapler finisher Mountable options Z folding unit Punch kit Post inserter Exit trays Primary main tray Secondary sub tray for Straight delivery only Function Straight deliver
400. gits for the copy limit Please input limit Account No Touch OK to complete the setting The message will be displayed when the changed password or ac count name is duplicated Enter another password or account name bizhub PRO 920 18 85 18 Utility Administrator Setting QJ Follow the instructions below for changing an account setting Touch the up or down arrow key to display the account name to be changed and touch it to display the Individual Account Counter Screen Account Track Setting Reset All Counters Touch Change to display the Change Registered Account Screen Copy Count Printer Count Scanner Count L Size Total L Size Total L Size Total Limit 00000001 57810344 58718520 o0000000 17696000 20224768 25503792 CountReset E Delete 18 86 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Touch the desired item to be changed and display the input screen Change Account Information Account Ne Enter the new setting For the details on entering texts in the input Screen see the appendix You may enter eight digits for the pass word eight characters for the account name Touch Limit to display the input screen Enter the copy limit value and touch OK You may enter eight digits for the copy limit
401. goes up ATTENZIONE bizhub PRO 920 Precautions for Installation and Use 1 1 4 Installation Space Allow sufficient space for facilitating copy operation changing parts and pe riodic inspection Leave an adequate space behind the machine to let hot air out from the rear fan 150 116 150 tf NN 675 887 ei 400 i 1603 855 1203 p S 2214 Main body DF 606 FS 604 LU 403 Front i L200 950 1603 l 1930 i Main body Right side bizhub PRO 920 1 13 Precautions for Installation and Use 150 116 ie 1507 1 899 675 887 626 400 1603 _ 1203 1 eee 5 M j g y Y 1280 410 3372 3672 Main body DF 606 FS 604 PI 501 ZU 601 602 LU 404 MK 707 TU 501 Front Q Detail The whole machine may weigh approx 510 kg at maximum depending on the combination of options Be sure to choose a level and solid floor for the installation place S Reminder Finisher tray of Finisher FS 509 FS 604 gradually goes down while print ed materials output DO NOT allow any object to interfere with the oper ation of the tray on the left side of the finisher as any interference may cause damage to the finisher bizhub PRO 920 Precautions for Installation and Use 1 1 5 Operation
402. h 2 IP NIC Setting Utility The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 141 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 5 Touch 7 AppleTalk Utility Administrator tting 4 TCP IP d Network Setting IP NIC Setting The AppleTalk Setting Screen will be displayed o For each item select or enter a required value Appletalk Printer Name Zone Name Current Zone AppleTalk Setting Main power Off On lt after change 7 Touch OK to return to the IP NIC Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key 8 After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power Detail When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off Ifyou do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly 18 142 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 2 IP NIC Setting gt 8 E Mail Specify the settings for an e mail send receive division for transmitted data and authentication and save the template of titles and bodies frequently used S Note The Binary Division function may be unavailable if any virus scanning software is installed on the mail server Contact your network administra tor for details To
403. h OK to return to the IP NIC Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key 8 After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power Detail When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off f you do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly bizhub PRO 920 18 135 18 Utility Administrator Setting 2 IP NIC Setting gt 5 SNMP Specify the SNMP settings 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting Utility Network Setting The Network Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 IP NIC Setting d nis Network Setting Network Setting IP NIC Setting The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed 18 136 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 5 Touch 5 SNMP Tao eas inistrater 77 Setting D TCP IP Network Setting IP NIC Setting Alert Mail The SNMP Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Foreach item select or enter a required value SNMP Read Commun
404. h Y indicating the vertical size then enter the desired size From the minimum size of 140x182 mm to the maximum size of 314x445 mm can be set bizhub PRO 920 15 15 15 Paper Setting Touch Lead Edge Rear Edge or Centre to specify the desired image position Please set the paper size s N Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Size Setting Screen Select Wide Size Paper when loading the wide size of paper in the specified tray Touch Wide Size Paper to display the Wide Size Selection Screen Touch the desired wide size key to highlight it Touch Lead Edge Rear Edge or Centre to specify the desired image position Please set the wide size paper setting Touch Input Size to display the Wide Size Input Screen Touch X indicating the horizontal size then enter the desired size using the control panel keypad The value should fall within the range from the horizontal size of the standard wide size paper to a maximum of 445mm can be set Similarly touch Y indicating the vertical size then enter the desired size The value should fall within the range from the vertical size of the standard wide size paper to a maximum of 314mm 15 16 bizhub PRO 920 Paper Setting 1 5 When using the LU 403 the maximum size will be 223mm when using the LU 404 the maximum size will be 460mm
405. h Kit Vertical Position Adjustment Available range 50 wide to 50 narrow 1 step 0 1mm Punch Kit Horizontal Position Adjustment Available range 50 wide to 50 narrow 1 step 0 1mm Punch Unit Vertical Position Adjustment Available range 50 wide to 50 narrow 1 step 0 1mm Punch Unit Horizontal Position Adjustment Available range 50 wide to 50 narrow 1 step 0 1mm Z Fold Position Adjustment Adjust the dislocation of the z fold position for the Z Fold Unit ZU 601 602 1st Fold Adjustment Available range 128 wide to 127 narrow 1 step 0 1mm 2nd Fold Adjustment Available range 128 wide to 127 narrow 1 step 0 1mm Letter Fold Adjustment Adjust the dislocation of the three fold position for the Finisher FS 604 Available range 128 wide to 127 narrow 1 step 0 1mm 2 Positions Staple Pitch Adjustment Adjust the dislocation of the 2 positions stapling pitch for the Finisher FS 604 Available range 120 wide to 160 narrow 1 step 1mm Fold amp Staple Staple Pitch Adjustment Adjust the centre staple and fold staple pitch for the Finisher FS 604 Available range 120 wide to 160 narrow 1 step 1mm bizhub PRO 920 18 47 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed
406. h holes PK 504 4 holes Swedish type PK 505 2 holes or 4 holes Hole diameter PK 504 6 5 x 0 5 mm PK 505 6 5 0 15 mm Hole pitch PK 504 21 0 5 mm 70 0 5 mm 21 x 0 5 mm PK 505 80 0 5 mm Paper types Plain paper 61 to 90 g m Thick paper 91 to 128 g m Thin paper 50 to 60 g m Special paper OHP transparencies labels Paper sizes PK 504 A3 B4 A4 BS 11 x17 8 5 x11 PK 505 2 holes A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 B5R A5 ASR 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R 5 5 x8 5 5 5 x8 5 R 4 holes A3 B4 A4 B5 11 x17 8 5 x11 Dimensions PK 504 130 W x 470 D x 115 H mm PK 505 148 W x 509 D x 122 H mm Weight Approx 3 kg Power source Supplied from finisher Post Inserter PI 501 Specifications Function Cover sheet feeding into Finisher FS 509 FS 604 Structure Double paper feeding unit upper and lower Cover sheet types Plain Recycled paper 61 to 90 g m Thick paper 91 to 200 g m Thin paper 50 to 60 g m Cover sheet sizes A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 BSR AS 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R 5 5 x8 5 Stack capacity 200 sheets max or 30 mm thick or less Dimensions 511 mm W x 620 mm D x 220 mm H Weight Approx 10 5 kg Power source Supplied from finisher bizhub PRO 920 7 7 Specifications Large Capacity Unit LU 403 Specifications Funct
407. he communication test On completing the test touch Return to restore the CSRC Setting Screen SRC Communication Test 9 Touch Close to return to the IP NIC Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key 10 After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power Q Detail When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off Ifyou do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly bizhub PRO 920 18 161 18 Utility Administrator Setting 2 IP NIC Setting gt 12 AP I F Specify the settings for AP I F 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting Utility Network Setting The Network Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 IP NIC Setting d nis Network Setting Network Setting IP NIC Setting The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed 18 162 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 5 Touch Next and then touch 12 AP I F aninistrator 7 g 4 IP NIC Setting SHMP Trap The
408. he password if selected Box requires one 25 6 bizhub PRO 920 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 25 The Personal File Screen will be displayed 5 Touch Store For neuly store Memory HDD Please touch Store button 100 000 99 972 The Input File Name Screen will be displayed 6 Enter the file name then touch OK Please enter file name The Copy Basic Screen will be restored T Press Start on the control panel to scan Box Scan Copy I Fl gm m After scanning all the originals the s H Sus Interrupt machine automatically starts to print 900 and store the data in a Box E Stop 000 Utility Counter 000 Mode Check E bizhub PRO 920 25 7 25 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 8 When operation is completed press Access on the control panel The User Authentication Screen will be displayed to prohibit the ma chine operation without entering a user name and password 25 8 bizhub PRO 920 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 25 25 2 Store scanned data in a Box The following is a detailed explanation of how to store scanned data in a Box in Enhanced Security mode Q Detail Passwords are case sensitive f a wrong password or fewer than 8 alphanumerical characters are en tered and the OK is touched the warning message Password d
409. he port number varies depending on the Enable SSL setting 1 65535 389 SSL not used 636 SSL used General Settings Select the authentication type to login the LDAP server Anonymous Simple Digest MD5 GSS SPNEGO Anonymous Login Name Specify a login name Max 255 characters combining symbols and alpha numerics can be used Password Specify a password Max 128 characters combining symbols and alpha numerics can be used bizhub PRO 920 18 119 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Specific setting and Description Default Domain Name Specify a domain name This setting is required if GSS SPNEGO is selected as the authentication type Max 64 characters combining symbols and alphanu merics can be used Dynamic Authentication Set the Dynamic authentication Disable Enable Disable Specify the SNMP Trap setting For details refer to page 18 175 Specific setting and Description Default 16 SNMP Trap SNMP Trap Transmission Specify to transmit SNMP Trap or not Off On Off Authentication Failure Trans Specify to transmit by SNMP in the case that any authen Off tication failure in Read Community Name or Write Com munity Name of SNMP occurs On Off Trans Address 1 5 Setting Address SNMP Trap Trans Specify to transmit the SNMP Trap or not Off On Off SNMP Trap Trans Address Specify the SNMP Trap transmission address 0 0 0
410. he previous screen 07704705 ease ele pe o Application gt Watermark Watermark PLEASE REPLAY e LJ IBIREADY Touch the desired density key in the Text Density area If fine adjustment is needed touch Fine Adjustment to display the Fine Adjustment Screen Touch and highlight the desired direction key then use the touch panel keypad or up down arrow key to en ter the desired amount from 0 to 50 mm Touch OK to return to the previous screen he position is moved AN rom base i point S A A Top Omm Left Enn CA EREADY bizhub PRO 920 11 81 1 1 Applications When selecting Set Numbering Specify the numbering type density character size and start number Touch Set Numbering Type then select the desired numbering type on the subsequent screen Touch OK to restore the previous screen 07 04 05 13 29 A SA S S CS MIREADY 11 82 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 Touch Character Size to select 20 point or 36 point Touch the desired density key in the Text Density area Touch Start Number to designate the starting number if required 07704705 ease p d 8 be Application gt Watermark Number ing Use the touch panel keypad or up down arrow key to enter the
411. he upper right corner then lower left corner on the screen The present coordinates will be displayed in the mes sage area of the screen ouch Panel Adjust Press two marks on upper right lower left respectively The buzzer when pressing two check buttons represents to complete the adjustment rightly Re adjust once more if there no buzzer 4 Check that the X coordinate and Y coordinate displayed in the first line of the message area fall within the standard value displayed in the sec ond line 5 Touch each Check Button at the upper left and lower right corners on the screen to check if the buzzer tone functions normally 6 ifthe coordinates fall out of the range of the standard value in step 4 or the buzzer tone does not sound in step 5 repeat the adjustment pro cedure from steps 4 to 5 or contact your service representative Press 1 of the control panel keypad to return to the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 67 17 Utility User Setting 17 68 bizhub PRO 920 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 rsa 18 Utility Administrator Setting 18 4 Administrator Setting Outlines Press the Utility Counter on the control panel to display the Utility Screen The Utility Screen includes two types of setting items one in which a user can set and the other in which an administrator is required to enter an admin istrator password
412. his setting can be made by the administrator For details refer to 3 Density Setting gt 2 User Density Setting on page 17 35 To recall the programmed density follow the procedure below Density Shift can shift each of nine density levels described below to three levels lighter or three levels darker This function can be set by the administrator to use in combination with each of four Original Type modes For details refer to 3 Density Set ting 3 Photo Mode Density Setting on page 17 38 bizhub PRO 920 9 Basic Job Settings Q Detail Image Density Selection changes the range of the density level between the darkest and lightest so that users can obtain the optimum print result according to the originals or print object without degrading image quality This setting can be made by the administrator and will also be applied to Density Shift for Enhance Mode For details refer to 3 Density Setting gt 4 Image Density Selection on page 17 40 Photo Mode Density Setting specifies the exposure level to be selected by AE in Photo mode This setting can be made by the administrator For details refer to 3 Density Setting gt 4 Image Density Selection on page 17 40 To adjust exposure level and background whiteness 1 Touch Density on the Basic Screen The Density Background adjustment menu will be displayed 2 Touch Darker to darken or Lighter to lighten the copy image Highlight the desired
413. hub PRO 920 4 19 4 Supplies amp Handling 9 Close the Finisher door 4 20 bizhub PRO 920 Supplies amp Handling 4 4 5 Inserting a New Staple Cartridge into Finisher FS 604 When the staple cartridge of the Finisher FS 604 becomes empty the Basic Screen displays the message Open the Finisher door Please add staples er doo emo 00 000 e add staple Ptonbine W rig In Y APBIIC Originals oris In Cation Density Paper Zoom Simplex Duplex Image Biagio iu voy Follow the procedure below to add staples S Reminder When inserting the new staple cartridge do not remove the staples re maining inside the housing otherwise the first sheet output after the re plenishment will not be stapled To add staples 1 Open the Finisher door bizhub PRO 920 4 21 Supplies amp Handling Pull out the stacker unit slowly by 2 holding the stacker unit handle until it stops Remove the cartridge housing 3 Pull up the knob of the cartridge housing then remove it while sliding it along the stapler rail Remove the empty cartridge from the cartridge housing 4 bizhub PRO 920 4 22 Supplies amp Handling 4 5 Insert the new staple cartridge into the cartridge housing Firmly insert the cartridge into the housing while aligning the arrow sides o
414. i licere i eiiciere 20 5 Operation m 20 5 20 3 Screen Configuration eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeee eese nennen nnn 20 6 20 3 1 Logging in Using Administrator Mode eene 20 8 20 4 Administrator Mode ie nganinin ananin annarai 20 10 20 44 System TAD iiec etre ee esee rever dpi ge e Teen 20 10 Administrator Password sss 20 10 Device Information seesssssssssssessseeenenene nennen 20 11 ROM VGrSIOFIL ien et ae hate ee rin lese eE 20 12 Online Assistance 25 o nd e et e aeneus 20 12 Import EXport i e nee e re deve aer ee de 20 14 Maintenance rire he Ira Ie tepe iEn ERE 20 15 Alert Mall i pice t EE RENE e tuque eem i te cces 20 17 20 4 2 Print Labs iut ide o fci dul edu t duds 20 18 Port SettingS 42 reat nta DH needs e dec suns 20 18 Default Settings 1d reete tee dee tan anakaa dainai 20 19 bizhub PRO 920 x 17 20 4 3 20 4 4 S an Tab ODER 20 22 Subject Registration eeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeeesaeeeeesneeseeneeeeseeeees 20 22 To Enter Edit Subjects rrii arien ketani 20 23 To Delete Subjects sessssssssssssssssseeeeenennenee nnn 20 24 Body Registration sssssessssssssssseeseee enne nnns 20 25 To Enter Edit Body cccccsccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 20 25 To Delete Bodies 2 2 i b oce ict eec ete 20 26 Ne
415. iagonal line indicates a prohibited course of action S This symbol warns against dismantling the device A solid circle indicates an imperative course of action eo This symbol indicates you must unplug the device bizhub PRO 920 1 3 Precautions for Installation and Use Disassemble and modification Awenn Do not attempt to remove the covers and panels which have been fixed to the product Some products have a high volt age part or a laser beam source inside that could cause an electrical shock or blindness e Do not modify this product as a fire electrical shock or breakdown could result If the product employs a laser the laser beam source could cause blindness Power cord Awenn Do not scratch abrade place a heavy object on heat twist bend pull on or damage the power cord Use of a damaged power cord exposed core wire broken wire etc could re sult in a fire or breakdown Should any of these conditions be found immediately turn OFF the power switch unplug the power cord from the pow er outlet and then call your authorized service representa tive Power source PA e Use only the specified power source voltage Failure to do that could result in a fire or electrical shock Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having the same configuration as the plug Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to inadequate power supply volta
416. ically select the same size of copy paper as the original placed on the original glass On Off Auto Detection Orig Size in ADF Set the machine to automatically select the same size of copy paper as the original placed on the ADF On Off Choose Default Tray when APS Off Select the tray to be automatically selected when APS is released APS Tray Tray1 Tray2 Tray3 Tray4 Bypass Tray APS Tray bizhub PRO 920 17 7 17 Utility User Setting Set the stapling setting On or Off when pressing Re set On Off Specific setting and Description Default Org Out Bind Direction Set On Set the machine to conform the binding direction of the originals and printed sets each other On Off Staple Auto Reset Off Original Set Bind Direction Select to reset or save the original direction setting made on the Special Original Screen and the bind po sition setting made on the Output Mode Screen after completion of each copying job Do Not Release Release Per JOB Release Per JOB Status Hold When Auto Reset When Auto Reset functions select to reset the Platen RADF mode to the initial setting or save the previous setting Hold Not Hold Not Hold Annotation at JOB completion Set the machine to automatically select Annotation af ter a copying job has been made Select Not Select Not Select Original Glass Auto Copy Reserve Set the machine to automatically display the J
417. ie t M n Goody beaBoid Odors Type 14 Forts Bodeni Bod le Gnd A fale ved of i Total Type 14 Fonts 0 Helvetica Palatino Bold laic t ine foie uic feb Palatino lc t Bodoni Poster H veica Bold Otiqut t Palatino Roman t Type Forts Boden Poster Compressed tva Code Stempel Garamond Bold t Ieg Chancery 0 TTG Doonan Deal nas fee Coded Bod Spel Gamon Bl tct Te Bossa Dani Rae Hevea Condensed Boid biquet Stempel Garamond Nac t a Roam a Hebei Condensed Oblique t Stempel Garamond Roman t Hotter Text Back TC Bookman LGM Rabe H wtca Narrow TIC Symbol Carae eta aros tol Telton ee Clarendon Helvetica Narrow Bold Obiguet Times Bold M BO Carenfon Bld t Heveeca Narrow Oblique t Times Bod hale t den Clarendon Light t Helvetica Oblique t Times italic t Wogdegs CooperBlack HoeflerText Ornaments o Times Roman t Peer o A dora Times New Roman Total Type 42 Forts 9 reper Rote St area bold Times New Roman Bod 7 Y Adobe Ade PostScret fe Adobe logo and the PostSongt logo ave trademarks d Acte Spies corcotet wich muy b OPINO n crar ASIS wies Paden I Ate Systems di Tyeogcty 5 vadens of Aggie Comp c mpmered rainat of Ludos Type Foundry swgaterec vadema d iterations Typetace Comoration t madonan g Lrotype Hat AG andar ts mondatot 4j gesternd radenat of Marcel Obe edema of Microsoft Comoration vadens of The Monotype Corporation e atc Print Sample bizhub PRO 920 27 15 Appendix PCL Font List rA S KONICA MINOLTA
418. iguration of the machine and settings is displayed Administrator Password This screen appears when you click Administrator Password on the Sys tem tab The screen is used to change the administrator password rowa mnom a IESE Web Connection Weser al Je I egy con Description e Current Password Enter the current administrator password The password is displayed in asterisks e New Password Enter a new administrator password Maximum eight alphanumeric char acters can be used The password is displayed in asterisks e Retype New Password Retype the new password as entered above for confirmation e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered or selected 20 10 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 Device Information This screen appears when you click Device Information on the System tab The screen is used to enter the device name device place and the adminis trator name O votec iioc PII dina JO dd UES Web Connection GP P P F NECCHNENL NEUEN NEN 55 25 A M OILLA oIIoaww HoGgaiDD h q mmmarer t Derren eee Bama c m m gt ROM versien Online Aanstance EIE gt impart azen Mamensece E Mtaa Aer Description Device Name Enter the name of the device Maximum 255 alphanumeric characters can be use
419. iiieee certe Inte a annaia 9 10 Paper SiZe eerte eae iced ia npa DEO CLE SL TV Ra o Se ER GE Y b gend E 9 10 Paper condliitiori erret dece cL crate casacdeveasedsededeavectect 9 10 To Select Paper Size Automatically Auto Paper Select 9 11 To set Auto Paper Select ssssssssssseseneeere 9 12 To Specify Desired Paper Size Auto Zoom 9 14 To set AUTO ZOOm ied icles dup der poetic fautor 9 14 Copying Using Special Paper Bypass Tray Setting 9 16 To use Multi sheet bypass tray 9 17 QA ZOOM ssi 9 24 Copying in Full Size Mode esee 9 24 Changing Magnification Ratio ssseeeeeenn 9 25 To set zoom mode 9 5 Simplex D plex ecioicceenee eie ee cnet rre ntee nerui Making Double Sided Copies Using ADF sser 9 30 Making Double Sided Copies Using Original Glass 9 33 Making Single Sided Copies from Double Sided Originals 9 36 9 6 Separate Scan Mode eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenne nnn nennt 9 39 To set Separate Scan mode sss 9 39 9 7 Reserve Job Setting eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nnn nnns 9 42 To set reserve OD 1 1 reor A o Ehe ha inatsaeseatuadzecneeteaca 9 42 Jriginal g 10 1 Copy Conditions
420. ildren gt The toner is non toxic however if you inhale or contact with eyes by accident flush with water and seek medical advice A WARNING Do not throw the empty toner bottle into a fire gt fitis thrown into a fire the toner may ignite and cause a dangerous situation bizhub PRO 920 Supplies amp Handling 4 To exchange toner bottle 1 Open the machine front door then pull out the toner unit 90 degrees to the right 2 Pull forward the lever on the left side of the toner unit until it stops 3 Remove the empty toner bottle 4 Shake the new toner bottle several times to loosen toner then remove the toner bottle cap bizhub PRO 920 4 15 Supplies amp Handling D Set the new toner bottle into the ton er unit positioning the hollow part of the toner bottle on the top Be sure to set the hollow part of the toner bottle upward other wise the machine trouble may occur 6 Push the lever backward until it stops Return the toner unit to its original position then close the machine front door securely bizhub PRO 920 Supplies amp Handling 4 4 4 Inserting a New Staple Cartridge into Finisher FS 509 When the staple cartridge of the Finisher FS 509 becomes empty the Basic Screen displays the message Open the Finisher door Please add staples er doo emo 00 000 e add stapl
421. ile the tandem machine is in the off state due to Auto shut off Press Power Save to release it Selected tandem mode will be released automatically when the tandem machine activates Auto shut off Press Power Save to release it then select the tandem mode again to restart the procedure When any problem occurs in the tandem machine such as a paper mis feed or lack of paper the tandem machine will be unavailable for printing however the problem will not cause tandem mode to be released Take the appropriate troubleshooting measures to be ready for copying Tandem printing job cannot be started if 100 reserve jobs not in tandem mode are entered on the tandem machine Wait until the reserve jobs are completed on the tandem machine 12 38 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold 12 To Stop Scanning Printing To cancel the tandem copying job 1 Press Stop on the control panel of the master machine 07 04 05 The scanning printing job stops immediately and the popup menu ap pears on the Basic Screen of the master machine to ask you whether to continue or terminate the job At this time the tandem mode is not yet released N Touch Stop Job to delete all the scanned data and to release the tan dem mode However if the data transmission has already been completed the tan dem job on the tandem machine has to be cancelled separately Touch Job List on the
422. ill be displayed 4 Touch 1 2 or 2 2 to highlight it D Combine ig Im Appli Originals Deis ln Cation 07704705 Density Paper Zoom 3 Touch OK on the Simplex Duplex setting menu The Basic Screen will be restored Do you want to start copying immediately gt You don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position original s directly then press Start Specify the original set direction and binding direction Touch Combine Originals to display the Combine Originals setting menu 077 04705 Binding mode effe e emo 0 0 GuUP Ie ode 00 000 cd ombine Orig Irm j1 appli Basic age rupe Cation Combine a Originals Original tk Original Directi on t Original Size C5 BIREADY bizhub PRO 920 9 31 Basic Job Settings Touch Original Direction to display the Original Direction Screen then touch the desired original direction key to highlight it Touch OK to return to the Combine Originals setting menu me 07 04 05 09 39 To make normal
423. ill be restored Do you want to restore the previous setting gt Touch Cancel Do you want to select additional copy conditions gt Touch Basic or any other tab key to continue job settings Enter the desired print quantity position originals FACE UP in the doc ument feeder then press Start Normal originals can be set together with the Z folded original Q Detail See To position originals in Z Folded mode on page 8 14 for details on positioning Z folded originals 10 16 bizhub PRO 920 Original Setting 1 0 Feeding Single Original from ADF Single Feed Use the Single Feed mode to copy thick originals or paste ups to be fed one sheet at a time in the document feeder Copying usually starts after the Start key is pressed however the adminis trator can set the machine to automatically feed the original one second after placing the original in the document feeder Auto Start This function is use ful when copying more than one sheet of original Procedure in normal Single Feed mode Vv Use ADF Set one sheet at a time VY Auto Start mode is different from the normal Single Feed mode in proce dure Contact your administrator to check the current setting 1 Touch Combine Originals on the Basic Screen The Combine Originals setting menu will be displayed 4 Touch Special Original 07 04705 Ready to cop emo PO on origina ace up e AD 00 000
424. inais Ogesr Im estin Density Paper Zoom Bayes A AD 000 A 10 Leese box J fas E 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 No Name Description 1 Job List key Touched to display the Job List Screen 2 Date and time indicator Displays the present date and time and changes to the timer indication 5 minutes before the Weekly Timer functions if activated 3 Message area Displays messages concerning toner supply pre ventive maintenance and printing job 4 Basic tab Touched to specify the basic copy settings 5 Combine Originals tab Touched to use the combination function and to specify the condition of originals to be scanned 6 Original Image Type tab Touched to specify the original image type 7 Application tab Touched to select various application functions 8 Memory indicator Indicates the remaining memory available for the next operation 9 Set quantity indicator Indicates the print quantity entered from the control panel keypad 10 Simplex Duplex key Touched to select the copy mode 1 1 1 2 2 1 or 2 2 11 Image area Displays an icon indicating the position of staple s punch holes when specified in the finishing mode etc 12 Zoom key Touched to select the preset zoom user set zoom or XY zoom mode 13 Finishing key Touched to specify the desired finishing mode oth er than the paper fold modes specified below bizhub PRO 920 2 9 Prepara
425. inals Scanned NO 0040 E Complete Ez O i Scan 14 Press Start The copier will start printing when ready for output bizhub PRO 920 11 21 11 Applications 11 6 Copying onto Transparent Films OHP Interleave Use the OHP Interleave function in 1 1 or 2 1 mode to copy onto overhead projection transparent films and output a blank or copied interleaf sheet with each copied transparent film In the Interleave Blank mode a blank interleaf sheet is output with each transparent film to keep the film material from sticking together In the Interleave Copy mode a copied interleaf sheet is output with each transparent film to provide reference during a presentation a medium for photocopying and a set for filing or inserting into a binder Blank interleaf sheets Copied interleaf sheets Transparent films Transparent films mj L ABCD gt ABCD BCD ABCD ABCD ee Interleave Blank Interleave Copy To set OHP Interleave function v OHP transparent film source Multi sheet bypass tray v Print quantity is set to 1 automatically and cannot be altered v Auto Zoom is automatically selected To release Auto Zoom select the desired magnification VY Bypass tray setting is automatically set to OHP 1 Set transparent films int
426. ing Screen of the ADF Frame Erasure Setting is displayed on the rightside 6 Touch On if setting the outside area Enter the desired amount of out side area to be deleted The amount of outside area to be set is be tween 1 to 5mm entering a value above 6 mm is invalid Touch Off if deleting the outside area is not necessary The setting is enabled when it is set Touch OK to return to the Expert Adjustment Screen 8 if further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 46 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 6 Expert Adjustment gt Finisher Adjust Q Detail Selectable items may differ depending upon the configuration of the ma chine options being installed Use this function to set the following items for finisher adjustment Fold amp Staple Stopper Adjustment Adjust the dislocation of the centre position of staples for the Finisher FS 604 Available range 128 wide to 127 narrow 1 step 0 1mm Half fold Stopper Adjustment Adjust the dislocation of the half fold position for the Finisher FS 604 Available range 128 wide to 127 narrow 1 step 0 1mm Trimming Stopper Adjustment Adjust the trim width for the Trimmer Unit TU 501 Available range 128 wide to 127 narrow 1 step 0 1mm Hole Punch Adjustment Adjust the dislocation of the punch position for the Punch Kit PK 504 505 and the Z Fold Unit ZU 601 602 Punc
427. inserter PI 501 installed can attach cover sheets to output copies Using Insert Sheet function cover sheets loaded in the upper and lower trays of the post inserter will be attached as a front cover and or back cover or in sertion sheet to output copies and also using Staple mode a covered and stapled book can be made Or using Cover with Blank Sheet mode of Booklet Pagination and Half Fold Fold amp Staple with Trimming mode a booklet type cover will be attached to the multiple page signature booklets R Cover sheet ay RO Copied set with Copied set with cover attached in cover attached staple mode To attach cover sheet to copies VY Paper size Upper tray A4 A4R B5 B5R A5 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R 5 5 x8 5 Lower tray A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 B5R A5 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R 5 5 x8 5 v Upper Lower tray capacity 200 sheets 200 g m paper or within 30 mm thick each v Use ADF VY The cover paper size should be the same as copy paper size Y Cover paper loaded in the post inserter cannot be copied 12 28 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold 1 Load cover paper into the upper and lower trays of the post inserter Upper tray 2 Use Insert Sheet or Booklet Pagination function to attach covers to the output copies bizhub PRO 920 12 29 Finishing Paper F
428. ion Setting Up LDAP Dynamic Authentication can be set up Enable Disable onnect Confirm Reset All bizhub PRO 920 18 173 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting A Q J Touch Connect Confirm to check that the machine is connected to the LDAP server If connection error occurs a popup menu will be displayed The Connect Confirm key will not be displayed if LDAP Function is set to Not Use or Registering and Changing Address of Prohibit User Operation is set to Restrict The settings of Setting Up LDAP Screen can be reset to the factory initial setting Touch Reset All to display the popup menu for confirmation then touch Yes to reset all the setting or touch No to cancel 10 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the LDAP Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key 11 After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power S Reminder When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off Ifyou do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly S Reminder Be sure to correctly specify the LDAP server setting otherwise you may have trouble with the network This setting should be performed by the server administrator f the port number is improperly changed you may have trouble with the n
429. ion Paper feeding into main body Paper capacity 4 000 sheets 80 g m paper Paper sizes A4 B5 8 5 x11 Wide sizes max 314 x 223 mm Paper types Plain Recycled paper 61 to 90 g m Thick paper 91 to 200 g m Thin paper 50 to 60 g m Dimensions 430 W x 639 D x 690 H mm Weight Approx 30 kg Power source Supplied from main body Large Capacity Unit LU 404 Specifications Function Paper feeding into main body Paper capacity 4 000 sheets 80 g m paper Paper sizes A3 B4 A4 A4R 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R Wide sizes max 314 x 460 mm Paper types Plain Recycled paper 61 to 90 g m Thick paper 91 to 200 g m Thin paper 50 to 60 g m Dimensions 670 W x 639 D x 695 H mm Weight Approx 42 kg Power source Supplied from main body Z Folding Unit ZU 601 602 Specifications Function Punching file holes and Z folding the output copies Number of punch holes ZU 601 4 holes Swedish type ZU 602 2 or 4 holes Hole diameter 8 0 0 5 mm Hole pitch ZU 601 21 0 5 mm 70 x 0 5 mm 21 x 0 5 mm ZU 602 80 0 5 mm Paper types in Punch mode Plain paper 61 to 90 g m Thick paper 91 to 170 g m Thin paper 50 to 60 g m Paper sizes in Punch mode ZU 601 A3 B4 ZU 602 A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 BSR A5 ASR 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R 5 5 x8 5 5 5 x8 5 R 7 8 bizhub PRO 920 Specification
430. ion such access authority of each user to those resources can be centrally controlled in a hierarchical structure NetWare Network OS developed by Novel Uses NetWare IPX SPX as the communication protocol OS Abbreviation of Operating System Basic software to control the computer system Windows MacOS and Unix are examples PDF Abbreviation of Portable Document Format One of electronic docu ments extension pdf in the format based on PostScript which can be accessed using Adobe Acrobat Reader software free of charge ping Abbreviation of Packed INternet Groper A command used to confirm the communication situation with a distant device under the TCP IP network environment POP Abbreviation of Post Office Protocol A protocol to receive electronic mails from a mail server Currently POP3 version 3 of POP is mainly used Port number Number to distinguish each communication port of multiple process es working in the computers on the network A same port cannot be used for multiple processes PostScript Representative page description language generally used for printing requiring specifically high quality developed by US Adobe Printer driver Software acting as an intermediate between the computer and print er Proxy Server A server provided to act as the connecting point with the outside in stead of each client in the connection with Internet and to secure the securit
431. ique scalable 041 Helvetica Narrow scalable 042 Helvetica Narrow Bold scalable 043 Helvetica Narrow Oblique scalable 044 Helvetica Narrow Bold Oblique scalable 045 Palatino Roman scalable 046 Palatino Bold scalable 047 Palatino Italic scalable 048 Palatino Bold Italic scalable 049 ITC Avant Garde Gothic Book scalable 050 ITC Avant Garde Gothic Demi scalable 051 ITC Avant Garde Gothic Book Oblique scalable 052 ITC Avant Garde Gothic Demi Oblique scalable 053 ITC Bookman Light scalable 054 ITC Bookman Demi scalable 055 ITC Bookman Light Italic scalable 056 ITC Bookman Demi Italic scalable 057 New Century Schoolbook Roman scalable 058 New Century Schoolbook Bold scalable 059 New Century School Book Italic scalable 060 New Century Schoolbook Bold Italic scalable 061 Times Roman scalable 062 Times Bold scalable 063 Times Italic scalable 064 Times Bold Italic scalable 065 ITC Zapf Chancery Medium Italic scalable bizhub PRO 920 27 23 Appendix Font Font Pitch Point 066 ITC Zapf Dingbats scalable 067 Symbol scalable 068 Symbol scalable 069 Wingdings scalable 070 Courier Bold scalable 071 Courier Italic scalable 072 Courier Bold Italic scalable 073 Letter Gothic scalable 074 Letter Gothic Bold scalable 075 Letter Gothic Italic scalable 076 CourierPS scalable 077 CourierPS Bold scalable 078 CourierPS Oblique scalable 079 CourierPS Bo
432. ired touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 104 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 18 6 4 Network Setting 1 Machine NIC Setting Control the NIC settings such as the IP address and line speed of the ma chine 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting Funus Jj Administrator Setting dministrator Setting dh inastr ator Machine Security Setting The Network Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 1 Machine NIC Setting UII The Machine NIC Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 105 18 Utility Administrator Setting Specify the following items Enter numeric values using the control panel keypad After entering a value touch Set The next item becomes highlighted for setting Con tinue in this manner IP Address Enter the IP address of the machine Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask Gateway Address Enter the gateway address IP Address Server PC Enter the IP address of the PC on which PageScope Job Editor Server is installed IP Adress Tandem Enter the IP Address of the tandem sub machine working in tan dem Line Speed Setting Specify the
433. ired adjustment level Or touch Std to resume the standard level g 07 04 05 Ready To Cop emo PO on original face up e AD 00 000 CUONDiRS YUriG Tn Y ADIIT Originals Oris lm T Cation De Paper Zoon Bones CA BIREADY 4 Touch OK on the Density Background adjustment menu The Basic Screen will be restored with the specified exposure level in dicated on the Density key D a ace Ctombing Oris T Y ABBITT Basic Griginals EA In eation Density Paper Zoom Baphat S eee Note f no other settings are required you don t have to touch OK to
434. is function the original smaller than the selected paper size will be printed in the centre of the copy paper without image division performed v Auto Zoom and Auto Paper Select are automatically released and 1 000 100 96 is selected as a magnification ratio Y Copy mode is automatically set to 1 1 When selecting 1 2 mode Sepa rate Scan mode will function automatically 11 62 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 11 Touch Application 07704705 11 03 a ace p T mbine iS Density Paper etian cation Zoon Duplex CA BIREADY The Application Screen will be displayed Touch Image Adjustment 07 04705 ead 0 COP 0 0 0 g a ace riginalsj age T Comb ine Orig Im
435. isplayed to allow you the stop reserve job setting See Cen page 9 42 for details re On the right side of the screen the scanned original count set print count and current output count will be displayed until the copying job is completed Setting change in Density is available while scanning originals and will be reflected right after the change has been made When the copy job is completed the normal Basic Screen will be re stored Detail The Job List Screen is provided to change the operation order of reserve Jobs or cancel the reserve job See Overview of Job List Screen on page 13 3 for details bizhub PRO 920 Before Making Copies 8 8 3 Positioning Originals Positioning Originals in ADF The document feeder ADF automatically feeds up to 100 originals directly to the original glass area starting with the top sheet The ADF should only be used for unstapled smooth flat originals Q Detail For original sizes available in the ADF see ADF Originals on page 3 12 Set originals in the same direction as that of the original set direction icon on the screen otherwise the copy result may not be satisfactory espe cially when using duplex mode Staple Half Fold and Booklet Pagina tion See Specifying Original Direction Original Direction on page 10 9 for details Be sure not to use unsuitable ADF originals See Using Original Glass on page 3 77 for details To po
436. ister Screen will be displayed If selected title key has already been registered New Register re mains dimmed and cannot be touched Specify the title of annotation Touch Title to display the Input Title Screen Annotation Neu Register Please set each item bizhub PRO 920 18 67 18 Utility Administrator Setting Enter the desired title then touch OK Please input title Without the title specified the OK key on the Annotation Setting Screen remains dimmed and cannot be touched to complete the setting Touch Item 1 to specify the first line of the annotation Touch one of the key from Type In Date Time Annotation No and No Print to select it Please set print contents for item Annotation Mo a 18 68 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 When Type In is selected The Input Type In Screen will be displayed Enter the desired words to be printed then touch OK Please input Type In When Date Time is selected The Date Time Setting Screen will be displayed Select the desired style for each from 5 Date keys and 3 Time keys then touch OK Annotation Date Time Setting bizhub PRO 920 18 69 18 Utility Administrator Setting When Annotation No is selected The Annotation No Setting Screen will be displayed
437. item under the entry box to display the Entry List E Mail Entry List ABC oer Gea sa wo PORS ruv waz otn Daty Use Aut ALL oso traire Ir Em F 3 Ir m wanmg kericannctap No now user2 kem com No her 1 mal jaser user1 km com Ne Click on Back to return to the Scan Transmission Setting window 19 26 bizhub PRO 920 Web Utilities Setting 19 8 Change the registered contents Display the Entry List of the desired item as described in step 7 E Mail Entry List Asc ner a nao pons ruv EWY omes Duty We a ALL 3 p Register Name Reference Name Daily Use Registration Click on the entry name to be changed The window for changing the selected item will be displayed Change the contents as desired then click on Registration E Mail Edit Data eso training The registered content will be displayed Click on Back to return to the Scan Transmission Setting window bizhub PRO 920 19 27 1 9 Web Utilities Setting 9 Delete the registered contents Display the Entry List of the desired item as described in step 7 E Mail Entry List Asc ner oft aa mmo ons nw wivz ones tee a ALL to traeng 3 Del r3 indiens IF eso trames eso tramung konscamunolta yp No IF omo E wer km com Ne Wrerl km com No Click
438. ity Administrator Setting System Setting E Size Setting The Original Size popup menu is displayed on the right side Touch any key under Original Size The setting is enabled when it is set Utility L System Setting f Size Setting 18 58 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 6 Selectthe minimum size of the original to be detected in APS mode Touch Orig Glass Orig Size Detect Small The Original Glass Original Size Detect Small Screen is displayed Touch the desired key to highlight it OriginalGlass Original Size Detect Small 7 Touch OK to return to the Size Setting Screen 8 Iffurher changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 59 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 8 Paper Setting gt 1 Tray Setting This machine provides the features to adjust a paper feed tray based on the paper type weight and a paper size setting based on paper size being used See page 15 3 for the detailed information on the tray setting and the size setting when copying with the paper feed trays and Large Capacity Unit 8 Paper Setting gt 2 PI Setting Use this function to change the paper size for the Post Inserter PI 501 e Upper Tray Search Size If 5 5x8 5 is selected the machine will automatically dete
439. ity Administrator Setting Network Setting 4 The Network Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 IP NIC Setting Network Setting d ni d 4 Network Setting IP NIC Setting The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 167 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 5 Touch Next and then touch 14 Network Setting Clear SHMP Trap Network Setting IP NIC Setting The Initialization for Network Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Touch Initialize Set to recover the initial setting specified at the time of shipment Initialization for Network Setting Initialize Set Touch OK to return to the IP NIC Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key 8 After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power Q Detail When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off Ifyou do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly 18 168 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 2 IP NIC Setting gt 15 LDAP Specify the settings for LDAP Anonymous Authentication method which does not require a user name and pass word and cannot enable the D
440. ity Name Write Community Name SNMP Setting Main power Off On lt after change gt 1 Not Use 7 Touch OK to return to the IP NIC Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key 8 After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power Detail When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off If you do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly bizhub PRO 920 18 137 18 Utility Administrator Setting 2 IP NIC Setting gt 6 SMB Specify the SMB printing setting and to use Scan to SMB for transmission 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting Utility Network Setting The Network Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 IP NIC Setting d nis Network Setting Network Setting IP NIC Setting The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed 18 138 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 5 Touch 6 SMB 18 i Utility J IP NIC Settin dministrator etting D TCP IP i Network Setting NetWare Apple Talk
441. ity unit LU 403 A4 fixed can be changed to the following sizes e Standard B5 8 5 x11 Custom Max 314 x 223 mm min 257 x 182 mm e Wide Paper A4W BSW 8 5 x11 W Tray 4 Large capacity unit LU 404 A3 fixed can be changed to the following sizes e Standard B4 A4 A4R 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R Custom Max 314 x 460 mm min 257 x 182 mm Wide Paper A3W BAW FAW A4W AAWR 11 x17 W 8 5 x11 W 8 5 x11 WR Multi sheet bypass tray e Standard A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 B5R A5 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R 5 5 x8 5 Original Size Detection Detects 8 5 x11 R instead of AAR 5 5 x8 5 instead of A5 and 8 x13 8 12 x13 2 8 25 x13 8 5 x18 instead of 8 5 x14 Custom Max 314 x 460 mm min 100 x 148 mm Wide Paper A3W BAW A4W A4WR B5W B5WR ASW A5WR 11 x17 W 8 5 x11 W 8 5 x11 WR 5 5 x8 5 W 5 5 x8 5WR Equipment Available sizes ADU e Standard Original Size Detection A3 11 x17 to A5 5 5 x8 5 Portrait orientation only Custom Unavailable e Wide Paper A3W 11 x17 W to A5W 5 5 x8 5 W Portrait orientation only Finisher FS 509 Max 314 x 458 mm min 100 x 148 mm Finisher FS 604 Max 314 x 460 mm min 100 x 148 mm A8 B4 A4R 8 5 x11 only in Half Fold and Fold amp Staple modes Post inserter PI 501 Max 314 x 460 mm A5 e Upper tray detection size A4 B5 B5R 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R 5 5 x8 5
442. ize automatically select ed If the appropriate copy paper is not loaded in any tray no copying will be performed and a message will prompt you to load the appropriate paper bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 S Reminder Auto Paper Select may not function for the tray of the selected size due to the paper type weight specified for that tray Contact your administra tor See the table below for the relation of original size magnification ratio and copy paper size Paper size Original size Paper size A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 BR A5 ASR BER 0 250 0 433 B6R pep BOR 0 250 0 433 0 434 0 500 A5R A5 BR BER 0 434 0 500 0 501 0 578 B5R ASRIAS A5 B6R 0 501 0 578 0 579 0 612 B5 B5R A5R A5 BER pep 0 579 0 612 0 613 0 707 MR M B5 ABR A5 ABR 0 613 0 707 0 708 0 816 p4 MR M BSR B5 ASR A5 A5 0 708 0 816 5 0 817 0 866 p 89 BSR Bsr gs ASR 0 817 0 866 8 5 0 867 1 000 A4R A4 A4 A4R B5 BSR A5R A5 0 867 1 000 5 S 1 001 1 154 IM MR ASR 1 001 1 154 S 1 155 1 156 pa ARAD fen BS A5 1 155 1 156 1 157 1 224 B4 BSR 1 157 1 224 1 22b5 1414 A3 ag as A4R A4 A4 A4R BS 1 225 1 414 1 415 1 634 A3 Ba ASR AA 1 415 1 634 1 635 1 731 A3 rea ee p4 1635 1 731 1 732 2 000 m 1 732 2 0
443. izhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 8 Whenall originals are scanned touch Complete Scan to exit the Sep arate Scan mode Density Simplex Background Duplex Originals Scanned No gt 9000 Eee 9 Press Start to print All the data in memory will be output S Reminder DO NOT press Heset with the original already set on the original glass and duplex copy mode selected otherwise the Separate Scan mode will be released to disable the copier from scanning the original placed on the original glass Q Detail For the information on unsuitable ADF originals see Using Original Glass on page 3 17 bizhub PRO 920 9 35 Basic Job Settings Making Single Sided Copies from Double Sided Originals Use ADF and select 2 1 copy mode to make single sided copies from dou ble sided originals VY Position originals according to the original direction icon on the Basic Screen VY The normal single sided copies having the same edge as page top can be made from double sided originals printed upside down on the back pages Front Back Front Back 2 1 Copying Front Back Front Back Front Back 1 Touch Simplex Duplex on the Basic Screen The Simplex Duplex setting menu will be displayed 4 Touch 2 1 to highlight it Job List Mad E ginal face up e AD Density Paper Zoon 5 mbine
444. key to highlight it Special Normal 8 Touch Size Setting to change a tray setting The Size Setting Screen will be displayed O Touch the desired key to specify the detectable size Utility Administrator Setting i System Setting eae See Iray Setting 2 size setting 15 14 bizhub PRO 920 Paper Setting 15 10 specified tray Touch Standard Size to highlight it IU Select Standard size when loading the standard size of paper in the If selected tray will be loaded with one of the following sizes touch Original Size Detection to display the Original Size Detection Screen and then touch the desired size key If 5 5x8 5 is selected on the Original Size Detection Screen the ma chine will automatically detect 5 5x8 5 instead of A5 Similarly 8 5x11R will be detected instead of A4R 8 5x14 will be detected instead of 8 5x13 Please set the Original Size Detection 5 5x8 5 8 12x13 2 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Size Setting Screen 4 4 NN the specified tray Select Custom Size when setting loading the custom size of paper in Touch Custom Size to display the custom Size Setting Screen Touch X indicating the horizontal size then enter the desired size using the control panel keypad Similarly touc
445. keys on the character input screen Keys on the character input screen are described here E Mail Manual Address Input Please input address Button Function This key moves a cursor Delete This key deletes the character on the left of the cursor OK This key determines the characters you input and the character in put screen closes Cancel This key cancels the characters you input and the character input Screen closes Shift This key switches between an upper case letter and a lower case letter and between numbers and signs bizhub PRO 920 27 3 Appendix About character input The followings describe basic steps to input characters on the character in put screen Press the corresponding key to input the desired character Press the OK key The character input screen closes The input characters are displayed on the corresponding column 27 4 bizhub PRO 920 Appendix 27 2 Setting Data for Import Export 1 System Main menus Sub menus Target items Device Information Device Information Device Name Device Place Administrator Name Online Assistance Online Assistance Contact Name Contact Information Product Help URL Corporate URL Supplies and Accessories Online Help URL AlertMail AlertMail E Mail Notification Notification Address Item Paper Empty Paper Jam Maintenance Staple Empty Toner Empty O
446. klet Pagination function ssesssessssss 11 42 11 12 Reversing Colour in Black and White Image Neg Positive Reverse Leere eee eenereee eene nnne nana annnm 11 45 To set Neg Positive Reverse function seeessssss 11 45 11 13 Adjusting Position of Copy Image Page Margin Shift Mode crees 11 47 To set Shift mode of Page Margin eeeeeeee 11 48 x 10 bizhub PRO 920 11 14 Reducing Images to Create Binding Margin Page Margin Reduce amp Shift Mode 11 53 To set Reduce amp Shift mode of Page Margin 11 54 11 15 Eliminating Black Copy Marks Along Borders Frame Centre Erase circ erc naaa 11 56 To set Frame Centre Erase function seesssusss 11 56 11 16 Erasing Outside of Original Non Image Area Erase 11 59 To set Non Image Area Erase function ssssuuss 11 59 11 17 Copying Image in the Centre of Copy Paper Image Centring 1e essere rnerreeennnn 11 62 To set Image Centring function eene 11 62 11 18 Printing Images Fully to the Edges Full Scan 11 65 To set Full Scan function sse 11 65 11 19 Copying without Image Rotation No Rotate
447. l No 57GEO000D1 Total Count Check Details Total Count 00039983 07 04 05 Feed Paper Count 00034875 Output Paper Count 00036266 Printer Copier 00006926 00033057 Scanner 00002701 System Setting idministrator Setting ontroller The Input Administrator Password Screen will be displayed 24 14 bizhub PRO 920 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 3 Enter the password Use the touch screen keypad to enter the 8 digit Administrator pass word then touch OK Please enter password 8 characters The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 3 User Authentication Account Track Utility Administrator E Setting E System Setting System Connection The User Authentication Account Track Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 24 15 24 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 5 Touch 3 User Authentication Setting i Utility ia User Authentication Account Track General Settings E d xum COCCOUDL Tr dac Account Track Setting The User Authentication Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Touch the user name key to be deleted ser Authentication Setting Reset All Counters The User Count Screen will be displayed 7 Touch
448. l be completely cleared before freeing up image areas Regardless of the data type compressed or uncompressed the image area in memory and on the HDD where the data has been saved will be freed up after it is completely overwritten by the data disrelated to the im age data Enhanced password The password is made up of 8 to 64 alphanumerical characters case sensitive If a wrong password is entered attempts to re try cannot be made for five seconds Machine NIC setting When the Enhanced Security mode is ON the Machine NIC cannot be used Access to the Box with a password Set up a system that requires users to input an enhanced password as described above to save data or to print data saved in the Box on the HDD If an enhanced password is set up as above security will be improved when saving scanned data in the Box No one other than the administra tor can delete the Box or Personal Folder in which scanned data is saved and changing the Box s attributes requires authentication with the en hanced password In addition authentication will be required to use scanned data saved in the Box External access prohibited No access is allowed over telephone lines other than CS Remote Care Create save and analyze an audit log A history of security function operations will be created and saved Date and time information identifying the person who made the operation de tails of the operation and results of the operation will be s
449. layed 3 Touch Frame Centre Erase 07704705 13 19 Appl Fi E rame7Centre Non image Area rase p Erase CA BIREADY The Frame Centre Erase Screen will be displayed 4 Touchthe desired mode key 07704705 13 19 bizhub PRO 920 11 57 1 1 Applications Touch Frame Erase All Sides Frame Erase Each Side or Centre Erase to highlight it Either of Frame Erase mode and Centre Erase mode can be selected in combination Specify the erasure amount in the selected mode 07 04 05 ele ee e O 00 eJ EREADY To specify Frame Erase All Sides amount use the touch panel keypad or up dow
450. ld Oblique scalable 080 Line Printer 16 67 8 52 081 Line Printer 16 67 8 52 082 Line Printer 16 67 8 52 083 Line Printer 16 67 8 52 084 Line Printer 16 67 8 52 085 Line Printer 16 67 8 52 086 Line Printer 16 67 8 52 087 Line Printer 16 67 8 52 088 Line Printer 16 67 8 52 089 Line Printer 16 67 8 52 27 24 bizhub PRO 920 27 25 V w ols Windows Baltic Windows 3 0 Latin 1 0123456789 ABCDEF p ciT y bix u ujuim 9 53 08 iririe eiili li i P C T V Xi uj 4M MW 5 H B 3 D 8 ADaj6 B r n jeix 23 H R x zn M H O m EO FO KNE 0123456789 ABCDEF Niello fos mI R Rea u o wi was s ul eo alz t le atime ld be w lt ome eine rel w 4 Jaz lale e aan ela a m Eja ed e n al t ux viai r 3 o i n o n nw r hama i be of als v xx vi vi iD ra o mmegpgpggr IIe a x e H INES N f ae MU e e Non x Od Ur RRND e lt tjaja alas yal Satie lo abapo e o ml pat jo eap vo e gt z o
451. lect the response time between touching the key and the machine re sponses to it 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 6 Key Response Time Utility f System Setting Panel Reset Timer Settin b The Key Response Time Screen will be displayed 4 Selectthe desired time to highlight it ey Response Time Setting 5 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Utility Screen 6 iffurther changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 19 17 Utility User Setting 7 Change User Password Change a user password which the user has registered for user authentica tion The changed password is reflected to the user authentication setting de scription 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 7 Change User Password Wihty System Setting Language Setting Key Response Time Buzzer Setting The User Authentication Screen will be displayed 4 Enter the user name Touch User Name to display the Input User Name Screen Please input user name and password User Name Password
452. line speed of the network Choose from the options pro vided achine NIC Setting Please input IP address 6 Touch OK to return to the Network Setting Screen Touch Close to return to the Administrator Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 106 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 List of IP NIC Setting Specify the controller settings Various default settings or network settings can be customized as required List of the Network Settings Specify the settings for connecting a network printer and network scanner and the settings for TCP IP RAW port numbers IP Filter permission denial and ping For details refer to page 18 122 Specific setting and Description Default 1 TCP IP TCP IP Specify enable or disable TCP IP Enable Disable Enable DHCP Specify enable or disable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP If Enable is selected the IP address is automatically obtained from the DHCP server in which case it is not necessary to enter it Enable Disable Disable IP Address Specify the IP address 0 0 0 0 0 255 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask Specify the subnet mask 0 0 0 0 0 255 0 0 0 0 Address Gateway Specify as required 0 0 0 0 0 255 0 0 0 0 DNS Server1 to 3 Specify DNS server addresses 0 0 0 0 0 255
453. lity Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 7 Security Setting Ti Administrator Setting Copier PrinterSetting The Security Setting Screen will be displayed 18 200 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 4 Touch 1 Administrator Password Utility dministrator f Pig etting 4 AdministratorPassword Security Setting HDD Manage Setting The administrator password input screen will be displayed 5 Touch Input Administrator Password Please input password 6 Enter the new eight character password Please input machine manager passuord bizhub PRO 920 18 201 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Touch OK to complete the setting and touch OK to return to the Se curity Setting Screen 8 Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administrator Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 202 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 2 HDD Manage Setting gt 1 Details Delete The user can create a folder or a box when saving images in a personal pub lic or confidential folder The administrator can ref
454. lity program provided by the HTTP server built into the image controller of the KONICA MINOLTA bizhub PRO 920 This utility can be used with a Web browser to display the status of the bizhub PRO 920 printer scanner and network and to change default and network settings Q Detail The PageScope Web Connection cannot be used in the following condi tion The Enhanced Security mode is set on See page 18 213 The PSWC Setting is set in Not Use See page 18 165 System Requirements To fully access all of the features of PageSope Web Connection the operat ing computer must meet the following requirements Operating System Web Browser Windows 98 Me NT4 0 2000 XP Server Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 recommended 2003 Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 x in which MSXML3 must be installed 1 Netscape Navigator 7 02 or higher Macintosh Mac OS 8 x 9 x X Netscape Navigator 7 02 or higher Linux Netscape Navigator 7 02 or higher 1 Download MSXML3 0 from Microsoft Download Centre and install it on your system bizhub PRO 920 20 3 PageScope Web Connection Setting Web Browser Settings JavaScript JavaScript must be active For setting JavaScript see the following pro cedure Internet Explorer Select Internet Options under Tools Select the Security tab and then click Custom Level Scroll down to the item that reads Active Scripting Select the option marked Enable Netscape
455. loca tion 11 18 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 11 Touch Application 07704705 11 03 a ace p T mbine iS Density Paper etian cation Zoon Duplex CA BIREADY The Application Screen will be displayed Touch Sheet Cover Chapter Insert 07704705 ead 0 COP 0 0 0 g a ace riginalsj age T Comb ine Orig Im image Adjustment CA EREADY The Sheet Cover Chapter Insert Screen will be displayed Touch Insert Image
456. low any object to interfere with the operation of the tray on the left side of the finisher as any interference may cause damage to the finisher bizhub PRO 920 12 17 Finishing Paper Fold 12 5 Making Folded Booklet Half Fold Fold amp Staple Trimming The machine with Finisher FS 604 installed can use Half Fold or Fold amp Staple mode to make a folded or folded amp stapled booklet in combination with Book let Pagination feature in Application settings Also Trimming mode is available using Finisher FS 604 with Trimmer unit TU 501 installed to trim the edge that opens folded or folded amp stapled book let Q Detail For specifications of copy paper to be used see page 3 4 Half Fold Fold amp Staple Trimming To make folded booklet Use ADF Paper size A3 B4 A4R 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 R Paper weight 60 to 90 g m Max number of sheets 80 g m paper in each mode Half Fold with or without Trimming 3 sheets Fold amp Staple 20 sheets 19 sheets when using thick cover paper Fold amp Staple Trimming 16 sheets 15 sheets when using thick cover paper Y Folding mode tray capacity Approx 100 sheets at maximum Half Fold 33 sets max of 3 sheet folded booklet 33 x 3 99 sheets Fold amp Staple 20 sets max of 5 sheet folded booklet 20 x 5 100 sheets Fold amp Staple 5 sets max of 20 sheet folded booklet 5 x 20 100 sheets Y Trimmer unit tray capacity Approx 512 sheets a
457. ls in 2 1 or 2 2 mode the copied sets will be exactly the same in page arrangement as the originals Use this function to obtain the single or double sided copies having the same edge as page top from double sided originals printed upside down on the reverse side VY Top Bind is available only in 2 1 or 2 2 copy mode v Ifthe machine restores the initial setting this function will be reset to Right amp Left Bind Single sided copies Double sided originals d 5 3 Double sided copies 1 Touch Combine Originals on the Basic Screen The Combine Originals setting menu will be displayed 2 Touch Bind 07704705 Ready to Cop emo PO on origina ace up e AD 00 0007 Basic NC Mats CA BIREADY The Binding Direction Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 10 11 1 0 Original Setting Touch Top Bind to highlight it 07704705 ease eie D d gd e O Bind C5 BIREADY Touch OK on the Binding Direction Screen The Combine Original
458. lt Hesolution Setting Select the default scanning quality from 600dpi 400dpi 300dpi and 200dpi Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen Touch 4 Scanner Setting The Scanner Setting Screen will be displayed Touch 2 Each Function Setting f Scanner Setting The Each Function Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 17 65 17 Utility User Setting 4 Touch the desired key to each item on the left side of the screen bility 0 Scanner Setting NN idc ECL Single Page fault Resolution ett ing If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen Q Detail When transmitting simultaneously to multiple destinations the file form setting cannot be specified individually When transmitting simultaneously the file form setting will be selected in the following priority E Mail gt HDD gt FTP gt SMB 17 66 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 17 7 5 Touch Panel Adjust Use this function to check the touch screen and realign the position of the touch sensor that may have shifted Q Detail The Touch Panel Adjust Screen can be displayed on the Utility Screen by pressing 5 of the control panel keypad es Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen Touch 5 Touch Panel Adjust Touch the symbol at t
459. mail transmission 0 0 0 0 Max 255 characters combining symbols and alpha numerics can be used 0 0 0 0 Port No Specify the port number 1 65535 25 Connection Time Out Time Specify the time out duration 30 300 seconds 60 Binary Division Specify to use binary division for transmitted data On Off Off bizhub PRO 920 18 113 18 Utility Administrator Setting Specific setting and Description Default Binary Division Size Specify the size by which to divide transmitted data 2 150 x100 Kb 5 E Mail Send Maximum Size Specify to set the maximum size for e mail transmis sion O Off 100Mb Auth Setting Specify to use the POP before SMTP authentication Specify as required in your own environment On Off Off POP before SMTP Specify the duration used for POP before SMTP 0 60 seconds SMTP Authentication User Name Specify a user name if Authentication Setting SMTP Authentication is set to On Max 63 characters combining symbols and alphanu merics can be used Password Specify a password Max 15 characters combining symbols and alphanu merics can be used Realm Specify a realm domain name If the SMTP server with which to communicate supports DIGEST MD5 this field must be entered Max 255 characters combining symbols and alpha numerics can be used Administrator Mail Address Specify the e mail addr
460. manual For Denmark Users ADVARSEL Usynlig laserstraling ved abning nar sikkerhedsafbrydere er ude af funktion Undg uds ttelse for sr ling Klasse 1 laser produkt der opfylder IEC 60825 1 sikkerheds kravene Dansk Dette er en halvlederlaser Laserdiodens h jeste styrke er 15 mW og b lgel ngden er 775 800 nm For Norway Users ADVARSEL Dersom apparatet brukes pa annen mate enn spesifisert denne bruksan visning kan brukeren utsettes for usynlig laserstraling som overskrider grensen for laser klass 1 Dette en halvleder laser Maksimal effekt till laserdiode er 15 mW og bokge lengde er 775 800 nm For Finland Sweden Users LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT VAROITUS Laitteen kayttaminen muulla kuin tassa kaytt6ohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa k ytt j n turvallisuusluokan 1 ylitt v lle n kym tt m lle la sers teilylle T m on puolijohdelaser Laserdiodin suurin teho on 15 mW ja aallonpituus on 775 800 nm VARNING Om apparaten anv nds pa annat s tt n denna bruksanvisning specificer ats kan anv ndaren uts ttas f r osynlig laserstr lning som verskrider gr nsen f r laserklass 1 Det h r r en halvledarlaser Den maximala effekten f r laserdioden r 15 mW och v gl ngden r 775 800 nm bizhub PRO 920 1 9 Precautions for Installation and Use CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT LASER KLASSE 1 PRODUKT 22A1L P Hm flt Hop HE s01 EE
461. mer Setting g Select Time for Pouer Saue 4 ssuord for Non Isiness HoursSettin The Date Setting Screen will be displayed Use the and keys to scroll to the desired year month Touch the key for the desired day to activate the timer on the calendar displayed on the centre of the screen Date Setting Use the keys under Daily Setting to collectively set the on off data for the entire month by the day of the week If any change is made in the collective setting area the Date Change Confirmation popup screen will be displayed Touch Yes to change the timer action or touch No to cancel Touch OK to return to the Weekly Timer Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 26 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 3 Weekly Timer Setting gt 4 Select Time for Power Save The Weekly Timer function turns the machine On and Off once a day Use the Select Time for Power Save to shut down the power during the lunch break and then turn it on again according to the Weekly Timer function setting Only one off time interval can be programmed S Note The factory default setting is Off 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Admini
462. ministrator Setting 3 User Authentication Setting Use this function to assign a number to each user and set a user name password and limit value to each number The registered user setting is listed on the screen Select the user setting from the list and change reset or de lete the setting Q Detail When User Account Auth Connect is set to On on the General Settings Screen Account Name can be specified 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 3 User Authentication Account Track Utility Administrator Setting Administrator Setting User Authentication Account Track 4 Network Setting The User Authentication Account Track Screen will be displayed 18 92 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Touch 8 User Authentication Setting User Authentication Account Track General Settings ccount Track Setting Utility 00 Userauthentication WZAECOUNG TF aci The User Authentication Setting Screen will be displayed Follow the instructions below for registering a new user setting Touch New Register to display the New User Registration Screen ser Authentication Setting Rese
463. mp Date Time Character size uw lApoint Touch Print Page to designate whether to print the selected stamp on the cover only or on all pages Touch Date amp Time to change the current date and time to a spe cific date and time to be printed Touch Setting Time then use the control panel keypad to enter the desired year month day hour and minute Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the previous screen inEADY 07 04 05 ime Minute Touch OK repeatedly till the Application Screen is restored m 3 Do you want to cancel changes to the settings Touch Cancel To cancel the Stamp function Touch Off bizhub PRO 920 11 77 11 Applications Enter the desired print quantity position original s then press Start Q Detail When Fine Adjustment is touched the Fine Adjustment Setting Screen will be displayed Application gt Stamp Number ing he position is moved from base point Top Omm Left nm C5 MIREADY Touch Top Left Right or Bottom to specify the direction then use the touch panel keypad or up down arrow key to enter the desired amount trom 0 to 50 mm Touch OK to return to the previous screen 11 78 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 11 11 21 Printing Watermark onto Copies Watermark Use this function
464. n AN CAUTION Always use this product in a well ventilated location Operat ing the product in a poorly ventilated room for an extended period of time could injure your health Ventilate the room at regular intervals 1 6 bizhub PRO 920 Precautions for Installation and Use Actions in response to troubles A wenne 5dingisiy hot or emits smoke or unusual odour or noise Im mediately turn OFF the power switch unplug the power cord from the power outlet and then call your authorized service representative If you keep on using it as is a fire or electrical shock could result Do not keep using this product if this product becomes inor e Do not keep using this product if this product has been dropped or its cover damaged Immediately turn OFF the power switch unplug the power cord from the power outlet and then call your authorized service representative If you keep on using it as is a fire or electrical shock could result A CAUTION ature which may cause burns When checking the inside of the unit for malfunctions such as a paper misfeed do not touch the locations around the fus ing unit etc which are indicated by a Caution HOT caution label The inside of this product has areas subject to high temper Consumables A nnig Do not throw the toner cartridge or toner into an open flame The hot toner may scatter and cause burns or other damage
465. n 100 originals or over the limit line indicated on the paper guides otherwise a paper misfeed will occur Once closed do not open the document feeder otherwise the selected copy conditions may be altered automatically Q Detail To use the Mixed Original mode see procedure on page 10 73 For available combinations of mixed originals see ADF Originals on page 3 12 bizhub PRO 920 8 13 Before Making Copies To position originals in Z Folded mode Z Folded original mode detects the folded original size without using the size detection sensor of the ADF V Before placing originals in the tray be sure the document feeder is closed fully 1 Arrange originals in order 2 Position original s FACE UP in the document feeder tray Place two sided originals with page one FACE UP Up to 100 orig inals can be set at a time 3 Adjust paper guides S Reminder Do not set more than 100 originals or over the limit line indicated on the paper guides otherwise a paper misfeed will occur Once closed do not open the document feeder otherwise the selected copy conditions may be altered automatically Q Detail To use the Z Folded mode see procedure on page 10 15 For available original sizes n Z Folded mode see ADF Originals on page 3 12 bizhub PRO 920 Before Making Copies 8 Positioning Original on Original Glass Use the original glass when origin
466. n a page number entered is larger than the total original page count it will be ignored ARS 1 Load regular sheets into any tray and insertion sheets and covers into each tray source to be designated on the Insert Sheet Screen When using post inserter load cover insertion sheets into the cover sheet feeder of post inserter 2 Touch Application The Application Screen will be displayed 3 Touch Sheet Cover Chapter Insert 07704705 Bookiet Pagination el The Sheet Cover Chapter Insert Screen will be displayed
467. n arrow key to enter the desired erasure amount of the Top Right Left and Bottom sides collectively from 1 to 300 mm in 1 mm increments To specify Frame Erase Each Side amount touch Top Right Left or Bottom to highlight the key and current amount indicated in the illustration area Use the touch panel keypad or up down arrow key to enter the de sired erasure amount from 1 to 300 mm in 1 mm increments To specify Centre Erase amount use the touch panel keypad or up down arrow key to enter the desired erasure mount from 1 to 99 mm in 1 mm increments Touch OK repeatedly till the Application Screen is restored Do you want to cancel changes to the settings Touch Cancel Do you want to cancel the Frame Centre Erase function gt Touch Off Enter the desired print quantity position original s then press Start 11 58 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 11 16 Erasing Outside of Original Non Image Area Erase The Non Image Area Erase mode is used to copy non standard or special originals such as books magazines paste ups graphs thick or thin mate rials etc from the original glass The exposed glass area outside the borders of the original will not be copied General copying f sI Non Image Area Erase S Note This function may not operate properly if the lighting in
468. n arrow keys on the right side to highlight it Confirm that the name of the desired folder or box is displayed at the upper area of the screen Touch Details to display the details Detai 1s Delete Folder Personal Folder Public Fol ro Secure TestFolder 1 t Delete The Folder Details Screen will be displayed 18 204 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Touch Return to restore the Details Delete Screen older Details Folder Name Password Delete the detailed information of the folder or box Touch Personal Folder Public Folder or Secure to refer to the details of the desired folder or box Touch the desired folder to highlight it Confirm that the name of the desired folder or box is displayed at the upper area of the screen Touch Delete to display the Delete Confirmation popup screen Details Delete Folder Box A Public Folder Secure Kimura Touch Yes to delete or touch No to suspend deleting bizhub PRO 920 18 205 18 Utility Administrator Setting Touch OK Details Delete Folder 8 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the HDD Manage Set ting Screen J Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administrator Setting Screen
469. n the Secure Box 25 20 4B E 16 14 Output face and order 12 10 Photo mode 10 23 Output History ss 13 6 Photo Mode Density Setting 17 38 Output Order o oo 16 14 PI Setting 18 60 Output paper count 6 5 Please call service message 5 3 Output to the Primary main Plug Socket 1 15 tray arinina veras 12 12 PM count x ice 6 6 Output to the Secondary sub PM ICOR 13i inte ati feces 6 7 WAY iste 12 13 Port Settings wesc 20 18 Output Tray neccen 16 14 Position originals in Mixed Original Output Z Folded Copies 12 23 mode ete tdi 8 12 Ozone Release 1 10 bizhub PRO 920 28 9 Index Position originals in Z Folded mode shee e eie 8 14 Positioning Original on Original E Fe ENEE SETTET 8 15 Positioning Originals in ADF 8 11 Post Inserter 12 28 Post Inserter PI 501 2 16 Power cord sss 1 4 Power Off On Screen 5 12 Power plug 1 5 Power Save 2 25 Power Save key 2 8 Power Save LED 2 8 2 25 Power Save Setting 18 13 Power source ssssss 1 4 Precautions for Installation and Use iiie 1 3 Preparation for Use 2 3 Preset Zoom 9 25 17 42 Preventive Mainten
470. n to clear the settings that were entered Port Settings This screen appears when you click Port Settings on the Print tab You can use the screen to see the list of port settings rorecuimoca Drevin beth PRO UBS Web Connection GB eh al uem Ls te O R Part amber L Det nett Satinas Description e RAW port number List the RAW port numbers 1 to 6 that are set in TCP IP on the Network tab e Status Show enable or disable of each RAW port 20 18 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 Default Settings General Settings This screen appears when you click General Settings under the Default Settings menu The screen is used to set default values for printer settings that are not associated with PDL If there is no command from the driver this setting will be applied These settings also appear if you select Controller Settings on the touch panel s Utility Screen 2 Controller Setting 2 Printer Settings 1 Basic Settings TIE Seti Description e Enter for individual items PDL Input Tray Output Tray Duplex Binding Staple Punch Fold Trim ming Offset Output Order Page Order Print Number Collate Paper Size Orientation Resolution Spool Setting Banner Option Banner Page Tray Convert Paper Size 1 Page Sheet Booklet Print Position e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button
471. n to the User Authen tication Screen Please input user name The entered name will be displayed on the screen 24 20 bizhub PRO 920 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 Enter your current password Touch Password to display the Input User Password Screen Please input user name and password Enter your current password The entered password will appear as asterisks on the screen Then touch OK Please input password The Change User Password Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 24 21 24 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode Enter your new password Touch New Password to display the Input New Password Screen Change User Password Please input new password Enter your new password then touch OK Change User Password Please input new password Touch Check Input to display the Re input New Password Screen Change User Password Please input new password 24 22 bizhub PRO 920 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 Enter your new password once more for confirmation then touch OK Change User Password Please reinput new password The Change User Password Screen will be restored 7 Touch OK The System Setting Screen will be restored bizhub PRO 92
472. n touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 5 Copier Printer Setting i Utility Administrator Setting Admi inistrator Setting ser Authentication Scanner Destination ccountG Track Storage Network Setting The Copier Printer Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch the down arrow key and touch Reserve Copy Function Touch Enabled by Operation or Enabled by Set Original to highlight E g 4 f kopier 7br inter Suspend Scannin Nabled bU theater pul peration fag g Up Daun for 1 Shee bizhub PRO 920 18 191 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administrator Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 192 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 Suspend Scanning when Tray is pulled Select to prohibit scanning when pulling out the tray during scanning the Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed Touch 5 Copier Printer Setting Administrator Setting ser Authentication CcOount Track The Copier Printer Setting Screen will be
473. nction from the Check Screen pro ceed to step 5 If a sample copy is needed proceed to step 6 If settings are OK proceed to step 8 Change the settings from the Check Screen Touch the desired key Basic Combine Originals Finishing Paper Fold Org Image Type each application function on the Check Screen to highlight it then touch Change The touch panel will dis play an appropriate screen to change the copying condition select ed Change the setting as desired then press Check to restore the Check Screen to return to the checking steps If making a set or sample copy proceed to step 6 To start printing without proofcopying proceed to step 8 14 6 bizhub PRO 920 Advanced Information 1 4 5 Release application functions Touch the desired application function key on the Check Screen to highlight it then touch Clear The confirmation screen will appear on the Check Screen Bui n Stamp lt Stamp Type URGENT Character Size gt Bigger lt Print Page gt All Pages Text Photo lt Position gt Top Touch Yes to cancel the function or No to restore Selected function will be cancelled Text Photo A Built in Stamp If making a set or sample copy proceed to the next step To start printing without proofcopying proceed to step 8 bizhub PRO 920 14 7 14 Advanced Information o Make a sample copy Position
474. ndex 28 EBENEN 28 Index Numerics Adhesive binding 11 41 16 14 1 SHOT Indication Time 17 16 Adjusting Touch Panel THON sessen 12 10 Has MOTO MM Mie D MN NN ER 9 31 9 34 Desa cmc ds aum Mm 10 7 PIS ect PME an is 2 Positions Staple Adinisiratar PESISTHEOR 18 74 Pitch Adjustment 18 47 Administrator Security 2 Repeat onnan 11 36 Functions sesssess 26 3 24 9 36 Administrator Machine Register 18 74 iu E X 9 31 Administrator A ADU deesset A dee oc retro vene ve ne 10 7 Password 18 200 20 10 4 Repeat sese Na AS pectet 9 7 Sint nena Me eA 10 7 Alert Mail 18 153 20 17 8 Repeat sees 11 36 Annotation 11 84 A Annotation at JOB Completion 17 60 pe ipe IUE 2 7 Annotation by Initial Setting 18 38 Pisces 14 20 Annotation Setting 18 65 Accessibility nd is Bislinnsttis 2 8 AP VE ess 18 162 20 58 Account Authentication 18 76 AppleTalk 18 141 20 37 20 38 Account Distribute Number 18 76 an Application Screen 11 7 ACCOUNT NAME csi quin 18 76 Application tab 2 9 Account Track 18 79 ATS Barnissi hi css 17 27 Account track data Audit log setting file 19 35 Analyze oin 26 18 Account Track Setting 18 82 Box 25 4 25 9
475. ndividual User Counter Screen ser Authentication Setting Counters 18 100 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Touch Count Reset to display the Reset Confirmation popup Screen Copy Count Printer Count Scanner Count L Size Total L Size Total L Size Total 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 CountReset Touch any key to reset Touch Cancel when not resetting A No 0001 Which count should be reset SgS 123 Reset copy printer scanner count Reset copy printer count E Scanner Reset scanner count Exit without resetting bizhub PRO 920 18 101 18 Utility Administrator Setting 9 Follow the instructions below for resetting all counters Touch Reset All Counters to display the All Count Reset Confirma tion popup screen ser Authentication Setting Reset All Counters Touch any key to reset Touch Cancel when not resetting Reset All Counters mm Which count should be reset Reset copy printer scanner count Reset scanner count 10 Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the User Authenti 11 cation Account Track Screen Touch Close to return to the Administrator Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key
476. ne such as a paper jam In that case the copier that is trouble free completes the job Q Detail This function can be deactivated in Tandem Setting of Utility mode For details refer to 5 Tandem Setting gt 5 Distribution Recovery on page 17 52 When a paper jam SC code E code F code trouble or unloaded paper occurs on either the master or tandem machine The machine that is trouble free handles the remaining print quantity and completes the job When the job is completed take the appropriate troubleshooting measures to correct the problem When memory overflow occurs on either the master or tandem machine On the master machine The scanning job will stop immediately and the tandem copying job will be suspended on both copiers At this time the tandem mode is not released Take the same measure to be applied for single copier referring to If Mem ory Full Message Is Displayed Memory Overflow on page 5 11 On the tandem machine The tandem machine will start the tandem copying job when the memory be comes available after completing some reserve jobs In this case the Distri bution recovery mode functions to continue the tandem printing job on the master machine until the tandem machine becomes available for the job If the memory of the tandem machine does not become available despite the elapse of time the tandem mode will be released on the tandem machine and the Distribution recovery mode functions to
477. ne power is off due to the timer function 21 Power Save key Enables temporary use of the machine when the Power Save LED is lit or activates power saving mode for times when the copier is inactive 22 Help key Displays a screen with help for the currently select ed function N CAUTION The touch panel of the control panel is covered with glass gt Do not drop heavy objects on the glass or put excess weight or pres sure on it otherwise the glass may break or scratched and you may be injured N CAUTION If the Service Call Screen is displayed copier operations cannot be con tinued any more gt Stop the operation to prevent any unexpected accident Write down the report code then switch off the machine and disconnect from the power socket Contact your service representative and inform them of the report code 2 8 bizhub PRO 920 Preparation for Use Basic Screen 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 l l ma E vue oo c orig
478. nenseneneenens 27 22 27 0 Symbol Set lire enie crane rase mk uua ecu qa sv Rao Ee cina d Ras Ei aana 27 25 27 ihe GIOSSANY T E r eet E 27 31 nm x 20 bizhub PRO 920 1 Precautions for Installation and Use Precautions for Installation and Use 1 a 1 Precautions for Installation and Use 1 1 Safety Information This section contains detailed instructions on the operation and maintenance of this machine To achieve optimum utility of this device all operators should carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual Please read the following section before connecting the machine to the sup ply It contains important information related to user safety and preventing equipment problems Please keep this manual in a handy place near the machine Make sure you observe all of the precautions appear in each section of this manual S Note Some parts of the contents of this section may not correspond with the purchased product Warning and Precaution Symbols The following indicators are used on the warning labels or in this manual to categorize the level of safety warnings A Ignoring this warning could cause serious injury or even WARNING death A Ignoring this caution could cause injury or damage to proper CAUTION ty Meaning of Symbols A triangle indicates a danger against which you should take precaution TAN A This symbol warns against cause burns A d
479. nese AEE Engin IR Web Utilities xj y This secure Web Site at 10 11 32 60 requeez you to log on EBSERVER Pinson type the Usa Name ard Password that pou use fox By Password UserName Jj z Password T Save thes password in your pascword let OK Cancel The Machine Manager Setting menu will be displayed 4 Click on Account Track setting Machine Manager Setting Main Page bizhub PRO 920 19 9 1 9 Web Utilities Setting The Account Track Setting menu will be displayed 5 Click on Account Track data list Account Track setting Administrator Setup Menu Main Page The Account Track List will be displayed 6 Change the Account Name Password and Limit Value 19 10 bizhub PRO 920 Web Utilities Setting 19 Click on the number of the data to be edited Volume Track list CopyfPnater Count reset Scan Count reset Delete Except for Another user count The Account Track Add Data window will be displayed Change the account name password or limit value as desired For details in entering procedure refer to page 19 6 bizhub PRO 920 19 11 19 Web Utilities Setting Account Track edit data Number 1 xe E pmo eranc om o LONE eene Fields starting with are mandatory sets nena Account Track setting Menu Administrator Setup Menu Main Page
480. ng a PC printing on the machine see 25 20 Administrator Security Functions 26 1 Turn Enhanced Security mode ON OFF 26 4 26 2 HDD lock password eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee enne n nnn nnnnnn nnn 26 7 26 3 Print audit log eene einn 26 14 26 4 Analyze audit log cerne tiere 26 18 Audit Log Information eeeeeneenn 26 18 26 5 Table of items saved in audit log 26 19 Specify unauthorized actions password authentication 26 20 Specify unauthorized actions actions other than password authentication under security sseeeeeee 26 20 bizhub PRO 920 x 19 Dendix 27 4 How to Input Characters e sessseesee eene nnn nnn nana 27 3 About keys on the character input screen uuusssss 27 3 About character input eia mrar e eaaa a aa a aaa aandaa anata 27 4 27 2 Setting Data for Import Export eere 27 5 HT System 22er alii enn 27 5 PA ilu MC 27 6 S Network ete tenet e dente Dette te ie dde ede ect 27 7 27 3 Configuration Setting 2 cccssesseecceessseeeeeeessseeeeesensseeeeeeeesseneeeeeess 27 10 27 4 Demo Page eere es teen Bet coat ener 27 14 27 5 PCL Font List csccsesteessseeeneeeeessnennseeeeensneeeneneneneeeeense
481. ng the web browser on a PC Scan Transmission Setting Register the address for the transmission of the scanned image data con cerning the administrator using the web browser Setting Data Import Export Transmit the setting data from the machine to a PC export using the web browser then return the data to the machine import Prerequisites Browser Internet Explorer 6 02 Netscape Navigator 7 1 FireFox1 0 or later Contact your network manager for details on the network system the IP address or host name of the machine The account track setting is available only when the machine is under the following conditions All distribute numbers 1 000 are assigned the account authentication party Account authentication is set ON User authentication data is not yet registered The user name admin for accessing to the Administrator Setting Menu cannot be changed Enter the administrator password previously specified on the machine 00000000 is initially applied Once entered the user name and password are not necessary to be re entered unless the web browser is restarted Q Detail To clear the text boxes click on Reset To cancel adding a new account track data click on Back or any Ad ministrator Setting menu item to jump to the desired window bizhub PRO 920 19 3 19 Web Utilities Setting Follow the procedure below to access the Web Utilities of the machine using the web browser 1 2
482. ng to interrupt the present job when pressing Interrupt while copying When Current Set Complete Stop Immediately Reserve Copy Function Enabled by Operation Set the timing for the reserve job either by setting on the Copy Reserve Confirmation Screen or by placing the orig inal on the original glass Enabled by Operation Enabled by Set Original Suspend Scanning When Tray is pulled On Set to stop scanning when pulling out the tray On Off Continuous Print Copy Off Set the machine to output multiple reserve jobs in succes sion On Off Face Up Down for 1 sheet Face Down Set the exit direction when copying one set of the original on the original glass Face Up Face Down Single Feed Auto Setting Off On Off bizhub PRO 920 18 11 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Specific setting and Description Default 6 System Connection 1 Call Service Centre MC Touch Start when calling CSRC Start 7 Security Setting 1 Administrator Password 00000000 Change the machine manager password which is regis tered in the Service mode menu 2 HDD Manage Setting 1 Details Delete List the details of the folder box and delete it List and delete the details 2 Data Auto Delete Not Delete Set the period of time to keep data so that it will be de leted automatically when specified period has passed Not Delete 12 hours 1 day 2 days 3 days 7 days 30 days 3 HDD Lock
483. ngs vore sumo Desie tatab PRO Ga ID Web Connection tee 2 egest Aanteeisic aen The SSL TLS Setting screen appears 2 Check Set a Encryption Strength and click Next Horeca minora Queries dated PRO 9c IAG Web Connection Pw erm opa Sem Pat Seas etes JOMP SSLTLS Setting The Encryption Strength Setting screen appears 3 Selecta discretionary value bizhub PRO 920 20 51 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting 4 Click Create The completion screen appears 5 Click OK It will take you back to the SSL TLS Information screen 20 52 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 Changing mode using SSL TLS 1 Click Settings The SSL TLS Setting screen appears 2 Check Mode using SSL TLS and click Next The Mode using SSL TLS screen appears bizhub PRO 920 20 53 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting 3 Selecta discretionary mode and click Create romea mnou C aa bate PRO_ Wes Web C pwr ore a NN ER RN 055 553 TO Mode using SSLTLS S EE zm muU The completion screen appears 4 Click OK It will take you back to the SSL TLS Information screen 20 54 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting Removing a certificate 1 Click Setting
484. ngs that were entered 20 36 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 AppleTalk This screen appears when you click Apple Talk on the Network tab The Screen is used to enter and confirm settings concerning Apple Talk When Apple Talk is set to disable you still need to set parameters Make sure to enter parameters correctly ronamnan im a ILS Web Connection iere 2 epa ee eee 7003 m wee Talk me vn one sur sus A Description e Enter for individual items Apple Talk Printer Name Zone Name e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered bizhub PRO 920 20 37 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting LDAP This screen appears when you click LDAP on the Network tab The screen is used to enter and confirm settings concerning LDAP When LDAP is set to disable you still need to set parameters Make sure to enter parameters correctly Merthenticatien Description e Enter for individual items LDAP LDAP Server Address Port Number Use SSI Port Number SSL Search Root Search Timeout Max of LDAP Hits Authentication Meth od User Authentication Login Name Password Domain Name e Check LDAP Setting button Click the button to check the LDAP setting e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the b
485. nnection mini ettin ser Authenticatiol CcCount Track Network Setting 18 4 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 Q Detail Close Exit and each directory key on the Utility Screen Touch Close to restore the previous screen Touch Exit to return to the Basic Screen Touch the directory key in the left side of the Utility Screen to display each screen Utility winch Kit Vertical OSition Adjustment bizhub PRO 920 18 5 18 Utility Administrator Setting 18 2 List of the Administrator Setting Specific setting and Description Default 1 System Setting 1 Power Save Low Power Mode Sleep Mode Set the interval time of Low Power and sleep modes Low Power Mode 5 min to 240 min Sleep Mode Off to 240 min Low Power Mode 15 min Sleep Mode 90 min 2 Date Time Setting Time Summer Time Time Zone Setting Set the present time summer time and difference in the time setting Setting Time 3 Weekly Timer Setting 1 Weekly Timer On Off Setting Enable or disable the weekly timer function Weekly Timer On Weekly Timer Off Weekly Timer Off 2 Time Setting Set the On Off times in hours and minutes 3 Date Setting Set the On Off condition of the machine for a given month 4 Select Time for Power Save Set
486. ns Density Background Zoom Background Density Removal Lighter Standard Darker Auto Pre 1 Pre2 Lighter Standard Darker Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Bypass Setting Auto Zoom Select x 1 0 Minimal Zoom Preset Zoom Individual Zoom User Zoom Application Insert Sheet Main Body gt Auto Paper Select Front Cover pi Insert Sheet Main Body x Back Cover py Insert Sheet Main Body Insert Paper py Chapters 4 Insert Image OHP Interleave Program Job Neg Pos Reverse Book Copy x Size Manual Input x Size Auto Detect 2 Repeat 4 Repeat Image Repeat 8 Repeat 2 Repeat R Reverse 2 Repeat L Reverse X lt X lt gt lt X lt gt X lt gt X lt gt X lt X lt Shift Reduce amp Shift x x x x x x x Image Centring Full Scan No Rotate Booklet Pagination Adhesive Binding Frame Centre Erase Non Image area erase Built in Stamp Set Numbering Page No Date Time Watermark Watermark Numbering Annotation Image Overlay bizhub PRO 920 11 3 Applications 11 Quality OL 010Ud xe 10q O OUd AXEL Combine Originals jeuibuo Jedeg qeL
487. nsity Auto Density Pre 1 XIX X Background Pre2 X xIx Lighter Background Standard Removal Darker Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Paper P Tray 4 Basic Bypass Setting Auto Paper Selects Auto Zoom Select X1 0 Minimal Zoom Zoom Preset Zoom Individual Zoom User Zoom 1 gt 1 Simple 1 gt 2 Duplex 221 2 gt 2 Separate Scan Mode Key bizhub PRO 920 ixeL Ojoud Quality Xue 10d ojoug xeL Basic Job Settings Combine Originals Jedeg qeL eey In4 m ezis ulojsno bizhub PRO 920 ezig uiojsnj ezis prepueis pee ejBuis Plos Z jeuibuo paxil jeuibuo eLUON pulg doy puig 91 9 1U6IYy 1uBiH umog episdn yel ELUON uonoeiq amp 9nJ6A BuuequinN Je3uozuoH Lug sobedq euiquio5 buy Luz Kex poy ueo s eyesedas Basic esc xeidng L lt adus Z lt EISE 9 4 Basic Job Settings Application nT oe a gt T BS eo 28 38 co lco cg goo HO HO ot Eg Co
488. nter your user name and user password on the User Authentication Screen Touch User Name to display the Input User Name Screen Please input user name and password tication password Enter your user name then touch OK to return to the User Authen tication Screen Please input user name Touch Password to display the Input User Password Screen Please input user name and password Password bizhub PRO 920 25 21 25 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode Enter your user password then touch OK to return to the User Au thentication Screen Please input password Password The Recall Personal Box Screen will be displayed Touch Secure to display the Secure Box List Screen Please select box Memory HDD 100 000 99 968 Number Search 25 22 bizhub PRO 920 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 25 6 Select the desired secure box Enter the secure password setup in secure printing Touch OK The Secure File List Screen will be displayed Select the desired secure file Touch the desired secure file key then touch gt gt gt To output the image data touch Wait Output Proof Output or Auto Output as desired and then touch OK Please select file Memory HDD 100 000 99 985
489. ntrast 14 21 To Adjust Gontrast cin 2 n ier ep eal reddes 14 21 Controlling Copier from Browser Remote Panel 14 22 To control copier from browser sssssssseeeeen 14 22 Paper Setting Outlines eese 15 3 Setting Items in Paper Setting sseeeee 15 3 Paper Type Specifications ssssssssesseeeennee 15 4 Paper Type and Weight sesesssseeeeeseneeeeereenne 15 5 Recommended Setting of Tray esee 15 6 Recommended Setting Procedure sese 15 6 Change Tray Setting uerit ide esteceeeveeseceds 15 7 Change Size Setting eese 15 12 bizhub PRO 920 x 13 16 1 16 2 16 3 16 4 16 5 16 6 17 1 17 2 17 3 17 4 Jar Cart Function Overview eeeeeeeee sienne eene entente nnnm natnm 16 3 01 Report Type eerte ree eene tr inen cete 16 9 02 Printer Setting ierant icit Eee Vaanari i 16 11 03 Select Printer Setting esee 16 18 E 16 20 05 Interface Setting eseeeseseeeeeeeeeeseeene nnne 16 21 User Setting Outlines ccccesseeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeensneeeeeeensneeeeeeeseneeenees 17 3 List of the User Setting cccsssseeeeeeeseseeeeeeeseeeeeeeensneneeeeees
490. ntrol P version 2 digits 4 zeros following the hyphen Ex 10 0000 Please keep this in mind when checking the software version ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS KONICA MINOLTA KONICA MINOLTA Logo and The essentials of imaging are registered trademarks or trademarks of KONICA MINOLTA HOLDINGS INC PageScope and bizhub PRO are registered trademarks or trademarks of KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC Copyright 2005 KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES Inc EXEMPTION e No part of this manual may be used or duplicated without permission e Manufacturer and Sales Company will have no liability for any influences caused by using the printing system and this User s Guide e The information written in this User s Guide is subject to change without prior notice bizhub PRO 920 Contents 1 1 Safety Information linee dedo 1 3 Warning and Precaution Symbols eene 1 3 Meaning of SymbolS o xr rt rri tete enn enn 1 3 1 2 Regulation Notices 2 e cecccence cernere eren cec eren nia tune ena dna Due 1 9 Laser Safety acca n ea ood een eines 1 9 For Denmark Users aeiae ideana aeaee i atesa anana ddaiar edra Na danei 1 9 For Norway USers acoria e E 1 9 For Finland Sweden Users cccceeeeeeceeceeeesssseeeceeeeeeeereeteees 1 9 Ozone Release 3 icu eb dtt gi e Pes 1 10 Electromagnetic Interference c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeae
491. ny dangerous situations or serious injury Entrance of the reversal output unit A ATTENTION A i A CAUTION A ATTENTION A Precauci n A cumano A 2 ij ACAUTION culbApo l PS a 7 N CAUTION A VORSICHT Top surface and right left side of the fixing unit AN a A DO NOT INSERT your finger into the two ADF hinge portions otherwise you may be injured N CAUTION DO NOT put your hand between the main body and developing fixing unit otherwise you may be injured N CAUTION The fixing unit is very hot To avoid getting burned DO NOT TOUCH Z CAUTION This product employs a Class lllb Laser Diode that emits an invisible laser beam The cover should not be opened under any circumstances AXCAUTION cuipADo ofi A VORSICHT A ERE NATTENTION 4 N NPRECAUCI N Ava A CAUTION NATTENZIONE AA DO NOT put your hand between the main body and developing fixing unit otherwise you may be injured bizhub PRO 920 Precautions for Installation and Use auw ne is 9 N CAUTION To avoid injury DO NOT put your hand on top of the printed sheets Be sure to hold both sides of the printed sheets when removing them and DO NOT leave your hand on the printed sheets while the primary main tray
492. o be ini Auto tially used Auto PCL PS TIFF 2 Paper Feed Tray Select the paper feed tray to be initially used Auto The selectable items vary depending upon the configuration of installed options Auto Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 LCT Bypass 3 Output Tray Select the exit tray to be initially used Auto Auto Main Tray Sub Tray 4 Duplex Select to allow double sided printing Off Off On 5 Binding Select the binding position to be initially used Left Top Left Right 6 Staple Select the staple position to be initially used Off Off 1 Staple Left 1 Staple Right 2 Staple 7 Punch Select the punch position to be initially used Off Off 2 Holes 3 Holes 8 Fold Trimming Select the initial setting for each function Off Off Z fold A3 B4 11x17 8K Z fold 8 514 Fold amp Staple Fold amp Staple Trim half fold Let ter fold IN Letter fold OUT 9 Offset Select to use the offset function Off On Off 10 Output Order Select to exit face up or face down in initial Face Down state Face Down Face Up 11 Image Order Select the print page order in initial state 1toN 1toN N to 1 bizhub PRO 920 16 5 16 Controller Setting Menu Items Description Default 12 Print Number Specify the print quantity in initial state 1 to 9999 1 13 Sort Select to use the finishing mode Collated Uncollated Collated 14 Paper Size Select the paper size to be initially used When speci
493. o the Multi sheet bypass tray 2 When interleaf sheet is needed load copy paper in any other tray to match the size of transparent films 11 22 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 11 3 Touch Application 07704705 Rea emo 11 03 a ace up e AD 00 000 lt T mbine BE Yi EPT ineno ESOS M EU Density Paper Zoom Simplex Duplex CA EREADY The Application Screen will be displayed Touch Sheet Cover Chapter Insert 07704705 ead 0 COP emo 0 on original Tace up e AD 00 0007 Beine AppIi image Agdiustnent
494. o the previous screen When selecting Page No Specify the page number type printing po sition character size and type printed page and start number A bizhub PRO 920 11 73 1 1 Applications Touch Page Type then select the desired page number type on the subsequent screen Touch OK to return to the previous Screen Bookmark Touch the desired printing position in the printing position area If fine adjustment is needed touch Fine Adjustment to display the Fine Adjustment Screen See Printing Stamp Distribution Number Page Number Date Time onto Copies Stamp on page 11 69 for details Touch Change Character to select the desired character size 8 10 12 14 point and type Gothic or Ming on the subsequent screen Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the previ ous screen 8point 1Opoint i2point 11 74 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 11 If Cover Print mode and insertions of Insert Sheet function are al ready specified touch Print Page to designate whether to print the selected stamp on the front back cover or insertions Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the previous screen Touch Start Number to designate the starting number if required If Chapters is already selected on the Applic
495. o turnoff the DOWEN 5 1 4 erri c iet Rte e Padi er Ried rers 2 24 bizhub PRO 920 x 5 2 3 2 4 3 1 3 2 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 To Use Machine When Power Save LED Lights 2 25 OW POWER 5 5 s en eh rn ceo ul fus crt ahaha Ote 2 26 Rip ed aa eee e aaah 2 26 Using Power Save Manually eee 2 27 When Weekly Timer Is Activated cccccccseeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 2 28 Making Authentication ccccsssseeeeeseeeeeeeeesseneeeeeesseneeeeeeeeeneenees 2 30 To make authentication 0 eccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeeeeees 2 31 Paper Information Lernens 3 3 Paper Weight Ee tiie atin Ope 3 4 Tray Exit Tray Capacity ee coin p tere ndn na 3 5 Paper SiZe ctieectnieutelum te pet d adeste e etel ese tod Elea es 3 8 Special Paper in Multi Sheet Bypass Tray sesser 3 10 To Store Copy Paper nde d ee EE CERA AIRES BRE tase 3 10 Original Information eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene nennen enne nnnnnnnnn 3 11 Using Original Glass seen 3 11 ADF Origirials ctt erp tetti Ei t tb RR ink 3 12 4 Hai Loading Paper dedida raaraa Lec euet saves aaaea Taaa ec erred te 4 3 Loading Paper in Tray 1 2 and 3 o oo eeeeeeeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeees 4 5 Loading Paper in Multi Sheet Bypass Tray sses
496. o use it in usual operation To turn on the power A Turn ON the main power switch The main power switch is located inside the machine Open the front door and left door to reach it When the main power switch is turned on the Main Power indi cator on the control panel will light in green 2 Turn ON the sub power switch The sub power switch is located on the right side of the control panel 3 The Wake up Screen and Basic Screen will be displayed KONICA MINOLTA 2 22 bizhub PRO 920 Preparation for Use 2 Warmup takes approx 5 5 minutes During warmup the message Ready to copy reserve will be dis played in the message area of the Basic Screen q up emo 11 03 Ready to copy reserve 00 000 3 Combine q ig 4 Aappli Basic 5 ors In Cation Density Paper Zoon Bape Image a j baa When printing job becomes available the message Ready to copy will be displayed S Note If the initial settings are changed by the administrator the modified con ditions will be displayed on the Basic Screen lf a key counter or copy card is required follow the instruction on the Screen Q Detail While the machine is warming up you can select copy conditions and start scanning so that the machine may start printing immediately the machine engine is ready See Setting Job During Warmup on page
497. ob Re serve Screen when the current job has completed scanning originals from the original glass and started printing On Off Off 17 8 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 17 Specific setting and Description Default 4 Scanner Setting 1 Default Address Setting Select the default destination to be displayed when select ing the Scanner Screen E Mail HDD FTP SMB E Mail 2 Each Function Setting File Form Setting E Mail Select the default file form when transmitting in E Mail Multi Page PDF Single Page PDF Multi Page T gle Page TIFF FF Sin Multi Page PDF om eo le Form Setting HDD ect the default file form when savin ti Page PDF Sin Page TIFF g in HDD gle Page PDF Multi Page T FF Sin Multi Page PDF naz D n o lt Z le Form Setting FTP ect the default file form when transi ti Page PDF Sin e Page TIFF mitting to FTP gle Page PDF Multi Page T FF Sin Multi Page PDF onla ile Form Setting SMB elect the default file form when trans Multi Page PDF Single Page PDF Multi Page T gle Page TIFF mitting in SMB FF Sin Multi Page PDF Default Select t Resolution Setting he default scanning quality 600dpi 400dpi 300dpi 200dpi 400dpi 5 Touch Panel Adjust Check the touch panel and realign the position of the touch sensor that may have shifted
498. oes not match will appear and no key will work for five seconds Enter the right password after five seconds f authentication fails the information will be saved in the audit log 1 Press Box on the control panel The Image Data Store Recall Screen E will be displayed a i Interrupt Prout Cony mee J Stop Start E Data MainPower 2 Touch Store Please select Store or Recall The User Authentication Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 25 9 25 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode Enter your user name and user password on the User Authentication Screen Touch User Name to display the Input User Name Screen Please input user name and password Enter your user name then touch OK to return to the User Authen tication Screen Please input user name Touch Password to display the Input User Password Screen Administrator Setting D T M Non image Area System Setting ASML AREA ADF Frame Erase Expert Adjustment Eom issue 25 10 bizhub PRO 920 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 25 Enter your user password then touch OK to return to the User Au thentication Screen Please input password Please input user name and password tication User Name Password ORK
499. of the output jobs Touch the lower arrow key to scroll if 6 or more jobs are entered 2 Touch the desired job key then touch Details Detailed settings of the selected job will be displayed Touch Close to return to the previous screen 13 6 bizhub PRO 920 Job Management 1 3 Displaying Send History Use this function to display the send history as a list The list includes following information e No Consecutive numbers of both copy and print jobs Mode E Mail FTP SMB HDD Address Address to which the data was transmitted Result Complete or Cancel Time Time when data transmission was executed Follow the procedure below to check the settings of transmitted jobs To display send history 1 Touch Send History on the Job List Screen Check the status of the transmitted jobs Touch the lower arrow key to scroll if 6 or more jobs are entered 2 Touch the desired job key then touch Details Detailed settings of the selected job will be displayed Touch Close to return to the previous screen bizhub PRO 920 13 7 13 Job Management Checking Incomplete Jobs Use this function to display incomplete jobs as a list The list includes following information e No Consecutive numbers of both copy and print jobs e Cause Memory Full Cancel etc cause for which the job was not com pleted Follow the procedure below to
500. old 12 10 Using Finisher Manually The Finisher FS 509 FS 604 with Post inserter PI 501 installed can be oper ated manually using the operation panel provided on the post inserter Place a set of paper into the lower tray Upper tray cannot be used Available finishing modes according to the optional configuration are de scribed below e Finisher FS 509 Post inserter PI 501 Staple 1 staple 2 staples e Finisher FS 604 Post inserter PI 501 Staple 1 staple 2 staples Fold amp Staple Letter Fold e Finisher FS 509 Post inserter PI 501 Punch kit PK 504 505 Staple 1 staple 2 staples Punch e Finisher FS 604 Post inserter PI 501 Punch kit PK 504 505 Staple 1 staple 2 staples Fold amp Staple Letter Fold Punch S Reminder The Z folding unit ZU 601 602 cannot be used for manual punch To use Punch mode manually Punch kit PK 504 505 is necessary Start Stop button za 58 OO Za Fold amp Staple l mE d 1 oblique staple 2 parallel staples Letter Fold Punch 12 30 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold 12 To use finisher manually v v v Paper should be placed only in the lower tray of the post inserter Upper tray cannot be used Staple 1 staple 2 staples and Punch can be used in combination Specifications for Stapl
501. old amp Staple 20 sets for 5 sheet folded booklet 100 sheets 400 pages 15 sets for A4R 8 5 x11 R or 5 sets for 20 sheet folded booklet 100 sheets 400 pages Maximum number of folded sheet is 3 for Half Fold and 20 for Fold amp Staple mode Post inserter PI 501 Approx 200 sheets 200 g m or within 30 mm thick Z folding unit ZU 601 602 Punch Unlimited Z Fold 1 sheet only Trimmer unit TU 501 Approx 512 sheets 100 sets max for 2 5 sheet folded booklet 50 sets max for 6 10 sheet folded booklet 32 sets max for 11 16 sheet folded booklet Maximum number of folded sheet is 3 for Half Fold and Trimming and 16 for Fold amp Staple and Trimming S ecc Note See the following tables for Tray capacity for Staple and Z Fold with Sta ple modes bizhub PRO 920 3 5 Paper and Original Information Primary main tray capacity for Staple mode using Finisher FS 604 Paper size B4 B4W A4 A4W A4R AAWR B5 B5W A3 A3W 11 x17 Number of stapled A5 A5W 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 W 11 x17 W sheets 8 5 x11 R 8 5 x 11 WR 5 5 x8 5 5 5 x8 5 W 2 9 100 sets 50 sets 10 20 50 50 21 30 30 30 31 40 25 25 41 50 20 20 Primary main tray capacity for Staple and Z Fold modes using Finisher FS 509 604 Capacity for one stapled set Number of Z folded sheets Number of regular sheets Primary Main tray capacity
502. oll if 6 or more jobs are entered bizhub PRO 920 13 9 13 Job Management N Select the desired job then select the job operation To output suspended job Touch to highlight the desired job key then touch Release The selected job will be output according to the current printing or der To output all suspended jobs Touch All Release All suspended jobs will be output according to the current printing order To check the settings of suspended job Touch to highlight the desired reserve job key then touch Details Check the settings of the selected job on the screen Touch Close to return to the Job List Screen 13 10 bizhub PRO 920 Job Management 1 3 To Check Control Spool Jobs Use this function to display spool jobs as a list The list includes following information e No Consecutive numbers of both copy and print jobs e Mode Wait for RIP or Receiving current status of the spool job Follow the procedure below to change the output order or delete the spool jobs Job operation for spool jobs 1 Touch Spool on the Job List Screen Priority Check the status of the spool jobs Touch the lower arrow key to scroll if 6 or more jobs are entered 2 Select the desired job then select the job operation To clear spool job Touch to highlight the desired job key then touch Delete Touch Yes
503. ommunity Nume2 public Alert Fatal Error OFF Paper JAM OFF Output Tray Pull OFF SAPI Trap Disable Adress 0 0 0 0 Fort Mumber3 162 Community Name3 public Nert Fatal Error OFF Paper JAM OFP Comunity Nase public Alert Fatal Error OFP Paper JAM OFF Toner Empty OFP ler OFF Page 3 LDAP over SSL TLS Disable Port Mumber 389 Authentication Method anceymous Dynamic Auth Disable Losin Name Password Domain Name LDAP Detail Serch Initialization Kane Condition Contain E mail Condition Contain Firstiane Condition Contain Last Name Condition Contain Print Sample 27 12 bizhub PRO 920 Appendix s t Printer Setting Default Printer Setting 1 n z w El E z p 6 Port Port Number 9116 Spool Setting Parallel Timeout 60sec Network Timeout 60sec Printer Setting ID Setting No l 0 Binding Left 06 Staple OFF 07 Rech OFF 08 Pold Trisming OFF 09 Offset OFF 10 Output Order Face Down 11 Image Order 1tcN 12 Print Mmber 1 13 Sort Collated 14 Paper Size M 15 Orientation Portrait 16 Banner Option OFF 17 Bamer Tray Auto 18 Convert Paper Size OFF 19 Combination OFP 20 Booklet OFF 21 Adhesive binding OFF 22 Print Position Left Basic Setting 01 POL Auto 02 Paper Feed Tray Auto 0 Output Tray Auto 04 Duplex OFF 0 Binding Left 06 Staple OFF 07 Punch OFF 08 Fold Triming OFF 09 Offs
504. on 4 Vertical riginai Size 4 IREADY e DJ Auto Zoom is automatically selected to make a copy using paper size loaded in the tray of top priority bizhub PRO 920 10 7 1 0 Original Setting Do you want to change the paper size gt Select the desired paper size from the Basic Screen Specify the original set direction Touch Original Direction on the Combine Originals setting menu to display the Original Direction Screen Touch the desired original di rection key to highlight it then touch OK 07 04 05 09 39 Upside Down Do you want to select additional copy conditions gt Touch Basic or any other tab key to continue job settings Enter the desired print quantity position originals FACE UP in the doc ument feeder then press Start 10 8 bizhub PRO 920 Original Setting 1 0 10 3 Original Specifying Original Direction Original Direction Specify the direction of the originals placed on ADF or original glass This setting is required to obtain copy results as expected when making dou ble sided copies with binding position specified or when staple position is specified 1 Touch Combine Originals on the Basic Screen The Combine Originals setting menu will be displa
505. on to perform when Scan or Box key on the control panel is pressed Job List provides information on function and operation of the keys on Job List Screen Parts Exchange provides information on adding toner loading paper adding staples and emptying waste basket Hard keys provides information on function and operation of the keys on the control panel except Scan and Box Others provides the name and extension number of the administrator registered in the Utility setting S Note Copier Basic Copier Appli Scan Box and Job List information can also be displayed from each screen by pressing Help on the control panel To display Help Screen 1 Press Help on the control panel The Help Screen will be displayed 14 18 bizhub PRO 920 Advanced Information 1 4 2 Touch the desired menu key to display specific information Help Menu lt Copier Basic gt Copier Basic Combine Originals _ riginal Image Type Job List Hard keys Box riishing e 3 Touch upper lower arrow key to scroll if provided lt Preset Density gt Can be change density to registered value with Utility Density Background Adjust gt Adjust the part of the low concentration of the original Tray paper to copy can be chosen 4 Touch Exit The Basic Screen will be restored bizhub PRO 920 14 19 1 4 Advanced In
506. oog Compatible None Grayed out no response when touched Selectable but inefficient bizhub PRO 920 12 6 Finishing Paper Fold 12 12 2 Setting Binding Direction for Duplex Copies When setting duplex mode 1 2 2 2 a binding direction must be selected It should be set when making top bound duplex copies front and back sides have the opposite side up from right amp left bound simplex or duplex originals front and back sides have the same side up Q Detail Ifyou want to make right amp left bound duplex copies front and back sides have the same side up from top bound duplex originals front and back sides have the opposite side up settings for duplex originals and binding direction are needed See Selecting Binding Direction of Originals Bind on page 10 11 for details To set binding direction for duplex copies v Top bind for duplex printing functions properly only when duplex mode is selected v Ifthe machine is reset the binding mode will go back to R amp L bind 1 Touch Finishing on the Basic Screen D a ace Combine q ic n 4 Appli Originals ors In Cation Density Paper Zoom Simplex Duplex The Finishing setting menu will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 12 7 12 Finishing Paper Fold Touch Order Direction 07704705 15 24
507. opying Check Mode on page 14 5 To set Application function 1 Touch Application tab on the touch panel Combine i m 4 APPL Originals oris In Cation Density Paper Zoom Simplex Duplex The Application Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 11 Applications 2 Select the desired Application function make required settings on the subsequent screen then touch OK Application Screen 07 04705 ead 0 COP emo 0 on original Tace up e AD 00 0007 ESSE copay EEUU Poster R peat Adjustment CA BIREADY Insert Sh
508. or Password Screen will be displayed 3 Enter the password Use the touch panel keypad to enter the 8 digit administrator pass word then touch OK Please enter password 8 characters The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 26 15 26 Administrator Security Functions 4 Touch 1 System Setting T UGHG 7 Administrator IN T MEN System Setting System Connection dninistrator Machine Security Setting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 5 Touch 4 Print Management List System Setting 4 is 2 Power Save Expert Adjustment System Setting Date Time Setting Size Setting eekly Timer Setting Paper Setting The Print Management List Screen will be displayed 6 Touch 5 Audit Log Report then touch Copy Print Management List TOUGH Mode Memory List Use Management List ser Management List Font Pattern List udit Log Report The Print Management List Screen will be displayed 26 16 bizhub PRO 920 Administrator Security Functions Press Start on the control panel Access reer Mode Memory Utility Counter Mode Check Interrupt Proof Copy zl Stop Start 8 Touch Management List to restore the Print Management List Screen
509. or Setting Administrator i Setting E Banininbr eor Machine Security Setting The Copier Printer Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch Job Offset Mode Touch On or Off to highlight it NETTE E ing d copier 7Printer sn SEEING age Number oS Book let 18 180 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administrator Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 181 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Continuous Print Print Set the machine to output multiple reserved print jobs in succession 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 5 Copier Printer Setting Utility gen o SG ut ATI System Setting 4 System Connection The Copier Printer Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch Continuous Print Print Touch On or Off to highlight it y Copier Pr inter me SELIG hange Page Number rint Post Booklet o ImageRotati APS AMS 18 182 bizhub PRO 920 Utility
510. or symbols Input max 16 characters to nane JOB bizhub PRO 920 14 13 1 4 Advanced Information 8 Touch OK The Mode Memory Screen will be restored Check that the job name has been correctly entered If you do not wish to enter a name simply touch OK The key displays 16 asterisks in place of a name 9 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Basic Screen Do you want to cancel this operation gt Touch Cancel Recalling Stored Job Settings Follow the procedure below to recall jobs that are already stored To recall stored job settings VY Check Screen allows you to view the stored settings before recalling VY The Mode Memory Screen can be displayed only from the Basic Screen If any other screen such as Machine Status Screen is displayed pressing Mode Memory will be ignored VY The recalled settings can be altered on the screen 1 Display the Basic Screen then press Mode Memory on the control panel The Mode Memory Screen will be displayed 2 Toucha job key to select a job you want to recall The job keys numbered from 01 to 10 are displayed on the screen 14 14 bizhub PRO 920 Advanced Information 1 4 Touching Next will display the keys from 11 to 20 and 21 to 30 Touch Next or Back to display the desired key JOB recall mode E07 oookk 3 Touch Job Check The Ch
511. ot setting the automatically de leting period DD Data Auto Delete Period Setting Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the HDD Manage Set ting Screen 8 Touch Close to complete the setting and touch Close to return to the Administrator Setting Screen 9 iffurther changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 208 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 2 HDD Manage Setting gt 3 HDD Lock Password Changing Change the HDD lock password Nus Note The HDD Lock Password cannot be changed unless the Enhanced Se curity mode is set to ON 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 7 Security Setting Utility Administrator Setting Network Setting 4 The Security Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 HDD Manage Setting Security Setting inistrator ing r Security Setting nhance Security Mode The HDD Manage Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 209 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Touch 3 HDD Lock Password Changing HDD Manage Settin Details Delete Data Auto Delete
512. ouch Neg Positive Reverse to highlight it Bookiet Pagination CA EIREADY Do you want to cancel the Neg Positive Reverse function gt Touch Neg Positive Reverse again 3 Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad 4 Position original s then press Sta
513. output job bizhub PRO 920 Before Making Copies 8 Help Provides you with the information about machine functions job setting procedure and various machine operations on the Help Screen Accessibility Sets the response time of the touch keys Others Low Power Automatically lowers the power after a specified period of copier inactiv ity Sleep Automatically shuts off the power after a specified period of copier inac tivity Power Save Automatically turns off all but nominal power supply after a specified pe riod of copier inactivity for optimal efficiency Power is returned after a brief warm up period by pressing Power Save on the control panel Weekly Timer Can be set according to the needs of each work environment Turns main body power Off On daily or weekly during lunch time on holidays and also enables the Timer Interrupt mode which allows temporary use of the machine even when the machine is in the daily weekly or holiday Off mode bizhub PRO 920 8 7 Before Making Copies How to Make a Basic Copy Follow the procedure below to make a basic copy S Note The following procedure is basic and not always applicable to the oper ation of selected copy conditions When using a specific function be sure to follow the procedure described in each section To make a basic copy Display the Basic Screen Initially the Basic Screen appears on the touch panel 07704705 R
514. ove a paper following a guide illustration Touch the arrow key to go to the next page of a series of illustra tions if provided Touch JAM Position to return to the Jam Position Screen When completed the Machine Status Screen will be restored If any misfeed location is left the Jam Position Screen will be re stored with the next disposal procedure in the message area and the location number in the jam position display Repeat steps 1 to 2 until all the locations are cleared S Reminder When removing mishandled paper be sure to leave no torn paper inside the machine Do not touch or damage the drum surface N CAUTION The internal fixing unit is very hot gt To avoid getting burned DO NOT TOUCH Be especially careful not to put your hand into the fixing unit area when withdrawing the fixing conveyance unit to remove mishandled paper N CAUTION When removing stuck staples gt Be careful of removing staples stuck inside the machine so as not to get injured bizhub PRO 920 Troubleshooting 5 5 3 If JobList Changes to Mishandled Paper or No Pa per If any trouble occurs in the machine the Job List key on the Basic Screen will change to the following indication Mishandled Paper A misfeed has occurred with the print job in progress No Paper Paper sup
515. own and leftward to remove mishandled pa per bizhub PRO 920 Preparation for Use No Name Description 6 Lower lever Opens leftward after withdrawing the stacker unit in order to remove mishandled paper 7 Knob Can be turned to ease removal of mishandled paper 8 Stacker unit Holds stapler and also holds the device to provide Half Fold Fold amp Staple Letter Fold In and Letter Fold Out modes 9 Waste basket option Holds waste paper punched out and withdrawn for re moval of waste paper 10 Stacker unit handle Withdraws the unit to allow clearing mishandled paper or replenishing staples 11 Cartridge housing Holds staple cartridge and to be removed from the stacker unit when replenishing staples bizhub PRO 920 2 Preparation for Use Post Inserter PI 501 No Name Description 1 Manual finishing operation panel Operates when using finisher manually 2 Upper unit release lever Opens upward to slide the upper unit leftward when removing mishandled paper 3 Upper tray paper guides Hold cover sheets to fix the position 4 Cover sheet feeder upper Holds cover sheets 5 Cover sheet feeder lower Holds cover sheets to be used for manual opera tion 6 Lower tray paper guides Hold cover sheets to fix the position 2 16 bizhub PRO 920 Preparation for Use 2 Large Capacity Unit LU 403 LU 404
516. p to 12 alphanumerical characters Font type Gothic Ming Character size 8 10 12 14 point bizhub PRO 920 11 87 11 Applications 11 23 Overlay an Image onto Each Page Copied in the Job Image Overlay Use this function to scan an image then overlay the image onto each page copied in the job ore Originals scanned 2nd Copies in Overlay mode 1st scanned original and later peer ABCD pos gt gt O III S Specifications for Image Overlay Y Separate Scan mode is automatically selected v Auto Zoom and Auto Paper Select are automatically released and 1 000 100 96 is selected as a magnification ratio 1 Touch Application 07704705 Rea p emo AD 00 000 COMBINE TY Orig Inc Y ABBII Originals Orig Im Cation Density Paper Zoom pamplex Duplex The Application Screen will be displayed 11 88 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 2 Touch Stamp Image Overlay 07704 705 Ready To cop emo D Basic SMBs ie
517. param eters 20 16 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 Alert Mail This screen appears when you click Alert on the System tab You can use the screen to set sending notices to the selected e mail addresses when an alert occurs to your system The alert items that are checked their checkbox es will be sent as alert by e mail womco mous rrr tee PRO 08 IH Web Connection Pese a enr en Description e E Mail Notification Sets whether or not to enable alert mail notice function e Notification E Mail Address Enter the e mail address to which to send alert mail Maximum 250 char acters can be used e Alert Choose notification items e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered or selected bizhub PRO 920 20 17 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 4 2 Print Tab The Print tab is used to configure the image controller Interface This screen appears when you click Interface on the Print tab The screen is used to set information concerning the interface timeout vomica ioca IE 2451 Web Connection 9t e Description Parallel Timeout Set parallel port timeout 10 300 seconds Network Timeout Set receive network timeout 10 300 seconds Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings Clear button Click the butto
518. pass Tray Setting on page 9 16 bizhub PRO 920 3 13 Paper and Original Information Z Folded mode Use Z Folded mode to scan folded originals without using the size detection sensor of the ADF e Sizes available to be fed 297 x 431 8 mm 128 x 139 7 mm e Detectable original size A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 B5R A5 A5R B6R 11 x17 8 5 x11 8 5 x13 e Original weight 50 130 g m no special stock e Curling tolerance 10 mm or less e Max feeder capacity 100 sheets 80 g m e Feeding tolerance 5 times or less single sided 3 times or less double sided Single Feed mode Use Single Feed mode to copy thick originals to be fed one sheet at a time in the document feeder Sizes available to be fed Max 297 x 431 8 mm 128 x 139 7 mm Detectable original size A3 B4 A4 B5 B5R B6R 11 x17 8 5 x11 Original weight 50 200 g m single sided 50 130 g m double sid ed Curling tolerance 10 mm or less Max feeder capacity 1 sheet at a time Feeding tolerance 5 times or less single sided 3 times or less double sided bizhub PRO 920 Supplies amp Handling Supplies amp Handling 4 Emmm 4 4 1 Supplies amp Handling Loading Paper If paper in a tray becomes empty while printing job is in progress the Ma chine Status Screen will be displayed on the touch panel The paper size to be supplied is indicated in the message area and paper indicator l
519. pears when the main body s printer and scanner are operating normally 3 Tabs Select the categories of items to be displayed System Job User Mode only Print Scan Administrator Mode only Network Administrator Mode only For the details of each tab see the following sec tions 4 Help If an online manual URL has been set the online manual will appear 5 Information and Setting Details Displays the details of the selected menu 6 Menus Selects the information or setup item to be dis played The menus that appear vary depending on the tab selection For the details of each menu see the following sec tions 7 Administrator Mode Logs into Administrator Mode For details on the login procedure for Administrator Mode see Log ging in Using Administrator Mode below 8 Language Sets the display language for the browser Auto in dicates the same language as the operating system being userd and the other optinos indicate the same language as displayed on the control panel bizhub PRO 920 20 7 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 3 1 Logging in Using Administrator Mode By logging into PageScope Web Connection in Administrator Mode you can configure or confirm the image controller system Q Detail The default value of the administrator password for PageScope Web Connection is 00000000 You can change the administrator password for PageScope Web Con
520. per 12 Z folding unit ZU 601 602 option Punches file holes and or z folds the output copies 18 Finisher FS 509 FS 604 option Sorts and or staples copies into finished sets and FS 604 also folds or folds amp staples copies into bookletstyled sets With optional Punch kit PK 504 505 installed Punch mode is also available 14 Trimmer unit TU 501 option Trims the end of booklet 15 Post inserter PI 501 option Used together with FS 509 FS 604 loads cover sheet paper to feed it as cover and enables to use Finisher manually 16 Touch panel Displays interactive operation screens 17 Control panel Controls copier operations and displays messages as required 2 4 bizhub PRO 920 Preparation for Use Internal Machine Items No Item Description 1 Total counter Indicates the total number of copies and prints made 2 Conveyance fixing unit Passes the paper through the drum unit fuses the toner onto the copy paper and is to be withdrawn for removal of mishandled paper 3 Conveyance fixing unit lever Can be opened rightward to withdraw the convey ance fixing unit for removal of mishandled paper 4 Drum unit Forms the copy image 5 Fixing unit Fuses the toner onto the copy paper 6 Main power switch Used only by service representative turns machine power on off when pressed
521. ple 2 Position 2 Hole 4 Hole Position Setting Right amp Left Bind Top Bind Face Up Face Down 1toN N to 1 Punch Finishing Bind Order Direction face Order Tandem Half Fold Fold amp Staple Letter Fold In Letter Fold Out Z Fold Paper Fold bizhub PRO 920 12 3 Finishing Paper Fold OL 010Ud Quality XIE 10d O OUd AXEL ubu Combine Originals Jedeg gel eeiy IN4 m ezig woysng ezig uiojsno ezig prepueis pee ejBuis PIo4 Z JeuibBuO pexiN ELLLION puig doy puig 497 9 1UbIYy 45y umog p sdN yel EUON uonoeilq BuuequinN jeoren je3uozoH s fed uqwog Lug Luly X Luc Key po ueos ejeedes xeidng xeiduis Basic ecc L lt e lt Est bizhub PRO 920 12 4 12 5 aye 0Y ON ue9os n4 Buuue eDeu HIUS eonpeH ulus es1eneu 1 1eedeu Z x d esieneu u yeaday Z x yeoday obeu jeedeu 8 x jeedeg p x yeoday Z x 5 19e1eq oiny
522. ply for a print job in progress has become depleted Touch the key and follow the instruction on the screen If Job List Changes to Mishandled Paper CUonbine W rig In Y Aboi Originals oris In Cation Density Paper Zoon Bape A paper misfeed has occurred with the print scan job in progress while you are setting a reserve job Touch Mishandled Paper to display the Jam Position Screen then follow the procedure on page 5 5 to remove mishandled paper If Job List Changes to No Paper e JOB emo DO 000 combine y Orig Im Y ADpli Originals oris In cbtion Density Paper Zoon Balac AD i The selected tray has become empty bizhub PRO 920 5 7 5 Troubleshooting Follow the procedure below to change the tray selection for the current job or supply the empty tray with copy paper To change the tray selection 1 Touch No Paper The Machine Status Screen will be displayed 2 Touch Details Please load designated paper in Tray 1 Memory HDD To specify tray touch Detail Check 99 996 99 972 Normal White Fine White The tray selection will be available on the Machine Status Screen 3 Touch the desired tray key then touch OK Tray selection is available Select tray and touch 0K A4 D Normal ET Fine White iF oe
523. presentative if desired 15 6 bizhub PRO 920 Paper Setting 1 5 15 2 Change Tray Setting Set this function especially when special paper is used on a regular basis and is always placed in a specific paper tray Q Detail For the details of how to set the paper size of an upper lower tray for PI see 8 Paper Setting gt 2 PI Setting on page 18 60 See Paper Type and Weight on page 15 5 for details of the paper types 1 Press the Utility Counter on the control panel The Utility Screen will be displayed Interrupt rm Proof Copy re Mode Memory e Stop j Utiity Counter Start i E 0 Data ManPower 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting Serial No 57GEO000D1 Total Count Check Details System Setting idministrator Setting Total Count 00039983 07 04 05 Feed Paper Count 00034875 Output Paper Count 00036266 Printer Copier 00006926 00033057 Scanner 00002701 Touch Panel Adjust The Password Input Screen will be displayed When the Password Input Screen is not displayed proceed to step 4 bizhub PRO 920 15 7 1 5 Paper Setting 3 Enter the eight digit administrator password and then touch OK Please enter password 8 characters The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 1 System Setting Utility J Administ
524. press Start Enter a 4 digit Timer Interrupt password using the control panel keypad Timer interrupt mode Please input password Press Start Is the entered password invalid gt Continue by entering the valid 4 digit password 2 28 bizhub PRO 920 Preparation for Use 2 3 Q Set the hour for the interrupt use then press Start Enter a 1 digit hour ex 3 for 3 hours using the control panel key pad 0 9 Input copy time 3 hour s 05 minute s Press Start Set the minute for the interrupt use then press Start Enter a 2 digit minute ex 07 for 7 minutes using the control panel keypad 00 59 Input copy time 3 hour s 07 minute s Press Start Copying is available until the set time is up When the machine operation is finished press Power Save for one Second or longer then release it The machine returns to OFF condition Detail For various settings of the Weekly Timer function refer to 3 Weekly Tim er Setting 1 Weekly Timer On Off Setting on page 18 19 bizhub PRO 920 2 29 Preparation for Use Making Authentication This machine can prohibit its operation until the user name user password account name and or account password specified by the administrator are verified Copy quantity limit for each account can also be set When the machine is turned on one of the following Authentication Screen will be displayed according to
525. py Conditions S5 5S S59 Incompatible with PE LALE o ls 3 3 Applications o 88 S S e o gt Eje o o ZJE o S2 35 c c ARS gt ES ES o 2 9ml snao qu oz 9 9 og Qe olele e 55 8 cig o o o E 2 E 8 8 SIS S SIS uit oO a S a a a 2 Essi oOozi2a2 239 S S olol 9o c c c Qitlalou ooo 2 2 S DNIE a la la SZT 323 88 e2leie 22 59935 z r I z E zumo E5o i2moo w eww oc uz Lighter Standard Darker Density Auto Density Pre 1 Background 3 Pre 2 Lighter Background Standard Removal Darker Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 2 Paper y E Tray 4 Bypass Setting Auto Paper Selects 2 a Auto Zoom Select X X X X X X 2 X X X En X1 0 X Minimal X Zoom Zoom X Preset Zoom X Individual Zoom User Zoom 1 1 P P JP Simplex 1 gt 2 E B Duplex 2 gt 1 P P Pp E 222 lus ze Separate Scan Mode Key bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings Paper Fold PlO4 Z INO Ploy Jene1 ul pio3 4en91 eideis 8 pos Plos HeH Finishing wapuel Laie LOIN NOIL uonoeiq Umoq 992e4 aoe JepiO dN e2eJ4 puig pug doL puig 497 9 161g Dunes uosod isuna J0H 7 9I oH c uonisod Z eideis JOUIOD jesJo dnog HOS Keil Kei qns Kei urew Application Keano eeu uonejouuy Buueq
526. r Connection Timeout Administrator From Address Password CSRC TX Setting Please set each item SMTP Server Address MIN Port No Connection Timeout Authentication Setting POP Before SMTP SMTP Authentication User Name Password Realm CSRC TX Setting Please set each item POP Before SMTP 18 158 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Touch 2 CSRC RX Setting to display the CSRC RX Setting Screen Tool CO AANIBTSCPSEOP 77 E Setting D CSRC TX Setting CSRC Setting Specify the following items using Next or Back as required Touch OK to complete the settings and return to the CSRC Setting Screen CSRC Receive POP Server Address User Name Password CSRC RX Setting Please set each item bizhub PRO 920 18 159 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting APOP Port Number Connection Timeout CSRC RX Setting Please set each item Port No Auto Check Auto Check Interval Time CSRC RX Setting Please set each item Auto Check i interval Time 1 60min CSRC Setting 18 160 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 The CSRC Communications Test Screen will be displayed Touch Start to perform t
527. r The Primary Main tray gradually goes down while printed materials out put DO NOT allow any object to interfere with the operation of the tray on the left side of the finisher as any interference may cause damage to the finisher bizhub PRO 920 2 11 Preparation for Use 4 3 2 1 P 7 6 Finisher FS 509 Punch Kit PK 504 505 No Name Description 1 Inlet lever Opens downward to remove mishandled paper 2 Punch kit option Punches file holes in output copies 3 Cover sheet conveyance lever Opens leftward to remove mishandled paper 4 Secondary Sub tray convey Opens rightward to remove mishandled paper ance lever 5 Stacker conveyance lever Opens down and leftward to remove mishandled pa per 6 Stacker unit Holds stapler 7 Waste basket option Holds waste paper punched out and withdrawn for re moval of waste paper 8 Stacker unit handle Withdraws the unit to allow clearing mishandled paper or replenishing staples 9 Cartridge housing Holds staple cartridge and to be removed from the stacker unit when replenishing staples bizhub PRO 920 Preparation for Use Finisher FS 604 Punch Kit PK 504 505 iA 5 Finisher FS 604 3 2 No Name Description 1 Finisher door Opens to the internal finisher to allow replenishing staples and clearing mishandled paper and
528. r Eat Cow Damen 2 Enter the subject on the Subject Registration screen and click the Ap ply button You can use maximum 64 characters Q orca mimos L DPR IPA Web Connection GPe r al topa mem Pret Scan eter etapa m f ep Cm Cen 3 Click the OK button on the Completed screen It will take you back to the subject list screen bizhub PRO 920 20 23 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting To Delete Subjects 1 Check the number of the subject to delete and click the Delete but ton 2 Click the OK button on the Subject Deletion screen 3 Click the OK button on the Completed screen It will take you back to the subject list screen 20 24 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 Body Registration This screen appears when you click Body on the Scan tab You can use the screen to enter edit or delete the body text for e mail vorecmocs IDLH Web Connection Wires e 2 laps pm Pm Sean eter m Subject E inj tan cue rosas Description e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Edit button Click the button to open the editing screen e Clear button Click the button to set it to the default before changes were applied e Delete button Click the button to delete a selected body text To En
529. r e Fa 1 ice She Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administrator Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 195 18 Utility Administrator Setting Face Up Down for 1 Sheet Select to set the exit direction when copying one set of the original placed on the original glass 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 5 Copier Printer Setting Wuiht Administrator Setting Administrator i Setting User Authentication Account Track 4 The Copier Printer Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch the down arrow key and touch Face Up Down for 1 Sheet Touch Face Up or Face Down to highlight it Administrator Setting E TES strud H Setting j Reserve Copy Enabled by n Operation Functi 5 Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administrator Setting Screen 6 If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 196 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Single Feed Auto Setting Set the machine to f
530. r less B4 181 mm or less 11 x17 215 mm or less 8 5 x14 261 6 mm or less Z Fold and Staple modes are available in combination for A3 and A4 mixed while they cannot be used for B4 and B5 mixed When using Mixed Original mode with Z Fold mode different types e g A3 and B4 should not be mixed otherwise the Z Fold mode may not function properly Some plain paper types may cause fold line to shift Copy paper cannot be fed from trays specified as Thick 2 OHP or Trac ing in paper type or specified as any size other than Standard Unavail able for the sizes in Original Size Detection Custom Wide Size or Tab Paper bizhub PRO 920 12 23 Finishing Paper Fold Touch Paper Fold on the Basic Screen The Paper Fold setting menu will be displayed Touch Z Fold to highlight it 07704705 Touch OK on the Paper Fold setting menu The Basic Screen will be restored S Note f no other settings are required you don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position originals then press Start to start the printing job 12 24 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold 12 12 8 Punching File Holes in Copies Punch The Finisher FS 509 FS 604 with Z folding unit ZU 601 602 or Punch kit PK 504 505 installed can punch file holes in output copies This mode is available in combination with Z Fold or Staple mode S
531. r select Store The Job Check key will appear on the screen 3 Touch Job Check to review the settings JOB recall mode The Check Screen will be displayed 14 16 bizhub PRO 920 Advanced Information 1 4 4 Check the settings of the previous job on the screen lt Number of Sets gt 0001 lt Copy Mode gt 1 gt 1 lt Dirgeeion gt a lt Density gt AE lt Bind gt Right amp Left Background 0 lt SpecialOriginal gt Normal lt Zoom gt V 1 000H 1 000 lt Original Size Standard Size lt Tray No gt Auto Paper inishing Face Down 1 to N Bight amp Left Sort Output Tray MainTray 5 Touch OK The settings of the previous output job will be recalled on the Basic Screen Do you want to cancel this operation 3 Touch Cancel 6 Position original s then press Start bizhub PRO 920 14 17 14 Advanced Information 14 5 Displaying Screen for Operation Guide Help Mode The Help Screen provides you with the information about copy job setting procedure toner and paper supply and control panel and touch panel key operation Help Screen comprises the following menu items Copier Basic provides information on function and operation of the keys on Basic Screen Copier Appli provides information on function and operation of the keys on Application Screen Scan Box provides information on function and operati
532. r size A4R or 8 5 x11 R Paper weight 60 to 80 g m Printed side Selectable inside or outside Output tray Folding mode tray The output order will be set to 1 to N automatically Selecting Letter Fold In automatically sets the output face to Face Up while Letter Fold Out sets to Face Down SS S SS SS bizhub PRO 920 12 21 Finishing Paper Fold 1 Touch Paper Fold on the Basic Screen The Paper Fold setting menu will be displayed Touch Letter Fold In or Letter Fold Out as desired 07 04 05 Touch OK on the Paper Fold setting menu The Basic Screen will be restored S Note f no other settings are required you don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position originals then press Start to start the printing job 12 22 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold 12 12 7 Output Z Folded Copies Z Fold The Finisher FS 509 FS 604 with Z folding unit ZU 601 602 installed can zig zag fold A3 or B4 copy paper upon exit This mode is available in combination with Punch or Staple mode Z Fold Z Fold Punch Z Fold Staple Mixed Original To make Z folded copies SS S SS Number of folded sheet 1 sheet Paper size A3 B4 11 x17 8 5 x14 Paper weight 60 to 90 g m Fold type Z fold double fold 8 5 x14 only Fold position width from the edge to the first fold A3 209 mm o
533. rator To turn the Enhanced Security mode ON the service representative should set a CE authentication password and Administrator password for the de vice If IC 203 is not installed you cannot set the Enhanced Security Mode to ON The Enhanced Security mode cannot be turned ON when the Machine NIC is activated Please contact your service representative when using the En hanced Security mode Enhanced Security mode is recommended to prevent data from being ac cessed or tampered with Environments in which Enhanced Security mode is recommended Description e The device is connected to an local network the Internet through a fire wall or the external telephone line for maintenance e The device is monitored by a telephone line or a network bizhub PRO 920 21 3 21 Security Functions Creating a secure environment For security we recommend that supervisors and an administrator use En hanced Security mode and establish an environment as follows e Where to set up the device Set up the device in a place where only designated personnel can oper ate it e User training The administrator must provide training and information to users to main tain the security of the device Users should keep passwords set up by the administrator and a password that they set up on their own in a se cure place The administrator is supposed to give the instructions for releasing the authentication function to a user when creatin
534. rator Setting Adm inistrator IN T MEN System Setting System Connection Seni Security Setting Copier PrinterSetting 5 Expert Adjustment f System Setting LCD Backlight Setting Annotation Setting 15 8 bizhub PRO 920 Paper Setting 1 5 6 Touch 1 Tray Setting Paper Setting UU Tray Setting System Setting Paper Setting PI Setting The Tray Setting Screen will be displayed Touch a desired tray key to highlight it cri ae Special Name Normal Colour White Vertica 40 0 Horizon 0 0 Up Down 0 0 Right L 0 0 po Punch Non 8 Touch Change to change a tray setting The Tray Setting Menu Screen will be displayed 9 Touch Type NE Coloured Paper Tray Setting Hole Punch f Change Tray Set bizhub PRO 920 15 9 1 5 Paper Setting The Change Paper Type Screen will be displayed 10 Select a desired paper type Please select paper type Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Tray Setting Menu Screen 11 Touch Coloured Paper The Coloured Paper Setting Screen will be displayed 12 Select a desired paper colour Please select the type of coloured paper
535. rd for Non Business Hours Setting Weekly Timer Setting ystem Setting Time Setting iseki nr i a Date Setting The Password for Non Business Hours Setting Screen will be dis played 6 Usethe control panel keypad to enter a four digit password Password for Non Business Hours Setting bizhub PRO 920 18 31 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Touch OK to return to the Weekly Timer Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 32 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 4 Print Management List Use this function to print out the list selected from the following items e Mode memory list Programmed contents of Mode memory No 1 horit Copy quantity Copy mode Copy density Lens mode Output mode Rotation Original direction Binding direction Special Orig Enhance mode Background adjust Original Dual page OHP interleave Booklet Comb ination Non image area erase Image shift Image centering Frame erasure Fold erasure Repeat Neg Pos Reverse Sheet insertion Image insert Chapter All image area Program JOB Stamp overlay Mode memory list Pat 2005 04 04 09 34 57GF0116 TC 171 1 1 1 RADF Auto 0 1 000 1 Collated Right amp Left binding Face down 1 to N Auto Auto rotation Normal Right amp Left binding
536. re mandatory Apply Reset Account Track setting Menu Administrator Setup Menu Main Pago bizhub PRO 920 19 7 1 9 Web Utilities Setting 7 Click on Apply Account Track add data e A Name Up to 8 characters ABC abc 123 D pas Up to 8 characters ABC abe 123 Es 1 Up 99999999 Fields starting with are mandatory Aem Reset Account Track setting Menu Administrator Setup Menu Man Page The registered content will be displayed in the window The new account track data will be transmitted to the machine imme diately so that is valid for the user operations 8 Click on Back to return to the Account Track Setting menu or any menu item to jump to the desired window Registered as follows Account Track setting Menu Administrator Setup Menu Main Page 19 8 bizhub PRO 920 Web Utilities Setting 1 9 19 2 2 Editing Account Track Data Change or delete the account track data password account name or limit value or reset the counters 1 Open the Web Utilities window 2 Click on Machine Manager Setting Japanese B EIF Ergksh E MS Web Utilities WEBSERVER The Enter Network Password dialogue box will be displayed 3 Enter admin in the User Name text box and an 8 digit administrator password in the password text box then click on OK Japa
537. receive the binary divided e mail an e mail client software supporting the mail division function is required Note that the divided e mail may not be combined depending on the soft ware on your PC 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting COND TE Administrator Setting E Network Setting The Network Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 143 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 4 Touch 2 IP NIC Setting oe Machine NIC Setting Network Setting IP NIC Setting The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed 5 Touch 8 E Mail IP NIC Setting TCP IP rk Setting IP NIC Setting NetWare Apple Talk Alert Mail The E Mail Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Touch 1 E Mail TX Setting E Mail Setting Network Setting Title Setting Text Setting The E Mail TX Setting Screen will be displayed Specify the following 18 144 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 items using Next or Back as required Touch OK to complete the settings and return to
538. reen to store the overlaying image will be displayed Se lect the desired copy conditions What if the entered image name has been already used gt See Note at the bottom of this section 7 Position the overlaying original on the original glass bizhub PRO 920 11 93 11 Applications Press Start to scan The Store Image Screen will be displayed The machine automatically starts to store the overlaying image data in the HDD The Overlaying Image Selection Screen will resume when the storing function is completed Do you want to stop scanning gt Touch Cancel Do you want to continue to store the overlaying image data gt Return to step 4 Select the desired overlaying image data on the screen then touch OK 07 04 05 Please select overlaying image or 13 30 execute image store Application gt ImageOverlay Program Image test2 2005 04 07 test6 2005 04 07 test4 2005 04 07 test8
539. ress the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed Touch 1 System Setting i Utility PA Administrator Setting f dninistracor NI MEN System Setting System Connection The System Setting Screen will be displayed 18 54 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 4 Touch 6 Expert Adjustment tility Tl system Setting Power Save Expert Adjustment Date Time Setting rohibitUser Operation The Expert Adjustment Screen will be displayed 5 Touch Centring Adjustment na Non Image Are Specified e Setting ADF Frame Erase Setting Finisher Adjust Timing Adjustment The Centring Adjustment Screen is displayed 6 Touch any desired key of adjustment items Scanner Left Im C age The adjustment screen is displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 55 18 Utility Administrator Setting 7 d Next and Back is displayed Touch them to select a desired output order face up or face down ADF centring adj SIDE1 Small 0 30 30 istep 0 8 Select and by touching the key on the touch screen keypad and touch Set
540. restore the Basic Screen Position originals then press Start to start the printing job bizhub PRO 920 9 9 Basic Job Settings Paper Tray Setting Each paper tray has been preset with paper size and condition by adminis trator Paper size The administrator has been set each tray to detect the standard paper size when loaded or exclusively to accommodate a specific size non standard size wide size or tabbed paper size The tray specified as standard size or tabbed paper size allows Auto Paper Select Auto Zoom and Rotation to function and the tray specified as wide size allow Auto Zoom and Rotation To make a copy using other size than specified for main body trays and LCU use Multi sheet bypass tray and specify the size for it Paper condition The administrator specifies various paper conditions paper type colour hole punch both sides adjustment for each tray To make a copy using other size than specified for main body trays and LCU use Multi sheet bypass tray and specify the size for it The following describes how to use Auto Paper Select and Auto Zoom func tions and how to specify special paper size type for using Multi sheet by pass tray Q Detail Rotation can be deactivated manually See Copying without Image Ro tation No Rotate on page 11 67 for details bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 To Select Paper Size Automatically Auto Paper Select Auto Paper Select
541. riginal Information 3 EE 3 Paper and Original Information 3 1 Paper Information This machine is equipped with the following trays for loading copy paper Trays 1 2 and 3 Main body trays Tray 4 Large capacity unit LU 403 404 Multi sheet bypass tray Also the following equipment is provided for conveying processing deliver ing copies ADU Automatic Duplex Unit Finisher FS 509 FS 604 Post inserter PI 501 Punch kit PK 504 505 Z folding unit ZU 601 602 Trimmer unit TU 501 bizhub PRO 920 3 3 Paper and Original Information Paper Weight Paper trays Weight Tray 1 2 and 3 Main body trays 61 to 90 g m CICER Thick 1 91 to 170 g m Large capacity unit LU 403 404 Thick 2 171 to 200 g m Thin 50 to 60 g m Multi sheet bypass tray Tab paper 91 to 130 g m Equipment Weight ADU 61 to 200 g m Finisher FS 509 50 to 200 g m Finisher FS 604 60 to 105 g m 200 g m 81 to 105 g m 200 g m for Fold amp Staple mode only Post inserter PI 501 50 to 200 g m Punch kit PK 504 505 50 to 128 g m Z folding unit ZU 601 602 60 to 90 g m Trimmer unit TU 501 60 to 105 g m 200 g m Q Detail The paper type setting for trays 7 to 4 is described in Paper Setting on page 15 3 The paper type setting for Multi sheet bypass tray is described in Cop ying Using Special Paper Bypass Tray Setting on page 9 16 See Loading Tabbed
542. rlay 07 04 05 ead O0 COP 11 21 0 on origina ace up e AD Basic Stee ones Booklet Pagination CA READY IO The Stamp Image Overlay Screen will be displayed Touch Annotation 07704705 Please se amp age Ove 10 39 Application gt Stamp Image Over lay Stamp Watermark
543. rt 11 46 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 11 13 Adjusting Position of Copy Image Page Margin Shift Mode Use Shift mode of Page Margin to adjust the position of copy images e g for the purpose of creating a new binding margin on originals to make it eas ier for filing purposes Using Booklet Pagination or 2 Repeat mode of Image Repeat in combination desired amount of blank space between the two images can also be made ABCD nS fron ABCD IJKL UP EFGH MNO IJKL PQRS MNO T U V PQRS Down ABCD WzYz TUV EFGH SE wzvz MNNG lt Left Right gt PQRS ABCD ETE TUV EFGH ABCD WZzYZz UTJKL EFGH MNS WS iai PQRS Original T rh v Down P GR S wWzYz T U V lwzvz lt Left Q Detail f image loss is likely select Reduce amp Shift mode instead of Shift mode See Reducing Images to Create Binding Margin Page Margin Reduce amp Shift Mode on page 11 53 bizhub PRO 920 11 47 1 1 Applications To set Shift mode of Page Margin v Shift amount 0 to 250 mm in 1 mm increments VY Creep 0 to 50 mm in 1 mm increments v Setting in 0 1 mm increments using up down arrow key is also available This setting change can be made on the Utility Screen 1 Touch Application 07704 05 Rea emo D e AD 00 0007 PEOR T a aT Basic Sars Orig Im GBbl n Density Paper Zoon Bano LEX IMIREADY The
544. rupt password 2 28 Timing Adjustment 18 51 Toner bottle 4 15 Toner supply icon 4 14 Toner unit ssssssse 4 15 Top Bind key 10 12 Top Image ADF 18 51 Total count etc 6 5 Total counter uss 2 5 Touch Panel Adjust 17 67 Transmitting Machine Setting File nette ttes 19 29 21 Tray Setting 15 7 18 60 Tray Setting Screen 15 9 Tray Exit Tray Capacity 3 5 Trimmer stacker 2 20 Trimmer unit tray 2 20 Trimmer Unit TU 501 2 20 TAMMING 22 iacent 12 18 Troubleshooting 5 3 Troubleshooting Tips 5 14 Turn off the power 2 24 Turn on the power 2 22 Type 22er eta 15 3 U Unsuitable ADF originals 3 11 Use management list 18 34 User paper 15 4 User Authentication 18 76 User Authentication Setting 18 92 User Authentication Account Track incedere 18 76 User Density Setting 17 35 User management list 18 34 User Setting 17 4 28 12 bizhub PRO 920 Index User Account Auth Connect 18 76 Using Finisher Manually 12 30 xv Zoom Individual 9 25
545. s Horeca mince de tatad PRO 920 IB Web Connection Pitre 2 lea Syste Print Scan D stow SSLTLS bern sun ai Can PAppie Tat The SSL TLS Setting screen appears 2 Check Remove a Certificate and click Next omamnou Serres bait PRO 92x Ist Web C Quem Ga EILEEN NEN ER RN 3353 o SSLTLS me NeW an x d ne Goer emen sun me LDAP The Remove a Certificate screen appears bizhub PRO 920 20 55 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting 3 Click Remove O rona mnan Phoria bite PRO_92 IEEE Web Connection GP P Lege J Sytem Prist LJ Meteor tow Remove a Cortis ree mc a ee m s sus Apple Ta tow tna Menden m The removal confirmation screen appears 4 Click OK It will take you back to the SSL TLS Information screen 20 56 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 Authentication Auto Logout This screen appears when you click Authentication on the Network tab The screen is used to enter and confirm settings concerning logout time Er ter for individual items ner HEL ENENNL EEGSS E 0 bu en Ce Description e Enter for individual items Admin Logout Time User Logout Time e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered bizhub PRO 920
546. s Specifications Fold types Z fold Half fold 8 5 x14 only Fold position width from the edge to the first fold A3 209 mm or less B4 181 mm or less 11 x17 215 mm or less 8 5 x14 241 7 mm or less Paper type in Z Fold mode Plain paper 60 to 90 g m Paper sizes in Z Fold mode ZU 601 A3 B4 ZU 602 A3 B4 11 x17 8 5 x14 Paper sizes other than listed above will be output without any fold Dimensions 169 W x 660 D x 930 H mm Weight Approx 38 kg Power source Supplied from an outlet Trimmer Unit TU 501 Specifications Function Trimming the end of booklet Trimming width 10 mm or less Number of trimmed sheets 40 sheets max 80 g m paper in Fold amp Staple mode 20 sheet folded booklet or 19 sheet folded booklet with 200 g m paper cover 6 sheets max 80 g m paper in Half Fold mode 3 sheet folded booklet Paper types Plain Recycled paper 60 to 90 g m Paper sizes AG B4 A4R 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 R Wide sizes max 314 x 460 mm Dimensions 1 144 W x 604 D x 562 H mm Weight Approx 68 kg Power source Supplied from an outlet Accessories Expanded Memory Unit EM 701 Image Controller IC 203 e e PostScript Kit PS 503 e Mount Kit MK 707 These specifications are subject to change without notice bizhub PRO 920 7 9 Specifications 7 10 bizh
547. s 12 AP I F See page 18 162 Specify the AP I F settings 13 PSWC See page 18 165 Set to use PSWC 14 Network Setting Clear See page 18 167 ting Restore the network settings to the factory default set 15 LDAP See page 18 169 Set the LDAP settings 16 SNMP Trap Seepage 18 175 Set the SNMP Trap settings 18 10 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Specific setting and Description Default 5 Copier Printer Setting JOB Offset Mode Off Set the machine to offset the copies printouts of different jobs On Off Continuous Print Print Off Set the machine to output multiple reserve jobs in succes sion On Off Change Page Number print Pos Booklet Off Set the page number position when using Booklet with Page Numbering in Stamp On Outside Page Print Off Fixing Prerotation Set On The fixing heat adjustment may be necessary as altering the paper type and the weight The machine rotates the fix ing roller before printing starts in order to print at the ap propriate temperature for the specific paper type and the weight On Off Auto Image Rotation On APS AMS Only When the trays contain only the paper size different from the original rotate the image of the original and adjust to fit into the copying paper size On Always On APS AMS Only On APS AMS Reduce Only Suspend Interruption Stop Immediately Set the timi
548. s PX SNMP Trap Transmission Trans IPX Network Address Trans IPX Node Address Trans IPX Community Name Report Items Select the desired report items More than one item can be selected Touch Clear All if none of them are required However the authen tication failure transmission will be performed even if all report items are cleared lt SNMP Trans Address1 Setting SHMP Trap setting Service Call PM Call Toner Supply ispo Clear All 18 178 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Q x Touch OK to return to the IP NIC Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key 10 After you have changed the settings turn off the sub power then turn off and on the main power Q Detail When you turn off and on the main power you need to wait at least 10 seconds to turn on after turning off If you do not allow a sufficient interval in between the machine may not run correctly bizhub PRO 920 18 179 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 18 7 5 Copier Printer Setting Job Offset Mode Set the machine to offset the copies printouts of different jobs 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 5 Copier Printer Setting Utility i Administrat
549. s bizhub PRO 920 8 3 Before Making Copies Single Feed Sets the ADF to accept thick originals or paste ups to be fed one sheet at a time Custom Size for Original Identifies the special original size which the machine cannot detect in or der to select the optimal paper size for copying or printing Tab Paper Copies onto tabbed sheets from tabbed originals allowing the image on the tab part of the original to be printed on the same part of the tabbed copy paper Original Image Type Original Image Type Enhances photo image in Photo mode regular image in Text Photo mode text image in Text mode lighter image in Dot Matrix mode Applications Insert Sheet Insert up to 30 blank or copied sheets from any tray or inserts blank or copied front and back covers from any tray to enhance the presentation of multi page documents Chapters Starts chapter pages on the right side front pages of the finished docu ment Only duplex mode 1 2 is compatible with this feature Insert Image Stores pages in memory from the original glass and inserts the pages into a document copied from the document feeder OHP Interleave Copies onto OHP transparencies and interleave blank or copied paper for each original copied Program Job Scans documents into memory while designating different copy condi tions for each original then prints all the documents collectively Book Copy Copies both pages of an open book or book size sh
550. s setting menu will be restored 2 Do you want to restore the previous setting gt Touch Cancel Do you want to select additional copy conditions gt Touch Basic or any other tab key to continue job settings Enter the desired print quantity position originals FACE UP in the doc ument feeder then press Start S Note Specified binding direction will be displayed as an icon on the Basic Screen when restored Q Detail See Setting Binding Direction for Duplex Copies on page 12 7 to make double sided copies upside down on the reverse side using the originals having the same edge as page top The machine is set to match the original binding direction and copy bind ing direction automatically For details refer to 2 Each Function Setting on page 17 60 10 12 bizhub PRO 920 Original Setting 1 0 Copying Mixed Size Originals Mixed Original Use the Mixed original mode with the document feeder to copy mixed size originals Each original in the mixed set will be copied to paper of the same size Auto Paper Select mode or to paper of desired size with appropriate ratio auto matically selected Auto Zoom mode v Use ADF v Combination of original sizes to be mixed depends on the width of the ADF original guides See ADF Originals on page 3 12 for details Auto Paper Select mode gt
551. saving the data then click on Save Volume Track list Mese Evel Canna Sepsried Vals Fle E BENA bizhub PRO 920 19 18 Web Utilities Setting 1 9 Q Detail The account track data will be stored in CSV format The data cannot be saved while the machine is in operation In this case try this procedure again after the machine starts idling Click on Back in the browser window to return to the Account Track Data List for starting over Example Account track data list stored as a file NUMBER PASSWORD NAME COPYLARGECOUNT COPYCOUNT PRINTLARGECOUNT 4 2 cso2 0 0 0 8 3 cso3 0 0 0 9 4 cso4 0 0 0 24 csoED cso 0 0 0 1001 UNKNOWN 0 1 0 PRINTCOUNT SCANLARGECOUNT SCANCOUNT LIMIT 50 50 10 11111111 0 ooooo ooooo ooooo The Another user count will be stored by the name of UNKNOWN in the last line bizhub PRO 920 19 19 19 Web Utilities Setting 19 3 Remote Panel Setting When the machine is connected with a PC over a network the web browser activated on the PC enables you to operate the machine Specify the IP address of the PC to be used for Remote Panel function using Web Utilities setting on a PC Remote Panel functions e Touch panel screens can be displayed on the web browser and operated using a mouse e Control panel keys can be displayed on the web browser and operated using a mouse e Passwords can be entered using PC
552. screen Touch Common to set it as daily use Touch OK Scan Destination Address Change Delete Characters for Search 4 File Path Anonymous Common E To delete touch Delete Touch Yes on the Delete Confirmation popup screen To suspend deleting touch No TESTI Delete this destination address octet 18 220 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Select the address type to change delete the SMB destination ad dress Touch SMB Display the register name of the destination address using the search key or the up and down arrow keys Touch the register name to highlight it To change touch Change to display the Scan Destination Address Change Delete Screen Select the changing item from Profile Name Character for Search Password Login Name Host Address and File Path and change it in the input screen Touch Common to set it as daily use Touch OK Scan Destination Address Change Delete Profile Name Common E bizhub PRO 920 18 221 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting To delete touch Delete Touch Yes on the Delete Confirmation popup screen To suspend deleting touch No Delete this destination
553. se XIXIXIXIXIXIX X Book Copy 2 2 XX x X XI XIXIXIXIXI X X X Size Manual Input 2 2 XIXIXIXIX XIX XX X Size Auto Detect 2 2 XIXIXIXIX XX XIX XIX E 2 Repeat XIXIXIXIXX XIX X 4 Repeat x x x x x x XIX x B Image Repeat 8 Repeat XIXIXIXIXX XX 2 fa Keerse X X X X X X XX x Leere X XIXIXIX X xix x Shift X Reduce amp Shift XIX XIXIX X X X X Image Centring 2 2 XIX X XIXIXIXIXIXIXIXIX X Full Scan X No Rotate Booklet Pagination 2 2 XX XX XIX XIX XIX X X Adhesive Binding 2 2 XX XIX XIXIXIXIXIX X X Frame Centre Erase XIXIXIXIXIXIX X Non image area erase 2 2 XIXIX X X X XIXIX X X X XX Built in Stamp x XX Set Numbering X X X Page No X X X Date Time X XIX Watermark x XIX Watermark Numbering X X X Annotation Image Overlay 2 2 XIX X X X XIXIXIXIXIXIXIX XIX None Compatible x Grayed out no response when touched A Release the one previously selected bizhub PRO 920 11 5 Applications 11 Paper Fold PlOs Z 3nO Ploy 4ene u Ploy 48497 eideis 8 piod PI0J HeH XIXIXIXI X XIX XIX XIXIXIX 3 3 XIX Finishing Ulepue leo LON NOLL uonoeuiq eoe umoq e5e4 JepiO dN e2eJj pia puig doy puig 4973 1u6lH Humes uonisog 9IoH y oun TUE 9 oH c uonisod Z edes JOUIOD SHO dnog XIXIXIX X XIX uos Keil Aes qns e1 urew Application Keano eBeuu X X X X uoneiouuy
554. sed 6 Keypad Enters numeric value such as print quantity 7 Proof Copy key Outputs a single set of copies to confirm whether the current settings are selected properly 8 Reset key Restores copier to the initial settings 9 Interrupt key Stops copying scanning printing in progress to al low a simple copying job 10 Stop key Ceases the copying sequence deletes the stored memory 11 Start key Activates each function The Start LED lights in green when machine operation is available and turns orange if any operation cannot be started 12 Main Power indicator Lights in green when the main power switch is turned on 13 Data indicator Flashes while receiving print data 14 C clear key Allows resetting of print quantity bizhub PRO 920 2 7 Preparation for Use No Name Description 15 Utility Counter key Displays the Utility Screen or Counter Screen 16 Mode Check key Displays a screen showing all settings that are se lected for the current job Touch panel Displays machine and copying status help informa tion interactive screens and touch keys for select ing all functions Accessibility key Adjusts the response time when touch panel keys or control panel keys are pressed Contrast adjustment dial Can be turned to adjust the brightness of the touch panel 20 Power Save LED Lights when any power saving mode is activated or machi
555. sed Bold t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 G4 6 amp UniversCondensed Bold Oblique t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 G 96 amp UniversCondensed Oblique t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 G4 96 amp Print Sample 27 20 bizhub PRO 920 Appendix 27 PostScript Fonts UniversExtended t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 84 96 amp 2 lt gt UniversExtended Bold t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0 G8 4 96 amp UniversExtended Bold Oblique t ABCDEFGabcdefg0123456789 0 94 96 amp UniversExtended Oblique ABCDEFGabcdefgO123456789 Gt 96 amp Wing ngs BRI vr 4f QI AI IPOTEE o e 0I s ea otY ITC ZapfChancery Mediumitalic ABCDE F GabedefgO12345678H G er 2 ITC ZaptDingbats Odit 00 Qd iik ede OOS SK RXK oe m BO pompe Dn m Akte PcsScrgt Pe Abe ogo and fe Pog5crgt o9 are radenarts of Adobe Symons incorporated which ray be regatenmi n cran ursdicsons t mpgateres adecuar of Adobe eopoed 3 MphaOmega Typography Oradea d Aggie Compute nc rogami raderat d Ludow Type Foundry Yademart of imemanonal Typetace Comoratior t Eada of Urctype Hil AG andior ts subtidanes regem radera d Marce Ober Yaseen of Marao Corporation adecuar di The Monotype Corgonitice 7 raderar of Mbolo Print Sample bizhub PRO 920 27 21 27 Appendix 27 5 PCL Font List
556. set is activated on the master machine however administrator can set the ma chine to activate the tandem mode as initial setting Apply this setting to the master machine only if desired Setting on both copiers will deactivate the tandem mode To use the User Authentication function on the two copiers in tandem mode the same user account authentication is required on both copiers In this case copying will be available by entering the user account pass word in the master machine only The password will be transmitted to the tandem machine automatically so as to enable the copying operation See 3 User Authentication Account Track on page 18 76 for details of setting User Authentication function bizhub PRO 920 12 33 Finishing Paper Fold To use two copiers in tandem v The combination of the two copiers can be either the two bizhub PRO 920 copiers Two copiers should have the same optional configuration The copier with the Tandem key highlighted on the Basic Screen will be the master machine turning both copiers into the tandem mode Select the copying conditions scan originals and press Start on the master machine to operate both copiers in tandem to complete a job This machine is provided with an Distribution Recovery mode which functions when trouble occurs in either the master or tandem machine to allow the trouble free copier to complete the job The image data stored in HDD can be output in t
557. sition originals in Normal mode Y Before placing originals in the tray be sure the document feeder is closed fully Arrange originals in order 1 2 Position original s FACE UP in the document feeder tray according to the original set direction icon on the Basic Screen Place two sided originals with page one FACE UP Up to 100 originals can be set at a time bizhub PRO 920 8 11 8 Before Making Copies 3 Adjust paper guides Reminder Do not set more than 100 originals or over the limit line indicated on the paper guides otherwise a paper misfeed will occur Once closed do not open the document feeder otherwise the selected copy conditions may be altered automatically To position originals in Mixed Original mode Mixed size originals can be copied together from the document feeder Y Before placing originals in the tray be sure the document feeder is closed fully 1 Arrange originals in order Arrange the mixed size originals as illustrated below b 2 Position mixed originals FACE UP aligned with the left rear side of the document feedre tray Place two sided originals with page one FACE UP Up to 100 orig inals can be set at a time 8 12 bizhub PRO 920 Before Making Copies 8 3 Adjust paper guides eee Reminder Do not set more tha
558. splayed 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting Reset Interrupt ProofCopy ames d Stop Start LE a Utility Counter ON Data_MainPower Serial No 57GE000D1 Utility Total Count Check D Total Count 00039983 07 04 05 Function Setting d Feed Paper Count P 00034875 Copier Setting Output Paper Count 00036266 Printer Copier 00006926 00033057 Scanner 00002701 The Password Input Screen will be displayed When the Password Input Screen is not displayed proceed to step 4 bizhub PRO 920 Paper Setting 1 5 3 Enter the eight digit administrator password and then touch OK Please enter password 8 characters The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 1 System Setting Utility J Administrator Setting Systen Setting Systen Connection E Security Setting opier PrinterSetting 5 Expert Adjustment f System Setting LCD Backlight Setting Annotation Setting bizhub PRO 920 15 13 1 5 Paper Setting 6 Touch 1 Tray Setting Paper Setting Se 7 Tray Setting Paper Setting PI Setting The tray setting screen will be displayed Touch a desired tray
559. ss Rear Printed side T Section 1 Introduction 1st TAB 2nd TAB 3rd TAB Example 3 tabbed sheets loaded in position for one finished set ist TAB 2nd TAB 2 y Pri 7 nted side 1st TAB 1st TAB 2nd TAB 2nd TAB Section 1 Introduction 3rd TAB 3rd TAB 3 FINISHED SETS JD ww Detail See Copying Using Special Paper Bypass Tray Setting on page 9 16 Open the Multi sheet bypass tray Load tabbed sheets as illustrated above Adjust the paper guides to the paper size Specify the paper type for the Multi sheet bypass tray for specifying the paper type of the Multi sheet bypass tray bizhub PRO 920 4 13 Supplies amp Handling Adding Toner When toner supply becomes low the message Please add toner appears on the Basic Screen and the toner supply icon ip keeps prompting you till the toner bottle is replaced 07704705 Read O cop emo combine fF Orig Im 7 APDpli Basic Originals ris In Cation Density Paper Zoom Simplex Duplex E Nisus Reminder Use the same number toner bottle as described on the label applied on the front of the toner unit Otherwise machine trouble may occur N CAUTION Keep the toner bottle away from the ch
560. ss 4 7 Loading Paper in LCU LU 403 LU 404 esses 4 8 Loading Tabbed Sheets in Tray eene 4 10 Loading Tabbed Sheets in Tray 1 2 and 3 ssuussss 4 10 Loading Tabbed Sheets in LCU LU 403 LU 404 4 12 Loading Tabbed Sheets in Multi Sheet Bypass Tray 4 13 Adding Tonert e see Aaaa eene ee ecieiece cec cerne eee 4 14 To exchange toner bottle eessssseseseeeeeen 4 15 Inserting a New Staple Cartridge into Finisher FS 509 4 17 To add staples 2 3 5 c rete ote Bate deca eite tea tert Pa dede 4 17 Inserting a New Staple Cartridge into Finisher FS 604 4 21 TO add Staples 2 ta e uet st ie etas AI ai 4 21 Empty Waste Basket of Punch Kit PK 504 505 4 25 To empty waste basket sss 4 25 Empty Waste Basket of Z Folding Unit ZU 601 602 4 27 To empty waste basket eese 4 27 Empty Waste Basket of Trimmer Unit TU 501 4 29 To empty waste basket 0 cccccceeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 29 bizhub PRO 920 T Ilse e h ATINA I roupiesnooting 5 1 If Please Call Service Message Is Displayed 5 3 To contact service representative cccscscccccccccceseseesssessessseenae
561. ssessesssssss 12 39 To cancel the job on the tandem machine only 12 40 Troubleshooting 5 rici ii RR OR eae 12 41 Copying with the Distribution recovery mode 12 41 When a paper jam SC code E code F code trouble or unloaded paper occurs on either the master or 13 1 13 2 tandem machine iine unie amni 12 41 When memory overflow occurs on either the master or tandem machine sssssssssssseeenenn 12 41 When the power is turned off on either the master or tandem machine ean ga sana ee 12 41 Overview of Job List Screen eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennn 13 3 To display Job List Screen see 13 3 Job Operation on Job List Screen eres 13 4 To Check Control Reserved Jobs ssssssseeen 13 4 Job operation for reserved jobs ssssssseeees 13 4 Displaying Output History eeeene 13 6 To display output history sssessssssssseeneeneneenenn 13 6 Displaying Send History ssseeee 13 7 To display send history eren tec tas 13 7 Checking Incomplete Jobs eee 13 8 To checkiincomiplete jObS 5 2 0 pa itecto epar inc 13 8 To Check Operate Suspended Jobs sss 13 9 bizhub PRO 920 14 1 14 2 14 3 14 4 14 5 14 6 14 7 14 8
562. stem Setting Expert Adjustment TimingAdjustment Printer Regist Loop Adjust Lead Edge Margin Selection Touch Next or Back to select a desired paper feed tray and an output order face up or face down Printer Restart Timing Adjustment 11 0 30 30 istep O imm 1 6 10 11 Select and by touching the key on the touch screen keypad and touch Set Touch Close to return to the Timing Adjust Screen Touch Close to return to the Expert Adjustment Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 53 18 Utility Administrator Setting 6 Expert Adjustment Centring Adjustment Q Detail By default the Centring Adjustment key is not displayed Contact your service representative Use this function to set the following items for centring adjustment to the di rection of paper feed Printer Left Margin Adjust to control image centring to the direction of paper feed Available range 64 forward to 63 backward 1 step 0 1mm Scanner Orig Glass Left Image Adjust to control scanned image centring with the original glass Available range 30 forward to 30 backward 1 step 0 1mm Scanner ADF Left Image Adjust to control image centring with ADF Available range 30 forward to 30 backward 1 step 0 1mm P
563. strator Setting 2 IP NIC Setting gt 11 CSRC CS Remote Care includes service tools which you do not necessarily have to set Contact your service representative for details 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 4 Network Setting Administrator Setting Administrator Setting User Authentication Scanner Destination Account Track 4 Stor age Network Setting The Network Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 IP NIC Setting an Te Network Setting The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed 18 156 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 5 Touch Next and then touch 11 CSRC Gate SNMP Trap IP NIC Setting The CSRC Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Touch 1 CSRC TX Setting to display the CSRC TX Setting Screen UGG CSRC Settin CSRC Communication Test E Specify the following items using Next or Back as required Touch OK to complete the settings and return to the CSRC Setting Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 157 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting QCSRC Send SMTP Server Address Port Numbe
564. strator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 System Setting Utility Administrator Setting Administrator Setting ser Authentication ccountG Track The System Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 3 Weekly Timer Setting Te Um System Setting ohibitUser Operation Annotation Setting bizhub PRO 920 18 27 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting The Weekly Timer Setting Screen will be displayed 5 Touch 4 Select Time for Power Save Weekly Timer Setting is n Settin Weekly Timer Setting g The Select Time for Power Save Screen will be displayed 6 Touch On Select Time for Power Save nter time using the keypad The Power Save Start Time is highlighted Set the start time by using the control panel keypad Touch Power Save End Time and set the end time using the control panel keypad 18 28 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 7 Touch Off Select Time for Power Save nter time using the keypad The Set Time for Power Save setting area will appear grayed out and cannot be selected 8 Touch OK to return to the Weekly Timer Setting Screen 9 if further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility
565. stribution Number Page Number Date Time onto Copies Stamp on page 11 69 for details Touch Character Size to select Bigger or Smaller Touch Print Page to designate whether to print the selected stamp on the cover only or on all pages bizhub PRO 920 11 71 1 1 Applications When selecting Set Numbering Specify the numbering type printing position character size print page and start number me 07 04 05 Touch Set Numbering Type then select the desired numbering type on the subsequent screen Touch OK to restore the previous Screen Bookmark Touch the desired printing position in the printing position area If fine adjustment is needed touch Fine Adjustment to display the Fine Adjustment Screen See Printing Stamp Distribution Number Page Number Date Time onto Copies Stamp on page 11 69 for details Touch Character Size to select 20 point or 36 point Touch Print Page to designate whether to print the selected stamp on the cover only or on all pages 11 72 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 Touch Start Number to designate the starting number if required 07704705 13 22 Application gt Stamp Number ing C5 MIREADY Use the touch panel keypad or up down arrow key to enter the de sired starting number then touch OK to return t
566. t Internal 2 Font Number Specify the area of available font number ac cording to the font source 0 to 999 3 Symbol SetSpecify the symbol set DESKTOP ISO4 ISO6 ISO11 ISO15 ISO17 ISO21 ISO60 ISO69 ISO 8859 Latin 1 ISO 8859 Latin 2 ISO 8859 9 Latin 5 ISO8859 10 Latin 6 ISO 8859 15 Latin 9 Legal Math 8 MC Text Microsoft Publishing PC 75 PC 8 Code Page 437 PC 850 Multilingual PC 852 Latin 2 PC 858 Multilingual PC 8 Turkish PC 8 Dan ish Norwegian PC 1004 PI Font PS Math PS Text Roman 8 Windows 3 0 Latin 1 Windows Baltic Windows 3 1 Latin 1 Windows 3 1 Latin 2 Windows 3 1 Latin 5 PC 866 Ukraine Roman 8 4 Form lines Specify the number of lines per page 5 to 128 64 5 Font point size Specify the font size by point 0 44 to 99 75 12 00 6 Font pitch Specify the font pitch 0 44 to 99 95 10 00 7 CR LF Mapping Select the line feed code Off CR LF CRLF Off 3 PS Setting Option 1 Print to PS Error Select to print the error report when an error oc curs while rasterizing PostScript data Off On 2 PDF gt PS Con version error con trol Select to print the error pages produced by the memory overflow when printing a PDF file Off On Off 4 TIFF Setting 1 Auto Paper Se lect Select to use APS function Off On 2 Image Position Select the image position to be printed on a page Left Centre
567. t All Counters Touch User Number to display the input screen Neu User Register Change User Info Useable Function bizhub PRO 920 18 93 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Enter the user number and touch OK You may enter four digits for the user number Please input user number Password Account Name Useable 1 Store Function arabs D Recall Touch User Name to display the input screen Enter the user name and touch OK You may enter 64 letters for the user name For the details on entering texts in the input screen see the appendix Please input user name 18 94 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Touch Password to display the input screen Enter the password and touch OK You may enter 64 digits for the password For the details on entering texts in the input screen see the appendix Please input password Touch Account Name to display the screen to select an account belong to Touch the up or down arrow key to display the desired account name then touch OK Please select account name Touch any key on the right side of Useable Function to select the job necessary to authenticate a newly registered user bizhub PRO 920 18 95 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Touch OK to complete the s
568. t Backaround rs 0 lt SpecialOriginal gt Normal lt Zoom gt V 1 000H 1 000 lt Original Size Standard Size lt Tray No gt Auto Paper inishing Face Down 1 to N Bight amp Left Sort Output Tray MainTray XFront Right 10 0mm Top 10 0mm lt Back gt Right 10 0mm Top 10 0mm 5 Touch OK on the Check Screen The Job Store Screen will be displayed 14 12 bizhub PRO 920 Advanced Information 1 4 Do you want to correct the job settings gt Touch Cancel on the Check Screen to return to the Basic Screen Make setting change then restart the operation from step 2 6 Select the desired job key The job keys numbered from 01 to 10 are displayed on the screen Touching Next will display the keys from 11 to 20 and 21 to 30 Touch Next or Back to display the desired key A blank keys without name or lock icon 9g indicate that no job is stored under that key and a named job without a lock icon a dis played can be overwritten The key with a lock icon a displayed is locked and cannot be se lected Hode Memory mode Select Job number or select Store i 02 orgLeft Binltate 07 ookk 08 fullist Touch OK to proceed to the Name Input Screen Enter a job name Enter a job name in up to 16 characters using the touch panel key pad Use right and left arrow keys to move the cursor and use Shift to enter upper case letters
569. t key To set more than 12 locations touch the arrow key to move to the next page Toclear an incorrect entry touch Del The entered number will be deleted 2 Do you want to cancel changes to the settings gt Touch Cancel Do you want to cancel the Insert Image function gt Touch Off When all page number entries are made touch OK repeatedly till the Application Screen is restored Touch Basic to restore the Basic Screen The Separate Scan key on the Basic Screen appears highlighted to show that the Separate Scan mode is automatically selected Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad Scan the document feeder images Position originals FACE UP in the document feeder If the number of originals exceeds 100 divide them into blocks not exceeding 100 sheets and load them from the block with the first page 11 20 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 9 Press Start The originals positioned in the document feeder will be scanned into memory 10 Scan the original glass images Open the document feeder Position an original FACE DOWN on the original glass then close the document feeder Place and scan the originals according to pagination M h Press Start N Repeat steps 10 and 11 for all originals C9 Touch Complete Scan to exit the Separate Scan mode 07 04 05 Pre Density Simplex Backaround Paper Duplex At DAD Orig
570. t maximum 100 sets max of 2 to 5 sheet folded booklet 500 sheets max 50 sets max of 6 to 10 sheet folded booklet 500 sheets max 32 sets max of 11 to 16 sheet folded booklet 512 sheets max SS SS 12 18 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold 12 Touch Paper Fold on the Basic Screen The Paper Fold setting menu will be displayed Touch Half Fold or Fold amp Staple as desired 07 04 05 15 28 If the finisher is mounted with Trimmer unit TU 501 the Trimming popup menu will appear Touch Trimming to highlight it if this function is desired then touch OK 07704705 15 28 07 04 05 15 28 bizhub PRO 920 12 19 12 Finishing Paper Fold Touch OK on the Paper Fold setting menu The Basic Screen will be restored S Note f no other settings are required you don t have to touch OK to restore the Basic Screen Position originals then press Start to start the printing job 12 20 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold 12 12 6 Folding Copies in Three Letter Fold In Letter Fold Out The Finisher FS 604 can fold A4R or 8 5 x11 R copies in three upon exit Choose to print outside the fold Letter Fold Out or inside Letter Fold In Letter Fold In Letter Fold Out To fold copies in three Number of folded sheet Max 3 sheets Pape
571. t parameters Make sure to enter parameters correctly ronamnan Qu D Psi Web Connection Gere pea Sete Pet See toe Y Mad Send SMTP Consqur atiam m sm Lad i 3 m Men osse s smup ini P Appie Taik E nu mu LDAP re CEN 3 Mall Recebe real ssuns fate a is Description e Enter for individual items Send SMTP Server Address Port Number Connection Timeout Max Mail Size SMTP Server Capacity Administrator Mail Address Authenti cation POP Before SMTP SMTP Authentication User Name Password Realm Binary Division Division Size e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered bizhub PRO 920 20 41 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting SSL TLS This screen appears when you click SSL TLS on the Network tab The Screen is used to enter and confirm settings concerning SSL TLS You can configure them separately depending whether or not certificates are in stalled S Note Only Create a Self Signed Certificate Request a Certificate and In stall a Certificate can be selected f you click Cancel it will take you back to the SSL TLS Setting screen If a certificate is not installed Creating a self signed certificate 1 Click Setting vomica mou gt S Web Connection V9 g SSL TLS hater Metas p The SSL T
572. t scanned data via E Mail Allow Restrict Scanner Function HDD Allow Permit prohibit to save scanned data in HDD Allow Restrict Scanner Function FTP Allow Permit prohibit to transmit scanned data to FTP Allow Restrict Scanner Function SMB Allow Permit prohibit to transmit scanned data in SMB Allow Restrict Annotation by Initial Setting Selection Allow Permit prohibit to register Annotation function as initial setting Selection Allow Selection Restrict 6 Expert Adjustment Non Image Area Erase Setting Erase Outside of Original Set to delete the outside area of the original Erase Mode Auto Erase Outside of Original On APS AMS Only Except Original Density Auto Orig Glass 1 1 Erase Mode Oblique Erase Rectangle Erase Auto Original Density Five levels Auto ADF Frame Erasure Setting 3mm Set to erase the frame when copying in ADF mode None 1mm 2mm 3mm 4mm 5mm bizhub PRO 920 18 7 18 Utility Administrator Setting Specific setting and Description Default Finisher Adjust Make adjustment on Finisher options Fold amp Staple Stopper Adjustment 128 127 1step 0 1mm Half Fold Stopper Adjustment 128 127 1step 0 1mm Trimming Stopper Adjustment 128 127 1step 0 1mm Hole Punch Adjustment 50 50 1step 0 1mm e Z Fold Position Adjustment 128 127 1step 0 1mm Letter Fold Adjustment 128 127 1step 0 1mm 2 Positions
573. taple 2 staples Fold amp Staple or Letter Fold press Staple mode selection button to turn on the desired mode lamp To select Punch press Punch button to turn on the lamp To use Staple in combination turn on the desired Staple mode lamp To select only the Punch mode turn off all the other mode lamps 3 Press Start Stop button Do you want to stop the output operation gt Press Start Stop button on the operation panel of post inserter 12 32 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold 12 12 11 Using Two Copiers in Tandem Tandem mode enables your primary master machine to work in tandem with the secondary tandem machine for the purpose of providing faster completion of large copying jobs Two units working in tandem distribute a job in half the time of non tandem mode The two copiers should be connected in either way described below e Connect the two copiers directly using a crossover cable In this case other network functions provided to the copier will be unavailable e Connect each of the two copiers to the hub in a network using straight through cables Use the straight through or crossover cables of Category 5 or of the later standard to connect the machines Service setting is required to use the tandem mode Contact your service representative if desired Q Detail Auto reset may function while tandem mode is selected Initially the tandem mode will be released automatically if Auto re
574. tely until it stops 2 Open the paper feed roller 3 Place paper on the tray with any curl turning up then move the side guide plates and rear guide to the edge of the paper Load paper aligning it to the pa per feed roller side of the tray Press the release knob of the front side guide plate to move the side guide plates and also move the rear guide to the edge of the paper 4 When paper is seated properly close the paper feed roller 5 Pushinthe tray until it locks into place bizhub PRO 920 4 5 Supplies amp Handling S Reminder Be sure to fan paper before loading it may improve feeding ability of the machine Do not load above the limit level indicated on the side guide plate Be sure that the side guide plates and rear guide are securely aligned to the paper otherwise the machine cannot detect the correct paper size or machine trouble may occur Do not bump the tray into the main body otherwise machine trouble may be caused Q Detail Changing paper size of the main body tray does not require any specific setting change if standard size has been specified for that tray ifnot en ter the Utility Screen to change the size setting Refer to Paper Setting on page 15 3 bizhub PRO 920 Supplies amp Handling 4 Loading Paper in Multi Sheet Bypass Tray The Multi sheet bypass tray accepts special paper type or size that cannot be loaded in the m
575. ter Edit Body 1 Check the number of the body text to enter or edit and click the Edit button 2 Enter the text on the Body Registration screen and click the Apply button You can use maximum 256 characters Q rowan mnom C deia baid PRO P SI Web Connection Petra 3 tpa a a a bizhub PRO 920 20 25 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting 3 Click the OK button on the Completed screen It will take you back to the body text list screen To Delete Bodies 1 Check the number of the body text to delete and click the Delete but ton 2 Click the OK button on the Body Deletion screen 3 Click the OK button on the Completed screen It will take you back to the body text list screen 20 26 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 20 4 4 Network Tab The Network tab shows settings concerning the printer controller network TCP IP TCP IP This screen appears when you click TCP IP on the Network tab The screen is used to set a summary of the image controller interface TCP IP settings When TCP IP is set to disable you still need to set parameters Make sure to enter parameters correctly Metas inar Description e Enter for individual items TCP IP Network Speed Auto IP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway RAW Port Number 1 6 Host Name Domain Name
576. ter and tandem machines should be the same when using multiple trays for a single job bizhub PRO 920 12 35 12 Finishing Paper Fold Touch Tandem Tray Inf to check the tray information of the other machine working in tandem 5 Enter print quantity on the master machine using the keypad When a print quantity amount of 100 is entered the master and tan dem machines will each copy and output 50 sets Position original s FACE UP in the document feeder or FACE DOWN on the original glass of the master machine Press Start on the control panel of the master machine The Sub icon will display on the Machine Status Screen of the tan dem machine to indicate that the two copiers will start working in tandem Please load designated paper in Tray 1 Memory HDD To specify tray touch Detail Check 99 996 99 972 The tandem mode will be released automatically when the tandem mode copying is completed and the Master and Sub icons will dis appear 12 36 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold 12 S Note Entering reserve job during Tandem mode If scann ng ofthe next reserved job is performed during the tandem mode copying that job will also be performed in the tandem mode Up to 100 Jobs including the present job can be reserved Interrupt mode during Tandem mode
577. th the key grayed out 3 PI setting menu will appear when any cover mode key is selected Selecting main body tray will be unavailable 4 All main body tray keys will be grayed out on the setting screen for in sertin sheets 10 6 bizhub PRO 920 Original Setting 1 0 10 2 Combine Originals Lay Out Several Pages onto One Sheet Combine Pages Use this function to lay out and copy a fixed number 2 4 or 8 of pages onto one sheet of copy paper 2 in 1 4 in 1 or 8 in 1 v Use ADF VY Auto Zoom is automatically selected Normally the magnification ratio is determined according to the paper size fixed for the tray of top priority Original 2 in 1 4 in 1 8in 1 1 2 1 2 5 3 4 Touch Combine Originals on the Basic Screen The Combine Originals setting menu will be displayed 2 Touch 2 in 1 4 in 1 or 8 in 1 under Combine Pages to highlight it Selecting 4 in 1 or 8 in 1 the menu will additionally display two num bering direction keys Touch either Horizontal or Vertical to specify numbering order of original layout 07704705 Ready to cop emo PO on origina ace up e AD 00 0007 Basic Oran Orig Im f Abeta Combine igi Originals Original Original Directi
578. the machine to turn off and then on during the lunch break On Off Settime for Power Save Off 5 Password for Non Business Hours Setting The password is required to enter when using the ma chine by interrupting the Weekly Timer mode Use this function to set the password 0000 4 digits 0000 4 Print Management List 1 Mode Memory List Output the list of programmed contents of Mode mem ory 2 User Management List Output the list of contents registered by the user 3 Use Management List Output the list of service modes account values and ROM version of the machine 4 Font Pattern List Output the list of font patterns used with this machine 5 Audit Log Report Output the audit log report of the security mode 18 6 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Specific setting and Description Default 5 Prohibit User Operation Lock Delete Mode Memory Lock unlock or Delete a mode memory that has been programmed Registering and changing Address Allow Permit prohibit to enter send address manually on the Scanner Screen Allow Restrict Changing Zoom Ratio Allow Permit prohibit to alter already programmed magnifi cation ratio Allow Restrict Change Program Overlay Restrict Permit prohibit to delete or overwrite a title of pro grammed overlay image Allow Restrict Scanner Function E Mail Allow Permit prohibit to transmi
579. the standard density rase Outside of Original rase Mode and Density can be set up Auto Erase 8 Touch OK to return to the Expert Adjustment Screen 9 if further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 44 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 6 Expert Adjustment ADF Frame Erasure Setting Set Frame Erasure to function anytime when copying in ADF mode and set the amount of the outside area to be deleted 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 System Setting Utility Administrator Setting Administrator Setting ser Authentication Ccount Track Network Setting SCanner Destination Storage The System Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 6 Expert Adjustment f System Setting ohibitUser Operation Annotation Setting The Expert Adjustment Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 45 18 Utility Administrator Setting 5 Touch ADF Frame Erasure Setting d MM Non image Area System Setting A SS mune Finisher Adjust The Job Sett
580. the summer time is off 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 System Setting Administrator Setting Administrator IN I MEN System Setting System Connection Strator Machine im ini ettin ser Authenticatiol Ccount Track Network Setting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 Date Time Setting System Setting f System Setting Date Time Setting Size Setting eekly Timer Setting Print Management List rohibitUser peration The Date Time Setting Screen will be displayed 18 16 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Adjust the time The time indicated by the machine is displayed in the upper line and or dered by date month year and time in 24 hour expression Touch the desired key to adjust the time enter the time by using the control panel keypad Touch Set to move the highlighted section to the number to be changed Repeat the same procedure for month date and time Date Time Setting Time Zone eo V Set the summer time The summer time is initially deactivated To activate the summer time Daylight Savings Time func
581. ti e N e N t o N e wo r 3 oe enmt ES o o i o n 0 ex t4 wl e e e soto m ES o o zx e x o ei Geel o elom xla xe n nr or bo kalo o 7 x e xor e Peel e o s o z ola FP Y e fos fo o oo ps pra po e on e e n o s o o apo emet 1S v f o o FH ex o 3 5 o t H gt 0 Ho feat pat er xn os tape e e fa apo m Eja amp o in m 00 fees rH o N we toa oe un 64 9 3 3 3 re He pe a oe mj nimi o s mom rH OT wie a E e o js ope m 1 1 S Fe wv OO bad aid aod kadi Isp 4 Y e feel om oe 2 ad 110 ie i pi ae ss ejoee eeos a Hw 2 exiseoeoweos muz Zo jaolla aH Eu l am alnomo FF Eni H alele iama nono pam 4 nel nawla nolo ECAL Gvi la los ws eha aa 9 o vHlalelojs omj aa Ovi A KO sog JCD 4 Jejele ajom ao of jal olola aomen of a jeje eoa H oiu 89 8899999898288889 amp BZERZAEZSRZETZZEZZE KH S9R8S99898892228888 alo lola n e I ul elo ojaa a am f u Mo oja lzk Rie x xn Se Za w Ta alak mh ka x x lela i ig ul Ta Tzk Tah xiv LI z l 8 s a e n ma e i x E eSSs lol ns o 1 x eae e a viae lid mix ONG o a viale Ee v xis m a gt o 4 val lana ef T MIT x eR ISUR e IN m S x SUR e IE DO m 7 M x 7 SR re IE aie fea ls fae r a 7i f o N s o r a e lt cetataintat steele tate alalH gt bole E t
582. ting f Buzzer Setting Buzzer Setting The Buzzer On Off Volume Setting Screen will be displayed 17 12 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 5 Touch the desired Key Buzzer On Off Volume Setting Touch On to highlight it Adjust the Buzzer volume as desired Touch Low or High to regulate the buzzer volume of the touch keys Touch Off to highlight it The buzzer will go off 6 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Buzzer Setting Screen 7 further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 13 17 Utility User Setting 2 Buzzer Setting gt 2 Buzzer for Job Stop Setting Select the duration of the buzzer sound when the machine stops 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 2 Buzzer Setting System Setting System Setting Buzzer Setting 4 Change User Password The Buzzer Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 Buzzer for Job Stop Setting Buzzer Setting The Buzzer for Job Stop Setting Screen will be displayed 17 14 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 17 D Select the desired time to highlight it Buzzer for Job Stop Setting
583. ting Screen 9 Touch Return on the Printer Setting Screen The Controller Setting Screen will be restored 10 it turther changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to complete the setting and restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 16 17 16 Controller Setting 16 4 03 Select Printer Setting Select the default port number and specify the output format for each port 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch Controller The Controller Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 03 Select Printer Setting Controller Setting Utility 5 nterface Setting The Select Printer Setting Screen will be displayed 16 18 bizhub PRO 920 Controller Setting 1 6 4 Touch the key to be specified Touch Next or Previous to scroll to the desired item To designate the port number enter the number 1 6 already specified in 2 Printer Setting using the control panel keypad The Default 9100 is the port designated for printing the list Select Printer Setting 1 6 Select Printer Setting 1 6 5 Touch Set to complete the setting If wrong number is entered before touching Set touch Reset to re enter the correct number 6 Touch Return The Controller Setting Screen will be restored 7 further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to complete the setting
584. ting order unless the job preceding the selected one is already in progress If printing order cannot be changed for the selected job a message will be displayed for information To suspend reserve job Touch to highlight the desired reserve job key then touch Sus pended Printing operation for the selected job will be suspended and kept stored in memory In this case Suspended will be displayed in the Status area of the suspended job key to prompt you that a suspended job remains in the machine Touch the job key to resume printing operation See To Check Operate Suspended Jobs on page 13 9 for details Tocheck the settings of reserve job Touch to highlight the desired reserve job key then touch Details Check the settings of the selected job on the screen Touch Close to return to the Job List Screen bizhub PRO 920 13 5 13 Job Management Displaying Output History Use this function to display output history as a list The list includes following information No Consecutive numbers of both copy and print jobs Mode Copy or Printer No of Org Max 5 digit page count No of Sets Max 4 digit set count Result Complete or Cancel Time Time when output operation was executed Follow the procedure below to check the settings of output jobs To display output history 1 Touch Output History on the Job List Screen Check the status
585. tion Density Pape Zoom Duplex Se recponer READY MEG nn OK Change Bypass Tray Setting Screen will be displayed O Specify the paper type Touch and highlight the desired paper type key from the seven types provided on the screen 07704705 11 06 Or iginaisize Detection bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 6 Specify the paper size Selecting Standard Normally this key is selected Proceed to the next step To set Original Size Detection Touch Original Size Detection to display the Original Size Detec tion Screen Touch Next or Back to display the desired size key then select the size to be detected as a standard size Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Change By pass Setting Screen x 07 04 05 Please set the original size detection 8 5x11H
586. tion touch Summer Time to highlight it The Present time will gain one hour The Difference in time setting is provided in order to give the time dif ference information at the same time when an e mail is received To set this function follow the procedure below Touch Time Zone Use the control panel keypad to enter the time difference between the Universal time and the local time in the machine setting area e g Enter 0600 for six hours later than the Universal time Touch to display when the local time is earlier than the Uni versal time or when the local time is later Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the System Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 17 18 Utility Administrator Setting 3 Weekly Timer Setting This function can be accessed only by the Administrator e The Weekly Timer is a machine management function that shuts down power to the machine on a daily or hourly basis and can be programmed specifically for lunch breaks weekends and holidays or any time the copier is not required e In addition Timer Interrupt can be enabled with or without a password requirement to allow temporary use of the machine during periods when power is shut down by the Timer function If the Weekly Timer needs to be activated on your machine contact your Service representa
587. tion Timeout Max Mail Size SMTP Server Capacity Administrator Mail Address Authentication POP Before SMTP SMTP Authentication User Name Password Realm Binary Division Division Size SSL TLS SSL TLS Information Encryption Strength Validity Period Organization Organization Unit Locality State Province Country Authentication Auto Logout Admin Logout Time User Logout Time AP I F AP I F Port Number Use SSL TLS Port Number SSL TLS bizhub PRO 920 27 9 Appendix System Version A 0000 HDD Version A1 0002 Interpreter PCL Se Version E315q Q00 009 PCLXL Version E315q Q00 009 1 02 1 Device Total Memory 51248 HOD Free Size Configuration 3328 Fonts 530898 Spool 95138 Documentation 17573 TCP IP IP Filtering Access Permission Address Disable ir 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 4r 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Access Refusal s Disable 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Network Speed Auto NetWare Bindery NDS NOS Bindery FPreferred fileserver NDS FPreferred NDS context name NDS FPreferred NDS tree name nter Rprinter Printer Name XMBT213COF Printer Number NetWare Status IPP IPP Enable Accept Print Job Enable Operations Supported Print job Enable Cancel job
588. tion for Use No Name Description 14 Paper key Touched to select the desired paper size or Auto Paper Select function and also to specify the paper type and size of the paper loaded in the Multi sheet bypass tray 15 Paper Fold key Touched to use Half Fold Fold amp Staple Trimming Z Fold Letter Fold In or Letter Fold Out function 16 Density key Touched to specify the desired exposure level to activate the automatic exposure function to select the preset density or to specify the background density 17 Box key Touched to store the scanned image data on HDD or to recall the stored data from HDD for printing 18 Separate Scan key Touched to store scanned images into memory 19 Machine status icons Indicate the current machine status 20 Setting image area Illustrates various settings during the operation bizhub PRO 920 Preparation for Use 2 Finisher FS 509 Punch Kit PK 504 505 Finisher FS 509 No Name Description 1 Finisher door Opens to the internal finisher to allow replenishing staples and clearing mishandled paper and also to allow removal of waste paper punched out when Punch kit PK 504 505 is installed 2 Primary main tray Holds sets output in the selected finishing mode other than specified above 3 Secondary sub tray Holds sets output in Sort Group Face Up or Face Down mode S Reminde
589. tive Conditions required to use the Weekly Timer e The power plug is inserted into the socket e The power switch is turned on e Thecurrent date and time are correctly set 18 18 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 3 Weekly Timer Setting gt 1 Weekly Timer On Off Setting Enable and disable the Weekly Timer function 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 System Setting Utility a Setting System Setting System Connection The System Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 3 Weekly Timer Setting System Setting Administrator Setting D System Setting Date Time Setting Size Setting ekly Timer Setting Paper Setting The Weekly Timer Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 19 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 5 Touch 1 Weekly Timer On Off Setting Utility iministrater 77 tting 4 System Setting Weekly Timer Setting select Time for Power Save 4 The Weekly Timer On Off Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Touch Weekly Timer On to activate Weekly Timer or touch Weekly Timer Off to deactivate Weekly Timer The default se
590. to 8 when outputting more than one sample sheet for each level 10 Check the sample sheet and enter the desired density level using the control panel keypad The number entered will be displayed in the box above Set Density To output the sample sheet of the specified density level touch Set Density then touch the Copy Place the original on the original glass and press the Start on the control panel 11 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the User Density Set ting Screen 12 If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 37 17 Utility User Setting 3 Density Setting gt 3 Photo Mode Density Setting Set the density level of Photo Mode to be specified in AE 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 2 Function Setting The Function Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 9 Density Setting Pant 7 Function Setting Preset Zoom The Density Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 3 Photo Mode Density Setting Utility Density Setting X Exit The Photo Mode Density Setting Screen will be displayed 17 38 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 17 5 Selectthe desired density key from Lighter Standard and Darker Photo Mode Density Setting 6
591. touch panel of the tandem machine to display the Job List Screen then delete the tandem job To stop the job cancelling procedure touch Continue on the popup menu bizhub PRO 920 12 39 12 Finishing Paper Fold To cancel the job on the tandem machine only Press Stop on the control panel of the tandem machine The tandem machine stops the current operation immediately and the popup menu appears on the Basic Screen of the tandem machine to ask you whether to continue or cease the operation At this time the tandem mode is not yet released 2 Touch Continue to go on or Stop Job to delete all the data transmit ted from the master machine and to release the tandem mode The master machine will take over the remaining print quantity and complete the job S Note If temporary suspension in the tandem machine takes a long time the Distribution recovery mode will activate enabling the master machine to handle the remaining print quantity Once the Distribution recovery mode is activated and the master ma chine is already handling the remaining print quantity the tandem ma chine cannot continue with the tandem printing job even when Continue is touched 12 40 bizhub PRO 920 Finishing Paper Fold 12 Troubleshooting Copying with the Distribution recovery mode The Distribution recovery mode enables you to complete your copying job even when trouble occurs in either the master or tandem machi
592. tp 192 168 0 10 The PageScope Web Connection screen appears Operation PageScope Web Connection operation is identical to Internet Web pages You can click a link on the Web page to jump to the link destination bizhub PRO 920 20 5 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 3 Screen Configuration The screen shown below is called the User Mode screen all users can view this screen By clicking Admin Mode and entering an appropriate Admin Password in the User Mode screen you can enter the Administrator Mode Screen The configuration of the PageScope Web Connection screen is shown be low Q Detail f user authentication is set the user name and password entry screen will appear Horeca minor zt ah wbcen 451 Web Connection Se c c a ES 20 6 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 No Item Description 1 KONICA MINOLTA PageScope Web Connection Logo Click the KONICA MINOLTA logo to jump to the Konica Minolta web site http konicaminolta jp Click the PageScope Web Connection logo to jump to the About Screen providing the version informa tion and the copyright description Click the PageScope Web Connection logo on the About Screen to jump to the following Web site http pagescope com 2 Status Display Icons and text indicate the current status of the main body s printer and scanner The message Ready ap
593. tput Paper Count 00036266 Printer Copier 00006926 00033057 Scanner 00002701 The Utility Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 6 5 6 Maintenance Do you want to exit Utility mode and return to the previous screen gt Touch Exit 2 Touch Details Serial No 576FO0000 lt Count Cycle gt lt Start gt Total Count Check Details 4 PM Count 315570 500000 05 01 21 Total Count 00084410 07 04 05 Deueloper I UTE VIE Count Feed Paper Count Count 00001767 12345000 05 01 21 00082289 Running 00018 h Output Paper Count 00080175 ppc Erum Printer Copier Count 00001767 12345000 05 01 21 00033172 00061238 Running 00000 h Scanner 00010768 The PM count Developer count and Drum count will be displayed 3 Print the counter list if desired Touch Copy The Basic Screen will be displayed Select the desired copy mode then press Start Zones Baia 7 eeunter me Output t After the counter list is printed out touch Counter Output to return to the previous screen Q Detail The Developer count and Drum count can be selected to indicate either the cycle count or runtime count Contact your service representative if desired 6 6 bizhub PRO 920 Maintenance 6 6 3 Preventive Maintenance After a set number of copies 500 000 copies have been made on your ma chine Preventive Mainten
594. trator Password Screen will be displayed 26 4 bizhub PRO 920 Administrator Security Functions 26 3 Enter the password Use the touch panel keypad to enter the 8 digit Administrator pass word then touch OK Please enter password 8 characters The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 7 Security Setting Utility Administrator E Setting E System Setting System Connection The Security Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 26 5 26 Administrator Security Functions 5 Touch 8 Enhance Security Mode AdministratorPassword 6 Turm Enhanced Security mode ON or OFF If you want to turn Enhanced Security mode ON touch On to highlight it If you want to turn it OFF touch Off to highlight it Touch OK nhance Security Mode The Restart Confirmation popup screen will appear 7 Touch Yes nhance Security Mode To make all setting effective men VELLET automatically The machine will restart and the new setting will be activated 26 6 bizhub PRO 920 Administrator Security Functions 26 26 2 HDD lock password While the Enhanced Security mode is turned ON a lock password 8 to 32 alphanumerical characters case sensitive can be set up on the HDD to pro tect the data stored on it
595. tray paper to be used 07 04 05 13 11 Application gt File Edit gt Insert Sheet Bookmark o A4 Normal mi 8 5xl 1 Normal White A4 Normal White AS To use covers loaded in the post inserter touch Post Inserter Pa per to display the Post Inserter Paper Setting Screen touch Cov er and select the tray to be used 07 04 05 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the previous screen On the Back Cover Setting Screen select the desired mode Print Blank copy mode Simplex Duplex and tray paper to be used 07 04 05 Application gt File Edit gt Insert Sheet a o Cover Print A4 Normal 8 5xl 1 Normal Normal A4 AS 11 12 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 1 1 To use covers loaded in the post inserter touch Post Inserter Pa per to display the Post Inserter Paper Setting Screen touch Cov er and select the tray to be used 07704705 13 12 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the previous screen On the Insert Sheet Setting Screen enter the desired insertion type set ting 07704705 13 12 bizhub PRO 920 11 13 11 Applications On the screen the Set 01 key is active to be ready for the first in sertion type setting
596. tting 17 Specific setting and Description Default 3 Copier Setting 1 Reset Setting 1 Initial Setting Set the initial setting when the machine is reset Current Setting Factory Default Factory Default 2 Reset Function Setting AUTO RESET Key Setting Set the on screen indication which is displayed when pressing Reset The factory default setting is Full Auto and the initial setting is the settings defined in 1 Initial Setting Full auto Initial Setting Full auto Finisher Mode by Full auto Select the Finisher mode when Full Auto is select ed as pressing Reset Group Sort Staple Fold amp Staple Half Fold Face UP Face Down Sort 3 Initial by Key Counter Insert Select to reset the copying conditions to the initial set ting when inserting the key counter and the copy card On Off 2 Each Function Setting Booklet Copy Auto Select Set the machine to automatically select the Booklet mode when Fold amp Staple or Half Fold mode is select ed Auto Select Not Auto Select Auto Select Original Glass AMS Set the machine to detect the size of the original and select the appropriate magnification ratio to corre spond to the selected paper size On Off ADF AMS Set the machine to automatically select an appropriate ratio for copying when detecting the original size placed on the ADF On Off Original Glass APS Set the machine to automat
597. tting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 Reset Setting Tike Copier Setting Copier Setting Reset Setting The Reset Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch 2 Reset Function Setting Reset Setting The Reset Function Setting Screen will be displayed 17 56 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 5 Select the copying conditions when resetting the machine Touch AUTO RESET Key Setting to display the job setting keys Touch Full auto to set to the factory default setting Touch Initial Setting to set as 3 Copier Setting 1 Reset Setting 1 Initial Setting uy L Copier Setting AUTO RESET Key ee Reset Setting Reset Function Setting i When Initial Setting is selected for AUTO RESET Key Setting Each Reset Setting becomes enabled 6 Selectthe finishing conditions when resetting the machine Touch Finisher Mode by Full auto Touch any key on the screen for Full Auto and then touch OK Finisher Mode b Full auto The Reset Function Setting Screen will be restored 7 further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 57 17 Utility User Setting 1 Reset Setting gt 3 Initial by Key Counter Insert Select to reset or not when inserting the key
598. tting is Weekly Timer Off eekly Timer On Off Setting The selected key will be highlighted 7 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Weekly Timer Set ting Screen 8 Iffurher changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 20 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 3 Weekly Timer Setting gt 2 Time Setting Use this function to set the On Off times in hours and minutes for each day of the week or set the collective time for the entire week i e the same On Off time for a certain day of the week S eee Note f On time and Off time are the same the power will not be turned on If the setting is 00 00 00 00 you will not be able to set the machine off on condition for specific days When setting Sunday Off time Monday On time is highlighted again 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 1 System Setting Utility Administrator Setting ser Authentication 4 canner Destination ccount Traci torage The System Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 21 18 Utility Administrator Setting 4 Touch 3 Weekly Timer Setting System Settin E Power
599. ttings These settings also appear if you select Controller Settings on the touch panel s Utility Screen 2 Controller Setting 2 Printer Settings 4 TIFF Settings Description e Enter for individual items Auto Paper Select Image Position e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered bizhub PRO 920 20 21 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 4 3 Scan Tab The Scan tab is used to enter edit or delete subject and body text for e mail Subject Registration This screen appears when you click Subject on the Scan tab You can use the screen to enter edit or delete the subject for e mail rowa mons Grrr vin ae I I Web Connection Pit gt r 2 upa EL NN vrs rir En Cwr Doete Description e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Edit button Click the button to open the editing screen e Clear button Click the button to set it to the default before changes were applied e Delete button Click the button to delete a selected subject 20 22 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 To Enter Edit Subjects 1 Check the number of the subject to enter or edit and click the Edit button Q romam gt wi PR BUSI Web Connection GPP P a duse pom D Seam LS SSS m dat m Ooty ch Zo
600. twork Tab 1 1 cedo et tg cest 20 27 Reli ne 20 27 Ec E 20 29 lu 20 31 E TD siia erem conse decal e eter ge arre Rare asunto duae deb ced deub reta dote 20 32 SNMP p 20 34 SMB isi tri nite e nant i prr E d Pena 20 35 AppleTalk 5 5 2 tec barre tet orien ah bias Eo cc cues pa ey C ORE 20 37 Hp meH E 20 38 To check LDAP Setting ccescsecseseeeeseeeeeseeceresceeseseeneeceenesenes 20 39 EMail esi e oer UD RR ete nesters 20 40 SOL TES ER 20 42 If a certificate is not installed Creating a self signed certificate ee eeeseeeeseeeeeseeeeeneeeeeneeees 20 42 If a certificate is not installed Requesting a Certificate to instal eeeseeeeeeees 20 44 If a certificate has been installed Requesting a certificate to switch information 20 48 Changing mode settings Changing encryption strength Setting eeeeeeeeeess 20 51 Changing mode using SSL TLS eee 20 53 Removing a certificate 2 2 2 eeeccsseseseseeeseseeeeeeeeneseeeeseeeeseteeeenees 20 55 Authentication 1 7 4 4 nds mete d etg 20 57 niue H 20 58 Normal mocde ripe toto errare RF E rend ea us 21 3 Enhanced Security mode eeeeeseeeenenee 21 3 Environments in which Enhanced Security mode IS recommended eire trei ri a i RR da i dnas 21 3 Creating a secur
601. ub PRO 920 8 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies Emm 8 Before Making Copies 8 1 Features of the bizhub PRO 920 Basic Functions AE Automatic Exposure Automatically adjusts exposure to compensate for quality of the original Density Manually selects up to 9 density levels each for copy image and back ground Automatic Paper Selection Automatically selects copy paper size to match the original documents Auto Zoom Automatically selects an appropriate magnification ratio when paper size is selected manually Automatically selected when Auto Zoom is touched Multi Sheet Bypass Tray Feeds special paper type or size that cannot be loaded in main body trays Zoom Selects magnification ratios for copies Vertical and horizontal dimen sions can be reduced or enlarged independently Simplex Duplex Selects the desired simplex mode 1 1 or 2 1 or duplex mode 1 2 or 2 2 Reserve Scans in subsequent copy jobs while the machine is busy printing or cop ying Combine Originals Combine Pages Copies a fixed number 2 4 or 8 of pages onto one sheet of copy paper to create a draft copy of a multi page report at the same time as saving paper Bind Makes normal copies from double sided originals being upside down on the reverse side Mixed Original Copies mixed size originals from the document feeder in Auto Paper Se lect or Auto Zoom mode Z Folded Sets the ADF to accept Z folded original
602. ub PRO 920 24 3 24 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 2 Toregister a new user Follow the procedure below to setup a new user name and password to be required for user authentication in Enhanced Security mode Q Detail Passwords are case sensitive f a wrong password or fewer than 8 alphanumerical characters are en tered and the OK is touched the warning message Password does not match will appear and no key will work for five seconds Enter the right password after five seconds f authentication fails the information will be saved in the audit log 1 Press Utility Counter on the control panel The Utility Screen will be displayed Interrupt Proof Copy amem J Stop Utility Counter Start 2 ERN Data ManPowr 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting Serial No 57GEO000D1 l Utility Total Count Check Di Total Count 00039983 07 04 05 Feed Paper Count 00034875 Output Paper Count 00036266 Printer Copier 00006926 00033057 Scanner 00002701 Function Setting p Copier Setting Controller The Input Administrator Password Screen will be displayed 24 4 bizhub PRO 920 User Authentication in Enhanced Security Mode 24 3 Enter the password Use the touch screen keypad to enter the 8 digit Administrator pass word then touch OK Please enter password 8 characters
603. uch 02 Printer Setting Controller Setting The Printer Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Specify the setting number 4 Printer Setting Utility 1 Basic Setting bizhub PRO 920 16 11 16 Controller Setting Use the control panel keypad to enter the setting number for your setting Available range is from 1 to 6 Touch Set to complete the setting If wrong number is entered touch Reset to re enter the correct number 16 12 bizhub PRO 920 Controller Setting 16 5 Perform the Basic Setting played desired item Touch 01 Basic Setting The Basic Setting Screen will be dis Make the desired setting Touch Next or Previous to scroll to the Basic Setting Basic Setting 16 Banner Option 8 Convert Paper Size bizhub PRO 920 16 13 16 Controller Setting The following settings are used unless otherwise specified by the printer driver 01 PDL Select the page description language to be initially used 02 Paper Feed Tray Select the paper feed tray to be initially used 03 Output Tray Select the exit tray to be initially used 04 Duplex Select to allow double sided printing 05 Binding Select the binding position to be initially used in double sided printing 06 Staple Select the staple position to be initially used 07 Punch Select the p
604. uch Bind to display the Original Binding Direction Screen then touch Top Bing 07 04 05 Please ele D a g a e O 11 13 Bind CS MIREADY Touch OK to return to the Combine Originals setting menu Select additional copy conditions as desired Position originals FACE UP in the document feeder Set originals according to the original direction icon displayed on the Basic Screen Press Start to print 9 38 bizhub PRO 920 Basic Job Settings 9 9 6 Separate Scan Mode Use Separate Scan mode to scan more than 100 originals into memory then to start a continuous printing job or to combine images scanned from ADF and original glass To set Separate Scan mode Y Separate Scan mode is necessarily used in the following functions Mak ing double sided copies using original glass Insert Image Book Copy Program Job Storing image in Program Image Overlay l Make copying selections as desired 2 Touch Separate Scan on the Basic Screen to highlight it g 07 04 05 Pre AR 0 an origina emo Po on original face up e AD 00 000 Combine XY Orig Tm y Appli_ Graginais age rupe Cation Density Paper Zoom Bopha C5 BIREADY The Separate Scan mode will be activated Separate Scan may already be highlighted depending on the selected
605. uch Job List on the Basic Screen then touch Machine on the Job List Screen Ready to print Memory HDD 100 000 99 972 Normal White U J Fine White H The paper level is indicated by the five indicator types LJ 5 z Follow the procedure below to supply the empty tray with copy paper bizhub PRO 920 4 3 Supplies amp Handling S Reminder Be sure to load the paper specified for the tray otherwise mishandled pa per may occur To use paper other than the specified type enter the Util ity Menu to change the Tray Setting To avoid machine trouble do not use heat sensitive paper paper that conducts electricity silver carbon etc coloured OHP transparencies or paper specifically designed for ink jet printer such as photo paper Q Detail Printing job can be continued using paper in another tray even if the Ma chine Status Screen is displayed due to the emptied tray Refer to To change the tray selection on page 5 8 for details bizhub PRO 920 Supplies amp Handling 4 Loading Paper in Tray 1 2 and 3 The main body trays are universal and paper size can be readily changed when supplying paper v Besure that the machine is powered ON before withdrawing the tray v Only one tray can be withdrawn at a time 1 Withdraw the tray to be supplied with paper Be sure to withdraw the tray comple
606. uch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 5 Copier Printer Setting Utility _ Administrator Setting Administrator Setting E ser Authentication Ccount Track The Copier Printer Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch Auto Image Rotation tility CA NIBIStPSEOP 7 Setting 4 Copier pr inter Setting E Chan age Number i ge BP Print POSCBOOKleUt The select screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 187 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 5 Touch On Always On APS AMS Only or On APS AMS Reduce Only to complete the setting opier Printer Setting On Always On APS AMS Only APS AMS Reduce 6 Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Copier Printer Screen 7 Touch Close to complete the setting and return to the Administrator Setting Screen 8 Iffurher changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 18 188 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 Suspend Interruption Select the timing to stop the job in progress when Interrupt is pressed The timing can be set either to suspend on completing the job in progress or to suspend by interrupting the job in progress 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch
607. uch panel will not go off during a duplex copying job or when the Jam Position Screen is displayed Sleep This function achieves further energy conservation by reducing power con sumption to 8 9W or less in standby mode In the initial setting Sleep follows Low Power after a specified period initially 90 minutes of copier inactivity with the Power Save LED lit and all other LEDs on the control panel and touch panel turned off The Main Power indi cator keeps green To start a copying job press Power Save The copying operation will be come available Q Detail The Sleep can be set for 30 minutes 60 minutes 90 minutes 120 min utes 240 minutes or can be deactivated For details refer to 1 Power Save Setting on page 18 13 2 26 bizhub PRO 920 Preparation for Use 2 Using Power Save Manually Follow the procedure below to operate Power Save function Low Power or Sleep manually 1 Press Power Save for one second or longer then release it Power Save The following message will be dis played Using Sleep Entry Sleep mode after 10 second Press key screen to cancel Using Low Power Entry Low Power mode after 10 second Press key screen to cancel 2 Power Save will be activated Q Detail Be sure to press Power Save for one second or longer otherwise the following message will be displayed and the Sleep Low Power mode will not be activated The Power Save
608. unch position to be initially used 08 Fold Trimming Select the initial setting for each function 09 Offset Select to use the offset function 10 Output Order Select to exit face up or face down in initial state 11 Image Order Select the print page order in initial state 12 Print Number Specify the print quantity in initial state 13 Sort Select to use the Sort mode 14 Paper Size Select the paper size to be initially used 15 Orientation Select the orientation of the image printed on copy paper 16 Banner Option Select to print the banner page 17 Banner Tray Select the paper feed tray for printing banner page 18 Convert Paper Size Select to change the paper size 19 Combination Specify the desired combination function 20 Booklet Select to use the Booklet function 21 Adhesive Binding Select to use the Adhesive binding mode 22 Print Position Select the initial print position Touch Return to complete the setting and restore the Printer Set ting Screen Perform the PCL Setting Touch 02 PCL Setting The PCL Setting Screen will be displayed Printer Setting etting Number 16 14 bizhub PRO 920 Controller Setting 1 6 Make the desired setting 01 Font Source Select the medium of font source 02 Font Number Specify the font number available from the font Source 03 Symbol Set Specify the symbol set 04 Form lines Speci
609. under Paper Type Weight Coloured Paper and Hole Punch You may choose more than one key for each item Auto Paper Type Selection ME o c Exciu f Exciu sive E sive J Exciu Exciu sive F sive K Exc iu sive B Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Feed Tray Setting Screen If further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 17 30 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 2 Each Function Setting gt Fine Adjust Margin Select to enter a decimal point for image shift 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 2 Function Setting The Function Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 2 Each Function Setting Tuility VW Function Setting Function Setting Feed Tray Setting ach Function Setting The Each Function Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch Fine Adjust Margin to display the selection keys 5 Touch Decimal On or Decimal Off to specify image shift in decimal point or not d Function Setting j Fine Adjust Margin i Decimal Off Setting E Decimal Off 6 iffurther changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 17 31 17 Utility User Setting 2 Each Function Setting Print
610. unter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 3 Copier Setting The Copier Setting Screen will be displayed 3 Touch 2 Each Function Setting Utility f copier Setting Copier Setting Each Function Setting The Each Function Setting Screen will be displayed 4 Touch the desired key to display the job setting keys of each function Utility a Gane Setting Each Function Setting E to Detect Orig au D Size in ADF 5 Select On Off or touch the desired key to each There are two setting screens Touch upper and lower arrow keys to Switch between the screens bizhub PRO 920 17 61 17 Utility User Setting 6 Touch Choose Default Tray when APS Off to display the selection Screen Touch the desired tray key and then touch OK hoose Default Tray when APS Off 7 further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen 17 62 bizhub PRO 920 Utility User Setting 1 7 17 6 4 Scanner Setting 1 Default Address Setting Select the default destination of the image scanned when selecting the Scanner Screen Select one from the following four destinations e E Mail E Mail address HDD Box No FTP FTP server address SMB Shared folder Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen N Touch 4
611. ur authorized service representa tive to set up an Administrator password To change this password the administrator himself should operate the procedure described in Utility Administrator Setting gt on page 18 3 To protect data in the machine from access and tampering it is recommend ed to designate an administrator and use Enhanced Security mode bizhub PRO 920 26 3 26 Administrator Security Functions 26 1 Turn Enhanced Security mode ON OFF The following is an explanation of how to turn Enhanced Security mode On Off Q Detail Passwords are case sensitive f a wrong password or fewer than 8 alphanumerical characters are en tered and the OK is touched the warning message Password does not match will appear and no key will work for five seconds Enter the right password after five seconds f authentication fails the information will be saved in the audit log 1 Press Utility Counter on the control panel Interrupt Proof Copy I Mode Memory e Stop The Utility Screen will be displayed Utility Counter Start 9y BAO 6 Data_MainPower 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting Serial No 57GEO000D1 Total Count Check Di Total Count 00038983 07 04 05 Feed Paper Count 00034875 Dutput Paper Count 00036266 Printer Copier 00006926 00033057 Scanner 00002701 Copier Setting The Input Adminis
612. uthentication Screen Touch User Name to display the Input User Name Screen Please input user name and password tication password Enter your user name then touch OK to return to the User Authen tication Screen Please input user name Touch Password to display the Input User Password Screen Please input user name and password Password bizhub PRO 920 25 15 25 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode Enter your user password then touch OK to return to the User Au thentication Screen Please input password Password The Recall Personal Box Screen will be displayed Select the desired personal Box Please select box Memory HDD 100 000 99 968 Number Search Enter the password if selected Box requires one 25 16 bizhub PRO 920 HDD Store Function in Enhanced Security Mode 6 Touch OK The Recall Personal File Screen will be displayed Proceed to step 7 if recalls the image data file Proceed to step 8 if deletes the image data file Recall the image data Touch the desired file key then touch gt gt gt To output the image data touch Wait Output Proof Output or Auto Output as de sired and then touch OK The Input Print Quantity Screen will be displayed Job List
613. utput Full Service Call Remove Punch Waste bizhub PRO 920 27 5 Appendix 2 Print Main menus Sub menus Target items Interface Interface Parallel Timeout Network Timeout Default Setting General PDL Input Tray Output Tray Duplex Binding Staple Punch Fold Trimming Offset Output Order Page Order Print Number Collate Paper Size Orientation Resolution Spool setting Banner Option Banner Page Tray Convert Paper Size 1 Page Sheet Booklet Print Position PCL Settings Font Name Symbol Set Line Page Font Point Size Font Pitch CR LF Mapping PS Settings Print To PS Error TIFF Settings Auto Paper Select Image Position 27 6 bizhub PRO 920 Appendix 3 Network Main menus Sub menus Target items TCP IP TCP IP TCP IP Network Speed Auto IP IP Adress Subnet Mask Default Gateway Host Name Domain Name DNS Server RAW Port Number1 RAW Port Number2 RAW Port Number3 RAW Port Number4 RAW Port Number5 RAW Port Number6 LPD IP Address Filtering Access Permission Address Start address 1 Ending address 1 Start address 2 Ending address 2 Start address 3 Ending address 3 Start address 4 Ending address 4 Start address 4 Ending address 5 Access Refusal Address Start address 1 Ending address 1 Start address 2 Ending address 2 Start address 3 Ending address 3 Start address 4 Ending address 4 St
614. utton to clear the settings that were entered 20 38 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting To check LDAP Setting 1 Enter for individual items 2 Click the LDAP Setting button on the LDAP screen 3 Click the OK button on the Completed screen It will take you back to the LDAP screen again LDAP setting check was successful ed bizhub PRO 920 20 39 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting E Mail E Mail Heceive POP Configuration This screen appears when you click E Mail on the Network tab then click E Mail Receive under the E Mail menu The screen is used to enter and confirm settings concerning receiving e mail When E Mail Receive is set to disable you still need to set parameters Make sure to enter parameters correctly Description e Enter for individual items Receive Receiving Server Address User Name Password APOP Con nection Timeout Port Number e Apply button Click the button to apply the new settings e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered 20 40 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 E Mail Send SMTP Configuration This screen appears when you click E Mail on the Network tab then click E Mail Send under the E Mail menu The screen is used to enter and con firm settings concerning sending e mail When E Mail Send is set to disable you still need to se
615. utton will not function bizhub PRO 920 20 13 20 PageScope Web Connection Setting Import Export This screen appears when you click Import Export on the System tab You can use the screen to import a setting file from a PC to the device and to export a setting file from the device to a PC Q Detail See Appendix for The data for Import Export vomica mnam gt IDL Web Connection e m Logout Description e Import Enter the name of a file to which the setting value of the device will be entered imported You can click the Browse button and select a setting file to import Click the Import button to import the setting file from PC to the device e Export Export the setting value of the device to PC Click the Export button to display the file download screen Click the Save button to select a place to save the file The download completion screen will appear Click the Close button A dat file will be exported from the device The file format must be con firmed e Clear button Click the button to clear the settings that were entered or selected 20 14 bizhub PRO 920 PageScope Web Connection Setting 20 Maintenance This screen appears when you click Maintenance on the System tab You can use the screen to operate maintenance of the machine You can initialize the network settings reset to factory default settings or restart the network only to
616. uunw euueyeM XIeUuLe1eM eu ayeq ON 2fed DuuequunN 19S duiejs uriing oseJjo Base oDeulr uoN se1g 9Jju82 euugJ J Buipurg aniseypy uoneurBeg 1epioog Compatible None Grayed out no response when touched Automatically released Selectable but inefficient Operation cannot be started Prohibited to start the job operation withz the message Comination of this modes unavailable displayed i Compatible only when Print Insertion is selected 2 bizhub PRO 920 9 6 Basic Job Settings 9 9 2 Selecting Exposure Level and Adjusting Background Whiteness Automatic Exposure AE operates with the default settings It detects the density of the original image and automatically selects the appropriate expo sure for the copy Select manual copy density to adjust exposure density when originals are too light or too dark Adjust also the background whiteness when copying newspaper or recycled paper originals ABCD ABCD EFGH EFGH IJKLM IJ KLM NOPQ NOPQ RSTUV RSTUV WXYz WXYZ Light original Normal Dark original Detail User Density programs the desired density selected among 16 exposure levels divided from the darkest level to normal level and normal level to the lightest level respectively T
617. will be deleted from the Mode memory ock Delete Mode Memory Touch OK to complete the setting and return to the Prohibit User Op eration Screen 18 40 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 1 8 G Touch each item key to display the popup menu on the right side of screen then select Allow or Restrict Utility administrator Setting System Setting Prohibit User nn OPE ALION Selection Allow Touch OK to return to the System Setting Screen 8 if further changes are required touch the desired key Touch Utility to restore the Utility Screen bizhub PRO 920 18 41 18 Utility Administrator Setting 6 Expert Adjustment Non Image Area Erase Setting Select to delete or not the outside area of the original from the following three ways e On Always Set the machine any time to delete the outside area of the original e On APS AMS Only Set the machine to delete the outside area of the original only when APS or AMS is activated e Except Orig Glass 1 1 Set the machine to delete the outside area of the original except when copying in real size on the original glass S Note When Oblique Erase or Rectangle Erase does not function properly touch Auto Erasej 1 Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen 2 Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the
618. witch and sub power switch of the machine On the Basic Screen check that the message Ready to copy reserve is displayed in the message area D Combine j i 4 Appli Originals ris In Cation Density Paper Zoon 07704705 Simplex Duplex w Set the desired copy conditions enter the print quantity then position original s FACE UP in the ADF or FACE DOWN on the original glass Press Start to start scanning When scanning is completed the message Ready to reserve JOB and Job Reserve key will be displayed on the screen 07704705 He o reserve JOB ob No 000 Job Reserve Densit Simplex Backaround Paper Duplex AUTO Pope Originals Scanned No gt 0000 No of Prints 0000 0001 bizhub PRO 920 Before Making Copies 8 5 Touch Job Reserve and repeat steps 3 and 4 to make another reserve job setting Copying on the reserve job will start automatically after completing the warmup Q Detail To stop printing press Stop See the following subsection The Job List Screen allows you to alter the output order of the reserve jobs or to delete the job See To Check Control Reserved Jobs on page 13 4 for details bizhub PRO 920 8 19 8 Before Making Copies 8 6 To Stop Scanning Printing Follow the procedure below to stop scanning or printing
619. x0 818 81 896 x0 707 70 7 x0 500 50 096 Minimal x0 930 93 0 fixed XY Zoom interlocked and individual 0 250 to 4 000 25 0 400 096 in 0 001 increments User set zoom ratio 3 Resolution 600 dpi Copy paper Plain paper 61 to 90 g m Thick paper 91 to 200 g m Thin paper 50 to 60 g m Special paper OHP transparencies labels Ink jet paper is unavailable Copying speed 92 copies min A4 73 copies min A4R 92 copies min B5 81 copies min B5R 55 copies min A3 62 copies min B4 Set quantity 1 to 9999 sheets or 1 to 9999 sets Memory 256 MB RAM 10 GB HDD Original document Type Sheets books using original glass Size 308 mm x 460 mm at maximum Copy size Max 314 x 460 mm Min 100 x 148 mm Image loss leading and trailing edges 2 0 mm x 2 0 mm front and rear 1 5 mm x 1 5 mm bizhub PRO 920 7 3 Specifications Specifications Tray capacity Multi sheet bypass tray 150 sheets 80 g m paper Main body trays 1 and 2 universal tray 500 sheets 80 g m paper Main body trays 3 universal tray 1 000 sheets 80 g m pa per Warm up time Approx 5 5 minutes First page copy time Approx 3 1 seconds A4 Sound power level Main body 78 dB operating 58 dB standby Power requirements AC230V 15A 50Hz Power consumption 3 45 KW or less with full options Wei
620. y Output sorted grouped sets normally to the Primary main trayor Secondary sub tray Offset delivery Output sorted grouped sets to the Primary main tray having each set offset by approx 30 mm upon ex it having each set offset by approx 30 mm upon exit Staple delivery Output stapled sets to the Primary main tray Paper types Plain paper 61 to 90 g m Thick paper 91 to 200 g m Thin paper 50 to 60 g m Special paper OHP transparencies labels Paper sizes A3 B4 A4 A4R B5 B5R A5 B6 11 x17 8 5 x14 8 5 x11 8 5 x11 R 5 5 x8 5 5 5 x8 5 R Non standard sizes can be delivered to the Secondary sub tray only Stapler capacity 50 sheet staple or 100 sheet staple selectable 50 sheets max 80 g m paper 100 sheets max 80 g m paper Staples in cartridge 5 000 staples Dimensions 410 W x 656 D x 990 H mm Weight Approx 60 kg Power source Supplied from main body Effective size width including Primary main tray will be 675 mm 791 mm with the tray edge extended bizhub PRO 920 7 5 Specifications Finisher FS 604 Specifications Type Stapler finisher with folding function Mountable options Z folding unit Punch kit Post inserter Trimmer unit Exit trays Primary Main tray for finished output Secondary Sub tray for unfinished output Folding mode tray for finished output Function
621. y Mode 18 213 Enhanced security mode Administrator setting Ide s s 22 4 Administrator authentication 22 4 Audit log ssss 22 3 Data protected 22 5 Enhanced password 22 3 Enhanced security icon 22 6 Environments 21 3 p bb m 25 3 HDD lock password 26 7 HDD store function 25 3 Normal mode 21 3 Protect and delete used data 22 3 23 3 Turn ON OFF 22 5 Enlarge Reduce 9 25 Erasing frame borders 11 56 11 59 Except Orig Glass 1 1 18 42 Exchange toner bottle 4 15 Exit paper guide 2 13 F Face Up site 12 10 Face Up Down for 1 Sheet 18 196 Features of the bizhub PRO 920 8 3 Feed paper count 6 5 Feed Tray Auto Selection Feeding Single Original from ADF aues 10 17 File Form Setting E Mail 17 65 File Form Setting FTP 17 65 File Form Setting HDD 17 65 File Form Setting SMB 17 65 FING in RE cines 15 4 Fine Adjust Margin 17 31 Finisher Adjust 18 47 Finisher door 2 11 2 13 Finisher FS 509 2 11 Finisher FS 604 2 18 Finishing key 2 9 Fixing Prerotation Set
622. y completely until it stops 2 Open the paper feed roller 3 Place the tabbed sheets on the tray as illustrated above bizhub PRO 920 Supplies amp Handling 4 A Move the side guide plates and rear guide to the edge of the paper Close the paper feed roller then push in the tray until it locks into place bizhub PRO 920 4 11 4 Supplies amp Handling Loading Tabbed Sheets in LCU LU 403 LU 404 v The tab extension width should be 12 5 mm or less v Besure that the machine is powered on before loading paper in the LCU Without the power turned on the LCU bottom plate will not function Example 3 tabbed sheets loaded in position for one finished set ist TAB hU mu fp 2nd TAB nd TAB 8rd TAB 3rd TAB ONE FINISHED SET T istTAB 2nd TAB 2nd TAB T em 3rd TAB 3 FINISHED SETS 3rd TAB Open the LCU top door Press the paper loading button to lower the LCU bottom plate Load the tabbed sheets into the LCU as illustrated above Close the LCU top door JD 9 on Detail To load the tabbed sheets into LCU contact your service representative to position the rear stopper for the paper size to be loaded 4 12 bizhub PRO 920 Supplies amp Handling Loading Tabbed Sheets in Multi Sheet Bypass Tray v The tab extension width should be 12 5 mm or le
623. y of the whole system efficiently Pserver Print server module under the Netware environment Monitors alters pauses resumes or stops the print job Resolution Degree how correctly the details of images or prints can be repro duced SMB Abbreviation of Server Message Block A protocol used mainly to re alize sharing of files or printers through the network between Win dows SMTP Abbreviation of Simple Mail Transfer Protocol A protocol to transmit or transfer the electronic mails SNMP Abbreviation of Simple Network Management Protocol A control protocol using TCP IP in the network environment SSL TLS Abbreviation of Secure Socket Layer Transport Layer Security An encryption system to transmit data in safe between an Web server and browser 27 32 bizhub PRO 920 Appendix 27 Button Function TCP IP Abbreviation of Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol Substantially the standard protocol used for the Internet Uses IP address to identify each network device TIFF Abbreviation of Tagged Image File Format One of the file formats to save image data extension tif Various types of image information can be saved in one image data with the tag representing the data type Web browser Software to access web pages Internet Explorer Netscape Naviga tor etc are examples bizhub PRO 920 27 33 27 Appendix 27 34 bizhub PRO 920 I
624. y the screen to select an account belong to Please select account name Touch any key on the right side of Useable Function to select the job necessary to authenticate a newly registered user 18 98 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting 18 Touch OK to complete the setting Neu User Register Change User Info Useable Function Follow the instructions below for deleting the user setting Touch the up or down arrow key to display the user name to be de leted and touch it to display the Individual User Counter Screen ser Authentication Setting Reset All Counters Touch Delete to display the Delete Confirmation popup screen Copy Count Printer Count Scanner Count L Size Total L Size Total L Size Total 00000000 oo000000 00000000 00000000 oo000000 ooo00000 CountReset Change J Delete J bizhub PRO 920 18 99 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting Touch Yes to delete or touch No to cancel Copy Count Ho 0001 H386 2a L Size Total m This user will be delete 0000000 00000000 Yes No CountReset Q e Follow the instructions below for resetting the user count Touch the up or down arrow key to display the user name to reset the count and touch it to display the I
625. yed Z2 Touch Original Direction Op emo origina ace up e AD 00 000 ombine F Orig Im aet ian Zt FuREI age Type jd cation original Direction The Original Direction Screen will be displayed 3 Touch the desired original direction key to highlight it 07704705 bizhub PRO 920 10 9 1 0 Original Setting 4 Touch OK on the Original Direction Screen The Combine Originals setting menu will be restored EY 2 Do you want to restore the previous setting gt Touch Cancel Do you want to select additional copy conditions gt Touch Basic or any other tab key to continue job settings 5 Enter the desired print quantity position original s then press Start S eee Note Specitied original direction will be displayed as an icon on the Basic Screen when restored Q Detail See Setting Binding Direction for Duplex Copies on page 12 7 and Se lecting Binding Direction of Originals Bind on page 10 11 for reference 10 10 bizhub PRO 920 Original Setting 1 0 Selecting Binding Direction of Originals Bind When copying double sided origina
626. ynamic Authentication Simple Simplified authentication method which requires a user name and pass word Digest MD5 CRAM MD5 Authentication method available on general LDAP server If authentica tion fails with Digest MD5 automatically switches to CRAM MD5 for re try GSS SPNEGO Authentication method available in Windows Active Directory Kerberos authentication A domain name of Active Directory is required Press the Utility Counter to display the Utility Screen Touch 6 Administrator Setting enter the administrator password and then touch OK The Administrator Setting Screen will be displayed Touch 4 Network Setting Utility Administrator Setting Administrator Setting opier PrinterSetting The Network Setting Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 18 169 1 8 Utility Administrator Setting 4 Touch 2 IP NIC Setting Tm Machine NIC Setting Network Setting The IP NIC Setting Screen will be displayed 5 Touch Next and then touch 15 LDAP IP NIC Setting The LDAP Setting Screen will be displayed 6 Touch 1 LDAP On Off setting to display the LDAP On Off Setting Screen Utility JH LDAP setting LDAP On Off setting Setting Up LDAP LDAP setting 18 170 bizhub PRO 920 Utility Administrator Setting
627. ze Select 1 2 or 2 2 copy mode Enter the desired print quantity from the control panel keypad Position originals FACE UP in the document feeder then press Start bizhub PRO 920 11 43 11 Applications S Reminder Original pages should be a multiple of 4 in 1 2 mode or a multiple of 2 in 2 2 mode otherwise blank pages are automatically inserted to the last S Reminder When making folded folded amp stapled and trimmed booklet the outer pages and inner pages may be different in the amount of outer margin In such a case use the page interval function and creep function in Shift mode of Page Margin See page Adjusting Position of Copy Image Page Margin Shift Mode on page 11 47 for details 11 44 bizhub PRO 920 Applications 11 12 Reversing Colour in Black and White Image Neg Positive Reverse Use Neg Positive Reverse function to reverse the image from black on white to white on black and vice versa This is very good for copying white on black originals and reversing them to fax ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD Original Neg Positive Reverse copying To set Neg Positive Reverse function 1 Touch Application Arg Inc Y ABBII Originals ris In Cation Zoon Duplex n J g bag The Application Screen will be displayed bizhub PRO 920 11 45 1 1 Applications 2 T
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file